February 26, 2007

BibTeX-File nhgbib.bib:

References

XX [1] Stochastic processes. Wiley Classics Library and A Wiley-IntersciencePublication. New York etc.: John Wiley & Sons Ltd. vii, 654 p. ster-ling 26.80.

xx89 [2] Constructive Function Theory—86 Conference. Papers from the con-ference held at the University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, July22–26, 1986., volume 19. Rocky Mountain Mathematics Consortium,Tempe, AZ, 1989.

04 [3] Limit operators and their applications in operator theory. Num-ber 0. Operator Theory: Advances and Applications 150. Basel:Birkhauser., 2004.

05 [4] Poisson structures and their normal forms. Progress in Mathematics242. Basel: Birkhauser. xv, 321 p., 2005.

06 [5] The fourfold way in real analysis. An alternative to the metaplectic.Progress in Mathematics 250. Basel: Birkhauser. x, 220 p., 2006.

aaka69 [6] J. F. Aarnes and R. V. Kadison. Pure states and approximate iden-tities. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 21:749–752, 1969.

aairja02 [7] R. M. Aarts, R. Irwan, and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Efficient tracking ofthe cross-correlation coefficient. IEEE Trans. Speech Audio Process.,10(6):391– 402, 2002.

aaja00 [8] R. M. Aarts and A. J. E. M. Janssen. On analytic design of loud-speaker arrays with uniform radiation characteristics. J. Acoust. Soc.Amer., 107(1):287–292, 2000.

aaja03 [9] R. M. Aarts and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Approximation of the Struvefunction h1 occurring in impedance calculations. J. Acoust. Soc.Amer., 113(5):2635–2637, 2003.

1

abwh92 [10] J. Abate and W. Whitt. The Fourier-series method for invertingtransforms of probability distributions. Queueing Syst., 10(1-2):5 –87, 1992.

abdade02 [11] A. Abbate, C. M. DeCusatis, and P. K. Das. Wavelets and subbands.Fundamentals and applications. Birkhauser, Basel, 2002.

abmi04 [12] M. M. Abdelwahab and W. B. Mikhael. Multistage classification andrecognition that employs vector quantization coding and criteria ex-tracted from nonorthogonal and preprocessed signal representations.Appl. Opt., 43(2):416–424, 2004.

ab76 [13] J. L. Abreu. H-valued generalized functions and orthogonally scat-tered measures. Adv. Math., 19(3):382–412, 1976.

ac01 [14] D. Achlioptas. Database-friendly random projections. In Proc. 20thAnnual ACM SIGACT-SIGMOD-SIGART Symp. on Principles ofDatabase Systems, pages 274–281, 2001.

ad06 [15] S. R. A. Adam. MATLAB (R) und Mathematik kompetent einsetzen.Wiley-VCH, 1. Edition edition, March 2006.

ad72 [16] D. R. Adams. Maximal operators and capacity. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 34:152–156, 1972.

adhe96 [17] D. R. Adams and L. I. Hedberg. Function spaces and potential the-ory, volume 314 of Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften.Springer, Berlin, 1996.

ad75 [18] R. A. Adams. Sobolev spaces. Number 65 in Pure Appl. Math. Aca-demic Press, New York, 1975.

adfo03 [19] R. A. Adams and J. J. F. Fournier. Sobolev spaces., volume 140 ofPure and Applied Mathematics. Academic Press, New York, NY, 2nded. edition, 2003.

ag93 [20] M. L. Agranovskij. Invariant function spaces on homogeneous man-ifolds of Lie groups and applications. Translated by A. I. Zaslavskyfrom an original Russian manuscript. PhD thesis, 1993.

ag01 [21] O. Agratini. An approximation process of Kantorovich type. Math.Notes, Miskolc, 2(1):3–10, 2001.

2

ah04 [22] P. Ahern. On the range of the Berezin transform. J. Funct. Anal.,215(1):206–216, 2004.

ak67 [23] C. A. Akemann. Some mapping properties of the group algebras of acompact group. Pac. J. Math., 22:1–8, 1967.

alka06 [24] F. Albiac and N. J. Kalton. Topics in Banach space theory., volume233 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, Berlin, 2006.

alne80 [25] E. Albrecht and M. Neumann. Automatic continuity of generalizedlocal linear operators. Manuscr. Math., 32:263–294, 1980.

alne82 [26] E. Albrecht and M. Neumann. Local operators between spaces ofultradifferentiable functions and. Manuscr. Math., 38:131–161, 1982.

al93 [27] A. Aldroubi. Portraits of frames. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 1993.

al02 [28] A. Aldroubi. Non-uniform weighted average sampling and reconstruc-tion in shift-invariant and wavelet spaces. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 13(2):151–161, 2002.

alba99 [29] A. Aldroubi and P. Basser. Reconstruction of vector and tensor fieldsfrom sampled discrete data. In Baggett, Lawrence Wasson (ed.) etal., The functional and harmonic analysis of wavelets and frames.Proceedings of the AMS special session, San Antonio, TX, USA, Jan-uary 13-14, 1999. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society.Contemp. Math. 247, 1-15. 1999.

alcahamo05 [30] A. Aldroubi, C. Cabrelli, D. Hardin, and U. Molter. Optimal ShiftInvariant Spaces and Their Parseval Generators, 2005.

alcahamo06 [31] A. Aldroubi, C. Cabrelli, D. Hardin, and U. Molter. Optimal shiftinvariant spaces and their Parseval frame generators, 2006.

alcamo04 [32] A. Aldroubi, C. Cabrelli, and U. M. Molter. Wavelets on irregulargrids with arbitrary dilation matrices, and frame atoms for l2(rd).Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 17:119–140, 2004.

achmr04 [33] A. Aldroubi, C. A. Cabrelli, D. Hardin, U. M. Molter, and A. Rodado.Determining sets of shift invariant spaces. In M. Krishna, R. Radha,and S. Thangavelu, editors, Wavelets and Their Applications, Chen-nai, India, 2004. Allied Publishers.

3

alfe97 [34] A. Aldroubi and H. G. Feichtinger. Complete iterative reconstructionalgorithms for irregularly sampled data in spline-like spaces. pages1857–1860, April 1997.

alfe98 [35] A. Aldroubi and H. G. Feichtinger. Exact iterative reconstructionalgorithm for multivariate irregularly sampled functions in spline-likespaces: The lp-Theory. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 126(9):2677–2686,1998.

alfe02 [36] A. Aldroubi and H. G. Feichtinger. Non-uniform sampling: exactreconstruction from non-uniformly distributed weighted-averages. InD. X. Zhou, editor, Wavelet Analysis: Twenty Years Developments.Proceedings of the international conference of computational harmonicanalysis, Hong Kong, China, June 4–8, 2001., volume 1 of Ser. Anal.,pages 1–8. World Sci.Pub., Singapore, 2002.

algr00 [37] A. Aldroubi and K. Grochenig. Beurling-Landau-type theorems fornon-uniform sampling in shift invariant spline spaces. J. Fourier Anal.Appl., 6(1):93–103, 2000.

algr01 [38] A. Aldroubi and K. Grochenig. Nonuniform sampling and reconstruc-tion in shift-invariant spaces. SIAM Rev., 43(4):585–620, 2001.

alkr06 [39] A. Aldroubi and I. Krishtal. Robustness of sampling and reconstruc-tion and Beurling-Landau-type theorems for shift-invariant spaces.Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(2):250–260, 2006.

allatawe04 [40] A. Aldroubi, D. Larson, W.-S. Tang, and E. Weber. Geometric as-pects of frame representations of abelian groups. Trans. Am. Math.Soc., 356(12):4767–4786, 2004.

alli98 [41] A. Aldroubi and E. Lin. Wavelets, multiwavelets, and their appli-cations. AMS special session, January 1997, San Diego, CA, USA.,volume 216 of Contemporary Mathematics. American MathematicalSociety (AMS) and Contemporary Mathematics. 216. Providence, RI:American Mathematical Society (AMS). ix, Providence, RI, 1998.

alsuta01 [42] A. Aldroubi, Q. Sun, and W.-S. Tang. p-frames and shift invariantsubspaces of lp. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 7(1):1–21, 2001.

4

alsuta02 [43] A. Aldroubi, Q. Sun, and W.-S. Tang. Non-uniform sampling in mul-tiply generated shift-invariant subspaces of lp(bbfrd). In et al. andD. Deng, editors, Wavelet analysis and applications. Proceedings of aninternational conference, Guangzhou, China, November 15-20, 1999.,volume 25 of AMS/IP Stud. Adv. Math., pages 1–8. American Math-ematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2002.

alsuta04 [44] A. Aldroubi, Q. Sun, and W.-S. Tang. Localization of Calderon con-volution in the Fourier domain. In et al. and M. Neamtu, editors,Advances in constructive approximation: Vanderbilt 2003. Proceed-ings of the international conference, Nashville, TN, USA, May 14-17, 2003., Modern Methods in Mathematics, pages 25–35. NashboroPress, Brentwood, TN, 2004.

alsuta04-1 [45] A. Aldroubi, Q. Sun, and W.-S. Tang. Nonuniform average samplingand reconstruction in multiply generated shift-invariant spaces. Con-structive Approximation, 20(2):173–189, 2004.

alsuta05 [46] A. Aldroubi, Q. Sun, and W.-S. Tang. Convolution, average sampling,and a Calderon resolution of the identity for shift-invariant spaces. J.Fourier Anal. Appl., 11(2):215–244, 2005.

alun93 [47] A. Aldroubi and M. Unser. Families of multiresolution and waveletspaces with optimal properties. Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim., 14(5-6):417–446, 1993.

alun94 [48] A. Aldroubi and M. Unser. A general sampling theory for nonidealacquisition devices. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 42(11):2915–2925,1994.

alun94-1 [49] A. Aldroubi and M. Unser. Sampling procedures in function spacesand asymptotic equivalence with Shannon’s sampling theory. Numer.Funct. Anal. Optimization, 15(1-2):1–21, 1994.

alleob02 [50] G. Alefeld, I. Lenhardt, and H. Obermaier. Parallele numerischeVerfahren. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

alanga00 [51] S. T. Ali, J.-P. Antoine, and J.-P. Gazeau. Coherent States, Waveletsand their Generalizations. Graduate Texts in Contemporary Physics.Springer, New York, 2000.

5

alba03 [52] T. Alieva and M. J. Bastiaans. Wigner distribution and fractionalFourier transform, pages 145–152. Elsevier, Oxford, UK, 2003.

j.77 [53] J. B. Allen. Short term spectral analysis, synthesis, and modificationby discrete Fourier transform. IEEE Trans. on Acoustics, Speech andSignal Processing, 25(3):235–238, 1977.

alra77 [54] J. B. Allen and L. R. Rabiner. A Unified Approach to Short-TimeFourier Analysis and Synthesis. Proc. IEEE, 65,(11):1558–1564, 1977.

al03 [55] R. Allen. Signal Analysis : Time, Frequency, Scale, and Structure.Wiley, 2004.

almi03 [56] R. Allen and D. Mills. Signal Analysis : Time, Frequency, Scale, andStructure. Wiley, 2003.

alcaharo06 [57] A. Almansa, V. Caselles, G. Haro, and B. Rouge. Restoration andzoom of irregularly sampled, blurred, and noisy images by accurateTotal variation minimization with local constraints. Multiscale Model.Simul., 5(1):235–272, 2006.

al94 [58] L. B. Almeida. The fractional Fourier transform and time-frequencyrepresentations. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 42(11), 1994.

al01 [59] D. Alpay. The Schur algorithm, reproducing kernel spaces and systemtheory. Transl. from the French by Stephen S. Wilson. SMF/AMSTexts and Monographs 5. New York, NY: AMS, 2001.

algo06 [60] D. e. . Alpay and I. e. . Gohberg. The state space method generaliza-tions and applications. Operator Theory: Advances and Applications161. Basel: Birkhauser., 2006.

al99 [61] H. W. Alt. Lineare Funktionalanalysis. Eine anwendungsorientierteEinfuhrung. (Linear functional analysis. An application oriented in-troduction). Springer, Berlin, 1999.

algula00 [62] J. Alvarez, J. Lakey, and M. Guzm’an Partida. Spaces of boundedlambda-central mean oscillation, Morrey spaces, and lambda-centralCarleson measures. Collect. Math., 51(1):1–47, 2000.

almi87 [63] J. Alvarez and M. Milman. Spaces of Carleson measures: duality andinterpolation. Ark. Mat., 25(2):155–174, 1987.

6

almi88 [64] J. Alvarez and M. Milman. Interpolation of tent spaces and applica-tions. In Function spaces and applications, Proc. US-Swed. Semin.,Lund/Swed., volume 1302 of Lect. Notes Math., pages 11–21. Springer-Verlag, 1988.

amfekl03 [65] A. Amann, H. G. Feichtinger, and A. Klotz. Elimination of CPR-artefacts in VF-ECGs by time frequency methods. In Beitragezur gemeinsamen Jahrestagung der Deutschen, der Osterreichischenund der Schweizerischen Gesellschaften fur Biomedizinische TechnikBiomedizinische Technik, volume 48, Erganzungsband1, pages 2218–2219, 2003.

amfekl04 [66] A. Amann, H. G. Feichtinger, and A. Klotz. Removal of CPR Arte-facts in Ventricular Fibrillation ECG by Local Coherent Line Re-moval. In Proc. Conf. EUSIPCO (Sept. 2004, TU Vienna), pages2203–2206, 2004.

am03 [67] H. Amann. Vector-valued distributions and Fourier multipliers. un-published manuscript, 2003.

angr07 [68] F. Andreano and R. Grande. Convolution on spaces of locallysummable functions. J. Function Spaces, to appear, 2007.

anpi07 [69] F. Andreano and M. A. Picardello. Approximate identities and mul-tipliers on Marcinkiewicz spaces, 2007.

anpita06 [70] S. Angenent, E. Pichon, and A. Tannenbaum. Mathematical meth-ods in medical image processing. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., New Ser.,43(3):365–396, 2006.

an85 [71] R. Ansorge. Connections between the Cimmino-method and theKaczmarz-method for the solution of singular and regular systemsof equations. Computing, 33:367–375, 1985.

anbo03 [72] C. Antoine and C. J. Borde. Quantum theory of atomic clocks andgravito-inertial sensors: an update. J. Opt. B: Quantum Semiclass.Opt., 5:199–207, 2003.

alanmuva04 [73] J. Antoine, S. T. Ali, R. Murenzi, and P. Vandergheynst. Two-Dimensional Wavelets and their Relatives. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge (UK), 2004.

7

an80 [74] J. P. Antoine. Partial inner product spaces. III: Compatibility rela-tions revisited. J. Math. Phys., 21:268–279, 1980.

an80-1 [75] J. P. Antoine. Partial inner product spaces. IV. Topological consider-ations. J. Math. Phys., 21:2067–2079, 1980.

an98-2 [76] J. P. Antoine. Quantum Mechanics Beyond Hilbert Space. InA. Bohm, H.-D. Doebner, and P. Kileanowski, editors, Irreversibil-ity and Causality, Semigroups and Rigged Hilbert Spaces. A Selectionof Articles Presented at the 21st International Colloquium on GroupTheoretical Methods in Physics (ICGTMP) at Goslar, Germany, 16-21 July, 1996., volume 504 of Lecture Notes in Physics, Berlin, 1998.Springer Verlag.

an99 [77] J.-P. Antoine. Partial inner product spaces of analytic functions. InI. Antoniou and et al., editors, Generalized functions, operator the-ory, and dynamical systems., volume 399 of Chapman Hall/CRC Res.Notes Math., pages 26–47. Chapman and Hall/CRC, Boca Raton, FL,1999.

an06 [78] J.-P. Antoine. Partial Inner Product Spaces with Application to Ga-bor/Wavelet Analysis. 2006.

anbatr99 [79] J. P. Antoine, F. Bagarello, and C. Trapani. Topological partial ∗-algebras: basic properties and examples. Rev. Math. Phys., 11(3):267–302, 1999.

angr76 [80] J. P. Antoine and A. Grossmann. Partial inner product spaces. I:General properties. J. Funct. Anal., 23:369–378, 1976.

angr76-1 [81] J. P. Antoine and A. Grossmann. Partial inner product spaces. II:Operators. J. Funct. Anal., 23:379–391, 1976.

angr78 [82] J. P. Antoine and A. Grossmann. Orthocomplemented subspaces ofnondegenerate partial inner product spaces. J. Math. Phys., 19:329–335, 1978.

anka81 [83] J. P. Antoine and W. Karwowski. Interpolation theory and refinementof nested Hilbert spaces. J. Math. Phys., 22:2489–2496, 1981.

8

anva99 [84] J. P. Antoine and P. Vandergheynst. Wavelets on the 2-sphere: Agroup-theoretical approach. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 7(3):262–291, 1999.

an98 [85] H. Anton. Lineare Algebra. Einfuhrung, Grundlagen, Ubungen. Ausdem Amerikanischen von Anke Walz. (Linear algebra. Introduction,foundations, exercises. Transl. from the American by Anke Walz).Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, Heidelberg, 1998.

ao81 [86] S. Aoki. On the boundedness and the nuclearity of pseudo-differentialoperators. Commun. Partial Differ. Equations, 6:849–881, 1981.

ap57 [87] T. M. Apostol. Mathematical analysis. A modern approach to ad-vanced calculus. Addison-Wesley, Reading, 1957.

apwi70 [88] G. G. Apple and P. A. Wintz. Calculation of Fourier transforms onfinite Abelian groups. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 16:233–234, 1970.

arfipe85 [89] J. Arazy, S. Fisher, and J. Peetre. Mobius invariant function spaces.J. Reine Angew. Math., 363:110–145, 1985.

arfipe87 [90] J. Arazy, S. Fisher, and J. Peetre. Mobius invariant spaces of analyticfunctions. In Complex analysis I, Proc. Spec. Year, College Park/Md.1985-86, Lect. Notes Math. 1275, 10-22. 1987.

arfijape90-1 [91] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, S. Janson, and J. Peetre. An identity forreproducing kernels in a planar domain and Hilbert- Schmidt Hankeloperators. J. Reine Angew. Math., 406:179–199, 1990.

arfijape90 [92] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, S. Janson, and J. Peetre. Membership of Hankeloperators on the ball in unitary ideals. 1990.

arfijape91 [93] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, S. Janson, and J. Peetre. Membership of Hankeloperators on the ball in unitary ideals. J. Lond. Math. Soc., II. Ser.,43(3):485–508, 1991.

arfipe88-1 [94] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, and J. Peetre. Besov norms of rational func-tions. In Function spaces and applications, Proc. US-Swed. Semin.,Lund/Swed., Lect. Notes Math. 1302, 125-129. 1988.

arfipe88 [95] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, and J. Peetre. Hankel operators on weightedBergman spaces. Am. J. Math., 110(6):989–1053, 1988.

9

arfipe90 [96] J. Arazy, S. D. Fisher, and J. Peetre. Hankel operators on planardomains. Constructive Approximation, 6(2):113–138, 1990.

arrosa06 [97] N. Arcozzi, R. Rochberg, and E. Sawyer. Carleson measures andinterpolating sequences for Besov spaces on complex balls., volume859 of Mem. Am. Math. Soc. American Mathematical Society (AMS),2006.

arbahine01 [98] W. Arendt, C. J. K. Batty, M. Hieber, and F. Neubrander. Vector-valued Laplace transforms and Cauchy problems., volume 96 of Mono-graphs in Mathematics. Birkhauser, Basel, 2001.

areyfegi79 [99] L. Argabright, P. Eymard, H. G. Feichtinger, and J. Gil de Lamadrid.Winterschule 1979. Internationale Arbeitstagung uber topologischeGruppen und Gruppenalgebren. Tagungsbericht, 1979.

ar72 [100] L. N. Argabright. On the mean value of a weakly almost periodicfunction. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 36:315–316, 1972.

argi71 [101] L. N. Argabright and J. Gil de Lamadrid. Fourier transforms of un-bounded measures. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 77:355–359, 1971.

argi72 [102] L. N. Argabright and J. Gil de Lamadrid. Analyse harmonique desmesures non bornees sur les groupes abeliens localement compacts. InConf. Harmonic Analysis, College Park, Maryland 1971, volume 266of Lect. Notes Math., pages 1–16. Springer, New York, 1972.

argi74 [103] L. N. Argabright and J. Gil de Lamadrid. Fourier analysis ofunbounded measures on locally compact Abelian groups. DeutscherTaschenbuch Verlag, Munchen, 1974.

ar83 [104] M. A. Armstrong. Basic topology. Corr. repr. Springer, New York,1983.

arcadh02 [105] A. Arnold, J. A. Carrillo, and E. Dhamo. On the periodic Wigner–Poisson–Fokker–Planck system. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 275(1):263–276, 2002.

arlazw00 [106] A. Arnold, H. Lange, and P. F. Zweifel. A discrete-velocity, stationaryWigner equation. J. Math. Phys., 41(11):7167–7180, 2000.

10

arlomaso04 [107] A. Arnold, J. L. Lopez, P. A. Markowich, and J. Soler. An analysis ofquantum Fokker-Planck models: a Wigner function approach. Rev.Mat. Iberoam., 20(3):771–814, 2004.

armatoun01 [108] A. Arnold, P. Markowich, G. Toscani, and A. Unterreiter. On convexSobolev inequalities and the rate of convergence to equilibrium forFokker-Planck type equations. Commun. Partial Differ. Equations,26(1-2):43–100, 2001.

arri96 [109] A. Arnold and C. Ringhofer. An operator splitting method for theWigner-Poisson problem. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 33(4):1623–1643,1996.

arun03 [110] A. Arnold and A. Unterreiter. Entropy decay of discretized Fokker-Planck equations. I: Temporal semidiscretization. Comput. Math.Appl., 46(10-11):1683–1690, 2003.

ar05 [111] G. Arsu. On Schatten-von Neumann class properties of pseudo-differential operators. The Cordes-Kato method. 2005.

ar91 [112] B. Artmann. Lineare Algebra. (Linear algebra). 3., uberarb. u. erw.Aufl. Birkhauser, Basel, 1991.

ar74 [113] W. Arveson. On groups of automorphisms of operator algebras. J.Funct. Anal., 15:217–243, 1974.

ar83-1 [114] W. Arveson. Perturbation theory for groups and lattices. J. Funct.Anal., 53:22–73, 1983.

ar84 [115] W. Arveson. Ten lectures on operator algebras. Reg. Conf. Ser. Math.,55:93 p., 1984.

ar93 [116] W. Arveson. Improper filtrations for C∗-algebras: Spectra of unilat-eral tridiagonal operators. Acta Sci. Math., 57(1-4):11–24, 1993.

ar94 [117] W. Arveson. The role of C∗-algebras in infinite dimensional numericallinear algebra. In Doran, Robert(ed.), C∗-Algebras: 1943-1993. A fiftyyear celebration. AMS special session commemorating the first fiftyyears of Csp∗-algebra theory, January 13-14, 1993, San Antonio, TX,USA. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society. Conte. 1994.

11

ar02 [118] W. Arveson. The heat flow of the CCR algebra. Bull. Lond. Math.Soc., 34(1):73–83, 2002.

ardo90 [119] W. B. Arveson and R. G. Douglas. Operator theory, operator algebrasand applications. Proceedings of the summer research institute held atthe University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH (USA), July 3-23,1988. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1990.

as05 [120] G. Ascensi and G. Kutyniok. Accumulative density. In Wavelets XI(San Diego, CA, 2005), volume 5914, pages 188–195. SPIE, 2005.

as82 [121] I. U. Asekritova. On some properties of general approximation spaces.Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 267(2):265–268, 1982.

askh05 [122] M. S. Asgari and A. Khosravi. Frames and bases of subspaces inHilbert spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 308(2):541–553, 2005.

asdehena03 [123] R. Ashino, S. J. Desjardins, C. Heil, and M. a. Nagase. Smoothtight frame wavelets and image microanalysis in the Fourier. Comput.Math. Appl., 45(10-11):1551–1579, 2003.

asnava98 [124] R. Ashino, M. Nagase, and R. Vaillancourt. Gabor, wavelet andchirplet transforms in the study of pseudodifferential operators. S,(1036):23–45, 1998. Investigations on the structure of solutions topartial differential equations (Japanese) (Kyoto, 1997).

asatsu93 [125] R. Askey, N. M. Atakishiyev, and S. K. Suslov. An analog of theFourier transformation for a q-harmonic oscillator. In B. Gruber,editor, Symmetries in science VI: From the rotation group to quantumalgebras. Proceedings of a symposium held in Bregenz, Austria, August2-7, 1992., pages 57–63. Plenum Press, New York, NY, 1993.

askl69 [126] E. W. Aslaksen and J. R. Klauder. Continuous representation theoryusing the affine group. J. Math. Phys., 10:2267–2275, 1969. reprintedin ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher andWalnut, David F.(2006).

asfero02 [127] G. Assayag, H. G. Feichtinger, and J. F. Rodrigues. Mathematicsand Music. Springer, 2002. A Diderot Mathematical Forum, Papersfrom the forum held simultaneously in Lisbon (“Historical Aspects”),Paris (“Mathematical Logic and Music Logic in the XX Century”)

12

and Vienna (“Mathematical and Computational Methods in Music”),December 3–4, 1.

at06 [128] A. Athanassoulis. Exact equations for smoothed Wigner transformsand homogenization of wave propagation, 2006.

atha01 [129] K. Atkinson and W. Han. Theoretical numerical analysis. A functionalanalysis framework. Springer, New York, NY, 2001.

atbeka03 [130] N. Atreas, J. J. Benedetto, and C. Karanikas. Local sampling forregular wavelet and Gabor expansions. Sampl. Theory Signal ImageProcess., 2(1):1–24, 2003.

atbumi06 [131] H. Attouch, G. Buttazzo, and G. Michaille. Variational analysisin Sobolev and BV spaces. Applications to PDEs and optimization.MPS/SIAM Series on Optimization. SIAM and SIAM, Society forIndustrial and Applied Mathematics and MPS, Mathematical Pro-gramming Society, Philadelphia, PA, 2006.

at78 [132] A. Atzmon. Spectral synthesis in some spaces of bounded continuousfunctions. Pacific J. Math., 74:277–284, 1978.

au87 [133] J. Aubin. Analyse fonctionnelle appliquie. Tomes 1, 2. Exer-cises ridigis par Bernard Cornet et Jean-Michel Lasry. (Traductiond’anglais). Mathimatiques. Presses Universitaires de France, Paris,1987.

au84 [134] J. P. Aubin. Applied Functional Analysis. Wiley, 1984. French versionavailable in NuHAG-books.

aublhlle05 [135] F. Auger and F. Hlawatsch. Temps-frequence. Concepts et outils.Traitement du signal et de l’image. Hermes Science Publications,Paris, 2005.

auhl07 [136] F. Auger and F. Hlawatsch. Time-Frequency Analysis: Concepts andTools. ISTE, 2007.

au94 [137] P. Auscher. Remarks on the local Fourier bases. In J. Benedetto andM. Frazier, editors, Wavelets: Mathematics and Applications, Stud.Adv. Math., pages 203–218. CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1994.

13

au95 [138] P. Auscher. Solution of two problems on wavelets. J. Geom. Anal.,5(2):181–236, 1995.

auwewi92 [139] P. Auscher, G. Weiss, and M. V. Wickerhauser. Local sine and cosinebases of Coifman and Meyer and the construction of smooth wavelets.In C. Chui, editor, Wavelets: A Tutorial in Theory and Applications,number 2 in Wavelet Anal. Appl., pages 237–256. Academic Press,Boston, 1992.

auto85 [140] L. Auslander and R. Tolimieri. Radar ambiguity functions and grouptheory. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 16:577–601, 1985.

ax95 [141] S. Axler. Down with determinants! Am. Math. Mon., 102(2):139–154,1995.

ax97 [142] S. Axler. Linear algebra done right. 2nd ed. Springer, New York, NY,1997.

axbora01 [143] S. Axler, P. Bourdon, and W. Ramey. Harmonic function theory,volume 137 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, New York,NY, 2nd ed. edition, 2001.

aybama04 [144] R. G. Aykroyd, S. Barber, and K. V. Mardia. Bioinformatics, Imagesand Wavelets; LASR2004 - 6th to 8th July 2004; Programme andabstracts. 2004.

az70 [145] R. Azencott. Espaces de Poisson des groupes localement com-pacts. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. 148. Berlin-Heidelberg-NewYork:Springer- Verlag. IX, 141 p., 1970.

babenesc87 [146] H. Babovsky, T. Beth, H. Neunzert, and M. Schulz Reese. Mathema-tische Methoden in der Systemtheorie: Fourieranalysis. (Mathemat-ical Methods in System Theory: Fourier Analysis). MathematischeMethoden in der Technik Bd. 5. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1987.

ba71 [147] G. F. Bachelis. On the ideal of unconditional convergent Fourier seriesin lsbp(g). Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 27:309–312, 1971.

ba73 [148] G. F. Bachelis. On the upper and lower majorant properties in lp(g).Q. J. Math., Oxf. II. Ser., 24:119–128, 1973.

14

bagi72 [149] G. F. Bachelis and J. E. Gilbert. Banach spaces of compact multipliersand their dual spaces. Math. Z., 125:285–297, 1972.

bagi79 [150] G. F. Bachelis and J. E. Gilbert. Banach algebras with Rider subal-gebras. Bull. of the Inst. of Math. Sinica, (7-3):333–347, 1979.

baparo72 [151] G. F. Bachelis, W. A. Parker, and K. A. Ross. Local units in l1(g).Proc. Amer. Math.Soc., 31:312–313, 1972.

bapi72 [152] G. F. Bachelis and L. Pigno. A characterization of compact multipli-ers. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 165:319–322, 1972.

basa85 [153] A. Baernstein and E. T. Sawyer. Embedding and multiplier theoremsfor Hp(Rn). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

ba79-1 [154] R. J. Bagby. Mixed-norm Sobolev theorems for Lipschitz spaces. In-diana Univ. Math. J., 28:417–427, 1979.

bamasite00 [155] S. C. Bagchi, S. Madan, A. Sitaram, and U. B. Tewari. A First Courseon Representation Theory and Linear Lie Groups. Universities PressIndia, India, 2000.

ba90 [156] L. W. Baggett. Processing a radar signal and representations of thediscrete Heisenberg group. Colloq. Math., 60/61:195–203, 1990.

bala99 [157] L. W. e. . Baggett and D. R. e. . Larson. The functional and harmonicanalysis of wavelets and frames. Proceedings of the AMS special ses-sion, San Antonio, TX, USA, January 13–14, 1999. ContemporaryMathematics. 247. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society(AMS). x, 1999.

bamoprva01 [158] C. Baker, G. Monegato, J. Pryce, and G. Vanden Berghe. Numericalanalysis 2000. (In 7 vols.) Vol. 6: Ordinary differential equationsand integral equations. Repr. from the Journal of Computational andApplied Mathematics 125, No. 1-2 (2000). North-Holland/ Elsevier,Amsterdam, 2001.

bare06 [159] G. Bal and K. Ren. Math. Models Methods Appl. Sci., 16(8):1347–1373, 2006.

ba97 [160] R. Balan. Stability theorems for Fourier frames and wavelet Rieszbases. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):499–504, 1997.

15

ba98-2 [161] R. Balan. An uncertainty inequality for wavelet sets. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 5(1):106–108, 1998.

ba98-1 [162] R. Balan. Extensions of no-go theorems to many signal systems. InA. Aldroubi and et al., editors, Wavelets, multiwavelets, and their ap-plications. AMS special session, January 1997, San Diego, CA, USA.,volume 216 of Contemp. Math., pages 3–14. American MathematicalSociety, Providence, RI, 1998.

ba99-1 [163] R. Balan. Density and redundancy of the noncoherent Weyl-Heisenberg superframes. In L. W. Baggett, editor, The functionaland harmonic analysis of wavelets and frames. Proceedings of the AMSspecial session. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society. Con-temp. Math. 247, pages 29–41. San Antonio, TX, USA,, January 1999.

ba99-2 [164] R. Balan. Equivalence relations and distances between Hilbert frames.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 127(8):2353–2366, 1999.

ba00 [165] R. Balan. Multiplexing of signals using superframes. In Proc. SPIE,Wavelet Applications in Signal and Image Processing VIII, volume4119, pages 118–129, 2000.

ba06-1 [166] R. Balan. A noncommutative Wiener lemma and a faithful tracialstate on Banach algbras of time-frequency shift operators, 2006.

ba06 [167] R. Balan. The noncommutative Wiener lemma, linear independence,and spectral properties of the algebra of time-frequency shift opera-tors. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., page to appear, 2006.

bacaed05 [168] R. Balan, P. Casazza, and D. Edidin. On signal reconstruction fromabsolute value of frame coefficients. In et al. and B. G. Bodmann, edi-tors, Frame isotropic multiresolution analysis for cardiac CT imaging,volume 5914 of Proceedings of the SPIE, pages 355–362, 2005.

bacaed06 [169] R. Balan, P. Casazza, and D. Edidin. Equivalence of reconstructionfrom the absolute value of the frame coefficients to a sparse represen-tation problem, 2006.

bacaedku05 [170] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, D. Edidin, and G. Kutyniok. A fundamentalidentity for Parseval frames. 2005.

16

bacaedku05-1 [171] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, D. Edidin, and G. Kutyniok. Decompositionsof frames and a new frame identity. In Wavelets XI (San Diego, CA,2005), volume 5914 of SPIE Proc., pages 379–388. SPIE, 2005.

bacahela03 [172] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, C. Heil, and Z. Landau. Deficits and excessesof frames. Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):93–116, 2003.

bacahela03-1 [173] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, C. Heil, and Z. Landau. Excesses of Gaborframes. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 14(2):87–106, 2003.

bacahela06-2 [174] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, C. Heil, and Z. Landau. Density, overcom-pleteness, and localization of frames. Electronic Research Announce-ments of the AMS, 12:71–86, 2006.

bacahela06 [175] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, C. Heil, and Z. Landau. Density, overcom-pleteness, and localization of frames I: Theory. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,12(2):105–143, 2006.

bacahela06-1 [176] R. Balan, P. G. Casazza, C. Heil, and Z. Landau. Density, overcom-pleteness, and localization of frames II: Gabor frames. J. FourierAnal. Appl., 12(3):307–344, 2006.

bada03 [177] R. Balan and I. Daubechies. Optimal stochastic encoding and ap-proximation schemes using Weyl-Heisenberg sets. In H. Feichtinger,editor, Advances in Gabor analysis. Basel: Birkhauser. Applied andNumerical Harmonic Analysis, 259-320. 2003.

badava00 [178] R. Balan, I. Daubechies, and V. Vaishampayan. The analysis anddesign of windowed Fourier frame based multiple description sourcecoding schemes. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 46(7):2491–2536, 2000.

bajoro98 [179] R. Balan, A. Jourjine, and J. Rosca. AR processes and sources canbe reconstructed from degenerate mixtures. In Proceedings of theFirst International Workshop on Independent Component Analysisand Signal Separation, Aussois France, January 11-15 1999, pages467–472, 1998.

bajoro99 [180] R. Balan, A. Jourjine, and J. Rosca. AR processes and sources can bereconstructed from degenerate mixtures. In Proceedings of the First

17

International Workshop on Independent Component Analysis and Sig-nal Separation (ICA99), Aussois, France, January 1999., pages 467–472, 1999.

bala07 [181] R. Balan and Z. Landau. Measure functions for frames, 2007.

baporive04 [182] R. Balan, S. Rickard, H. V. Poor, and S. Verd. Time-frequency andtime-scale canonical representations of doubly spread channels. InProc. European Signal Processing Conference 2004, 2004.

bariro01 [183] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Real-time time-frequency basedblind source separation. In Proceedings of the 3rd ICA and BSS Con-ference, San Diego, CA, December 9-13, 2001., 2001.

bariro01-1 [184] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Robustness of parametric sourcedemixing in echoic environments. In Proceedings of the 3rd ICA andBSS Conference, San Diego, CA, December 2001, 2001.

bariro03-3 [185] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Blind source separation basedon space-time-frequency diversity. In Proceedings of the 4th ICA-BSSConference, April 2003, Japan., 2003.

bariro03-2 [186] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Non-square blind source sep-aration under coherent noise by beamforming and time-frequencymasking. In Proceedings of the 4th ICA-BSS Conference, April 2003,Japan., 2003.

bariro03-1 [187] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Scalable non-square blind sourceseparation in the presence of noise. In Proceedings of the IEEE In-ternational Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing,2003 (ICASSP ’03)., pages V– 293–6, 2003.

bariro05 [188] R. Balan, S. Rickard, and J. Rosca. Equivalence principle for opti-mization of sparse versus low-spread representations for signal estima-tion in noise. Int. J. Imaging System and Technology;Int. J. ImagingSystems and Technology, 15(1):10 – 17, 2005.

baro00 [189] R. Balan and J. Rosca. Statistical properties of STFT ratios for twochannel systems and applications to blind source separation. In Pro-ceedings of 2nd ICA and BSS Conference 2000, Helsinki, FINLAND,June 2000, 2000.

18

baro02 [190] R. Balan and J. Rosca. Microphone array speech enhancement byBayesian estimation of spectral amplitude and phase. In Sensor Ar-ray and Multichannel Signal Processing Workshop Proceedings, 2002,pages 209– 213, 2002.

babero03 [191] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and C. Beaugeant. Multi-channel psychoacousti-cally motivated speech enhancement. In Proceedings of the Interna-tional Conference on Multimedia and Expo, 2003. ICME ’03., pagesIII– 217–20, 2003.

baboro04 [192] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and C. Borss. Generalized sparse signal mixingmodel and application to noisy blind source separation. In Proceedingsof the IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Sig-nal Processing, 2004 (ICASSP ’04), Montreal, Canada, May 2004.,pages iii– 877–80, 2004.

bafaro01 [193] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and N. Fan. Real-time audio source separation bydelay and attenuation compensation in the time domain. In Proceed-ings of the 3rd ICA and BSS Conference, San Diego, CA, December2001, 2001.

bafaro04 [194] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and N. Fan. Comparison of wavelet- and FFT-based single-channel speech signal noise reduction techniques. In Proc.SPIE 2004, 2004.

babefagiro02 [195] R. Balan, J. Rosca, N. P. Fan, C. Beaugeant, and V. Gilg. Multi-channel voice detection in adverse environments. In Proceedings ofEUSIPCO 2002, 2002.

bahoro04 [196] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and L. Hong. Bayesian single channel speechenhancement exploiting sparseness in the ICA domain. In Proceedingsof EUSIPCO 2004, pages 1713–1716, 2004.

bariro03 [197] R. Balan, J. Rosca, and S. Rickard. A Stochastic Speech Model Sup-porting W-Disjoint Orthogonality. In Proceedings of the 2003 Confer-ence on Information Sciences and Systems, Johns Hopkins University,March 12-14, 2003., 2003.

baoriro00 [198] R. Balan, J. Rosca, S. Rickard, and J. O’Ruanaidh. The influence ofwindowing on time delay estimates. In Proceedings of the CISS 2000,Princeton NJ, March 15-17 2000, 2000.

19

ba05 [199] R. M. Balan. A strong invariance principle for associated randomfields. Ann. Probab., 33(2):823–840, 2005.

basc05 [200] R. M. Balan and I. Schiopu Kratina. Asymptotic results with general-ized estimating equations for longitudinal data. Ann. Stat., 33(2):522–541, 2005.

ba05-1 [201] P. Balazs. Regular and Irregular Gabor Multiplier With ApplicationTo Psychoacoustic Masking. PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 2005.

ba07 [202] P. Balazs. Basic definition and properties of Bessel multipliers. J.Math. Anal. Appl., 325(1):571–585, 2007.

baXX-2 [203] P. Balazs. Matrix-representation of operators using frames. Sampl.Theory Signal Image Process., to appear.

hopewe03 [204] P. Balazs, W. A. Deutsch, and H. Waubke. Phasenanalyse mitakustischen Anwendungsbeispielen. In Proceedings DAGA 2003 -Fortschritte der Akustik, March 2003.

bafehakr06-1 [205] P. Balazs, H. G. Feichtinger, M. Hampejs, and G. Kracher. Dou-ble preconditioning for Gabor frames. IEEE Trans. Sign.Proc.,54(12):4597–4610, December 2006.

bafehakr06 [206] P. Balazs, H. G. Feichtinger, M. Hampejs, and G. Kracher. Doublepreconditioning for the Gabor frame operator. In Acoustics, Speechand Signal Processing, 2006. ICASSP 2006 Proceedings. 2006 IEEEInternational Conference on, Volume 3, 14-19 May 2006, pages III–408 – III–411, May 2006.

bakrwa06-2 [207] P. Balazs, W. Kreuzer, and H. Waubke. A 3D-stochastic model forimulating vibrations in soil layers. In Proceedings ICSV13, 13th In-ternational Congress on Sound and Vibration, June 2006.

bakrwa06-1 [208] P. Balazs, W. Kreuzer, and H. Waubke. Effiziente Implementierungeines stochastischen Modells zur Berechnung von Erschutterungen inBoden und Fluiden. In DAGA ’06 (Braunschweig) Tagungsband, Marz2006.

bakrwa06 [209] P. Balazs, W. Kreuzer, and H. Waubke. Ein 3D-Modell zur Berech-nung der Ausbreitung von Erschutterungen in Bodenschichten. InDAGA ’06 (Braunschweig) Tagungsband, Marz 2006.

20

bakrwaXX [210] P. Balazs, W. Kreuzer, and H. Waubke. A stochastic 2D-model forcalculating vibrations in random layers. J. Comput. Acoust., to ap-pear. accepted.

h.p.r.XX [211] P. Balazs, R. Kronland Martinet, and H. Waubke. Phase Analysisand its Application in Acoustics. (preprint).

badelano00 [212] P. Balazs, A. Noll, W. A. Deutsch, and B. Laback. Concept of theintegrated signal analysis software system STX. In OPG 2000 (pro-ceedings CD), 2000.

ba06-2 [213] P. Balazs, J. T. Schwartz, and C. Segovia. Frame multiplier and irreg-ular Gabor filters with application in time frequency. In ProceedingsICSV13, 13th International Congress on Sound and Vibration, June2006.

bawa03 [214] P. Balazs and H. Waubke. Verwendung der zeitlicheRucktransformation zur Berucksichtigung der Kausalitat in Spektrenmehrdimensionaler Fourier Transformationen. In DAGA 2003Tagungsband, Marz 2003.

bajikrwa05 [215] P. Balazs, H. Waubke, B. Jilge, and W. Kreuzer. Waves in RandomLayers with Arbitrary Covariance Functions. In 12th InternationalCongress on Sound and Vibration, Lisbon, 2005.

ba81-1 [216] R. Balian. Un principe d’incertitude fort en theorie du signal ou enmecanique quantique. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 292:1357–1362, 1981.

basa04 [217] V. Bally and B. Saussereau. A relative compactness criterionin Wiener-Sobolev spaces and application to semi-linear stochasticPDEs. J. Funct. Anal., 210(2):465–515, 2004.

ba91 [218] C. Bandt. Deterministic fractals and fractal measures. Rend. Ist.Mat. Univ. Trieste, 23:1–40, 1991.

babobo06 [219] R. Bank, P. Borwein, and D. Boyd, editors. Mathematics of Compu-tation, volume 75. American Mathematical Society, July 2006.

bahu06 [220] W. Baoxiang and H. Hudzik. The global Cauchy problem for the NLSand NLKG with small rough data, 2006.

21

baboli06 [221] W. Baoxiang, Z. Lifeng, and G. Boling. Isometric decomposition op-erators, function spaces ep, q

lambda and applications to nonlinear evo-lution equations. J. Funct. Anal., 233(1):1–39, 2006.

balash06 [222] V. Baramidze, M. J. Lai, and C. K. Shum. Spherical splines for datainterpolation and fitting. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 28(1):241–259, 2006.

badadewa06 [223] R. Baraniuk, M. Davenport, R. DeVore, and M. Wakin. The Johnson-Lindenstrauss lemma meets compressed sensing. preprint, 2006.

bafljami01 [224] R. G. Baraniuk, P. Flandrin, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and O. J. J. Michel.Measuring time-frequency information content using the Renyi en-tropies. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 47(4):1391–1409, 2001.

bajo93 [225] R. G. Baraniuk and D. L. Jones. Shear madness: new orthonormalbases and frames using chirp functions. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,41(12):3543–3549, 1993.

ba92 [226] S. Barbarossa. Detection and imaging of moving objects with syn-thetic aperture radar. 1. Optimal detection and parameter estimationtheory. IEE Proc. F, 139(1):79–88, 1992.

bafa92 [227] S. Barbarossa and A. Farina. Detection and imaging of moving objectswith synthetic aperture radar. 2. Joint time-frequency analysis byWigner-Ville distribution. IEE Proc. F, 139(1):89–97, 1992.

ba83 [228] K. Barbey. Periodically invariant linear systems. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 14:158–166, 1983.

bahawi80 [229] K. Barbey, W. Hackenbroch, and H. Willie. Partially translationinvariant linear systems. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, 3:311–322,1980.

baco88 [230] J. A. Barcelo and A. Cordoba. Band-limited functions: L p-convergence. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.) New Ser., 18(2):163–166,1988.

baco89 [231] J. A. Barcelo and A. Cordoba. Band-limited functions: lp-convergence. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 313(2):655–669, 1989.

ba47 [232] V. Bargmann. Irreducible unitary representations of the Lorentzgroup. Annals Math., 48:568–640, 1947.

22

ba61 [233] V. Bargmann. On a Hilbert space of analytic functions and an asso-ciated integral transform. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 14:187–214,1961.

ba67 [234] V. Bargmann. On a Hilbert space of analytic functions and an associ-ated integral transform. II: A family of related function spaces. Appli-cation to distribution theory. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 20:1–101,1967.

babugikl71 [235] V. Bargmann, P. Butera, L. Girardello, and J. R. Klauder. On thecompleteness of coherent states. Rep. Math. Phys., 2:221–228, 1971.

bakl99 [236] O. E. Barndorff Nielsen and C. Kluppelberg. Tail exactness of mul-tivariate saddlepoint approximations. Scand. J. Stat., 26(2):253–264,1999.

baXX [237] B. A. Barnes. A result with applications to the theory of Beurlingalgebras and Segal algebras. 197? technical report.

ba71-1 [238] B. A. Barnes. Banach algebras which are ideals in a Banach algebra.Pac. J. Math., 38:1–7, 1971.

ba99-3 [239] B. A. Barnes. A result with applications to the theory of Beurlingalgebras and Segal algebras. Technical report, 1999. technical report.

babadusawa05 [240] D. Baron, M. B. Wakin, M. F. Duarte, S. Sarvotham, and R. G.Baraniuk. Distributed compressed sensing. preprint, 2005.

babechdedodoeiporova94 [241] R. Barrett, M. Berry, T. F. Chan, J. Demmel, J. Donato, J. Dongarra,V. Eijkhout, R. Pozo, C. Romine, and H. Van der Vorst. Templates forthe Solution of Linear Systems: Building Blocks for Iterative Methods.SIAM, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia,PA, 2nd Edition edition, 1994.

bace05 [242] L. e. . Bartholdi and T. e. . a. Ceccherini Silberstein. Infinite groups:geometric, combinatorial and dynamical aspects. Based. Progress inMathematics 248. Basel: Birkhauser. vii, 413 p., 2005.

ba64 [243] N. K. Bary. A Treatise on Trigonometric Series, Volumes 1 and 2.Macmillan, 1964.

23

ba80-1 [244] A. G. Baskakov. General ergodic theorems in Banach modules. Funct.Anal. Appl., 14:215–217, 1980.

ba90-1 [245] A. G. Baskakov. Wiener’s theorem and the asymptotic estimates ofthe elements of inverse matrices. Funct. Anal. Appl., 24(3):222–224,1990.

ba97-2 [246] A. G. Baskakov. Asymptotic estimates for elements of matrices ofinverse operators, and harmonic analysis. Sibirsk. Mat. Zh., 38(1):14–28, i, 1997.

bagr04 [247] R. Bass and K. Grochenig. Random sampling of multivariate trigono-metric polynomials. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 36(3):773–795, 2004.

ba95 [248] R. F. Bass. Probabilistic techniques in analysis. Probability and itsApplications. Springer-Verlag, New York, NY, 1995.

bamiru01 [249] J. Bastero, M. Milman, and F. J. Ruiz. On the connections be-tween weighted norm inequalities, commutators and real interpola-tion. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 731:80 p., 2001.

ba81 [250] M. Bastiaans. A sampling theorem for the complex spectrogram andGabor’sexpansion of a signal in Gaussian elementary signals. Opt.Eng., 20(4):594–598, July/August 1981.

ba82 [251] M. Bastiaans. Optical generation of Gabor’s expansion coefficients forrastered signals. Optica acta, 29(10):1349–1357, 1982.

bava98 [252] M. Bastiaans and A. J. van Leest. From the rectangular to the quin-cunx Gabor lattice via fractional Fourier transformation. IEEE SignalProc. Letters, 5(8):203–205, 1998.

ba80 [253] M. J. Bastiaans. Gabor’s expansion of a signal into Gaussian elemen-tary signals. Proc. IEEE, 68(4):538– 539, 1980.

ba98-3 [254] M. J. Bastiaans. Gabor’s expansion and the Zak transform forcontinuous-time and discrete-time signals. In Signal and image repre-sentation in combined spaces, volume 7 of Wavelet Anal. Appl., pages23–69. Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1998.

24

ba98 [255] M. J. Bastiaans. Gabor’s signal expansion in optics. In H. Fe-ichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysis and Algorithms:Theory and Applications, Appl. Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 427–451. Birkhauser Boston, Boston, MA, 1998.

ba02 [256] M. J. Bastiaans. Gabor’s signal expansion based on a non-orthogonalsampling geometry. In H. J. Caulfield, editor, Optical InformationProcessing: A Tribute to Adolf Lohmann, pages 57–82. SPIE - TheInternational Society for Optical Engineering, Bellingham, WA, 2002.

bage96 [257] M. J. Bastiaans and M. C. W. Geilen. On the discrete Gabor trans-form and the discrete Zak transform. Signal Process., 49(3):151–166,1996.

albabast03 [258] M. J. Bastiaans, L. Stankovic, T. Alieva, and M. J. Bastiaans. Time-frequency signal analysis based on the windowed fractional Fouriertransform. Signal Processing, 83(11):2459 – 2468, 2003.

bava98-1 [259] M. J. Bastiaans and A. J. van Leest. Modified Zak transform forthe quincunx-type Gabor lattice. In Proc. IEEE-SP InternationalSymposium on Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, Pittsburgh,PA, 6-9 October 1998, pages 173–176, Piscataway, NJ, 1998. IEEE.

bava98-2 [260] M. J. Bastiaans and A. J. van Leest. Product forms in Gabor analysisfor a quincunx-type sampling geometry. In J. Veen, editor, Proc.CSSP-98, ProRISC/IEEE Workshop on Circuits, Systems and SignalProcessing, Mierlo, Netherlands, 26-17 November 1998, pages 23–26,Utrecht, Netherlands, 1998. STW, Technology Foundation.

bava98-3 [261] M. J. Bastiaans and A. J. van Leest. Rectangular-to-quincunx Ga-bor lattice conversion via fractional Fourier transformation. In Proc.IEEE-SP International Symposium on Time-Frequency and Time-Scala Analysis, Pittsburgh, PA, 6-9 October 1998, pages 169–172,Piscataway, NJ, 1998. IEEE.

bava03 [262] M. J. Bastiaans and A. J. van Leest. Gabor’s signal expansion fora non-orthogonal sampling geometry. In B. Boashash, editor, Time-Frequency Signal Analysis and Processing: A Comprehensive Refer-ence, pages 252–259. Elsevier, Oxford, UK, 2003.

25

bawe97 [263] S. Bates and A. Weinstein. Lectures on the geometry of quantiza-tion. Berkeley Mathematics Lecture Notes 8. Providence, RI: Ameri-can Mathematical Society and Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Pureand Applied Mathematics. vi, 1997.

ba87 [264] G. Battle. A block spin construction of ondelettes I. Commun.Math. Phys., 110:601–615, 1987. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papersin Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

ba88 [265] G. Battle. Heisenberg proof of the Balian-Low theorem. Lett. Math.Phys., 15(2):155–177, 1988.

ba99 [266] G. Battle. Wavelets and Renormalization. World Scientific, Singa-pore, 1999.

ba79 [267] W. Bauhardt. Nuclear multipliers on compact groups. Math. Nachr.,93:293–303, 1979.

babole97 [268] H. H. Bauschke, J. M. Borwein, and A. S. Lewis. The method ofcyclic projections for closed convex sets in Hilbert space. In oth-ers and Y. Censor, editors, Recent developments in optimization the-ory and nonlinear analysis. AMS/IMU special session on optimizationand nonlinear analysis, May 24–26, 1995, Jerusalem, Israel., volume204, pages 1–38. AMS, 1997.

bacolu06 [269] H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, and D. R. Luke. A strongly conver-gent reflection method for finding the projection onto the intersectionof two closed convex sets in a Hilbert space. J. Approx. Theory,141:63–69, 2006.

ba97-1 [270] H. Bavinck. Differential operators having Sobolev type Laguerre poly-nomials as. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 125(12):3561–3567, 1997.

ba01 [271] H. Bavinck. Differential operators having Sobolev-type Laguerre poly-nomials as. J. Comput. Appl. Math., 133(1-2):183–193, 2001.

baba00 [272] M. Bayram and R. Baraniuk. Multiple window time-varying spectrumestimation. In Nonlinear and nonstationary signal processing (Cam-bridge, pages 292–316. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2000.

26

be68-1 [273] R. Beals. Operators in function spaces which commute with multipli-cations. Duke Math. J., 35:353–362, 1968.

be79-1 [274] R. Beals. lp and Holder estimates for pseudodifferential operators:sufficient conditions. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 29(3):239–260, 1979.

be81 [275] R. Beals. Weighted distribution spaces and pseudodifferential opera-tors. J. Anal. Math., 39:131–187, 1981.

bechmo99 [276] R. K. Beatson, J. B. Cherrie, and C. T. Mouat. Fast fitting of radialbasis functions: Methods based on preconditioned GMRES iteration.Adv. Comput. Math., 11(2-3):253–270, 1999.

bedo89 [277] M. G. Beaty and M. M. Dodson. Derivative sampling for multibandsignals. Numer. Funct. Anal. and Optimiz., 10 (9 10):875–898, 1989.

be06 [278] B. Beckman. Arne Beurling and Hitlers Geheimschreiber. The suc-cess of Swedish codebreaking during World War II. Transl. from theSwedish by Kjell-Ove Widman. (Arne Beurling und Hitlers Geheim-schreiber. Schwedische Entzifferungserfolge im 2. Weltkrieg). Berlin:Springer. xix, 323 p. EUR 39.95 and sFr. 68.00, 2006.

bete03 [279] R. J. Beerends and H. G. ter Morsche. Fourier and Laplace Trans-forms. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), 2003.

bexi95 [280] A. A. Beex and M. Xie. Time-Varying Filtering via MultiresolutionParametric Spectral Estimation. In ICASSP-95, pages 1565–1568,Detroit, MI, may 1995.

beor01 [281] B. Beferull Lozano and A. Ortega. Efficient quantization for overcom-plete expansions in RN. In Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing,2001. Proceedings. (ICASSP ’01). 2001 IEEE International Confer-ence on, volume 6, pages 3901–3904, Salt Lake City, UT, 2001.

begiwo03 [282] H. G. W. Begehr, R. P. Gilbert, and M. W. Wong. Progress in anal-ysis. Proceedings of the third international ISAAC. World Scientific,2003.

befa02 [283] H. Behmard and A. Faridani. Sampling of bandlimited functions onunions of shifted lattices. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 8(1):43–58, 2002.

27

be83 [284] W. D. Beiglboeck. Lineare Algebra. Eine anwendungsorientierteEinfuhrung in die Geometrie, die Gleichungs- und Ungleichungstheo-rie sowie die Proportionalitatsgesetze zum Gebrauch neben Vorlesun-gen. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Tokio, 1983.

be76 [285] R. A. Bekes. A convolution theorem and a remark on uniformly closedFourier algebras. Acta Sci., 38:3–6, 1976.

be04 [286] B. Bekka. Square integrable representations, von Neumann alge-bras and an application to Gabor analysis. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,10(4):325–349, 2004.

bene02 [287] M. B. Bekka and M. Neuhauser. On Kazhdan’s property (T) forSp2(k). Journal of Lie Theory, 12(1):31–39, 2002.

be97 [288] R. Bellman. Introduction to matrix analysis. Classics in AppliedMathematics. 19. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 2nd ed., Reprint of the1970 Orig. edition, 1997.

be63 [289] P. Bello. Characterization of Randomly Time-Variant Linear Chan-nels. Communications, IEEE Transactions on [legacy, pre - 1988],11:360–393, 1963.

belu03 [290] P. Belk and M. Luskin. Approximation by piecewise constant func-tions in a BV metric. Math. Models Methods Appl. Sci., 13(3):373–393,2003.

bera95 [291] J. Ben Arie and K. R. Rao. Nonorthogonal signal representationby Gaussians and Gabor functions. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst., II,Analog Digit. Signal Process., 42(6):402–413, 1995.

bera92 [292] Ben-Arie J. and K. R. Rao. Image Expansion and Pattern Recognitionby Gaussian Group Wavelets Using Lattice Architectures. In Proc.11th IAPR Int. Conf. Pattern Rec., Image, Speech and Sign. Anal.,The Hague, NL, 1992.

bewa98 [293] Ben-Arie J. and Z. Wang. Gabor kernels for affine-invariant objectrecognition. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor anal-ysis and algorithms: Theory and applications. 1998.

28

begr03 [294] A. Ben Israel and T. N. E. Greville. Generalized inverses. Theory andapplications. 2nd ed. Springer, NY, 2003.

bepa61 [295] A. Benedek and R. Panzone. The spaces lspp, with mixed norm. DukeMath.J., 28:301–324, 1961.

beczpo06 [296] J. Benedetto, W. Czaja, and A. M. Powell. An optimal example for theBalian-Low uncertainty principle. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 38(1):333–345, 2006.

bepf98 [297] J. Benedetto and G. E. Pfander. Wavelet periodicity detection al-gorithms. In A. Aldroubi, A. Laine, and M. Unser, editors, Proc.of SPIE’s 43rd Annual Meeting, Wavelet Applications in Signal andImage Processing VI, pages 48–55, San Diego, 1998.

be71 [298] J. J. Benedetto. Harmonic analysis on totally disconnected sets.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1971.

be75 [299] J. J. Benedetto. Spectral synthesis. Academic Press, Inc, Francisco,1975.

be80 [300] J. J. Benedetto. Euclidean harmonic analysis. Proceedings of seminarsheld at the University of Maryland, 1979. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,New York, 1980.

be89-1 [301] J. J. Benedetto. Gabor representations and wavelets. Contemp. Math.,19:9–27, 1989.

be96 [302] J. J. Benedetto. Harmonic Analysis and Applications. Stud. Adv.Math. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1996.

beczgapo03 [303] J. J. Benedetto, W. Czaja, P. Gadzinski, and A. M. Powell. TheBalian-Low theorem and regularity of Gabor systems. J. Geom. Anal.,13(2):239–254, 2003.

beczma03 [304] J. J. Benedetto, W. Czaja, and A. Y. Maltsev. The Balian-Low the-orem for the symplectic form on bbbr2d. J. Math. Phys., 44(4):1735–1750, 2003.

beczpost06 [305] J. J. Benedetto, W. Czaja, A. M. Powell, and J. Sterbenz. An End-point (1, infty) Balian-Low Theorem. Math. Res. Lett., 13(3):467–474, 2006.

29

befe01 [306] J. J. Benedetto and P. J. S. G. Ferreira. Modern sampling theory.Mathematics and applications. Birkhauser, Boston, 2001.

befi03 [307] J. J. Benedetto and M. Fickus. Finite normalized tight frames. Adv.Comput. Math., 18(2-4):357–385, 2003.

befr94 [308] J. J. Benedetto and M. W. Frazier. Wavelets: mathematics and ap-plications. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1994.

behewa95 [309] J. J. Benedetto, C. Heil, and D. F. Walnut. Differentiation and theBalian-Low theorem. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(4):355–402, 1995.

behewa95-1 [310] J. J. Benedetto, C. Heil, and D. F. Walnut. Differentiation and theBalian-Low theorem. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(4):355–402, 1995.

behewa98 [311] J. J. Benedetto, C. Heil, and D. F. Walnut. Gabor systems and theBalian-Low theorem. In Gabor analysis and algorithms: Theory andApplications, Appl. Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 85–122. BirkhauserBoston, Boston, MA, 1998.

beli98 [312] J. J. Benedetto and S. Li. The theory of multiresolution analysisframes and applications to filter banks. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 5(4):389–427, 1998.

bepf97 [313] J. J. Benedetto and G. E. Pfander. Wavelet detection of periodicbehaviour in EEG and ECOG data. In A. Sydow, editor, Proc. 15thIMACS World Congress on Scientific computation, Modelling and Ap-plied Mathematics, volume 5, pages 75–80, Berlin, 1997. Wissenschaftund Technik Verlag.

bepf02 [314] J. J. Benedetto and G. E. Pfander. Periodic wavelet transforms andperiodicity detection. SIAM J. Appl. Math., 62(4):1329–1368 (elec-tronic), 2002.

bepf06 [315] J. J. Benedetto and G. E. Pfander. Frame expansions for Gabormultipliers. Appl. Comput. Harm. Anal., 20(1):26–40, 2006.

bepoyi06-1 [316] J. J. Benedetto, A. Powell, and O. Yilmaz. Sigma-Delta quantizationand finite frames. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 52:1990–2005, 2006.

30

bepoyi06 [317] J. J. Benedetto, A. M. Powell, and O. Yilmaz. Second-order Sigma-Delta quantization of finite frame expansions. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 20(1):126–148, 2006.

bete94 [318] J. J. Benedetto and A. Teolis. A wavelet auditory model and datacompression. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 01.Jan:3–28, 1994.

bewa94 [319] J. J. Benedetto and D. F. Walnut. Gabor frames for l2 and relatedspaces. In Benedetto, John J. (ed.) et al., Wavelets: Mathematicsand Applications. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Studies in AdvancedMathematics. 97-162. 1994.

beza04 [320] J. J. Benedetto and A. I. Zayed. Sampling, Wavelets, and Tomogra-phy. Birkhauser, 2004.

bezi96 [321] J. J. Benedetto and G. Zimmermann. Poisson’s Summation Formulain the Construction of Wavelet Bases, volume 76, pages 477–478.1996.

bezi97 [322] J. J. Benedetto and G. Zimmermann. Sampling multipliers and thePoisson Summation Formula. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):505–523,1997.

behu03 [323] J. Benesty and Y. Huang. Adaptive signal processing. Applications toreal-world problems. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

bedz06 [324] I. Bengtsson and K. D Zyczkowski. Geometry of quantum states. Anintroduction to quantum entanglement. Cambridge University Press,2006.

be66-1 [325] R. Benjamin. Modulation, Resolution and Signal Processing in Radar,Sonar and Related Systems. Pergamon Press, Headington Hill Hall,Oxford, 1966.

be01 [326] H. Benker. Statistics using MATHCAD and MATLAB. Introductionto probability theory and mathematical statistics for engineers and sci-entists. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

begi72-1 [327] C. Bennett and J. E. Gilbert. Homogeneous algebras on the circle. I:Ideals of analytic functions. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 22(3):1–19, 1972.

31

begi72-2 [328] C. Bennett and J. E. Gilbert. Homogeneous algebras on the circle. II:Multipliers, Ditkin conditions. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 22(3):21–50, 1972.

begi72 [329] C. Bennett and J. E. Gilbert. Homogeneous algebras on the circleI,II. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 22:1–19, 21–50, 1972.

beru80 [330] C. Bennett and K. Rudnick. On Lorentz-Zygmund spaces. Diss.Math., 175:67 p., 1980.

besh88 [331] C. Bennett and R. Sharpley. Interpolation of operators. 1988.

be62 [332] G. Bennett. Probability inequalities for the sum of independent ran-dom variables. J. Am. Stat. Assoc., 57:33–45, 1962.

belelu83 [333] H. R. Bennett, W. Lewis, and M. Luksic. Capacity spaces. In Topol-ogy, Proc. Conf., Houston/Tex. 1983, volume 8 of Topology Proc.,pages 29–36. 1983.

bgrgrok05 [334] A. Benyi, L. Grafakos, K. Grochenig, and K. Okoudjou. A class ofFourier multipliers for modulation spaces. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 19(1):131–139, 2005.

begrheok05 [335] A. Benyi, K. Grochenig, C. Heil, and K. Okoudjou. Modulation Spacesand a Class of Bounded Multilinear Pseudodifferential Operators. J.Operator Theory, 2005.

begrokro06 [336] A. Benyi, K. Grochenig, K. A. Okoudjou, and L. G. Rogers. Unimod-ular Fourier Multipliers for Modulation Spaces. preprint, 2006.

beok04 [337] . Benyi and K. Okoudjou. Bilinear pseudodifferential operators onmodulation spaces. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(3):301–313, 2004.

be98 [338] S. K. Berberian. Fundamentals of real analysis. Universitext. Springer,New York, NY, 1998.

bechti01 [339] C. Berenstein, D.-C. Chang, and J. Tie. Laguerre calculus and its ap-plications on the Heisenberg group. AMS/IP Studies in AdvancedMathematics. 22. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society(AMS). xii, 2001.

32

be68 [340] J. M. Berezanskij. Expansions in eigenfunctions of selfadjoint oper-ators. Providence, R.I.: American Mathematical Society 1968. IX,1968.

bete03-1 [341] Y. M. Berezans’kyi and V. A. Tesko. Spaces of test and generalizedfunctions related to generalized translation operators. Ukr. Mat. Zh.,55(12):1587–1657, 2003.

befo75 [342] C. Berg and G. Forst. Potential theory on locally compact Abeliangroups. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1975.

bemc64 [343] P. W. Berg and J. L. McGregor. Elementary partial differential equa-tions. Preliminary edition. Holden-Daqy, Inc, San Francisco, 1964.

beco86-1 [344] C. A. Berger and L. A. Coburn. A symbol calculus for Toeplitz oper-ators. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:3072–3073, 1986.

beco86 [345] C. A. Berger and L. A. Coburn. Toeplitz operators and quantummechanics. J. Funct. Anal., 68:273–299, 1986.

beco96 [346] C. A. Berger and L. A. Coburn. On Voiculescu’s double commutanttheorem. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 124(11):3453–3457, 1996.

becozh87 [347] C. A. Berger, L. A. Coburn, and K. H. Zhu. Toeplitz operatorsand function theory in n-dimensions. In Pseudo-differential opera-tors, Proc. Conf., Oberwolfach/Ger. 1986, Lect. Notes Math. 1256,28-35. 1987.

becozh88 [348] C. A. Berger, L. A. Coburn, and K. H. Zhu. Function theory onCartan domains and the Berezin-Toeplitz symbol calculus. Am. J.Math., 110(5):921–953, 1988.

belo76 [349] J. Bergh and J. Lofstrom. Interpolation Spaces. An Introduction.Number 223 in Grundlehren Math. Wiss. Springer, Berlin, 1976.XERO copy.

bepe74 [350] J. Bergh and J. Peetre. On the spaces vp(0 < pleqinfty. Boll. UnioneMat. Ital., IV. Ser., 10:632–648, 1974.

beja87-1 [351] J. W. M. Bergmans and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Robust data equaliza-tion, fractional tap spacing and the Zak transform. Philips J. Res.,42(4):351–398, 1987.

33

bech91 [352] S. Berhanu and S. Chanillo. Boundedness of the FBI-transform onSobolev spaces and propagation of singularities. Commun. PartialDiffer. Equations, 16(10):1665–1686, 1991.

beho01 [353] S. Berhanu and J. Hounie. An F. and M. Riesz theorem for planarvector fields. Math. Ann., 320(3):463–485, 2001.

bekoko96 [354] R. Bernardini and J. Kovacevic. Local orthogonal bases. I: Construc-tion. Multidimens. Systems Signal Process., 7(3-4):331–369, 1996.

beko96 [355] R. Bernardini and J. Kovacevic. Local orthogonal bases. II: Windowdesign. Multidimens. Systems Signal Process., 7(3-4):371–399, 1996.

beko00 [356] R. Bernardini and J. Kovacevic. Designing local orthogonal bases onfinite groups. I: Abelian case. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(1):1–23, 2000.

bema94 [357] R. Bernardini and R. Manduchi. On the reduction of multidimen-sional DFT to separable DFT by Smith normal form theorem (discreteFourier transform). European Transactions on Telecommunicationsand Related Technologies, 5(3):377–380, 1994.

beri05 [358] R. Bernardini and R. Rinaldo. Efficient reconstruction from frame-based multiple descriptions. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 53(8):3282–3296, 2005.

be01-1 [359] J. Berndorfer. Spline-Type Spaces. Master’s thesis, University ofVienna, 2001.

be79 [360] D. L. Bernstein. The role of applications in pure mathematics. Am.Math. Mon., 86:245–253, 1979.

be05 [361] D. S. Bernstein. Matrix mathematics. Theory, facts, and formulaswith application to linear systems theory. Princeton University Press,Princeton, NJ, 2005.

beda77 [362] I. J. P. Bertrandias and C. Datry. Unions et intersections d’ espaceslp sur un groupe. C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, Serie A, 285:497–499, 1977.

be66 [363] J. P. Bertrandias. Espaces de fonctions bornees et continues enmoyenne asymptotique d’ordre p. Bull. Soc. Math. France, MemoireNr. 5:1–94, 1966.

34

be71-1 [364] J.-P. Bertrandias. Espaces lp relatifs a une famille de mesures. Ann.Inst. Fourier, 21(4):267–291, 1971.

be73 [365] J.-P. Bertrandias. Operateurs subordinatifs sur des espaces de fonc-tions bornees en moyenne quadratique. J. Math. Pures Appl. (9),52:27–63, 1973.

be77 [366] J.-P. Bertrandias. Unions et intersections d’espaces lp sur un espacelocalement compact. Bull. Sci. Math., II. Ser., 101:209–247, 1977.

be82 [367] J.-P. Bertrandias. Espaces lp(a) et lp(q). volume I of Groupe de travaild’analyse harmonique, pages 1–13. Universite scientifique et medicalede Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s.,1982.

be84-2 [368] J. P. Bertrandias. Elements reguliers et singuliers de l’espace deMarcinkiewicz. volume III of Groupe de travail d’analyse harmonique,pages III.1–III.7. Universite scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, lab-oratoire de mathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s., 1984.

be84-1 [369] J.-P. Bertrandias. Espaces lp(hatlalpha). volume II of Groupe de tra-vail d’analyse harmonique, pages IV.1–IV.12. Universite scientifiqueet medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematique pures associeau c.n.r.s., 1984.

be84 [370] J.-P. Bertrandias. Sur les theoremes de Littlewood et d’Orlicz-Paley-Sidon. volume II of Groupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pagesIII.1–III.9. Universite scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoirede mathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s., 1984.

becodhmephvo87 [371] J. P. Bertrandias, J. Couot, J. Dhombres, M. Mendhs France,Pham Phu Hien, and K. Vo Khac. Espaces de Marcinkiewicz. Cor-rilations. Mesures, Systhmes dynamiques. Introduction de J. Bass.(Marcienkiewicz spaces. Correlations. Measures, dynamical systems).Masson, Paris etc., 1987.

bedadu78 [372] J. P. Bertrandias, C. Datry, and C. Dupuis. Unions et intersectionsd’espaces lp invariantes par translation ou convolution. Ann. Inst.Fourier, 28(2):53–84, 1978.

35

bedu77-2 [373] J.-P. Bertrandias and C. Dupuis. Analyse harmonique sur les espacesellp(lp

′

). C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, Serie A, 285:669–671, 1977.

bedu77-1 [374] J.-P. Bertrandias and C. Dupuis. Espaces ellp(lp′

). C. R. Acad. Sc.Paris, Serie A, 285(9):617–619, 1977.

bedu77 [375] J.-P. Bertrandias and C. Dupuis. Extension maximale du domainede la transformation de Fourier. C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, Serie A,285(11):703–705, 1977.

bedu79 [376] J. P. Bertrandias and C. Dupuis. Transformation de Fourier sur lesespaces lspp(Lsppspprime). Ann. Inst. Fourier, 29(1):189–206, 1979.

be55 [377] A. S. Besicovitch. Almost periodic functions. Dover Publications Inc,New York, reprint edition, 1955.

beilni78 [378] O. V. Besov, V. P. Il’in, and S. M. Nikol’skii. Integral representa-tions of functions and imbedding theorems. Vol. I. Ed. by MitchellH. Taibleson. Translation from the Russian. John Wiley and Sons,Washington, D.C., 1978.

beilni79 [379] O. V. Besov, V. P. Il’in, and S. M. Nikol’skii. Integral representa-tions of functions and imbedding theorems. Vol. II. Ed. by MitchellH. Taiblesson. Translation from the Russian. John Wiley and Sons,Washington, D.C., 1979.

bejemoro07 [380] J. J. Betancor, C. Jerez, S. M. Molina, and L. Rodrguez Mesa. Dis-tributional convolutors for Fourier transform. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,325(1):459–468, 2007.

bero98 [381] J. J. Betancor and L. Rodrguez Mesa. On the Besov-Hankel spaces.J. Math. Soc. Japan, 50(3):781–788, 1998.

behewi78 [382] T. Beth, P. Hess, and K. Wirl. Kryptographie. Teubner, 1978.

be49 [383] A. Beurling. Sur les spectres des fonctions. In Colloques Internat. Cen-tre Nat. Rech. Sci. 15 (Analyse harmonique, Nancy 15.-22.6.1947),pages 9–29, 1949.

be64 [384] A. Beurling. Construction and analysis of some convolution algebras.Ann. Inst. Fourier, 14(2):1–32, 1964.

36

be89 [385] A. Beurling. The collected works of Arne Beurling. Volume 1: Com-plex analysis. Ed. by Lennart Carleson, Paul Malliavin, John Neu-berger, John Wermer. Contemporary Mathematicians. Boston etc.:Birkhauser Verlag. xx, 475 p./v.1 and xx, 389 p./v.2 sFr. 168.00/setand DM 198.00/set, 1989.

bema67 [386] A. Beurling and P. Malliavin. On the closure of characters and thezeros of entire functions. Acta Math., 118:79–93, 1967.

be00 [387] A. Beutelspacher. Lineare Algebra. Eine Einfuhrung in die Wis-senschaft der Vektoren, Abbildungen und Matrizen. (Linear algebra.An introduction to the world of vectors, mappings and matrices). 4.,durchgesehene Aufl. Vieweg, Braunschweig, 2000.

bezs01 [388] A. Beutelspacher and M.-A. Zschiegner. Lineare Algebra interaktiv.Eine CD-ROM mit Tausenden von Ubungsaufgaben. (Linear algebrainteractive. A CD-ROM with thousands of exercises). Vieweg, Wies-baden, 2001.

be95 [389] G. Beylkin. On the fast Fourier transform of functions with singular-ities. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 2:363 – 381, 1995.

be07 [390] G. Beylkin. testtitle. 2007.

becoro91 [391] G. Beylkin, R. Coifman, and V. Rokhlin. Fast wavelet transformsand numerical algorithms. I. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 44(2):141–183, 1991. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil,Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

bhky06 [392] S. Bharitkar and C. Kyriakakis. Immersive Audio Signal Process-ing. Information Technology:Transmission, Processing, and Storage.Springer-Verlag, 2006.

bh96 [393] R. Bhatia. Matrix analysis. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. 169.Springer, 1996.

bh05 [394] R. Bhatia. Fourier series. Classroom Resource Materials. CambridgeUniversity Press, 2005.

bh07 [395] R. Bhatia. Positive Definite Matrices. Princeton Series in AppliedMathematics. Princeton University Press, 2007.

37

bhde03 [396] S. J. Bhatt and H. V. Dedania. Beurling algebra analogues of theclassical theorems of Wiener and. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Math.Sci., 113(2):179–182, 2003.

bize04 [397] G. Bi and Y. Zeng. Transforms and fast algorithms for signal analysisand representations. Birkhauser, Boston, 2004.

bi95 [398] E. Bieber. Interpolation unregelmassiger Daten durch Spline Funk-tionen. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1995.

bi93 [399] M. U. Bikdash and K. B. Yu. Analysis and filtering using the opti-mally smoothed Wigner distribution. ISP, 41(4), 1993.

bisc00 [400] E. Binz and W. Schempp. A unitary parallel filter bank approachto magnetic resonance tomography. In Proceedings of the third inter-national conference on symmetry in nonlinear mathematical physics,Kyiv, Ukraine, July 12-18, 1999. Part 2. Transl. from the Ukrainian.,volume 30 of Proc. Inst. Math. Natl. Acad. Sci. Ukr., Math. Appl.,pages 419–428. Kyiv, 2000.

bima00 [401] L. Birge and P. Massart. An adaptive compression algorithm in Besovspaces. Constructive Approximation, 16(1):1–36, 2000.

biso77 [402] M. Birman and M. Solomyak. Estimates of singular numbers of inte-gral operators. Russ. Math. Surveys, 32(1):15–89, 1977.

biso80 [403] M. Birman and M. Solomyak. Quantitative analysis in Sobolev imbed-ding theorems and applications to spectral theory, volume 114 of Trans-lations, Series 2. American Mathematical Society, 1980.

biso03 [404] M. S. Birman and M. Solomyak. Double operator integrals in a Hilbertspace. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, 47(2):131–168, 2003.

bi61 [405] F. T. Birtel. Banach algebras of multipliers. Duke Math.J., 28:203–211, 1961.

bi62 [406] F. T. Birtel. Isomorphisms and isometric multipliers. Proc. Amer.Math. Soc., 13:204–209, 1962.

bi62-1 [407] F. T. Birtel. On a commutative extension of a Banach algebra. Proc.Amer. Math. Soc., 13:815–822, 1962.

38

bikr01 [408] H. Bischof and W. G. Kropatsch. Digital image analysis. Selectedtechniques and applications. Incl. 1 CD-ROM. Springer, New York,2001.

bi06 [409] C. M. Bishop. Pattern recognition and machine learning. InformationScience and Statistics. Springer, New York, NY, 2006.

bi98 [410] K. Bittner. On the reproduction of linear functions by local trigono-metric bases. In C. Chui et al., editors, Approximation theory IX,Volume 2. Computational aspects. Proceedings of the 9th internationalconference, Nashville, TN, USA, January 3-6, 1998, Innov. Appl.Math., pages 1–8. Vanderbilt University Press, Nashville, 1998.

bi99 [411] K. Bittner. Error estimates and reproduction of polynomials forbiorthogonal local trigonometric bases. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 6:75–102, 1999.

bi00 [412] K. Bittner. Biorthogonal local trigonometric bases. In G. Anastassiou,editor, Handbook on Analytic-Computational Methods, pages 407–463.Chapman Hall CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2000.

bi02 [413] K. Bittner. Linear approximation and reproduction of polynomials byWilson bases. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 8:85–108, 2002.

c.k.02 [414] K. Bittner and C. K. Chui. Gabor Frames with Arbitrary Windows. InC. K. Chui, L. L. Schumaker, and J. Stockler, editors, ApproximationTheory X, Innov. Appl. Math., pages 41–50. Vanderbilt UniversityPress, Nashville, 2002.

bigr02 [415] K. Bittner and K. Grochenig. Direct and inverse approximation the-orems for local trigonometric bases. J.Approx. Theory, 117:74–102,2002.

bj66 [416] J. E. Bjoerk. Linear partial differential operators and generalizeddistributions. Ark. Mat., 6:351–407, 1966.

bj74 [417] J. E. Bjoerk. lp estimates for convolution operators defined by com-pactly supported distributions in rn. Math. Scand., 34:129–136, 1974.

bj96 [418] A. Bjorck. Numerical methods for least squares problems. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1996.

39

bjda03 [419] A. Bjorck and G. Dahlquist. Numerical methods. Translated from theSwedish by Ned Anderson. Reprint of the 1974 English translation.Dover Publications Inc, NY, 2003.

bl06 [420] B. Blackadar. Operator algebras. Theory of C∗-algebras and von Neu-mann algebras. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences 122. Oper-ator Algebras and Non-Commutative Geometry 3. Berlin: Springer.,2006.

blbr99 [421] P. Blanchard and E. Bruning. Mathematical methods in physics.Distributions, Hilbert space operators, and variational methods.Birkhauser, Boston, 1999.

blcahe05 [422] C. Blanco, C. Cabrelli, and S. Heineken. Functions in SamplingSpaces. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process, 5(3):275–295, 2005.

bl06-1 [423] N. Blank. Generating sets for Beurling algebras. J. Approx. Theory,140(1):61–70, 2006.

bl98 [424] C. Blatter. Wavelets. Eine Einfuhrung. (Wavelets. An introduction).Vieweg, Wiesbaden, 1998.

blca00 [425] R. Blei and J. Caggiano. Projective boundedness and convolution ofFr’echet measures. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 128(12):3523–3528, 2000.

blsi83 [426] R. C. Blei and S. J. Sidney. Banach spaces, harmonic analysis, andprobability theory. Proceedings of the Special Year in Analysis, Heldat the University of Connecticut 1980- 1981. Springer, Berlin, Hei-delberg, New York, Tokio, 1983.

blre97 [427] J. A. Bloom and T. R. Reed. An Uncertainty Analysis of Some RealFunctions for Image Processing Applications. In Proc. IEEE ICIP-97,volume 3, pages 670 – 673, October 1997.

bl74 [428] L. M. Bloom. The Fourier mulriplier problem for spaces of contin-uous founctions with p–summable transforms. J. Austr. Math. Soc.,17:319–331, 1974.

bl79 [429] L. M. Bloom. Multiplier problems for spaces of continuous functionswith p–summable transforms. Bull. Austr. Math. Soc., 20:152–154,1979.

40

blbl80 [430] L. M. Bloom and W. R. Bloom. Idempotent multipliers on spacesof continuous functions with p–summable Fourier transforms. Proc.Amer. Math. Soc., 1980.

bl75 [431] W. R. Bloom. A characterisation of Lipschitz classes on 0-dimensionalgroups. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 53:149–154, 1975.

bl81-1 [432] W. R. Bloom. Multipliers of Lipschitz spaces on zero dimensionalgroups. Math. Z., 176:485–488, 1981.

bl82-1 [433] W. R. Bloom. Absolute convergence of Fourier series on totally dis-connected groups. Ark. Mat., 20:101–109, 1982.

bl82 [434] W. R. Bloom. Strict local inclusion results between spaces of Fouriertransforms. Pac. J. Math., 99:265–270, 1982.

bl72-1 [435] A. P. Blozinski. Convolution of L(p, q) functions. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 32:237–240, 1972.

bl72 [436] A. P. Blozinski. On a convolution theorem for L(p,q) spaces. Trans.Am. Math. Soc., 164:255–265, 1972.

bl81 [437] A. P. Blozinski. Multivariate rearrangements and Banach functionspaces with mixed norms. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 263:149–167, 1981.

blun02 [438] T. Blu and M. Unser. Wavelets, fractals, and radial basis functions.IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 50(3):543–553, 2002.

blun06 [439] T. Blu and M. Unser. Self-similarity: Part I - Splines and operators.IEEE Trans. Signal Process., page submitted, 2006.

blun06-1 [440] T. Blu and M. Unser. Self-similarity: Part II - Optimal estimation offractal processes. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., page submitted, 2006.

bo55 [441] R. P. Boas. Isomorphisms between hp and lp. Amer. J. Math., 77:655–656, 1955.

bo92 [442] B. Boashash, editor. Time-Frequency Analysis. Methods and Appli-cations. Longman Cheshire and Halsted Press, Wiley, 1992.

bo03-2 [443] B. Boashash, editor. Time-Frequency Signal Analysis and Process-ing: A Comprehensive Reference. Elsevier Science and Technology.Elsevier, 2003.

41

bo28 [444] S. Bochner. Ueber Faktorenfolgen fuer Fouriersche Reihen. Acta Sci.Math., 4:125–129, 1928.

bo32 [445] S. Bochner. Vorlesungen uber Fouriersche Integrale. AkademischeVerlagsgesellschaft, Leipzig, 1932.

bo52 [446] S. Bochner. Book Review: Theorie des distributions by LaurentSchwartz. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 58:78–85, 1952.

bo56 [447] S. Bochner. Stationarity, boundedness, almost periodicity of random-valued functions. In Proc. 3rd Berkeley Sympos. Math. Statist. Prob-ability 2, pages 7–27, 1956.

boch49 [448] S. Bochner and K. Chandrasekharan. Fourier Transforms. PrincetonUniversity Press, Princeton, N.J., 1949.

bo98-2 [449] V. I. Bogachev. Gaussian measures, volume 62 of Mathematical Sur-veys and Monographs. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Prov-idence, RI, 1998. Transl. from the Russian by the author.

bo04-2 [450] P. Boggiatto. Localization operators with lspp symbols on modulationspaces. In Advances in pseudo-differential operators, volume 155 ofOper. Theory Adv. Appl., pages 149–163. Birkhauser, Basel, 2004.

boburo96 [451] P. Boggiatto, E. Buzano, and L. Rodino. Global hypoellipticity andspectral theory. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, Berlin, 1996.

bocogr04 [452] P. Boggiatto, E. Cordero, and K. Grochenig. Generalized anti-Wickoperators with symbols in distributional Sobolev spaces. IntegralEquations Operator Theory, 48(4):427–442, 2004.

boolwo06 [453] P. Boggiatto, A. Oliaro, and M. W. Wong. lp boundedness and com-pactness of localization operators. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 322(1):193–206, 2006.

borotowo06 [454] P. Boggiatto, L. Rodino, J. Toft, and M. Wong, editors. Pseudo-differential operators and related topics. Papers based on lectures givenat the international conference, Vaxjo University, Sweden, June 22to June 25, 2005., volume 164 of Operator Theory: Advances andApplications. Birkhauser, Basel, 2006.

42

boto05 [455] P. Boggiatto and J. Toft. Embeddings and compactness for gener-alized Sobolev-Shubin spaces and modulation spaces. Appl. Anal.,84(3):269–282, 2005.

asbowo04 [456] P. Boggiatto, M. W. Wong, and R. Ashino. Advances in pseudo-differential operators, volume 155 of Operator Theory: Advances andApplications. Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, 2004. Papers from the 4thCongress of the International Society for Analysis, its Applicationsand Computation (ISAAC) held at York University, Toronto, ON,August 11–16, 2003.

boroto06 [457] P. e. . Boggiatto, L. e. . Rodino, and J. e. . Toft. Pseudo-differentialoperators and related topics. Papers based on. Operator Theory: Ad-vances and Applications 164. Basel: Birkhauser., 2006.

boga89 [458] A. Bohm and M. Gadella. Diract kets, Gamov vectors and Gel’fandtriplets. The rigged Hilbert space formulation of quantum mechanics.Lectures in mathematical physics at the University of Texas at Austin,USA., volume 348 of Lecture Notes in Physics. Springer-Verlag, Berlinetc., 1989.

bogawi99 [459] A. Bohm, M. Gadella, and S. Wickramasekara. Some little thingsabout rigged Hilbert spaces and quantum mechanics and all that.In et al. and I. Antoniou, editors, Generalized functions, operatortheory, and dynamical systems., volume 399 of Chapman Hall/CRCRes. Notes Math., pages 202–250. Chapman and Hall/CRC, BocaRaton, FL, 1999.

bo91 [460] G. Bohnke. Treillis d’ondelettes associes aux groupes de Lorentz.(Wavelet lattices associated with Lorentz groups). 1991.

bo47 [461] H. Bohr. Almost Periodic Functions. Chelsea Publishing Company,New York, 1947.

bo84 [462] A. Bojanczyk. Complexity of solving linear systems in different modelsof computation. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 21/Nr.3:591–603, June 1984.

bo94 [463] H. Bolcskei. Gabor expansion and frame theory. Master’s thesis,University of Technology Vienna, oct 1994.

43

bo97 [464] H. Bolcskei. Oversampled filter banks and predictive subband coders.PhD thesis, University of Technology Vienna, nov 1997.

bo98 [465] H. Bolcskei. Oversampling in wavelet subspaces. In Proc. IEEE-SP1998 Int. Sympos. Time-Frequency Time-Scale Analysis, pages 489–492, oct 1998.

bo99 [466] H. Bolcskei. A necessary and sufficient condition for dual Weyl-Heisenberg frames to be compactly supported. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,5(5):409–419, 1999.

bo99-1 [467] H. Bolcskei. Efficient design of pulse shaping filters for OFDM sys-tems. In SPIE Proc., “Wavelet Applications in Signal and ImageProcessing VII”, volume 3813, pages 625–636, jul 1999.

bo03 [468] H. Bolcskei. Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing based on offsetQAM, pages 321–352. 2003.

bo04 [469] H. Bolcskei. Principles of MIMO-OFDM wireless systems. 2004.

boduhl99 [470] H. Bolcskei, P. Duhamel, and R. Hleiss. Design of pulse shapingOFDM/OQAM systems for high data-rate transmission over wirelesschannels. In Proc. of IEEE Int. Conf. on Communications (ICC),volume 1, pages 559–564, jun 1999.

boduhl01 [471] H. Bolcskei, P. Duhamel, and R. Hleiss. A subspace-based approach toblind channel identification in pulse shaping OFDM/OQAM systems.IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 49(7):1594–1598, July 2001.

boduhl03 [472] H. Bolcskei, P. Duhamel, and R. Hleiss. Orthogonalization ofOFDM/OQAM pulse shaping filters using the discrete Zak transform.EURASIP J. Signal Process., 83(7):1379–1391, July 2003.

boel03 [473] H. Bolcskei and Y. Eldar. Geometrically uniform frames. IEEE Trans.Inform. Theory, 49(4):993–1006, April 2003.

boel03-1 [474] H. Bolcskei and Y. Eldar. Structured group frames. In Proceed-ings of the 2003 Workshop on Sampling Theory and Applications(SampTA’03), may 2003.

44

bofegrhl96 [475] H. Bolcskei, H. G. Feichtinger, K. Grochenig, and F. Hlawatsch.Discrete-Time Multi-Window Wilson Expansions: Pseudo Frames,Filter Banks, and Lapped Transforms. In Proc. IEEE-SP Int.Symp.on Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, pages 525–528, Paris,France, 1996.

bofegrhl96-1 [476] H. Bolcskei, H. G. Feichtinger, K. Grochenig, and F. Hlawatsch.Discrete-time Wilson expansions. In Proc. IEEE-SP 1996 Int. Sym-pos. Time-Frequency Time-Scale Analysis, pages 525–528, jun 1996.

bofehl95 [477] H. Bolcskei, H. G. Feichtinger, and F. Hlawatsch. Diagonalizing theGabor frame operator. In TFTS’95 - Symposium on Applicationsof Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Methods, pages 249–255a, War-wick/UK, August 1995.

bogepava06 [478] H. Bolcskei, D. Gesbert, C. B. Papadias, and A.-J. van der Veen.Space-Time Wireless Systems. Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006.

bofegrhl97 [479] H. Bolcskei, K. Grochenig, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Over-sampled Wilson expansions. IEEE Signal Proc. Letters, 4(4):106–108,1997.

bohl94-1 [480] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Unified theory of displacement-covariant time-frequency analysis. In Proc. IEEE-SP 1994 Int. Sym-pos. Time-Frequency Time-Scale Analysis, pages 524–527, oct 1994.

bohl95-1 [481] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Displacement-covariant time-frequencyenergy distributions. In Proc. IEEE ICASSP-95, volume 2, pages1025–1028, may 1995.

bohl95 [482] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Time-frequency distributions basedon conjugate operators. In Proc. IEEE UK Sympos. Applications ofTime-Frequency and Time-Scale Methods, pages 187–193a, aug 1995.

bohl96 [483] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Covariant time-frequency distribu-tions based on conjugate operators. IEEE Signal Processing Letters,3(2):44–46, February 1996.

bohl96-1 [484] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Oversampled Wilson-type cosine mod-ulated filter banks with linear phase. In Asilomar Conf. on Signals,Systems, and Computers, pages 998–1002, nov 1996.

45

bohl97-1 [485] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Discrete Zak transforms, polyphasetransforms, and applications. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing,45(4):851–866, April 1997.

bohl97-2 [486] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Oversampled cosine-modulated filterbanks with linear phase. In Proc. IEEE ISCAS-97, pages 357–360,jun 1997.

bohl97-3 [487] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Oversampled filter banks: Optimalnoise shaping, design freedom, and noise analysis. In Proc. IEEEICASSP-97, Munich, Germany, volume 3, pages 2453–2456, apr 1997.

bohl97 [488] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Oversampled Modulated Filter Banks.In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor Analysis and Algo-rithms: Theory and Applications, pages 295–322. Birkhauser Boston,Boston, 1997. Chap. 9.

bohl98 [489] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Oversampled cosine modulated filterbanks with perfect reconstruction. IEEE Trans. Circuits and SystemsII, 45(8):1057–1071, August 1998.

bohl98-1 [490] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Quantization noise reduction in over-sampled filter banks. In Proc. IEEE-SP 1998 Int. Sympos. Time-Frequency Time-Scale Analysis, pages 509–512, oct 1998.

bohl01 [491] H. Bolcskei and F. Hlawatsch. Noise reduction in oversampled filterbanks using predictive quantization. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,47(1):155–172, January 2001.

bofehl95-1 [492] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Equivalence of DFTFilter banks and Gabor expansions. In SPIE 95, Wavelet Applicationsin Signal and Image Processing III, volume 2569, part I, pages 128–139, San Diego, July 1995.

bofehl96 [493] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Frame-theoreticanalysis and design of oversampled filter banks. In Proc. IEEE ISCAS-96, volume 2, pages 409–412, Atlanta (GA), May 1996.

bofehl96-1 [494] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Oversampled FIRand IIR DFT filter banks and Weyl-Heisenberg frames. In Proc. IEEEICASSP-96, volume 3, pages 1391–1394, Atlanta (GA), May 1996.

46

bofehl97 [495] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Frame-theoreticanalysis and design of oversampled filter banks. In Proc. IEEE ISCAS-97, Hong Kong, June 1997.

bofehl98 [496] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and H. G. Feichtinger. Frame-theoreticanalysis of oversampled filter banks. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing,46(12):3256–3268, 1998.

bohlstsu97 [497] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, T. Stranz, and R. Sucher. Subband imagecoding using cosine modulated filter banks with perfect reconstructionand linear phase. In Proc. IEEE ICIP-97, volume 2, pages 594–597,oct 1997.

bohltw96 [498] H. Bolcskei, F. Hlawatsch, and T. Twaroch. Wigner-type a-b andtime-frequency analysis based on conjugate operators. In Proc. IEEEICASSP-96, volume 3, pages 1395–1398, may 1996.

boja00-1 [499] H. Bolcskei and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Equivalence of two methodsfor constructing tight Gabor frames. IEEE Signal Processing Letters,7(4):79–82, April 2000.

boja00 [500] H. Bolcskei and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Gabor frames, unimodularity,and window decay. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(3):255–276, 2000.

bohejath00 [501] H. Bolcskei, A. J. E. M. Janssen, R. Heusdens, and R. Theunis. Designof orthogonal and biorthogonal lapped transforms satisfying percep-tion related constraints. IEEE Trans. Image Proc., 9(5):760–772, May2000.

bokoma02 [502] H. Bolcskei, R. Koetter, and S. Mallik. Coding and modulation forunderspread fading channels. In IEEE International Symposium onInformation Theory (ISIT) 2002, page 358, jun 2002.

bomo98 [503] H. Bolcskei and A. F. Molisch. Error floor of pulse amplitude modula-tion with adaptive sampling phase in time-dispersive fading channels.In Proc. IEEE PIMRC-98, pages 884–890, sep 1998.

bopa00 [504] H. Bolcskei and A. J. Paulraj. Space-frequency coded broadbandOFDM systems. In IEEE Wireless Communications and NetworkingConference (WCNC) 2000, volume 1, pages 1–6, sep 2000.

47

bopa01 [505] H. Bolcskei and A. J. Paulraj. Space-frequency codes for broadbandfading channels. In IEEE International Symposium on InformationTheory (ISIT) 2001, page 219, jun 2001.

bo98-1 [506] J. Bolker. Writing Your Dissertation in Fifteen Minutes a Day. HenryHolt Company, 1998.

bosh71 [507] J. Boman and H. S. Shapiro. Comparison theorems for a generalizedmodulus of continuity. Ark. Mat., 9:91–116, 1971.

bopo89 [508] I. Bomze and B. M. Potscher. Game theoretical foundations of evolu-tionary stability. Springer, Berlin, 1989.

bodeja03 [509] A. Bonami, B. Demange, and P. Jaming. Hermite functions and uncer-tainty principles for the Fourier and the windowed Fourier transforms.Rev. Mat. Iberoam., 19(1):23–55, 2003.

bosc96 [510] G. Bonmassar and E. Schwartz. Lie groups, Space-Variant FourierAnalysis and the Exponential Chirp Transform. cvpr, 00:492, 1996.

bo86-1 [511] F. F. Bonsall. Decompositions of functions as sums of elementaryfunctions. Q. J. Math., Oxf. II. Ser., 37:129–136, 1986.

bo87 [512] F. F. Bonsall. Domination of the supremum of a bounded harmonicfunction by its supremum over a countable subset. Proc. Edinb. Math.Soc., II. Ser., 30:471–477, 1987.

bo00 [513] J. Boos. Classical and modern methods in summability. Oxford Math-ematical Monographs. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. xiii,2000.

bocowi03 [514] W. C. Booth, G. G. Colomb, and J. M. Williams. The Craft of Re-search. The University of Chicago Press, 2003.

bo86 [515] W. M. Boothby. An introduction to differentiable manifolds and Rie-mannian geometry. 2nd ed. Academic Press, Orlando, 1986.

bo33 [516] S. Borcher. Ein Satz von Landau und Ikehara. Math. Z., 37:1–9, 1933.

bo01 [517] G. D. Boreman. Modulation transfer function in optical and electro-optical systems. SPIE Optical Engineering Press, Bellingham, WA,2001.

48

bodhke07 [518] A. Borichev, R. Dhuez, and K. Kellay. Sampling and interpolationin large Bergman and Fock spaces. J. Funct. Anal., 242(2):563–606,2007.

bofegriskapeOd99 [519] P. O. Borjesson, H. G. Feichtinger, N. Grip, M. Isaksson, N. Kaib-linger, L. E. Persson, and P. Odling. A low-complexity PAR-reductionmethod for DMT-VDSL. In Proc. Conf. DSPCS-99, 1999.

bofegriskapeOd99-1 [520] P. O. Borjesson, H. G. Feichtinger, N. Grip, M. Isaksson, N. Kaib-linger, L. E. Persson, and P. Odling. DMT PAR-reduction by weightedcancellation waveforms. In Proc. RVK-99 (Karlskrona, Sweden),pages 303–307, 1999.

akbebojeri07 [521] K. Borre, D. M. Akos, N. Bertelsen, P. Rinder, and S. H. Jensen.A software-defined GPS and Galileo receiver. A single-frequency ap-proach. Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis. Boston, MA:Birkhauser., 2007.

bogr86 [522] T. B. Borukayev and I. S. Gruzman. Use of Fourier-Hermite functionalseries in the statistical analysis of strongly nonlinear systems. Sov. J.Commun. Technol. Electron., 1986.

bo04-1 [523] L. Borup. Pseudodifferential operators on alpha-modulation spaces.J. Funct. Spaces Appl., 2(2):107–123, 2004.

boni06-2 [524] L. Borup and M. Nielsen. Banach frames for multivariate alpha-modulation spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 321(2):880–895, 2006.

boni06-1 [525] L. Borup and M. Nielsen. Boundedness for pseudodifferential opera-tors on multivariate alpha-modulation spaces. Ark. Mat. (in press),2006.

boni06-3 [526] L. Borup and M. Nielsen. Nonlinear approximation in alpha-modulation spaces. Math. Nachr., 279(1–2):101–120, 2006.

boni06-4 [527] L. Borup and M. Nielsen. On anisotropic Triebel-Lizorkin type spaces- with applications to the study of pseudo-differential operators, 2006.

boni07 [528] L. Borup and M. Nielsen. Frame decomposition of decompositionspaces. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., page to appear, 2007.

49

bo00-1 [529] J. M. Borwein and A. S. Lewis. Convex Analysis and Nonlinear Op-timization. Springer-Verlag, 2000.

bo85 [530] N. K. Bose. Multidimensional systems theory. Progress, directionsand open problems in multidimensional systems. D. Reidel PublishingCompany, Dordrecht, Boston, Lancaster, 1985.

bo90 [531] N. K. Bose. Multidimensional digital signal processing: problems,progress, and future scopes. Proc. IEEE, 78(4):590–597, 1990.

bo79 [532] R. K. Bose. Realizability theory of continuous linear operators ongroups. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 10:767–777, 1979.

boop77 [533] G. Bottaro and P. Oppezzi. Un’algebra di operatori ad integrale sin-golare su una nuova classe di funzioni. Boll. Unione Mat. Ital., V.Ser., B, 14:301–319, 1977.

bogr00 [534] A. Bottcher and S. M. Grudsky. Toeplitz matrices, asymptotic linearalgebra, and functional analysis. Birkhauser, Basel, 2000.

bogr05 [535] A. Bottcher and S. M. Grudsky. Spectral properties of banded Toeplitzmatrices. SIAM, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics,Philadelphia, PA, 2005.

bokasp02 [536] A. Bottcher, Y. I. Karlovich, and I. M. Spitkovsky. Convolution opera-tors and factorization of almost periodic matrix functions. Birkhauser,Basel, 2002.

bosi90 [537] A. Bottcher and B. Silbermann. Analysis of Toeplitz operators.Springer-Verlag, Berlin etc., Lizenzausg. d. Akademie-Verl. Berlin.edition, 1990.

bosi06 [538] A. Bottcher and B. Silbermann. Analysis of Toeplitz operators. Pre-pared jointly with Alexei Karlovich. Springer Monographs in Mathe-matics. Springer, Berlin, 2nd ed. edition, 2006.

bopa86 [539] G. F. Boudreaux Bartels and T. W. Parks. Time–varying filtering andsignal estimation using Wigner distribution functions. ISP, 34:442–451, 1986.

50

bopa86-1 [540] G. F. Boudreaux Bartels and T. W. Parks. Time-varying filteringand signal estimation using Wigner distribution synthesis techniques.IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 34(3):442–451, 1986.

bon04 [541] B. Boufoussi and M. N’Zi. Donsker type theorem in Besov spacesinvolving regularly varying functions. Stochastics Stochastics Rep.,76(4):309–321, 2004.

bo95 [542] A. Boulkhemair. lsp2 estimates for pseudodifferential operators. Ann.Sc. Norm. Super. Pisa, Cl. Sci., IV. Ser., 22(1):155–183, 1995.

bo97-1 [543] A. Boulkhemair. Remarks on a Wiener type pseudodifferential algebraand Fourier integral operators. Math. Res. Lett., 4(1):53–67, 1997.

bo64 [544] N. Bourbaki. Elements de mathematique. Fasc. XVI. Premiere par-tie: Les structures fondamentales de l’analyse. Livre III: Topologiegenerale. Fascicule de resultats. Nouvelle edition. Hermann and Cie,Paris, 1964.

bo66 [545] N. Bourbaki. Elements of General Topology. Addison Wesley Pub-lishing Comp., Part I, 1966.

bo67 [546] N. Bourbaki. Elements de Mathematique Fasc., 32 Theories Spec-trales. Hermann, Paris, 1967.

albotr88 [547] R. Bourdier, J. F. Allard, and K. Trumpf. Effective frequency responseand signal replica generation for filtering algorithms using multiplica-tive modifications of the STFT. SIGPRO, 15(2):605–612, 1988.

boke73 [548] D. E. Bourne and P. C. Kendall. Vektoranalysis. Aus dem Englischenubersetzt von I. Fuchs. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1973.

bo76 [549] L. Boutet de Monvel. A course on pseudo differential operatorsand their applications. Mathematics Department, Duke University,Durham, 1976.

bokr67 [550] L. Boutet de Monvel and P. Kr’ee. Pseudo-differential operators andGevrey classes. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 17(1):295–323, 1967.

azbo97 [551] A. W. Bowman and A. Azzalini. Applied smoothing techniques for dataanalysis: the kernel approach with S-Plus illustrations., volume 18 of

51

Oxford Statistical Science Series. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1997.

bo03-1 [552] M. Bownik. Anisotropic Hardy spaces and wavelets. Mem. Am. Math.Soc., 781:122 p., 2003.

bo05-1 [553] M. Bownik. Atomic and molecular decompositions of anisotropicBesov spaces. Math. Z., 250(3):539–571, 2005.

bo05 [554] M. Bownik. Boundedness of operators on Hardy spaces via atomicdecompositions. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 133(12):3535–3542, 2005.

bo07 [555] M. Bownik. The structure of shift-modulation invariant spaces: Therational case. J. Funct. Anal., 244(1):172–219, 2007.

boho06 [556] M. Bownik and K.-P. Ho. Atomic and molecular decompositionsof anisotropic Triebel-Lizorkin spaces. Trans. Am. Math. Soc.,358(4):1469–1510, 2006.

boka06 [557] M. Bownik and N. Kaiblinger. Minimal generator sets for finitelygenerated shift-invariant subspaces of l2(rn). J. Math. Anal. Appl.,313(1):342–352, 2006.

borz03 [558] M. Bownik and Z. Rzeszotnik. The spectral function of shift-invariantspaces. Mich. Math. J., 51(2):387–414, 2003.

borz04 [559] M. Bownik and Z. Rzeszotnik. The spectral function of shift-invariantspaces on general lattices. In Heil, Christopher (ed.) et al., Wavelets,frames and operator theory. Papers from the Focused Research GroupWorkshop, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA, January15-21, 2003. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society (AMS).Contemporary Ma. 2004.

borz05 [560] M. Bownik and Z. Rzeszotnik. On the existence of multiresolutionanalysis for framelets. Math. Ann., 332(4):705–720, 2005.

borz06 [561] M. Bownik and Z. Rzeszotnik. Construction and reconstruction oftight framelets and wavelets via matrix mask functions. preprint,2006.

52

borzsp01 [562] M. Bownik, Z. Rzeszotnik, and D. Speegle. A characterization ofdimension functions of wavelets. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,10(1):71–92, 2001.

bosp06 [563] M. Bownik and D. Speegle. The Feichtinger conjecture for waveletframes, Gabor frames and frames of translates. Canad. J. Math.,58(6):1121–1143, 2006.

bodi86 [564] W. E. Boyce and R. C. DiPrima. Elementary differential equationsand boundary value problems. 4th ed. With solutions manual. JohnWiley and Sons, New York, 1986.

bo02 [565] J. P. Boyd. A comparison of numerical algorithms for Fourier ex-tension of the first, second, and third kinds. J. Comput. Phys.,178(1):118–160, 2002.

bo03-3 [566] J. P. Boyd. Approximation of an analytic function on a finite real in-terval by a bandlimited function and conjectures on properties of pro-late spheroidal functions. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 15(2):168–176, 2003.

bo04-3 [567] J. P. Boyd. Prolate spheroidal wavefunctions as an alternative toChebyshev and Legendre polynomials for spectral element and pseu-dospectral algorithms. J. Comput. Phys., 199(2):688–716, 2004.

bova04 [568] S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe. Convex optimization. Cambridge Univ.Press, 2004.

boto03 [569] S. Boza and R. H. Torres. Decomposition of dotb0, 11(bbbz) into specialatoms. Math. Nachr., 254-255:3–10, 2003.

brdedijajuwi02 [570] J. J. M. Braat, P. De Bisschop, P. Dirksen, G. C. Janssen, C. A. H.Juffermans, and A. M. Williams. Characterization of a projectionlens using the extended Nijboer-Zernike approach. In A. Yen, editor,Proceedings of SPIE Optical Microlithography XV, July 2002, volume4691, pages 1392–1399, 2002.

brdija02 [571] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Assessment ofan extended Nijboer-Zernike approach for the computation of opticalpoint-spread functions. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A, 19(5):858–870, 2002.

53

brdija02-1 [572] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Diffractiveread-out of optical disks. In Focus on Microscopy 2002, 2002.

brdijaju03 [573] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and C. A. H. Juf-fermans. Aberration retrieval using the extended Nijboer-Zernike ap-proach. Journal of Microlithography, Microfabrication, and Microsys-tems, 2(1):61–68, 2003.

brdijajule03 [574] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, A. J. E. M. Janssen, C. A. H. Juffermans,and A. Leeuwestein. Experimental determination of lens aberrationsfrom the intensity point-spread function in the focal region. In A. Yen,editor, Proceedings of SPIE Optical Microlithography XVI, June 2003,volume 5040, pages 1–10, 2003.

brdijale04 [575] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and A. Leeuwestein.Aberration retrieval for high-NA optical systems using the extendedNijboer-Zernike theory. In B. W. Smith, editor, Proceedings of SPIEOptical Microlithography XVIII, May 2004, volume 5754, pages 262–273, 2004.

brdijakwleva04 [576] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, A. J. E. M. Janssen, A. Leeuwestein,H. Kwinten, and D. van Steenwinckel. Determination of resist pa-rameters using the extended Nijboer-Zernike theory. In B. W. Smith,editor, Proceedings of SPIE Optical Microlithography XVII, May 2004,volume 5377, pages 150–159, 2004.

brdijava03 [577] J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and A. S. van deNes. Extended Nijboer-Zernike representation of the vector field inthe focal region of an aberrated high-aperture optical system. J. Opt.Soc. Amer. A, 20:2281–2292, 2003.

br86 [578] R. Bracewell. Sampling Series, chapter Chapter.10, page . Mc-GrawHill, 1986.

br83 [579] R. N. Bracewell. The Fourier transform and its applications. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Auckland etc., 2nd ed., 3rd printing. Interna-tional Student Edition. edition, 1983.

br03 [580] R. N. Bracewell. Fourier analysis and imaging. New York, NY:Kluwer Academic / Plenum Publishers. xiv and sterling 81.00 and $130.00, 2003.

54

brri67 [581] R. N. Bracewell and A. C. Riddle. Inversion of fan-beam scans inradio astronomy. Astrophysical Jour., 150:427–434, November 1967.

bred66 [582] B. Brainerd and R. E. Edwards. Linear operators which commutewith translations. I: Representation theorems. II: Applications of therepresentation theorems. 1966.

br75 [583] L. H. Brandenburg. On identifying the maximal ideals in Banachalgebras. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 50:489–510, 1975.

brco99 [584] L. Brandolini and L. Colzani. Localization and convergence of eigen-function expansions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 5(5):431–447, 1999.

brcoiotr04 [585] L. Brandolini, L. Colzani, A. Iosevich, and G. Travaglini. FourierAnalysis and Convexity. Birkhauser, 2004.

brgarzwe99 [586] L. Brandolini, G. Garrigos, Z. Rzeszotnik, and G. Weiss. The be-haviour at the origin of a class of band-limited wavelets. In Baggett,Lawrence Wasson (ed.) et al., The functional and harmonic analysisof wavelets and frames. Proceedings of the AMS special session, SanAntonio, TX, USA, January 13-14, 1999. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society. Contemp. Math. 247, 75-91. 1999.

br86-1 [587] O. Bratteli. Derivations, dissipations and group actions on C∗, volume1229 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986.

brjo02 [588] O. Bratteli and P. Jorgensen. Wavelets through a looking glass. Theworld of the spectrum. Birkhauser, Basel, 2002.

brro81 [589] O. Bratteli and D. W. Robinson. Operator algebras and quantumstatistical mechanics. II: Equilibrium states. Models in quantum sta-tistical mechanics. Springer, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1981.

brcodr83 [590] M. Braun, C. S. e. . Coleman, and D. A. e. . Drew. Differentialequation models. Springer-Verlag, New York-Heidelberg-Berlin, 1983.

brfe83 [591] W. Braun and H. G. Feichtinger. Banach spaces of distributions hav-ing two module structures. J. Funct. Anal., 51:174–212, 1983.

55

brst99 [592] W. O. Bray and C. V. Stanojevic. Analysis of divergence. Controland management of divergent processes. Proceedings of the 7th in-ternational workshop in analysis and its applications, IWAA, Orono,ME, USA June 1–6, 1997. Birkhauser, Boston, 1999.

br63 [593] G. E. Bredon. A new treatment of the Haar integral. Mich. Math. J.,10:365–373, 1963.

br65-1 [594] L. M. Bregman. The method of successive projection for finding acommon point of convex sets. Sov. Math., Dokl., 6:688–692, 1965.

brse93 [595] S. Brekke and K. Seip. Density theorems for sampling and interpola-tion in the Bargmann-Fock space. III. Math. Scand., 73(1):112–126,1993.

br02 [596] P. Bremaud. Mathematical Principles of Signal Processing. Springer,2002.

br65 [597] H. Bremermann. Distributions, complex variables and Fourier trans-forms. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1965.

brthwa75 [598] P. Brenner, V. Thomee, and L. B. Wahlbin. Besov spaces and appli-cations to difference methods for initial value problems. Lecture Notesin Mathematics. 434. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag.154 p. DM 18.00, 1975.

br00 [599] C. Brezinski. Numerical analysis 2000. Vol. 2: Interpolation and ex-trapolation. North-Holland/ Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2000.

brwa80 [600] H. Brezis and S. Waniger. A note on limiting cases of Sobolev embed-dings and convolution in equalities. Comm. PDE, 5:773–789, 1980.

br87 [601] W. L. Briggs. A multigrid tutorial. SIAM, Philadelphia, Pa., 1987.

brhe95 [602] W. L. Briggs and V. E. Henson. The DFT. An owner’s manual forthe discrete Fourier transform. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 1995.

br97 [603] E. O. Brigham. FFT Anwendungen. Ubers. aus dem Engl. von SeyedAli Azizi. Oldenbourg, Munchen, Wien, 1997.

p.r.02 [604] P. J. Brockwell and R. A. Davis. Introduction to Time Series andForecasting. Springer, New York, 2002.

56

brda02 [605] P. J. Brockwell and R. A. Davis. Introduction to time series and fore-casting. 2nd ed. Springer Texts in Statistics. New York, NY: Springer.xiv and sFr 141.00 and sterling 59.50 and $ 84.95, 2002.

brsi98 [606] M. Brokate and A. H. Siddiqi. Functional analysis with current appli-cations in science, technology and industry. Longman, Harlow, 1998.

brkr76 [607] B. Brosowski and R. Kres. Einfuhrung in die numerische Mathematik.II. Bibliographisches Institut, Mannheim, Wien, Zurich, 1976.

br72 [608] D. S. Browder. Derived algebras in L1 of a compact group. Pac. J.Math., 43:39–49, 1972.

brpe66 [609] F. E. Browder and W. V. Petryshyn. The solution by iteration oflinear functional equations in Banach spaces. Bull. Am. Math. Soc.,72:566–570, 1966.

brpe66-1 [610] F. E. Browder and W. V. Petryshyn. The solution by iteration ofnonlinear functional equations in Banach spaces. Bull. Am. Math.Soc., 72:571–575, 1966.

br69 [611] J. Brown. Bounds for truncation error in sampling expansions ofband-limited signals. IEEE Trans. Information Theory, IT-15:440–444, 1969.

brca91 [612] J. Brown and S. D. Cabrera. On well-posedness of the Papoulisgeneralized sampling expansion. IEEE Trans. Circuits and Systems,38(5):554–556, 1991.

brgrri77 [613] L. G. Brown, P. Green, and M. A. Rieffel. Stable isomorphism andstrong Morita equivalence of C∗-algebras. Pac. J. Math., 71:349–363,1977.

br06 [614] A. Brudnyi. Representation of holomorphic functions on coveringsof pseudoconvex domains in Stein manifolds via integral formulas onthese domains. J. Funct. Anal., 231(2):418–437, 2006.

brkr91 [615] Y. A. Brudnyui and N. Y. Krugljak. Interpolation functors and in-terpolation spaces. Vol. I, volume 47 of North-Holland MathematicalLibrary. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 1991. Translatedfrom the Russian by Natalie Wadhwa, With a preface by Jaak Peetre.

57

brgu94 [616] J. Bruening and V. W. Guillemin. Mathematics past and present.Fourier integral operators. Selected classical articles by J. J. Duister-maat, V. W. Guillemin and L. Hormander. Springer-Verlag, Berlin,1994.

br61 [617] F. Bruhat. Distributions sur un groupe localement compact et appli-cations ‘a l’’etude des repr’esentations des groupes p-adiques. Bull.Soc. Math. France, 89:43–75, 1961.

brolul03 [618] J. Bruna, A. Olevskii, and A. Ulanovskii. Completeness in l1(r) ofdiscrete translates., 2003.

bu77 [619] H. Buchwalter. Espaces de mesures et partitions continues de l’unite.Preprint Lyon, -:119–129, 1977.

bujo68 [620] R. S. Bucy and P. D. Joseph. Filtering for stochastic processes withapplications to guidance. Interscience Publishers, New York, 1968.

bu03 [621] M. D. Buhmann. Radial basis functions: theory and implementations.Brooks Cole, Cambridge, 2003.

bula04 [622] H. Q. Bui and R. S. Laugesen. Spanning and sampling in Lebesgueand Sobolev spaces. Technical report, University of Canterbury, 2004.

buma03 [623] A. Bultheel and H. Martinez. A shattered survey of the FractionalFourier Transform, 2003.

busu05 [624] A. Bultheel and H. M. Sulbaran. An introduction to the frac-tional Fourier transform and friends. Cubo Matemtica Educacional,7(2):201–221, 2005.

buelhr01 [625] B. Bunck, A. Elcrat, and T. Hrycak. On detecting emerging surfacecracks from boundary measurements. Inverse Probl., 17(5):1391–1400,2001.

bu75 [626] I. M. Bund. Birnbaum-Orlicz spaces of functions on groups. Pac. J.Math., 58:351–359, 1975.

bule95 [627] H. G. Burchard and J. Lei. Coordinate order of approximationby functional-based approximation operators. J. Approx. Theory,82:240–256, 1995.

58

bu80 [628] R. Burger. Functions of translation type and functorial properties ofSegal algebras I. Monatsh. Math., 90:101–115, 1980.

bu81 [629] R. Burger. Functions of translation type and functorial properties ofSegal algebras II. Monatsh. Math., 92:253–268, 1981.

buew04 [630] Burkhard Wunsche and Ewan Tempero. A comparison and evalua-tion of interpolation methods for visualising discrete 2D survey data.In CRPIT ’35: Proceedings of the 2004 Australasian symposium onInformation Visualisation, pages 1–7, Darlinghurst, Australia, Aus-tralia, 2004. Australian Computer Society, Inc.

bu70 [631] J. T. Burnham. Closed ideals in subalgebras of Banach Algebras II.Notices Amer. Math. Soc., 17:815, 1970.

bu70-2 [632] J. T. Burnham. Multipliers of l1(g)cuplp(g). Notices Amer. Math.Soc., 17:970, 1970.

bu70-1 [633] J. T. Burnham. On a space of functions of Wiener. Notices Amer.Math. Soc., 17:1071, 1970.

bu72 [634] J. T. Burnham. Closed ideals in subalgebras of Banach algebras I.Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 32:551–555, 1972.

bu72-1 [635] J. T. Burnham. Nonfactorization in subsets of the measure algebra.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 35:104–106, 1972.

bu73 [636] J. T. Burnham. Segal algebras and dense ideals in Banach algebras.In Functional Analysis Appl., internat. Conf., Madras 1973, volume399 of Lect. Notes Math., pages 33–58. Springer-Verlag, 1973.

bu73-1 [637] J. T. Burnham. Segal algebras and generalizations. PhD thesis, Uni-versity of Iowa, 1973.

bu74-1 [638] J. T. Burnham. Approximate identities in normed moduls and Reiter’sdhs(g) ideals. 1974.

bu74 [639] J. T. Burnham. Closed ideal s in subalgebras of Banach algebras. II:Ditkin’s condition. Monatsh. Math., 78:1–3, 1974.

bugo73 [640] J. T. Burnham and R. Goldberg. Basic properties of Segal algebras.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 42:323–329, 1973.

59

bugo79 [641] J. T. Burnham and R. Goldberg. Weak∗ and norm converggence withapplications to Segal algebras. Bull. Math., Acad. Sinica, 7(1):117–122, 1979.

bugo74 [642] J. T. Burnham and R. R. Goldberg. The convolution theorems ofDieudonne. Acta Sci. Math., 36:1–3, 1974.

bukrla75 [643] J. T. Burnham, H. E. Krogstad, and R. Larsen. Multipliers and theHilbert distribution. Nanta Math., 8(2):95–103, 1975.

bugogu98 [644] C. S. Burrus, R. A. Gopinath, and H. Guo. Introduction to Waveletsand Wavelet Transforms. A Primer. Prentice Hall, 1998.

bumcoppascsc94 [645] C. S. Burrus, J. H. McClellan, A. V. Oppenheim, T. W. Parks, R. W.Schafer, and H. W. Schuessler. Computer-based exercises for signalprocessing using MATLAB. 1994.

adbu83 [646] P. Burt and E. H. Adelson. The Laplacian Pyramid as a CompactImage Code. IEEE Trans. Commun., 31:532–540, 1983. reprintedin ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher andWalnut, David F.(2006).

busc72 [647] R. C. Busby and I. Schochetman. Compact induced representations.Can. J. Math., 24:5–16, 1972.

buscsm72 [648] R. C. Busby, I. Schochetman, and H. A. Smith. Integral operatorsand the compactness of induced representations. Trans. Am. Math.Soc., 164:461–477, 1972.

busm81 [649] R. C. Busby and H. A. Smith. Product-convolution operators andmixed-norm spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 263:309–341, 1981.

bu70-3 [650] V. S. Buslaev. Quantization and the WKB method. Tr. Mat. Inst.Steklova, 110:5–28, 1970.

bufl95 [651] D. Butnariu and S. D. Flm. Strong convergence of expected-projectionmethods in Hilbert spaces. Numer. Funct. Anal. Optimization, 16(5-6):601–636, 1995.

bu05 [652] T. Butz. Fourier transforms for pedestrians. (Fouriertransformationfur Fuganger) 4th revised and expanded ed. Wiesbaden: Teubner. xiv,211 p. EUR 24.90, 2005.

60

bu06 [653] T. Butz. Fourier transformation for pedestrians. Springer, 2006.

bu80-1 [654] P. Butzer. The Shannon Sampling Theorem and some of its General-izations: an Overview, 1980. Arbeitsbericht.

bu83 [655] P. L. Butzer. A survey of the Whittaker-Shannon sampling theoremand some of its extensions. Math, J.. Res. Expositions, 3:185–212,1983.

bebu67 [656] P. L. Butzer and H. Berens. Semigroups of Operators and Approxi-mation. Grundlagen der math. Wiss. Springer, Berlin - New York -Heidelberg, 1967.

buhist00 [657] P. L. Butzer, J. R. Higgins, and R. L. Stens. Sampling theory ofsignal analysis. In J.-P. Pier, editor, Development of mathematics1950-2000, pages 193–234. Birkhauser, Basel, 2000.

buhist05 [658] P. L. Butzer, J. R. Higgins, and R. L. Stens. Classical and approximatesampling theorems; studies in the lp(bbbr) and the uniform norm. J.Approximation Theory, 137(2):250–263, 2005.

buhi89-1 [659] P. L. Butzer and G. Hinsen. Reconstruction of bounded signals frompseudo-periodic irregularly spaces samples. Signal Proc., 17:1–17,1989.

buhi89 [660] P. L. Butzer and G. Hinsen. Two-dimensional nonuniform samplingexpansions - An iterative approach. II Appl. Anal., 32:53–68 and69–85, 1989.

buhi89-2 [661] P. L. Butzer and G. Hinsen. Two-dimensional nonuniform samplingexpansions - an iterative approach. I: Theory of two-dimensional bandlimited signals. Appl. Anal., 32(1):53–67, 1989.

buhi89-3 [662] P. L. Butzer and G. Hinsen. Two-dimensional nonuniform samplingexpansions - an iterative approach. II: Reconstruction formulae andapplications. Appl. Anal., 32(1):69–85, 1989.

buja00 [663] P. L. Butzer and S. Jansche. Mellin-Fourier series and the classicalMellin transform. Comput. Math. Appl., 40(1):49–62, 2000.

bune71 [664] P. L. Butzer and R. J. Nessel. Fourier Analysis and Approximation.Vol. 1: One-dimensional theory. Birkhauser, Stuttgart, 1971.

61

busc68 [665] P. L. Butzer and K. Scherer. Approximationsprozesse und Interpo-lationsmethoden. (B.I.- Hochschulskripten. 826/826a). Bibliographis-ches Institut, Mannheim, Zurich, 1968.

buspst88 [666] P. L. Butzer, W. Splettstosser, and R. L. Stens. The sampling theoremand linear prediction in signal analysis. Jber.d.Dt.Math.-Verein., 90:1–70, 1988.

bust92 [667] P. L. Butzer and R. L. Stens. Sampling Theory for Not NecessarilyBand-Limited Functions, A Historical Overview. SIAM - Review,34/No.1:40–53, March 1992.

by97 [668] C. L. Byrne. Convergent Block-iterative Algorithms for Image Re-construction from Inconsistent Data. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,6(9):1296–1304, 1997.

by98 [669] C. L. Byrne. Accelerating the EMML algorithm and related iterativealgorithms by rescaled block-iterative methods. IEEE Trans. ImageProcess., 7(1):100–109, 1998.

by01-1 [670] J. Byrnes. Local signal reconstruction via chromatic differentiationfilterbanks. In Conference Record of the Thirty-Fifth Asilomar Con-ference on Signals, Systems and Computers, 2001., pages 568–572,2001.

by99 [671] J. e. . Byrnes. Signal processing for multimedia. Proceedings of theNATO ASI, Lucca, Italy, July 5-18, 1998., volume 174 of NATOASI Series. Series F. Computer and Systems Sciences. IOS Press,Amsterdam, 1999.

by01 [672] J. S. Byrnes. Twentieth Century Harmonic Analysis - A Celebration.Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute, Il Ciocco, Italy,July 2-15, 2000., volume 33 of ATO Science Series II: Mathemat-ics, Physics and Chemistry. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht,2001.

bybyha94 [673] J. S. Byrnes, J. L. Byrnes, and K. A. Hargreaves. Wavelets and theirapplications. Proceedings of the NATO ASI Conference, 16-29 August1992, Il Ciocco, Italy., volume 442 of NATO ASI Series. Series C.Mathematical and Physical Sciences. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Dordrecht, 1994.

62

cahemo98 [674] C. Cabrelli, C. Heil, and U. Molter. Accuracy of lattice translates ofseveral multidimensional refinable functions. J. Approximation The-ory, 95(1):5–52, 1998.

cahemo00 [675] C. Cabrelli, C. Heil, and U. Molter. Accuracy of several multidimen-sional refinable distributions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(5):483–502,2000.

cahemo06 [676] C. Cabrelli, S. B. Heineken, and U. M. Molter. Local bases for refin-able spaces. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 134(6):1707–1718, 2006.

cahemo99 [677] C. A. Cabrelli, C. Heil, and U. Molter. Polynomial reproduction byrefinable functions. In Advances in wavelets (Hong Kong, 1997), pages121–161. Springer, Singapore, 1999.

cahemo04 [678] C. A. Cabrelli, C. Heil, and U. M. Molter. Self-similarity and multi-wavelets in higher dimensions. American Mathematical Society, Prov-idence, Rhode Island, 2004.

cahemo05 [679] C. A. Cabrelli, S. B. Heineken, and U. M. Molter. Refinable shiftinvariant spaces in bbbrd. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process.,3(3):321–345, 2005.

caha05 [680] A. M. Caetano and D. D. Haroske. Continuity envelopes of spaces ofgeneralised smoothness: a limiting case; embeddings and approxima-tion numbers. J. Funct. Spaces Appl., 3(1):33–71, 2005.

brca98 [681] T. T. Cai and L. D. Brown. Wavelet shrinkage for nonequispacedsamples. Ann. Stat., 26(5):1783–1799, 1998.

cahomo06 [682] A. R. Calderbank, S. D. Howard, and W. Moran. Finite Heisenberg-Weyl groups and Golay complementary sequences. In Proc. of the2nd International Waveform Diversity and Design Conf., Jan. 2006,Kauai, HI., 2006.

ca63 [683] A. P. Calderon. Intermediate spaces and interpolation. Stud. Math.,Ser. spec. No., 1:31–34, 1963.

ca64 [684] A. P. Calderon. Intermediate spaces and interpolation, the complexmethod. Stud. Math., 24:113–190, 1964.

63

cava71 [685] A. P. Calderon and R. Vaillancourt. On the boundedness of pseudo-differential operators. J. Math. Soc. Japan, 23:374–378, 1971.

cava72 [686] A. P. Calderon and R. Vaillancourt. A class of bounded pseudo-differential operators. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 69:1185–1187,1972.

cach05 [687] O. Calin and D.-C. Chang. Geometric Mechanics on RiemannianManifolds. Birkhauser, Boston, 2005.

caho93 [688] S. Cambanis and C. Houdr’e. Stable processes: Moving averages ver-sus Fourier transforms. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields, 95(1):75–85,1993.

came79 [689] S. L. Campbell and C. D. j. Meyer. Generalized inverses of lineartransformations. Pitman Publishing Ltd, London, San Francisco, Mel-bourne, 1979.

came91 [690] S. L. Campbell and C. D. j. Meyer. Generalized inverses of lineartransformations. Dover Publications Inc, New York, Corrected reprintof the 1979 original. edition, 1991.

cakuoz00 [691] . Candan, M. A. Kutay, and H. M. Ozaktas. The discrete fractionalFourier transform. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 48(5):1329–1337,2000.

cade03 [692] E. Candes and L. Demanet. Curvelets and Fourier integral operators.C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris, 336(5):395–398, 2003.

cadedoyi06 [693] E. Candes, L. Demanet, D. Donoho, and L. Ying. Fast discretecurvelet transforms. SIAM Multiscale Model . Simul., page to ap-pear, 2006.

cadeyi05 [694] E. Candes, L. Demanet, and L. Ying. 3D discrete curvelet transform.In B. G. Bodmann and et al., editors, Frame isotropic multiresolutionanalysis for cardiac CT imaging, volume 5914 of Proceedings of theSPIE, pages 344–354, 2005.

carota06 [695] E. Candes, J. Romberg, and T. Tao. Robust uncertainty principles:exact signal reconstruction from highly incomplete frequency infor-mation. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 52(2):489–509, 2006.

64

carota06-1 [696] E. Candes, J. Romberg, and T. Tao. Stable signal recovery fromincomplete and inaccurate measurements. Comm. Pure Appl. Math.,59(8):1207–1223, 2006.

cata05 [697] E. Candes and T. Tao. Decoding by linear programming. IEEE Trans.Inf. Theory, 51(12):4203–4215, 2005.

cata06 [698] E. Candes and T. Tao. Near optimal signal recovery from randomprojections: universal encoding strategies? IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory,52(12):5406–5425, 2006.

cado99 [699] E. J. Cand‘es and D. L. Donoho. Ridgelets: a key to higher-dimensional intermittency? Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., Ser. A,Math. Phys. Eng. Sci., 357(1760):2495–2509, 1999.

cado04 [700] E. J. Cand‘es and D. L. Donoho. New tight frames of curvelets and op-timal representations of objects with piecewise c2 singular-ities. Com-mun. Pure Appl. Math., 57(2):219–266, 2004.

cado05 [701] E. J. Cand‘es and D. L. Donoho. Continuous curvelet transform.I: Resolution of the wavefront set. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,19(2):162–197, 2005.

cado05-1 [702] E. J. Cand‘es and D. L. Donoho. Continuous curvelet transform. II:Discretization and frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 19(2):198–222, 2005.

cafi05 [703] C. Capone and A. Fiorenza. On small Lebesgue spaces. J. Funct.Spaces Appl., 3(1):73–89, 2005.

caro06 [704] M. Cappiello and L. Rodino. SG-pseudodifferential operators andGelfand-Shilov spaces. Rocky Mt. J. Math., to appear, 2006.

ca90 [705] A. S. Carasso. Impulse response acquisition as an inverse heat con-duction problem. SIAM J. Appl. Math., 50(1):74–90, 1990.

ca97 [706] A. S. Carasso. Error bounds in nonsmooth image deblurring. SIAMJ. Math. Anal., 28(3):656–668, 1997.

ca99 [707] A. S. Carasso. Linear and nonlinear image deblurring: a documentedstudy. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 36(6):1659–1689, 1999.

65

ca01 [708] A. S. Carasso. Direct blind deconvolution. SIAM J. Appl. Math.,61(6):1980–2007, 2001.

ca91 [709] A. Carbery. The work of Jos’e Luis Rubio de Francia. IV. Publ. Mat.,Barc., 35(1):81–93, 1991.

ca76 [710] A. L. Carey. Square-integrable representations of non-unimodulargroups. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc., 15:1–12, 1976.

ca66 [711] L. Carleson. On convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourierseries. Acta Math., 116:135–157, 1966.

ca80 [712] L. Carleson. Some analytic problems related to statistical mechanics.In Euclidean harmonic analysis, Proc. Semin., Univ. Maryland 1979.,volume 779 of Lect. Notes Math., pages 5–45. Springer Verlag, 1980.

cahwto98 [713] R. Carmona, W.-L. Hwang, and B. Torresani. Practical time-frequency analysis. Gabor and wavelet transforms with an implemen-tation in S. With a preface by Ingrid Daubechies. Academic Press,San Diego, CA, 1998.

cafa03 [714] I. Carrizo and S. Favier. Perturbation of wavelet and Gabor frames.Anal. Theory Appl., 19(3):238–254, 2003.

ca94-1 [715] M. J. Carro. Real interpolation for families of Banach spaces. StudiaMath., 109(1):1–21, 1994.

ca94 [716] M. J. Carro. Real interpolation for families of Banach spaces. II.Collect. Math., 45(1):53–83, 1994.

ca06 [717] H. S. Carslaw. Introduction to the theory of Fourier. Macmillan andCo., London, 1906.

camasc03 [718] B. J. Carswell, B. D. MacCluer, and A. Schuster. Composition oper-ators on the Fock space. Acta Sci. Math., 69(3-4):871–887, 2003.

ca37-1 [719] H. Cartan. Filtres et ultrafiltres. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 205:777–779,1937.

ca37 [720] H. Cartan. Theorie des filtres. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 205:595–598,1937.

66

ca40 [721] H. Cartan. Sur la mesure de Haar. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 211:759–762, 1940.

ca04 [722] P. G. Casazza. Custom building finite frames., 2004.

cach96 [723] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Hilbert space frames containing aRiesz basis and Banach spaces which have no subspace isomorphic tocsb0. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 202(3):940–950, 1996.

cach97 [724] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Perturbation of operators andapplications to frame theory. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):543–557,1997.

cach98-1 [725] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Frames containing a Riesz basisand preservation of this property under perturbations. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 29(1):266–278 (electronic), 1998.

cach98 [726] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Riesz frames and approximation ofthe frame coefficients. Approximation Theory Appl., 14(2):1–11, 1998.

cach00 [727] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Approximation of the inverseframe operator and applications to Gabor frames. J. Approx. Theory,103(2):338–356, 2000.

cach01 [728] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Weyl-Heisenberg frames for sub-spaces of lsp2(boldr). Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 129(1):145–154 (elec-tronic), 2001.

cach03 [729] P. G. Casazza and O. Christensen. Gabor frames over irregular lat-tices. Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):329–344, 2003.

cachja99 [730] P. G. Casazza, O. Christensen, and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Classifyingtight Weyl-Heisenberg frames. In The functional and harmonic anal-ysis of wavelets and frames, volume 247 of Contemp. Math., pages131–148. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.

cachja01 [731] P. G. Casazza, O. Christensen, and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Weyl-Heisenberg frames, translation invariant systems and the Walnut rep-resentation. J. Funct. Anal., 180(1):85–147, 2001.

67

cachlive05 [732] P. G. Casazza, O. Christensen, A. M. Lindner, and R. Vershynin.Frames and the Feichtinger conjecture. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,133(4):1025–1033, 2005.

caed06 [733] P. G. Casazza and D. Edidin. Equivalents of the Kadison-Singer prob-lem, 2006.

cahala99 [734] P. G. Casazza, D. Han, and D. R. Larson. Frames for Banach spaces.In L. Baggett and D. Larson, editors, The Functional and HarmonicAnalysis of Wavelets and Frames (San Antonio, TX, 1999)., volume247 of Contemporary Mathematics, pages 149–182, Providence, RI,1999. American Mathematical Society (AMS).

caka02 [735] P. G. Casazza and N. J. Kalton. Roots of complex polynomials andWeyl-Heisenberg frame sets. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 130(8):2313–2318,2002.

cako03 [736] P. G. Casazza and J. Kovavcevi’c. Equal-norm tight frames witherasures. Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):387–430, 2003. Frames.

caku04 [737] P. G. Casazza and G. Kutyniok. Frames of subspaces. In Wavelets,frames and operator theory, volume 345 of Contemp. Math., pages87–113. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2004.

cakuXX [738] P. G. Casazza and G. Kutyniok. A generalization of Gram-Schmidt or-thogonalization generating all Parseval frames. Adv. Comput. Math.,to appear.

cakula04 [739] P. G. Casazza, G. Kutyniok, and M. C. Lammers. Duality principlesin frame theory. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(4):383–408, 2004.

cakula05 [740] P. G. Casazza, G. Kutyniok, and M. C. Lammers. Duality principles,localization of frames, and Gabor theory. In Wavelets XI (San Diego,CA, 2005), volume 5914, pages 389–398. SPIE, 2005.

cakuli06 [741] P. G. Casazza, G. Kutyniok, and S. Li. Fusion frames and DistributedProcessing, 2006.

cakuspXX [742] P. G. Casazza, G. Kutyniok, and D. Speegle. A redundant version ofthe Rado-Horn Theorem. Linear Algebra Appl., to appear.

68

cale06 [743] P. G. Casazza and M. T. Leon. Existence and construction of finitetight frames. J. Concr. Appl. Math., 4(3):277–289, 2006.

cale06-1 [744] P. G. Casazza and N. Leonhard. Classes of finite equal norm Parsvalframes, 2006.

catr05 [745] P. G. Casazza and J. C. Tremain. The Kadison-Singer Problem inMathematics and Engineering. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 103:2032–2039,2006.

cadami91 [746] A. S. Cavaretta, W. Dahmen, and C. A. Micchelli. Stationary subdi-vision. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 453:186 p., 1991.

ca92 [747] T. J. Cavicchi. DFT time-domain interpolation. IEE Proc. F,139(3):207–211, 1992.

ce89 [748] C. Cenker. Die Entwicklung von Distributionen nach koharentenFunktionensystemen. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1989.

ce95 [749] C. Cenker. Frame expansions, contour lines and pattern recognition.PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 1995.

cefegr89 [750] C. Cenker, H. G. Feichtinger, and K. Grochenig. Nonorthogonal ex-pansions of signals and some of their applications. In Proc. ECMIconference, Strobl, May 1989, 1989.

cefemastst92 [751] C. Cenker, H. G. Feichtinger, M. Mayer, H. Steier, and T. Strohmer.New Variants of the POCS method using affine subspaces of finitecodimension, with applications to irregular sampling. In Conf. SPIE92 Boston, pages 299–310, 1992.

ce85 [752] Y. Censor. An automatic relaxation method for solving interval linearinequalities. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 106:19–25, 1985.

ceeggo83 [753] Y. Censor, P. P. B. Eggermont, and D. Gordon. Strong underrelax-ation in Kaczmarz’s method for inconsistent systems. Numer. Math.,41:83–92, 1983.

ceelhe85 [754] Y. Censor, T. Elfving, and G. T. Herman. A method of iterative datarefinement and its applications. Math. Methods Appl. Sci., 7:108–123,1985.

69

celu06 [755] N. Cesa Bianchi and G. Lugosi. Prediction, learning and games. Cam-bridge: Cambridge University Press. xii, 394 p. sterling 35.00, 2006.

ance94 [756] A. E. Cetin and R. Ansari. Signal Recovery from Wavelet TransformMaxima. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 42:194–196, 1994.

ceteya94 [757] A. E. Cetin, A. H. Tewfik, and Y. Yardimci. Coding of ECG Sig-nals by Wavelet Transform Extrema. In Proc. IEEE-SP Internat.Symp. on Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, pages 544–547,Philadelphia, PA, 1994.

chpa75 [758] A. N. Chaba and R. K. Pathria. Evaluation of a class of lattice sumsin arbitrary dimensions. J. Math. Phys., 16(7):1457–1460, 1975.

chpa76 [759] A. N. Chaba and R. K. Pathria. Evaluation of lattice sums usingPoisson’s summation formula. II. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 9:1411–1423, 1976.

ch03 [760] B. Chalmond. Modeling and inverse problems in image analysis.Springer, New York, NY, 2003.

chdelelu98 [761] A. Chambolle, R. A. DeVore, N.-y. Lee, and B. J. Lucier. Nonlin-ear wavelet image processing: variational problems, compression, andnoise removal through wavelet shrinkage. IEEE Trans. Image Pro-cess., 7(3):319–335, 1998.

chchshsh01 [762] R. H. Chan, T. F. Chan, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. A wavelet methodfor high-resolution image reconstruction with displacement errors. InProceedings of the 2001 International Symposium of Intelligent Mul-timedia, Video and Speech Processing., pages 24–27, 2001.

chchshsh03 [763] R. H. Chan, T. F. Chan, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. Wavelet algorithmsfor high-resolution image reconstruction. SIAM J. Sci. Comput.,24(4):1408–1432, 2003.

chchshsh03-1 [764] R. H. Chan, T. F. Chan, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. Wavelet deblur-ring algorithms for spatially varying blur from high-resolution imagereconstruction. Linear Algebra Appl., 366:139–155, 2003.

chrishsh04-1 [765] R. H. Chan, S. D. Riemenschneider, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. High-resolution image reconstruction with displacement errors: a frameletapproach. Int. J. Imaging System and Technology, 14:91–104, 2004.

70

chrishsh04 [766] R. H. Chan, S. D. Riemenschneider, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. Tightframe: an efficient way for high-resolution image reconstruction. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 17(1):91–115, 2004.

chshsh03 [767] R. H. Chan, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. Restoring chopped and nod-ded images by tight frames. In F. Luk, editor, Proceedings to theSPIE Symposium on Advanced Signal Processing: Algorithms, Archi-tectures, and Implementations, San Diego CA, August, 2003., volume5205, pages 310–319, 2003.

chshxi05 [768] R. H. Chan, Z. Shen, and T. Xia. Resolution enhancement for videoclips: tight frame approach. In Proceedings of IEEE InternationalConference on Advanced Video and Signal-Based Surveillance, Como,Italy, Sept. 2005., pages 406–410, 2005.

chsh05 [769] T. F. Chan and J. Shen. Image Processing and Analysis: Variational,PDE, Wavelet, and Stochastic Methods. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA,2005.

chmu93 [770] S. Chanillo and B. Muckenhoupt. Weak type estimates for Cesarosums of Jacobi polynomial series. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 487:90 p.,1993.

chwo82 [771] J. A. Chao and W. A. Woyczynski. Martingale theory in harmonicanalysis and Banach spaces. Proceedings of the NSF-CBMS Confer-ence held at the Cleveland State University, Cleveland, Ohio, July13-17, 1981. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1982.

ch83 [772] A.-M. Charbonnel. Calcul fonctionnel ‘a plusieurs variables pour desop’erateurs pseudodifferentiels dans rspn. Isr. J. Math., 45:69–89,1983.

chcofo05 [773] M. Charina, C. Conti, and M. Fornasier. Adaptive frame schemes formagnetohydrodynamic flows. preprint, 2005. preprint.

chjekekopfzi02 [774] M. Charina, K. Jetter, A. Kehrein, W. Kozek, G. E. Pfander, andG. Zimmermann. ISI/ICI comparison of DMT and wavelet basedMCM schemes for time invariant channels. In J. Speidel, editor, NeueKommunikationsanwendungen in modernen Netzen ITG-Fachbericht,volume 171, pages 109–115, Berlin, 2002. VDE-Verlag.

71

chpa05 [775] . Chassande Mottin and A. Pai. Discrete time and frequency Wigner-Ville distribution: Moyal’s formula and aliasing. IEEE Signal Proc.Letters, 12(7):508– 511, 2005.

ch95-3 [776] S. D. Chatterji. Proceedings of the international congress of mathe-maticians, ICM ’94. Birkhauser, Basel, 1995.

ch77 [777] C.-P. Chen. On a conjective given by R. Larsen. Tankany Math. J.,8(2):199–201, 1977.

ch78 [778] C. P. Chen. On the intersection and the unions of Banach algebras.Tankany Math. J., 9(1):21–27, 1978.

chqi96 [779] D. Chen and S. Qian. Joint Time-Frequency Analysis: Methods andApplications. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.

chhu05 [780] J. Chen and X. Huo. Sparse representations for multiple measurementvectors (MMV) in an over-complete dictionary. In Proceedings of theIEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Pro-cessing (ICASSP ’05)., volume iv, pages 257–260, 2005.

chliqi05 [781] Q. Chen, L. Li, and T. Qian. Stability of frames generated by non-linear Fourier atoms. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process.,3(4):465–476, 2005.

chdosa99 [782] S. S. Chen, D. L. Donoho, and M. A. Saunders. Atomic decompositionby Basis Pursuit. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 20(1):33–61, 1999.

ch94-1 [783] V. C. Chen. Radar ambiguity function, time–varying matched filter,and optimum wavelet correlator. Opt. Eng., 33(7):2212–2216, 1994.

ch97-1 [784] V. C. Chen. Applications of time-frequency processing to radar imag-ing. Opt. Eng., 36(4):1152–1161, 1997.

chli02 [785] V. C. Chen and H. Ling. Time-frequency transforms for radar imagingand signal analysis. With a foreword by William J. Miceli. ArtechHouse, MA, 2002.

chhaji05 [786] W. Chen, B. Han, and R.-Q. Jia. On simple oversampled A/D conver-sion in shift-invariant. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 51(2):648–657,2005.

72

chit98 [787] W. Chen and S. Itoh. A sampling theorem for shift-invariant subspace.IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 46(10):2822–2824, 1998.

chitsh98 [788] W. Chen, S. Itoh, and J. Shiki. Irregular sampling theorems forwavelet subspaces. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 44(3):1131–1142, 1998.

chitsh02 [789] W. Chen, S. Itoh, and J. Shiki. On sampling in shift invariant spaces.IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 48(10):2802–2810, 2002.

chli06 [790] X. Chen and W. Li. A note on the perturbation bounds of eigenspacesfor Hermitian matrices. J. Comput. Appl. Math., 196(1):338–346,2006.

chla89 [791] Y.-Z. Chen and K.-S. Lau. Some new classes of Hardy spaces. J.Funct. Anal., 84(2):255–278, 1989.

ch01 [792] W. Cheney. Analysis for applied mathematics. Springer, New York,2001.

chhwshxiXX [793] C.-C. Cheng, W.-L. Hwang, Z. Shen, and T. Xia. Advanced motioncompensation techniques for blocking artifacts reduction in 3-D videocoding systems. In International Conference on Image Processing,Genova, Italy, Sept. 2005., pages 209–212.

chhwshxi05-1 [794] C.-C. Cheng, W.-L. Hwang, Z. Shen, and T. Xia. A hybrid mo-tion compensated 3-D video coding system for blocking artifacts. InProceedings of Pacific Rim Conference on Multimedia, Jeju, Korea,November 2005., pages 535–546, 2005.

chhwshxi05 [795] C.-C. Cheng, W.-L. Hwang, Z. Shen, and T. Xia. Advanced motioncompensation techniques for blocking artifacts reduction in 3-D videocoding systems. In International Conference on Image Processing,Genova, Italy, Sept. 2005., pages 209–212, 2005.

chhwshxi06 [796] C.-C. Cheng, W.-L. Hwang, Z. Shen, and T. Xia. Subjective andobjective comparison of advanced motion compensation methods forblock artifact reduction in a 3-D wavelet coding system. IEEE Trans.Integrated Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, to appear,2006.

73

ch73 [797] C.-S. Cheng. Segal algebras and the multiplication by continuouscharacters. Chin. J. Math., 1:175–181, 1973.

bechne02 [798] J. B. Cherrie, R. K. Beatson, and G. N. Newsam. Fast evaluation ofradial basis functions: Methods for generalized multiquadrics in bbbrn.SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 23(5):1549–1571, 2002.

chku79 [799] A. K. Chilana and A. Kumar. Spectral synthesis in Segal algebras onhypergroups. Pacific J. Math., 80:59–76, 1979.

ch76 [800] A. G. Childs. On the lsp2-boundedness of pseudo-differential opera-tors. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 61(2):252–254 (1977), 1976.

chergaka93 [801] M. G. Choi, O. E. Erdogan, N. P. Galatsanos, and A. K. Katsaggelos.Multichannel regularized iterative restoration of image sequences. InProceedings 1993 SPIE Conference on Visual Communications andImage Processing, pages 1486–1497, Boston, MA, 1993.

ch02 [802] T. Chonavel. Statistical signal processing. Modelling and estimation.Transl. from the French by Janet Ormrod. Incl. 1 CD-ROM. Springer,London, 2002.

ch86 [803] G. Choquet. Une demonstration du theoreme de Bochner-Weil pardiscretisation du groupe. (A proof of the Bochner-Weil theorem bydiscretization of the group). Result. Math., 9:1–9, 1986.

chde60 [804] G. Choquet and J. Deny. Sur l’equation de convolution µ = µ ∗ σ.C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 250:799–801, 1960.

chna89 [805] B. Choudhary and S. Nanda. Functional analysis with applications.John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1989.

bechvo01 [806] S. Chountasis, A. Vourdas, and C. Bendjaballah. Fractional Fouriertransform on the phase-space plane. In Bayesian inference and maxi-mum entropy methods in science and, volume 568 of AIP Conf. Proc.,pages 468–475. Amer. Inst. Phys., Melville, NY, 2001.

chnewa73 [807] J. Chover, P. Ney, and S. Wainger. Functions of probability measures.J. Anal. Math., 26:255–302, 1973.

74

chte78 [808] Y. S. Chow and H. Teicher. Probability theory. Independence, inter-changeability, martingales. Springer, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin,1978.

chte79 [809] Y. S. Chow and H. Teicher. Representation theory of Lie groups.Proceedings of the SRC/LMS research symposium on representationsof Lie groups, Oxford, 28 June - 15 July 1977. With the ed. assistanceof G. L. Luke. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979.

chgrhose05 [810] M. Christ, L. Grafakos, P. Honzk, and A. Seeger. Maximal functionsassociated with Fourier multipliers of Mikhlin-Hormander type. Math.Z., 249(1):223–240, 2005.

chXX-1 [811] O. Christensen. An introduction to frames and Riesz bases. Appliedand Numerical Harmonic Analysis. Boston, MA: Birkhauser.

ch93 [812] O. Christensen. Frame decompositions in Hilbert Spaces. PhD thesis,arhus Univ. and Univ. of Vienna, DK/AUSTRIA, 1993.

ch94 [813] O. Christensen. Frames and the projection method. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 1:50–53, 1994.

ch95 [814] O. Christensen. A Paley-Wiener Theorem for frames. Proc. Amer.Math. Soc., (123):2199–2202, 1995.

ch95-1 [815] O. Christensen. Frame perturbations. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.,123:1217–1220, 1995.

ch95-2 [816] O. Christensen. Frames and pseudo-inverses. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,195:401–414, 1995.

ch96-2 [817] O. Christensen. Atomic decomposition via projective group represen-tations. Rocky Mt. J. Math., 26(4):1289–1312, 1996.

ch96-1 [818] O. Christensen. Frames containing a Riesz basis and approximationof the frame coefficients using finite-dimensional methods. J. Math.Anal. Appl., 199:256–270, 1996.

ch96 [819] O. Christensen. Moment Problems and Stability Results for Frameswith Applications to Irregular Sampling and Gabor Frames. J. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 3(1):82–86, 1996.

75

ch98 [820] O. Christensen. Perturbation of frames and applications to Gaborframes. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysisand algorithms: Theory and applications., pages 193–209, 453–488.1998.

ch99 [821] O. Christensen. Operators with closed range, pseudo-inverses, andperturbation of frames for a subspace. Canad. Math. Bull., 42(1):37–45, 1999.

ch00 [822] O. Christensen. Finite-dimensional approximation of the inverse frameoperator. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(1):79–91, 2000.

ch01-2 [823] O. Christensen. Frames, Riesz bases, and discrete Gabor/wavelet ex-pansions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.), 38(3):273–291 (electronic),2001.

ch03-1 [824] O. Christensen. An Introduction to Frames and Riesz Bases. Appliedand Numerical Harmonic Analysis. Birkhauser, Boston, 2003.

ch05-1 [825] O. Christensen. Pairs of Dual Gabor Frame Generators with CompactSupport and Desired Frequency Localization. ESI preprints, 2005.

chch04 [826] O. Christensen and K. L. Christensen. Approximation Theory FromTaylor Polynomials to Wavelets. Birkhauser, 2004.

chdele00 [827] O. Christensen, C. DeFlitch, and C. Lennard. Perturbation of framesfor a subspace of a Hilbert space. Rocky Mt. J. Math., 30(4):1237–1249, 2000.

chdehe99 [828] O. Christensen, B. Deng, and C. Heil. Density of Gabor frames. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 7(3):292–304, 1999.

chel04 [829] O. Christensen and Y. C. Eldar. Oblique dual frames and shift-invariant spaces. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 17(1):48–68, 2004.

chel05 [830] O. Christensen and Y. C. Eldar. Generalized Shift-Invariant Systemsand Frames for Subspaces. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 11(3):299–313,June 2005.

chfaz01 [831] O. Christensen, S. Favier, and F. Zo. Irregular wavelet frames andGabor frames. Approximation Theory Appl., 17(3):90–101, 2001.

76

chhe94 [832] O. Christensen and C. Heil. Perturbations of Banach frames andatomic decompositions. Math. Nachr., 185:33–47, December 1997.

chkikili05 [833] O. Christensen, H. O. Kim, R. Y. Kim, and J. K. Lim. Riesz Se-quences of Translates and Generalized Duals with Support on [0, 1].ESI preprints, 2005.

chst03 [834] O. Christensen and D. T. Stoeva. p-frames in separable Banach spaces.Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):117–126, 2003.

chst05 [835] O. Christensen and T. Strohmer. The finite section method and prob-lems in frame theory. J. Approximation Theory, 133(2):221–237, 2005.

chsuXX [836] O. Christensen and W. Sun. Stability of Wavelet Frames with Matrixdilations. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., to appear.

ch01-1 [837] R. Christensen. Advanced linear modeling. Multivariate, time series,and spatial data;nonparametric regression and response surface max-imization. 2nd ed. Springer, New York, 2001.

ch02-1 [838] R. Christensen. Plane Answers to Complex Questions. The Theory ofLinear Models. 3rd Edition. Springer, New York, NY, 2002.

ch84 [839] C.-P. Chu. Some properties of potential algebras. Soochow J. Math.,10:11–14, 1984.

chXX [840] C. K. Chui. Wavelets: A Mathematical Tool for Signal Processing.

ch88 [841] C. K. Chui. Multivariate splines. American Mathematical Society,Providence, RI, 1988.

ch92-1 [842] C. K. Chui. An Introduction to Wavelets. Wavelet Analysis and ItsApplications. 1. Academic Press, Boston, MA, 1992.

ch92 [843] C. K. Chui. Wavelets: A tutorial in theory and applications. AcademicPress, Boston, 1992.

ch94-2 [844] C. K. Chui. Oversampled frame algorithms for real-time wavelet andwavelet packet frame decompositions and reconstructions. Opt. Eng.,Bd.33/7:2108–2110, July 1994.

77

ch97 [845] C. K. Chui. Wavelets: a mathematical tool for signal analysis. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1997.

chscze89 [846] C. K. Chui, W. Schempp, and K. Zeller. Multivariate approximationtheory IV. Proceedings of the conference at the Mathematical ReseachInstitute at Oberwolfach, Black Forest, FRG, February 12-18, 1989.Birkhauser, Basel, 1989.

chsh94 [847] C. K. Chui and X. Shi. Bessel sequences and affine frames. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 01.Jan:29–49, 1994.

chshst98 [848] C. K. Chui, X. Shi, and J. Stockler. Affine frames, quasi-affine frames,and their duals. Adv. Comput. Math., 8(1-2):1–17, 1998.

chsu06 [849] C. K. Chui and Q. Sun. Affine frame decompositions and shift-invariant spaces. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(1):74–107, 2006.

ch97-2 [850] F. R. K. Chung. Spectral graph theory. Regional Conference Seriesin Mathematics. 92. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society(AMS). xi, 1997.

chchki96 [851] J. Chung, S.-Y. Chung, and D. Kim. Characterizations of theGelfand-Shilov spaces via Fourier transforms. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,124(7):2101–2108, 1996.

ci02 [852] P. G. Ciarlet. The finite element methods for elliptic problems. Repr.,unabridged republ. of the orig. 1978. Classics in Applied Mathematics.40. Philadelphia, PA: SIAM. xxiv, 2002.

civa05 [853] O. Ciaurri and J. L. Varona. Two-weight norm inequalities for theCesaro means of generalized Hermite expansions. J. Comput. Appl.Math., 178(1-2):99–110, 2005.

ci69 [854] J. Cigler. Normed ideals in l1(g). Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc., Ser.A(74):273–282, 1969.

ci77 [855] J. Cigler. Einfuhrung in die lineare Algebra und Geometrie. 2. Teil.Manzsche Verlags- und Universitatsbuchhandlung, Wien, 1977.

cilomi79 [856] J. Cigler, V. Losert, and P. Michor. Banach modules and functors oncategories of Banach spaces, volume 46 of Lect. notes on Pure andAppl. Math. Dekker, Basel - New York, 1979.

78

cire78 [857] J. Cigler and H.-C. Reichel. Topologie. Eine Grundvorlesung. Bibli-ographisches Institut, Mannheim, Wien, Zurich, 1978.

clme80 [858] T. A. C. M. Claasen and W. F. G. Mecklenbraeuker. The Wignerdistribution - a tool for time-frequency signal analysis. I: Continuous-time signals. Philips J. Res., 35:217–250, 1980.

clme80-1 [859] T. A. C. M. Claasen and W. F. G. Mecklenbraeuker. The Wignerdistribution - a tool for time-frequency signal analysis. II: Discrete-time signals. Philips J. Res., 35:276–300, 1980.

clme80-2 [860] T. A. C. M. Claasen and W. F. G. Mecklenbraeuker. The Wignerdistribution - a tool for time-frequency signal analysis. III: Relationswith other time-frequency signal transformations. Philips J. Res.,35:372–389, 1980.

cl89 [861] J. J. Clark. Sampling and reconstruction of non-bandlimited signals.In SPIE Visual Comm. and Image Processing, Nov. 1989, pages 1199–126, 1989.

cleyfarata83 [862] J. L. Clerc, P. Eymard, J. Faraut, M. Raos, and R. Takahasi. Analyseharmonique. (Icole d’iti d’analyse harmonique, Universiti de NancyI, Septembre 15 au Octobre 3, 1980). Centre International de Math-ematiques Pures et Appliquies, C, Nice, 1983.

co90-1 [863] L. A. Coburn. Toeplitz operators, quantum mechanics, and meanoscillation in the Bergman metric. In Operator theory, operator alge-bras and applications, Proc. Summer Res. Inst., Durham/NH (USA)1988, Proc. Symp. Pure Math. 51, Pt. 1, 97-104. 1990.

co92 [864] L. A. Coburn. Deformation estimates for the Berezin-Toeplitz quan-tization. Commun. Math. Phys., 149(2):415–424, 1992.

co94 [865] L. A. Coburn. Berezin-Toeplitz quantization. In Curto, Ral E. (ed.)et al., Algebraic methods in operator theory. Boston, MA: Birkhauser.101-108. 1994.

co99 [866] L. A. Coburn. The measure algebra of the Heisenberg group. J. Funct.Anal., 161(2):509–525, 1999.

79

co01-1 [867] L. A. Coburn. On the Berezin-Toeplitz calculus. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 129(11):3331–3338, 2001.

co01 [868] L. A. Coburn. The Bargmann isometry and Gabor-Daubechieswavelet localization operators. In et al. and A. A. Borichev, editors,Systems, approximation, singular integral operators, and related top-ics. Proceedings of the 11th international workshop on operator theoryand applications, IWOTA 2000, Bordeaux, France, June 13-16, 2000.Birkhauser, Basel, 2001.

co05 [869] L. A. Coburn. A Lipschitz estimate for Berezin’s operator calculus.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 133(1):127–131, 2005.

cori98 [870] L. A. Coburn and M. A. Rieffel. Perspectives on quantization. Proceed-ings of a 1996 AMS-IMS-SIAM joint summer research conference, Mt.Holyoke College, South Hadley, MA, USA, July 7–11, 1996., volume214 of Contemporary Mathematics. American Mathematical Society(AMS), Providence, RI, 1998.

coxi95 [871] L. A. Coburn and J. Xia. Toeplitz algebras and Rieffel deformations.Commun. Math. Phys., 168(1):23–38, 1995.

clco90 [872] D. Cochran and J. J. Clark. On the sampling and reconstruction oftime-warped band-limited signals. In ICASSP’90, pages 1539–1541,1990.

cojaop93 [873] W. Coene, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and M. Op de Beeck. Ultra-resolutionon a FEG-TEM by phase retrieval through focus variation. Inst. Phys.Conf. Ser., 138:225, 1993.

cojaopva92 [874] W. Coene, A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. Op de Beeck, and D. van Dyck.Improving HRTEM performance by digital processing of focal imageseries: results from the CM20 FEG- -Super TWIN. Electron OpticsBulletin, 132:15–28, 1992.

cojaopva92-2 [875] W. Coene, A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. Op de Beeck, and D. van Dyck.Phase retrieval through focus variation for ultra-resolution in field-emission transmission electron microscopy. Phys. Rev. Lett., 69:3743–3746, 1992.

80

cojaopva92-1 [876] W. Coene, A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. Op de Beeck, and D. van Dyck.Ultra-resolution with a FEG-TEM. Beitr. Elektronenmikroskop. Di-rektabb. Oberfl., 25:1–4, 1992.

cojaopvavaza93 [877] W. Coene, A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. Op de Beeck, D. van Dyck,E. J. van Zwet, and H. W. Zandbergen. Focus-variation image re-construction in field emission TEM. In G. Bailey and C. Rieder,editors, Proc. Microscopy Society of America 51st Annual Meeting,pages 1070–1071, 1993.

coopthva96 [878] W. M. J. Coene, M. Op de Beeck, D. van Dyck, and A. Thust.Maximum-likelihood method for focus-variation image reconstructionin high resolution transmission electron microscopy. Ultramicroscopy,64:109–135, 1996.

co90-2 [879] A. Cohen. Ondelettes, analyses multiresolutions et filtres miroirs enquadrature. (Wavelets, multiscale analysis and quadrature mirror fil-ters). Ann. Inst. H. Poincare Anal. Non Lineaire, 7:439–459, 1990.english translation in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil,Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

co03 [880] A. Cohen. Numerical analysis of wavelet methods. Studies in Math-ematics and its Applications 32. Amsterdam: North-Holland. xviii,336 p. EUR 95.00 and $ 95.00, 2003.

codade01 [881] A. Cohen, W. Dahmen, and R. DeVore. Adaptive wavelet meth-ods for elliptic operator equations: convergence rates. Math. Comp.,70(233):27–75 (electronic), 2001.

codade02 [882] A. Cohen, W. Dahmen, and R. DeVore. Adaptive wavelet methods.II. Beyond the elliptic case. Found. Comput. Math., 2(3):203–245,2002.

codade06 [883] A. Cohen, W. Dahmen, and R. DeVore. Compressed sensing and bestk-term approximation. preprint, 2006.

codade07 [884] A. Cohen, W. Dahmen, and R. A. DeVore. Near optimal approx-imation of arbitrary vectors from highly incomplete measurements.preprint, 2007.

81

coda93-1 [885] A. Cohen and I. Daubechies. Non-separable bidimensional waveletbases. Rev. Mat. Iberoam., 9(1):51–137, 1993.

coda93 [886] A. Cohen and I. Daubechies. Orthonormal bases of compactly sup-ported wavelets. III: Better frequency resolution. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 24(2):520–527, 1993.

codagu02 [887] A. Cohen, I. Daubechies, and O. G. Guleryuz. On the importance ofcombining wavelet-based nonlinear approximation with coding strate-gies. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 48(7):1895–1921, 2002.

cohore04 [888] A. Cohen, M. Hoffmann, and M. Reiss. Adaptive wavelet Galerkinmethods for linear inverse problems. SIAM J. Numer. Anal.,42(4):1479–1501, 2004.

corasc00 [889] A. Cohen, C. Rabut, and L. L. Schumaker. Curve and surface fit-ting. Saint-Malo conference, Saint-Malo, France, July 1999. Vol. 2.Vanderbilt University Press, Nashville, TN, 2000.

cory95 [890] A. Cohen and R. D. Ryan. Wavelets and multiscale signal processing.Transl. from the French. Applied Mathematics and MathematicalComputation. 11. London: Chapman & Hall. 232 p. sterling 37.50,1995.

co89-1 [891] L. Cohen. Time-frequency distributions - a review. Proc. IEEE,77(7):941–981, 1989.

co95 [892] L. Cohen. Time-Frequency Analysis: Theory and Applications. Pren-tice Hall Signal Processing Series. Prentice Hall, 1995.

colo98 [893] L. Cohen and P. Loughlin, editors. Recent Developments in Time-Frequency Analysis. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998.

cogohrisro99 [894] R. Coifman, M. Goldberg, T. Hrycak, M. Israeli, and V. Rokhlin. Animproved operator expansion algorithm for direct and inverse scatter-ing computations. Waves Random Media, 9(3):441–457, 1999.

comame97 [895] R. R. Coifman, G. Matviyenko, and Y. Meyer. Modulated Malvar-Wilson bases. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 4(1):58–61, 1997.

come78 [896] R. R. Coifman and Y. Meyer. Au dela des operateurs pseudo-differentiels. Asterisque 57, 185 p., 1978.

82

come91 [897] R. R. Coifman and Y. Meyer. Remarques sur l’analyse de Fourier afentre. (Remarks on windowed Fourier analysis). C. R. Math. Acad.Sci. Paris;C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. I Math., 312:259–261, 1991.

comest85 [898] R. R. Coifman, Y. Meyer, and E. M. Stein. Some new function spacesand their applications to harmonic analysisendquote. J. Funct. Anal.,62:304–335, 1985.

coro79 [899] R. R. Coifman and R. Rochberg. Representation theorems for holo-morphic and harmonic functions. In Harmonic analysis in Euclideanspaces, Part 1, Williamstown/ Massachusetts 1978, Proc. Symp. PureMath., Vol. 35, 459-460. 1979.

cowe71 [900] R. R. Coifman and G. Weiss. Analyse harmonique non-commutativesur certains espaces homog‘enes. Etude de certaines int’egrales sin-guli‘eres. (Non-commutative harmonic analysis on certain homoge-neous spaces. Study of certain singular integrals.)., volume 242 of Lec-ture Notes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-NewYork, 1971.

cowe77 [901] R. R. Coifman and G. Weiss. Extensions of Hardy spaces and theiruse in analysis. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 83:569–645, 1977. reprintedin ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher andWalnut, David F.(2006).

co89 [902] D. Colella. Commutative harmonic analysis. Proceedings of a SLU-GTE conference held July 27-29, 1987 (Canton, New York) withsupport from St. Lawrence University (SLU) and General Telephoneand Electronics Corporation (GTE). American Mathematical Society,Providence, RI, 1989.

cohe94 [903] D. Colella and C. Heil. Characterizations of scaling functions: Con-tinuous solutions. SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl., 15(2):496–518, 1994.

co82-1 [904] R. Coleman. Espaces de Lorentz et espaces intersections et unions.volume I of Groupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages VII.1–VII.9. Universite scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire demathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s., 1982.

cosasost04 [905] F. Colombo, I. Sabadini, F. Sommen, and D. C. Struppa. Analysis ofDirac systems and computational algebra. Birkhauser, MA, 2004.

83

co82 [906] L. Colzani. Fourier transform of distributions in Hardy spaces. Boll.Unione Mat. Ital., VI. Ser., A, 1:403–410, 1982.

co93 [907] P. L. Combettes. The Foundations of Set Theoretic Estimation. Pro-ceedings of the IEEE, 81(2):181–208, 1993.

co97 [908] P. L. Combettes. Convex Set Theoretic Image Recovery by Extrapo-lated Iterations of. IEEE Trans. Imag. Proc., 6(4):493–506, 1997.

cotr90 [909] P. L. Combettes and H. J. Trussell. Method of successive projectionsfor finding a common point of sets in metric spaces. J. OptimizationTheory Appl., 67(3):487–507, 1990.

co71 [910] C. V. Comisky. Multipliers of Banach Modules. Nederl. Akad. Weten-sch. Proc., Ser. A(74):32–38, 1971.

cota77 [911] A. Connes and M. Takesaki. The flow of weights on factors of typermiii. Tohoku Math. J. (2), 29(4):473–575, 1977.

cosc77-1 [912] W. C. Connett and A. L. Schwartz. A failure of stability undercomplex interpolation. Can. J.Math., 29:1167–1170, 1977. localizedSobolev spaces, cf. Mem.AMS. 183.

cosc77 [913] W. C. Connett and A. L. Schwartz. The theory of ultraspherical mul-tipliers. Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, Munchen, 1977.

cowe85 [914] C. Constantinescu and K. Weber. Integration theory. Volume 1: Mea-sure and integral. In collab. with Alexia Sontag. Transl. from the Ger-man. John Wiley and Sons, New York etc., 1985.

co74 [915] F. Constantinescu. Distributionen und ihre Anwendung in der Physik.B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1974.

codega03 [916] E. Conte, A. De Maio, and C. Galdi. CFAR detection of multidimen-sional signals: an invariant approach. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,51(1):142– 151, 2003.

co78 [917] J. B. Conway. Functions of one complex variable. Springer-Verlag,1978.

co90 [918] J. B. Conway. A course in functional analysis. 2nd ed. Springer, NewYork, 1990.

84

co00 [919] J. B. Conway. A course in operator theory. American MathematicalSociety (AMS), RI, 2000.

co98 [920] J. Cooper. Introduction to partial differential equations with MAT-LAB. Birkhauser, Boston, 1998.

co60 [921] J. L. B. Cooper. Positive definite functions of a real variable. Proc.Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 10:53–66, 1960.

co69 [922] W. A. Coppel. J. B. Fourier - On the occasion of his two hundredthbirthday. Am. Math. Mon., 76:468–483, 1969.

co05-1 [923] E. Cordero. m-channel MRA and application to anisotropic Sobolevspaces. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process., 3(2):153–166,2005.

co06 [924] E. Cordero. Gelfand-Shilov windows for weighted modulation spaces.Integral Transforms Spec. Funct., 2006.

cogr03-1 [925] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Analysis of time-frequency localizationoperators. J. Funct. Anal., 205(1):107–131, 2003.

cogr03 [926] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Time-frequency analysis of localizationoperators. J. Funct. Anal., 205(1):107–131, 2003.

cogr04 [927] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Localization of Frames II,. Appl.Comput. Harm. Anal., 2004.

cogr04-1 [928] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Localization of frames. II. Appl. Com-put. Harmon. Anal., 17(1):29–47, 2004.

cogr05 [929] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Necessary conditions for Schatten classlocalization operators. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 133(12):3573–3579,2005.

cogr06 [930] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. Symbolic Calculus and Fredholm Prop-erty for Localization Operators. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 2006.

cogrXX [931] E. Cordero and K. Grochenig. On the product of localization opera-tors. to appear.

85

cogrro06 [932] E. Cordero, K. Grochenig, and L. Rodino. Localization operators andtime-frequency analysis. preprint, 2006.

coni06 [933] E. Cordero and F. Nicola. Strichartz estimates in Wiener amalgamspaces for the Schrodinger equation, 2006.

cook07 [934] E. Cordero and K. Okoudjou. Multilinear localization operators. J.Math. Anal. Appl., 325(2):1103–1116, 2007.

copirote05 [935] E. Cordero, S. Pilipovi’c, L. Rodino, and N. Teofanov. Localizationoperators and exponential weights for modulation spaces. Mediterr.J. Math., 2(4):381–394, 2005.

coro05 [936] E. Cordero and L. Rodino. Wick calculus: a time-frequency approach.Osaka J. Math., 42(1):43–63, 2005.

coro06 [937] E. Cordero and L. Rodino. Short-time Fourier transform analysis oflocalization operators, 2006.

cota04 [938] E. Cordero and A. Tabacco. Localization Operators via Time-Frequency Analysis. In Advances in pseudo-differential operators,volume 155 of Oper. Theory Adv. Appl., pages 131–147. Birkhauser,2004.

co79 [939] H. O. Cordes. Elliptic pseudo-differential operators - an abstract the-ory., volume 756 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag,Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1979.

cohe68 [940] H. O. Cordes and E. A. Herman. Gel’fand theory of pseudo differentialoperators. Am. J. Math., 90:681–717, 1968.

co81-1 [941] A. Cordoba. Some remarks on the Littlewood-Paley theory. Rend.Circ. Mat. Palermo, II. Ser., Suppl. 1,:75–80, 1981.

co88 [942] A. Cordoba. La formule sommatoire de Poisson.Compt.Rend.Acad.Sci.Paris, Ser.I, 306(8):373–376, 1988.

cofe78 [943] A. Cordoba and C. Fefferman. Wave packets and Fourier integraloperators. Commun. Partial Differ. Equations, 3:979–1005, 1978.

cova95 [944] C. Cortes and V. Vapnik. Support-vector networks. Mach. Learn.,20(3):273–297, 1995.

86

cosz82 [945] L. J. Corwin and R. H. Szczarba. Multivariable calculus. MarcelDekker, New York, Basel, 1982.

co59 [946] J. P. Costas. Poisson,Shannon, and the Radio Amateur. Proc. IRE,47:2058–2068, December 1959.

co78-1 [947] M. Cowling. Some applications of Grothendieck’s theory of topologicaltensor products in harmonic analysis. Math. Ann., 232:273–285, 1978.

co72 [948] M. G. Cowling. Extension of multipliers by periodicity. Bull. Aust.Math. Soc., 6:263–285, 1972.

co75 [949] M. G. Cowling. Functions which are restrictions of lp-multipliers.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 213:35–51, 1975.

co76 [950] M. G. Cowling. Extension of Fourier lp − lq multipliers. Trans. Am.Math. Soc., 213:1–33, 1976.

co81 [951] M. G. Cowling. A remark on twisted convolution. Suppl. Rend. Circ.Mat. - Palermo, 1:203–209, 1981. zitiert BUPU fuer Goldberg bzw.M. P. + Ricci.

co83 [952] M. G. Cowling. Pointwise behaviour of solutions to Schrodinger equa-tions. In Harmonic analysis, Proc. Conf., Cortona/Italy 1982, volume992 of Lect. Notes Math., pages 83–90. Springer, 1983.

cofe84 [953] M. G. Cowling and G. Fendler. On representations in Banach spaces.Math. Ann., 266:307–315, 1984.

cofo76 [954] M. G. Cowling and J. J. F. Fournier. Inclusions and noninclusion ofspaces of convolution operators. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 221:59–95,1976.

coko84 [955] M. G. Cowling and A. Kornyi. Harmonic analysis on Heisenberg typegroups from a geometric viewpoint. In Lie group representations III,Proc. Spec. Year, College Park/Md. 1982- 83, Lect. Notes Math. 1077,60-100. 1984.

coma82 [956] M. G. Cowling and A. M. Mantero. Examples of twisted convolutionoperators. In Harmonic analysis, Proc. Conf., Minneapolis 1981, Lect.Notes Math. 908, 210-216. 1982.

87

copr83 [957] M. G. Cowling and J. F. Price. Generalisations of Heisenberg’s in-equality. In Harmonic analysis, Proc. Conf., Cortona/Italy 1982,Lect. Notes Math. 992, 443-449. 1983.

crscwi02 [958] R. J. M. Cramer, R. A. Scholtz, and M. Z. Win. Evaluation of an ultra-wide-band propagation channel. IEEE Transactions on Antennas andPropagation, 50(5):561–570, 2002.

crra83 [959] R. E. Crochiere and L. R. Rabiner. Multirate Digital Signal Process-ing. Prentice–Hall, New Jersey, 1983.

crflwe76 [960] R. E. Crochiere, S. A. Webber, and J. L. Flanagan. Digital coding ofspeech in sub-bands. Bell System Technical J., 55:1069–1085, 1976.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

cr90 [961] G. Crombez. Image restoration by convex combinations of convexprojections. Glasnik Matematicki, 25 (45):87–93, 1990.

cr91 [962] G. Crombez. Image recovery by convex combinations of projections.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 155(2):413–419, 1991.

cr92 [963] G. Crombez. Parallel methods in image recovery by projections ontoconvex sets. Czech. Math. J., 42(3):445–450, 1992.

cr93-1 [964] G. Crombez. Parallel methods in image recovery with consistent andinconsistent constraints. Simon Stevin, 67(1-2):133–143, 1993.

cr93 [965] G. Crombez. Weak and norm convergence of a parallel projectionmethod in Hilbert spaces. Appl. Math. Comput., 56(1):35–48, 1993.

cr95-2 [966] G. Crombez. A parallel projection method based on sequential mostremote set in convex feasibility problems. Appl. Math. Comput., 72(2-3):113–124, 1995.

cr95-1 [967] G. Crombez. Finding projections onto the intersection of convex setsin Hilbert spaces. Numer. Funct. Anal. Optimization, 16(5-6):637–652, 1995.

cr95 [968] G. Crombez. Viewing parallel projection methods as sequential onesin convex feasibility problems. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 347(7):2575–2583, 1995.

88

cr96 [969] G. Crombez. Solving stochastic convex feasibility problems in Hilbertspaces. Numer. Funct. Anal. Optimization, 17(9-10):877–892, 1996.

cr97-1 [970] G. Crombez. An adaptive parallel projection method for solving con-vex feasibility problems. J. Appl. Anal., 3(2):269–284, 1997.

cr97 [971] G. Crombez. Finding projections onto the intersection of convex setsin Hilbert spaces. II. Approximation Theory Appl., 13(4):75–87, 1997.

cr97-2 [972] G. Crombez. Solving convex feasibility problems by a parallel pro-jection method with geometrically-defined parameters. Appl. Anal.,64(3-4):277–290, 1997.

crgo78 [973] G. Crombez and W. Govaerts. Compact convolution operators be-tween lp(g)-spaces. Colloq. Math., 39:325–329, 1978.

crgo78-1 [974] G. Crombez and W. Govaerts. Weakly compact convolution operatorsin l1(g). Simon Stevin, 52:65–72, 1978.

crl.te04 [975] Cruz Martin, L., and G. Teschke. A new method to reconstruct radarreflectivity and Doppler information. Technical report, 2004.

csja99 [976] N. Csizmadia and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Estimating the integral non-linearity of A/D-converters via the frequency domain. In Proceedings.International Test Conference, 1999., pages 757–762, 1999.

cudeolsu04 [977] F. Cucker, R. DeVore, P. Olver, and E. Suli, editors. Foundations ofcomputational mathematics: Minneapolis 2002 (FoCM 2002). Selectedpapers based on the plenary talks presented at FoCM 2002, Minneapo-lis, MN, USA, August 5–14, 2002., volume 312 of London Mathemat-ical Society Lecture Note Series. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 2004.

cu03 [978] F. e. . Cucker. Handbook of numerical analysis. Vol. XI. Special vol-ume: Foundations of computational mathematics. Handbook of Nu-merical Analysis 11. Amsterdam: North-Holland. xii, 2003.

cugamap06 [979] G. P. Curbera, J. Garca Cuerva, J. M. Martell, and C. Perez. Extrap-olation with weights, rearrangement-invariant function spaces, mod-ular inequalities and applications to singular integrals. Adv. Math.,203(1):256–318, 2006.

89

cufi66 [980] P. C. j. Curtis and A. Figa Talamanca. Factorization theorems forBanach algebras. In Function Algebras, Proc. Int. Symp. Tulane Univ.1965, pages 169–185, Chicago, IL, 1966. Scott-Foreman.

cunava03 [981] M. Cushman, M. J. Narasimha, and P. P. Vaidyanathan. Finite-channel chromatic derivative filter banks. IEEE Signal ProcessingLetters, 10(1):15–17, 2003.

cwenkupesp02 [982] M. Cwikel, M. Englis, A. Kufner, L.-E. Persson, and G. Sparr. Func-tion spaces, interpolation theory and related topics. Walter de Gruyter,Berlin, 2002.

cwke01 [983] M. Cwikel and U. Keich. Optimal decompositions for the k-functionalfor a couple of Banach lattices. Ark. Mat., 39(1):27–64, 2001.

cwnisc03 [984] M. Cwikel, P. G. Nilsson, and G. Schechtman. Interpolation ofweighted Banach lattices. A characterization of relatively decompos-able Banach lattices. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 787:127 p., 2003.

cwpe84 [985] M. Cwikel and J. Peetre. Interpolation spaces and allied topics inanalysis. Proceedings of the Conference held in Lund, Sweden, August29 - September 1, 1983. Springer, Berlin, 1984.

cwpesawa88 [986] M. Cwikel, J. Peetre, Y. Sagher, and H. Wallin. Function spaces andapplications. Proceedings of the US-Swedish Seminar held in Lund,Sweden, June 15-21, 1986. Springer, Berlin, 1988.

cy83 [987] H. L. Cycon. Absence of singular continuous spectrum for two-bodySchrodinger operators with long-range potentials (a new proof). Proc.R. Soc. Edinb., Sect. A, 94:61–69, 1983.

cy85 [988] H. L. Cycon. Resonances defined by modified dilations. Helv. Phys.Acta, 58(6):969–981, 1985.

cype85 [989] H. L. Cycon and P. A. Perry. Local time decay of high energy scat-tering states for the Schrodinger equation. Math. Z., 188:125–142,1985.

cz03 [990] W. Czaja. Boundedness of pseudodifferential operators on modulationspaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 284(1):389–396, 2003.

90

cz05 [991] W. Czaja. Remarks on Naimark’s duality. preprint, 2005.

czkusp05-1 [992] W. Czaja, G. Kutyniok, and D. Speegle. On Beurling dimension.preprint, 2005.

czkusp05 [993] W. Czaja, G. Kutyniok, and D. Speegle. Geometry of sets of parame-ters of wave packet frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(1):108–125, 2006.

czpo06 [994] W. Czaja and A. Powell. Recent Developments in the Balian–LowTheorem. In C. Heil, editor, Harmonic Analysis and Applications.In Honor of John J. Benedetto, Applied and Numerical HarmonicAnalysis. Birkhauser Boston, 2006.

czrz99 [995] W. Czaja and Z. Rzeszotnik. Two remarks about spectral asymptoticsof pseudodifferential operators. Colloq. Math., 80(1):131–145, 1999.

czrz02 [996] W. Czaja and Z. Rzeszotnik. Pseudodifferential operators and Gaborframes: spectral asymptotics. Math. Nachr., 233/234:77–88, 2002.

czrz03 [997] W. Czaja and Z. Rzeszotnik. Function spaces and classes of pseu-dodifferential operators. Tohoku Math. J., II. Ser., 55(1):131–140,2003.

czzi05 [998] W. Czaja and J. Zienkiewicz. Atomic characterization of the Hardyspace h1

l of one dimensional Schrodinger operators. preprint, 2005.

dake82 [999] B. E. J. Dahlberg and C. E. Kenig. A note on the almost everywherebehavior of solutions to the Schrodinger equation. In Harmonic analy-sis, Proc. Conf., Minneapolis 1981., volume 908 of Lect. Notes Math.,pages 205–209, 1982.

dafogr06 [1000] S. Dahlke, M. Fornasier, and K. Grochenig. Optimal Adaptive Com-putations in the Jaffard Algebra and Localized Frames. preprint,Preprint Nr. 146, DFG Schwerpunktprogramm 1114 ”Mathem, 2006.

dafora04 [1001] S. Dahlke, M. Fornasier, and T. Raasch. Adaptive Frame Methodsfor Elliptic Operator Equations. Adv. Comput. Math., 2004.

dafora05 [1002] S. Dahlke, M. Fornasier, and T. Raasch. Adaptive Frame Methods forElliptic Operator Equations. Adv. Comput. Math., 2005. to appear.

91

daforastwe06 [1003] S. Dahlke, M. Fornasier, T. Raasch, R. Stevenson, and M. Werner.Adaptive Frame Methods for Elliptic Operator Equations: The Steep-est Descent Approach. January 2006.

daforastte05 [1004] S. Dahlke, M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, G. Steidl, and G. Teschke. Gen-eralized Coorbit Theory, Banach Frames, and the Relation to alpha-Modulation Spaces. September 2005.

dalete03 [1005] S. Dahlke, V. Lehmann, and G. Teschke. Applications of WaveletMethods to the Analysis of Meteorological Radar Data - An Overview.Arabian Journal of Science and Engineering, 28:3–44, 2003.

dama02 [1006] S. Dahlke and P. Maass. An outline of adaptive wavelet Galerkinmethods for Tikhonov regularization of inverse parabolic problems.In Proceeding of the International Conference on Inverse Problems,pages 56–66, 2002.

damate04 [1007] S. Dahlke, P. Maass, and G. Teschke. Reconstruction of ReflectivityDensities in a Narrowband Regime. IEEE Transactions on Antennasand Propagation, 52(6):1603–1606, 2004.

danosi06 [1008] S. Dahlke, E. Novak, and W. Sickel. Optimal approximation of el-liptic problems by linear and nonlinear mappings. I. J. Complexity,22(1):29–49, 2006.

danosi06-1 [1009] S. Dahlke, E. Novak, and W. Sickel. Optimal approximation of el-liptic problems by linear and nonlinear mappings. II. J. Complexity,22(4):549–603, 2006.

danosi07 [1010] S. Dahlke, E. Novak, and W. Sickel. Optimal approximation of ellipticproblems by linear and nonlinear mappings III: Frames, 2007.

dastte04 [1011] S. Dahlke, G. Steidl, and G. Teschke. Coorbit spaces and Banachframes on homogeneous spaces with applications to the sphere. Adv.Comput. Math., 21(1-2):147–180, 2004.

dastte04-1 [1012] S. Dahlke, G. Steidl, and G. Teschke. Weighted coorbit spaces andBanach frames on homogeneous spaces. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,10(5):507–539, 2004.

92

da93 [1013] G. Dahlquist. A ’multigrid’ extention of the FFT for the numericalinversion of fourier and Laplace transforms. BIT, 33:85–112, 1993.

dadepeXX [1014] W. Dahmen, P. Petrushev, and Dekel S. Spaces of homogeneous typeand anisotropic wavelets in rd.

dare06 [1015] W. Dahmen and A. Reusken. Numerik fur Ingenieure und Natur-wissenschaftler. (Numerical analysis for engineers and natural scien-tists.). Springer-Lehrbuch. Springer, Berlin, 2006.

dasc99 [1016] W. Dahmen and R. Schneider. Composite wavelet bases for operatorequations. Math. Comput., 68(228):1533–1567, 1999.

dasc99-1 [1017] W. Dahmen and R. Schneider. Wavelets on manifolds. I: Constructionand domain decomposition. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 31(1):184–230,1999.

aidaeslawi03 [1018] H. G. Dales, P. Aiena, J. Eschmeier, K. Laursen, and G. A. Willis.Introduction to Banach algebras, operators, and harmonic analysis.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2003.

daha81 [1019] H. G. Dales and W. K. Hayman. Esterle’s proof of the Tauberiantheorem for Beurling algebras. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 31(4):141–150,1981.

cldajazo05 [1020] A. J. Daley, S. R. Clark, D. Jaksch, and P. Zoller. Numerical analysisof coherent many-body currents in a single atom transistor. Phys.Rev. A, pages 043618 1–9, 2005.

da05 [1021] Damian Marelli. A Functional Analysis Approach to Subband SystemApproximation and Identification. 2005.

dmamu07 [1022] L. D’Amore, L. Marcellino, and A. Murli. Image sequence inpainting:Towards numerical software for detection and removal of local missingdata via motion estimation. J. Comput. Appl. Math., 198(2):396–413,2007.

dape01 [1023] S. Dang and L. Peng. Reproducing kernels and time-frequency local-ization operators. Appl. Anal., 80(3-4):431–447, 2001.

dape04 [1024] S. Dang and L. Peng. Reproducing spaces and localization operators.Acta Math. Sin., Engl. Ser., 20(2):255–260, 2004.

93

da82 [1025] C. Datry. Modules d Banach et algebres de Segal du type cupqd. Bull.Sci. Math., II. Ser., 106:235–258, 1982.

da82-1 [1026] C. Datry. Multiplicateurs d’un l1(g)-module de Banach considerescomme multiplicateurs d’une certaine algebre de Banach. volume I ofGroupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages IV.1–IV.16. Universitescientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematiquepures associe au c.n.r.s., 1982.

damu82 [1027] C. Datry and G. Muraz. Multiplicateurs d’une algebre de Banachcommutative semi-simple reguliere. volume I of Groupe de travaild’analyse harmonique, pages II.1–II.15. Universite scientifique et med-icale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematique pures associe auc.n.r.s., 1982.

damu95 [1028] C. Datry and G. Muraz. Analyse harmonique dans les modules de Ba-nach. I: Proprietes generales. (Harmonic analysis on Banach modules.I: General properties). Bull. Sci. Math., 119(4):299–337, 1995.

damu96 [1029] C. Datry and G. Muraz. Analyse harmonique dans les modules deBanach II: Presque-periodicite et ergodicite. (Harmonic analysis inBanach modules II: Almost-periodicity and ergodicity). Bull. Sci.Math., 120(6):493–536, 1996.

d’fe97 [1030] C. E. D’Attellis and E. M. Fernandez Berdaguer. Wavelet theory andharmonic analysis in applied sciences. Based on the 1st Latinamericanconference on mathematics in industry and medicine, Buenos Aires,Argentina, November 27–December 1, 1995. Birkhauser, Boston, 1997.

da80 [1031] I. Daubechies. On the distributions corresponding to bounded oper-ators in the Weyl quantization. Comm. Math. Phys., 75(3):229–238,1980.

da83 [1032] I. Daubechies. Continuity statements and counterintuitive examplesin connection with Weyl quantization. J. Math. Phys., 24:1453–1461,1983.

da88-1 [1033] I. Daubechies. Orthonormal bases of compactly supported wavelets.Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 41(7):909–996, 1988. reprinted in ’Fun-damental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut,David F.(2006).

94

da88 [1034] I. Daubechies. Time-frequency localization operators: a geometricphase space approach. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 34/4, July 1988.

da90 [1035] I. Daubechies. The wavelet transform, time-frequency localizationand signal analysis. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 36(5):961–1005, 1990.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

da92 [1036] I. Daubechies. Ten Lectures on Wavelets, volume 61 of CBMS-NSFRegional Conference Series in Applied Mathematics. SIAM, Societyfor Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 1992.

da93-8 [1037] I. Daubechies. Different perspectives on wavelets. American Mathe-matical Society short course on wavelets and applications, held in SanAntonio, TX (USA), January 11-12, 1993. 1993.

da93-1 [1038] I. Daubechies. Orthonormal bases of compactly supported wavelets.II: Variations on a theme. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 24(2):499–519, 1993.

dadede04 [1039] I. Daubechies, M. Defrise, and C. De Mol. An iterative threshold-ing algorithm for linear inverse problems. Comm. Pure Appl. Math.,57(11):1413–1457, 2004.

dagr88 [1040] I. Daubechies and A. Grossman. Frames in the Bargmann Hilbertspace of entire functions. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 41(2):151–164,1988.

dagr80 [1041] I. Daubechies and A. Grossmann. An integral transform related toquantization. J. Math. Phys., 21:2080–2090, 1980.

dagrme86 [1042] I. Daubechies, A. Grossmann, and Y. Meyer. Painless nonorthogonalexpansions. J. Math. Phys., 27(5):1271–1283, May 1986. reprintedin ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher andWalnut, David F.(2006).

daha02 [1043] I. Daubechies and B. Han. The canonical dual frame of a waveletframe. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 12(3):269–285, 2002.

daharosh03 [1044] I. Daubechies, B. Han, A. Ron, and Z. Shen. Framelets: MRA-based constructions of wavelet frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,14(1):1–46, 2003.

95

dajajo91 [1045] I. Daubechies, S. Jaffard, and J. L. Journe. A simple Wilson orthonor-mal basis with exponential decay. SIAM J.Math. Anal., 22:554–573,1991.

daja93 [1046] I. Daubechies and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Two theorems on latticeexpansions. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 39(1):3–6, 1993.

daklpa87 [1047] I. Daubechies, J. R. Klauder, and T. Paul. Wiener measures for pathintegrals with affine kinematic variables. J. Math. Phys., 28:85–102,1987.

dala91 [1048] I. Daubechies and J. C. Lagarias. Two-scale difference equations. I:Existence and global regularity of. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 22(5):1388–1410, 1991.

dala92 [1049] I. Daubechies and J. C. Lagarias. Two-scale difference equations. II:Local regularity, infinite products. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 23(4):1031–1079, 1992.

dalala95 [1050] I. Daubechies, H. J. Landau, and Z. Landau. Gabor time-frequencylattices and the Wexler-Raz identity. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(4):437–478, 1995.

dapa88 [1051] I. Daubechies and T. Paul. Time-frequency localisation operators -a geometric phase space approach: II. The use of dilations. InverseProbl., 4(3):661–680, 1988.

dato02 [1052] L. Daudet and B. Torresani. Hybrid representations for audiophonicsignal encoding. Signal Process., 82(11):1595–1617, 2002.

da96 [1053] K. R. Davidson. C∗-algebras by example. American MathematicalSociety (AMS), RI, 1996.

daol03 [1054] M. Davidson and G. Olafsson. Differential recursion relations for La-guerre functions on Hermitian matrices. Integral Transforms Spec.Funct., 14(6):469–484, 2003.

da78 [1055] B. Davies. Integral transforms and their applications. Springer, Berlin,1978.

avdama97 [1056] G. Davis, S. Mallat, and M. Avellaneda. Adaptive greedy approxima-tions. Constr. Approx., 13(1):57–98, 1997.

96

da04 [1057] J. H. Davis. Methods of applied mathematics with a MATLABoverview. Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis. Birkhauser,Boston, MA, 2004.

chda87 [1058] K. M. Davis and Y.-C. Chang. Lectures on Bochner-Riesz means., vol-ume 114 of London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

da94 [1059] P. J. Davis. Circulant matrices. AMS and Chelsea Publishing Com-pany, New York, NY, 2nd ed. edition, 1994.

dahe82 [1060] P. J. Davis and R. Hersh. The mathematical experience. With an in-troduction by Gian-Carlo Rota. Reprint. Houghton Mifflin Company,Boston, 1982.

da06 [1061] T. A. Davis. Direct Methods for Sparse Linear Systems, volume 2of Fundamentals of Algorithms. SIAM, Society for Industrial andApplied Mathematics, 2006.

dasi04 [1062] T. A. Davis and K. Sigmon. MATLAB Primer. Chapman andHall/CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 7th ed. edition, 2004.

da90-1 [1063] A. Dax. The convergence of linear stationary iterative processes forsolving singular unstructured systems of linear equations. SIAM Rev.,32(4):611–635, 1990.

deovscva00 [1064] M. De Berg, M. Van Kreveld, M. Overmars, and O. Schwarzkopf.Computational geometry. Algorithms and applications. 2nd rev. ed.Springer, Berlin, 2000.

de90-3 [1065] C. de Boor. Quasiinterpolants and approximation power of multivari-ate splines., 1990.

dede85 [1066] C. de Boor and R. Devore. Partitions of unity and approximation.Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 93(4):705–709, 1985.

dedero94 [1067] C. de Boor, R. A. Devore, and A. Ron. Approximation fromshift-invariant subspaces of lsb2(bbfrspd). Trans. Am. Math. Soc.,341(2):787–806, 1994.

97

dedero94-1 [1068] C. de Boor, R. A. DeVore, and A. Ron. The structure of finitelygenerated shift-invariant spaces in lsb. J. Funct. Anal., 119(1):37–78,1994.

deho83 [1069] C. de Boor and K. Hollig. Approximation order from bivariate C1-cubics: A counterexample. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 87:649–655, 1983.

derosh96 [1070] C. de Boor, A. Ron, and Z. Shen. On ascertaining inductively thedimension of the joint kernel of certain commuting linear operators.Adv. Appl. Math., 17(3):209–250, 1996.

derosh96-1 [1071] C. de Boor, A. Ron, and Z. Shen. On ascertaining inductively thedimension of the joint kernel of certain commuting linear operators.II. Adv. Math., 123(2):223–242, 1996.

de73 [1072] N. G. de Bruijn. A theory of generalized functions, with applica-tions to Wigner distribution and Weyl correspondence. Nieuw Arch.Wiskd., III. Ser., 21:205–280, 1973.

de81 [1073] N. G. de Bruijn. Asymptotic methods in analysis. Dover PublicationsInc, New York, NY, 1981.

de80 [1074] M. De Gosson. Hypoellipticite partielle a la frontiere des operateurspseudo- differentiels de transmission. Ann. Mat. Pura Appl., IV. Ser.,123:377–402, 1980.

de80-1 [1075] M. de Gosson. Resultats microlocaux en hypoellipticite partielle a lafrontiere pour les operateurs pseudo-differentiels de transmission. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 292, 1980.

de81-2 [1076] M. de Gosson. Parametrix de transmission pour des operateurs detype parabolique et application au probleme de Cauchy microlocal.C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 292, 1981.

de82 [1077] M. de Gosson. Microlocal regularity at the boundary for pseudo-differential operators with the transmission property. I. Ann. Inst.Fourier, 32(3):183–213, 1982.

de90-2 [1078] M. de Gosson. La definition de l’indice de Maslov sans hypothese detransversalite. (The definition of the Maslov index without a transver-sality assumption). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Serie I, 310:279–282, 1990.

98

de90-1 [1079] M. de Gosson. La relation entre spsbinfty, revtement universeldu groupe symplectique Sp, et Sptimesbbfz. (The relation betweenspsbinfty, the universal covering of the symplectic group Sp, andSptimesbbfz). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Serie I, 310:245–248, 1990.

de90 [1080] M. de Gosson. Maslov indices on the metaplectic group mp(n). Ann.Inst. Fourier, 40(3):537–555, 1990.

de92 [1081] M. de Gosson. The structure of q-symplectic geometry. J. Math. Pureset Appl., 71:429–453, 1992.

de97-1 [1082] M. de Gosson. Maslov classes, metaplectic representation and La-grangian quantization., volume 95 of Research Notes in Mathematics.Wiley-VCH, Berlin, 1997.

de97-3 [1083] M. de Gosson. On half-form quantization of Lagrangian manifolds andquantum mechanics in phase space. Bull. Sci. Math., 121(4):301–322,1997.

de98-1 [1084] M. de Gosson. The quantum motion of half-densities and the deriva-tion of Schrodinger’s equation. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 31(18):4239–4247, 1998.

de99-1 [1085] M. De Gosson. On the classical and quantum evolution of Lagrangianhalf-forms in phase space. Ann. Inst. H. Poincare (A) Phys. theor.,70(6):547–573, 1999.

de00 [1086] M. de Gosson. Lagrangian path intersections and the Leray index. Inet al. and K. Grove, editors, Geometry and topology, Aarhus. Proceed-ings of the conference on geometry and topology, Aarhus, Denmark,August 10-16, 1998., volume 258 of Contemp. Math., pages 177–184.American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2000.

de01-1 [1087] M. de Gosson. The symplectic camel and phase space quantization.J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 34(47):10085–10096, 2001.

de03-4 [1088] M. de Gosson, editor. Jean Leray ’99 conference proceedings. TheKarlskrona conference, Sweden, August 1999 in honor of Jean Leray.,volume 24 of Mathematical Physics Studies. Kluwer Academic Pub-lishers, Dordrecht, 2003.

99

de03-3 [1089] M. de Gosson. Semiclassical wavefunctions and Schrodinger equation.In et al. and V. Ancona, editors, Hyperbolic differential operators andrelated problems., volume 233 of Lect. Notes Pure Appl. Math., pages287–300. Marcel Dekker, New York, NY, 2003.

de05-3 [1090] M. de Gosson. Symplectic quantum cells and Husimi-Wigner func-tions. Bull. Sci. Math., 129(3):211–226, 2005.

de06 [1091] M. de Gosson. Symplectic Geometry and Quantum Mechanics, vol-ume 166 of Operator Theory: Advances and Applications. Advancesin Partial Differential Equations. Birkhauser, Basel, 2006.

de06-3 [1092] M. de Gosson. Uncertainty principle, phase space ellipsoids and Weylcalculus. In P. Boggiatto and et al., editors, Pseudo-differential oper-ators and related topics. Papers based on lectures given at the inter-national conference, Vaxjo University, Sweden, June 22 to June 25,2005., volume 164 of Operator Theory: Advances and Applications,pages 121–132. Birkhauser, Basel, 2006.

dede03-1 [1093] M. de Gosson and S. de Gosson. Symplectic path intersections andthe Leray index. In et al. and K. Kajitani, editors, Partial dif-ferential equations and mathematical physics. In memory of JeanLeray., volume 52 of Prog. Nonlinear Differ. Equ. Appl., pages 85–96. Birkhauser, Basel, 2003.

dede03-3 [1094] M. De Gosson and S. De Gosson. The cohomological meaning ofMaslov’s Langrangian path intersection index. In M. de Gosson, ed-itor, Jean Leray ’99 conference proceedings. The Karlskrona confer-ence, Sweden, August 1999 in honor of Jean Leray., volume 24 ofMath. Phys. Stud., pages 143–162. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dor-drecht, 2003.

dede03-2 [1095] M. de Gosson and S. de Gosson. The Maslov indices of Hamiltonianperiodic orbits. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 36(48):L615–L622, 2003.

dedrkh01 [1096] M. de Gosson, B. Dragovich, and A. Khrennikov. Some p-adic differen-tial equations. In et al. and A. K. Katsaras, editors, p-adic functionalanalysis. Proceedings of the 6th international conference, Ioannina,Greece, July 3-7, 2000., volume 222 of Lect. Notes Pure Appl. Math.,pages 91–102. Marcel Dekker, New York, NY, 2001.

100

delu06-1 [1097] M. De Gosson and F. Luef. Gaussian Quantum States and the Un-certainty Principle of Hardy, 2006.

delu06 [1098] M. De Gosson and F. Luef. Principe d’Incertitude et Positivite desOperateurs a Trace; Applications a l’Operateur Densite, 2006.

delu06-2 [1099] M. De Gosson and F. Luef. Remarks on the Fact that the UncertaintyPrinciple Does not Determine the Quantum State. Phys. Lett., A,2006.

de92-1 [1100] M. A. de Gosson. Cocycles de Demazure-Kashiwara et geometriemetaplectique. (Demazure-Kashiwara cocycles and metaplectic geom-etry). J. Geom. Phys., 9(3):255–280, 1992.

de94 [1101] M. A. de Gosson. On the Leray-Maslov quantization of Lagrangiansubmanifolds. J. Geom. Phys., 13(2):158–168, 1994.

de01-2 [1102] M. A. de Gosson. The principles of Newtonian and quantum me-chanics. The need for Planck’s constant, h. Imperial College Press,London, 2001.

de02-2 [1103] M. A. de Gosson. The symplectic camel principle and semiclassicalmechanics. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 35(32):6825–6851, 2002.

de03-2 [1104] M. A. de Gosson. Phase space quantization and the uncertainty prin-ciple. Phys. Lett., A, 317(5-6):365–369, 2003.

de04-1 [1105] M. A. de Gosson. On the notion of phase in mechanics. J. Phys. A,Math. Gen., 37(29):7297–7314, 2004.

de05-4 [1106] M. A. de Gosson. Extended Weyl calculus and application tothe phase-space Schrodinger equation. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen.,38(19):L325–L329, 2005.

de05 [1107] M. A. de Gosson. On the Weyl representation of metaplectic opera-tors. Lett. Math. Phys., 72(2):129–142, 2005.

de05-2 [1108] M. A. de Gosson. Symplectically covariant Schrodinger equation inphase space. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 38(42):9263–9287, 2005.

de81-1 [1109] M. de Guzman. Real variable methods in Fourier analysis. North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam, New York, Oxford, 1981.

101

de93 [1110] M. F. E. de Jeu. The Dunkl transform. Invent. Math., 113(1):147–162,1993.

de02-1 [1111] R. de la Madrid. Rigged Hilbert space approach to the Schrodingerequation. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 35(2):319–342, 2002.

de03-1 [1112] R. de la Madrid. The rigged Hilbert space of the free Hamiltonian.Int. J. Theor. Phys., 42(10):2441–2460, 2003.

de04 [1113] R. de la Madrid. The rigged Hilbert space of the algebra of the one-dimensional rectangular barrier potential. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen.,37(33):8129–8157, 2004.

de05-1 [1114] R. de la Madrid. The role of the rigged Hilbert space in quantummechanics. Eur. J. Phys., 26(2):277–312, 2005.

de06-1 [1115] R. de la Madrid. The rigged Hilbert space approach to the Lippmann–Schwinger equation. I. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 39(15):3949–3979,2006.

de06-2 [1116] R. de la Madrid. The rigged Hilbert space approach to the Lippmann–Schwinger equation. II: The analytic continuation of the Lippmann–Schwinger bras and kets. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 39(15):3981–4009,2006.

bodega02 [1117] R. de la Madrid, A. Bohm, and M. Gadella. Rigged Hilbert spacetreatment of continuous spectrum. Fortschr. Phys., 50(2):185–216,2002.

de58 [1118] K. de Leeuw. Homogeneous algebras on compact abelian groups.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 87:372–386, 1958.

de61 [1119] K. de Leeuw. Banach spaces of Lipschitz functions. Stud. Math.,21:55–66, 1961.

de65 [1120] K. de Leeuw. On lsbp multipliers. 1965.

deka63 [1121] K. de Leeuw and Y. Katznelson. Functions that operate on non-self-adjoint algebras. J. Anal. Math., 11:207–219, 1963.

102

dekaka77 [1122] K. de Leeuw, Y. Katznelson, and J.-P. Kahane. Sur les coefficients deFourier des fonctions continues. Compt.Rend.Acad.Sci.Paris, Ser.A,285(12):1001–1003, 1977.

demi60 [1123] K. de Leeuw and H. Mirkil. Translation-invariant function algebrason abelian groups. Bull. Soc. Math. Fr., 88:345–370, 1960.

demi63 [1124] K. de Leeuw and H. Mirkil. Rotation-invariant algebras on the n-sphere. Duke Math. J., 30:667–672, 1963.

deno02-1 [1125] F. De Mari and K. Nowak. Localization type Berezin-Toeplitz oper-ators on bounded symmetric domains. J. Geom. Anal., 12(1):9–27,2002.

degh07 [1126] V. de Silva and R. Ghrist. Homological sensor networks. NoticesAmer. Math. Soc., 54(1):10–17, 2007.

de85 [1127] J. de Sousa Pinto. A generalized Hankel convolution. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 16(6), 1985.

de97-2 [1128] A. de Vries. Ideax fermes de l1 sans unites approchees. Master’sthesis, Universite de Lausanne, February 1997.

de01 [1129] L. Debnath. Wavelet transforms and time-frequency signal analysis.Birkhauser, Basel, 2001.

de03 [1130] L. Debnath. Wavelets and signal processing. Birkhauser, Boston,2003.

dede03 [1131] J. Dehaene and B. De Moor. Clifford group, stabilizer states, andlinear and quadratic operations over gf(2). Phys. Rev. A, 68(4), 2003.

demo92 [1132] D. Dehay and R. Moche. Trace measures of a positive definite bimea-sure. J. Multivariate Anal., 40(1):115–131, 1992.

de02 [1133] A. Deitmar. A First Course in Harmonic Analysis. Universitext.Springer, New York, NY, 2002.

dedy02 [1134] S. Dekel and N. Dyn. Poly-scale refinability and subdivision. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 13(1):35–62, 2002.

103

dejava86 [1135] C. B. Dekker, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and P. J. van Otterloo. Edge-preserving noise reduction in digital video sequences. In Proc. 2ndInt. Conf. on Image Processing,London, 1986.

de99 [1136] V. Del Prete. Estimates, decay properties, and computation of thedual function for Gabor frames. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 5(6):545–562,1999.

de75 [1137] K. deLeeuw. An harmonic analysis for operators. I: Formal properties.Ill. J. Math., 19:593–606, 1975.

de77 [1138] K. DeLeeuw. An harmonic analysis for operators. II: Operators onHilbert space and analytic operators. Ill. J. Math., 21:164–175, 1977.

dehris05 [1139] T. Delillo, T. Hrycak, and V. Isakov. Theory and boundary ele-ment methods for near-field acoustic holography. J. Comput. Acoust.,13(1):163–185, 2005.

dejavr85 [1140] P. Delsarte, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and L. B. Vries. Discrete prolatespheroidal wave functions and interpolation. SIAM J. Appl. Math.,45(4):641–650, 1985.

deju96 [1141] B. Delyon and A. Juditsky. On minimax wavelet estimators. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 3(3):215–228, 1996.

de84 [1142] J. P. Demailly. Sur les transformees de Fourier de fonctions contin-ues et le theoreme de De Leeuw-Katznelson-Kahane. volume III ofGroupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages II.1–II.18. Universitescientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematiquepures associe au c.n.r.s., 1984.

deyi06 [1143] L. Demanet and L. Ying. Wave atoms and sparsity of oscillatorypatterns, 2006.

defrfu05 [1144] L. Demaret, H. Fuhr, and F. Friedrich. A quick guide to wedgelets,2005.

feno02 [1145] F. DeMari, H. G. Feichtinger, and K. Nowak. Uniform eigenvalueestimates for time-frequency localization operators. J. London Math.Soc., 65(3):720–732, 2002.

104

deno02 [1146] F. DeMari and K. Nowak. Canonical subgroups of H1r × SL(2, R).Boll. Unione Mat. Ital. Sez. B Artic. Ric. Mat. (8), 5(2):405–430,2002.

de97 [1147] J. W. Demmel. Applied numerical linear algebra. SIAM, Society forIndustrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 1997.

dehe00 [1148] B. Deng and C. Heil. Density of Gabor Schauder bases. In A. Al-droubi and et al., editors, Wavelet Applications in Signal and ImageProcessing VIII (San Diego, CA, 2000), volume 4119 of Proc. SPIE,pages 153–164, Bellingham,WA, 2000. SPIE.

desc96 [1149] J. E. j. Dennis and R. B. Schnabel. Numerical methods for uncon-strained optimization and nonlinear equations, volume 16 of Classicsin Applied Mathematics. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, Repr. edition, 1996.

dejava05 [1150] D. Denteneer, A. J. E. M. Janssen, and J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden.Moment inequalities for the discrete-time bulk service queue. Math.Methods Oper. Res., 61(1):85–108, 2005.

desc88 [1151] J. D. DePree and C. W. Schwartz. Introduction to real analysis. Wiley,New York, 1988.

defimo04 [1152] A. Derighetti, M. Filali, and M. S. Monfared. On the ideal structureof some Banach algebras related to convolution operators on lp(g). J.Funct. Anal., 215(2):341–365, 2004.

delamava98 [1153] C. Desset, F. Labeau, L. Vandendorpe, and B. Macq. Recovery oftransmission losses by optimal linear filtering in a multiresolution im-age transmission scheme. In Proc. IEEE Symposium in Communica-tion and Vehicular Technology, SVCT’98, October 1998.

dehu06 [1154] F. Deutsch and H. Hundal. The rate of convergence for the cyclic pro-jections algorithm I: Angles between convex sets. J. Approx. Theory,142(1):36–55, 2006.

dehu06-1 [1155] F. Deutsch and H. Hundal. The rate of convergence for the cyclicprojections algorithm II: Norms of nonlinear operators. J. Approx.Theory, 142(1):56–82, 2006.

105

dehi58 [1156] A. Devinatz and I. I. j. Hirschman. The spectra of multiplier trans-forms on lp. Am. J. Math., 80:829–842, 1958.

dehi59 [1157] A. Devinatz and I. I. j. Hirschman. Multiplier transformations onl2, alpha. 1959.

depo87 [1158] R. DeVore and V. Popov. Free multivariate splines. Constr. Approx.,3(2):239–248, 1987.

de98 [1159] R. A. DeVore. Nonlinear approximation. Acta Numer., 7:51–150,1998.

dejalu92 [1160] R. A. DeVore, B. Jawerth, and B. J. Lucier. Image compressionthrough wavelet transform coding. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 38(2,part 2):719–746, 1992.

dejapo92 [1161] R. A. DeVore, B. Jawerth, and V. Popov. Compression of waveletdecompositions. Am. J. Math., 114(4):737–785, 1992. reprinted in’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Wal-nut, David F.(2006).

delo93 [1162] R. A. DeVore and G. G. Lorentz. Constructive approximation., volume303 of Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften. Springer-Verlag, 1993.

depo88 [1163] R. A. DeVore and V. A. Popov. Interpolation of approximation spaces.In Constructive theory of functions, Proc. Int. Conf., Varna/Bulg.1987, 110-119. 1988.

depo88-1 [1164] R. A. DeVore and V. A. Popov. Interpolation spaces and nonlinearapproximation. In Function spaces and applications, Proc. US-Swed.Semin., Lund/Swed., Lect. Notes Math. 1302, 191-205. 1988.

desh84 [1165] R. A. DeVore and R. C. Sharpley. Maximal functions measuringsmoothness. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 293:115 p., 1984.

dete96 [1166] R. A. DeVore and V. N. Temlyakov. Some remarks on greedy algo-rithms. Adv. Comput. Math., 5(2-3):173–187, 1996.

dhhesttr06 [1167] I. S. Dhillon, R. W. Heath, T. Strohmer, and J. A. Tropp. Construct-ing Packings in Grassmannian Manifolds via Alternating Projection.Experimental Mathematics, submitted, 2006.

106

diuh77 [1168] J. Diestel and J. J. j. Uhl. Vector measures., volume 15 of Mathemat-ical Surveys. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence,R.I., 1977.

di68 [1169] J. Dieudonni. Elements d’analyse. Tome II: Chapitres XII a XV.Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1968.

di70 [1170] J. Dieudonni. Iliments d’analyse. Tome III. Chap. XVI et XVII.Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1970.

di76 [1171] J. Dieudonni. Grundzuge der modernen Analysis. Band 4. ubersetzungaus dem Franzosischen von H. Kurke, G. Pfister und M. Roczen. VEBDeutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1976.

di77 [1172] J. Dieudonni. Panorama des mathematiques pures. Le choix bour-bachique. Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1977.

di79 [1173] J. Dieudonni. Grundzuge der modernen Analysis. Band 5/6.ubersetzung aus dem Franzosischen: Ludwig Boll. Vieweg, Wies-baden, 1979.

di82 [1174] J. Dieudonni. Grundzuge der modernen Analysis. 7. ubers. aus demFranzosischen von Ludwig Boll. Lizenzausg. VEB Deutscher Verlagder Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1982.

di83 [1175] J. Dieudonni. Grundzuege der modernen Analysis. Bd. 8. ubers. ausdem Franzoesischen: Ludwig Boll. Vieweg, Wiesbaden, 1983.

dihuva99 [1176] T. Digernes, E. Husstad, and V. S. Varadarajan. Finite approximationof Weyl systems. Math. Scand., 84(2):261–283, 1999.

diva04 [1177] T. Digernes and V. S. Varadarajan. Models for the irreducible rep-resentation of a Heisenberg group. Infin. Dimens. Anal. QuantumProbab. Relat. Top., 7(4):527–546, 2004.

divava94 [1178] T. Digernes, V. S. Varadarajan, and S. R. S. Varadhan. Finite ap-proximations to quantum systems. Rev. Math. Phys., 6(4):621–648,1994.

di89 [1179] Dinh Dung. Mulitvariate band-limited functions:Sampling represen-tation and approximation, volume 90, pages 123–133. BirkhauserBoston, 1989.

107

codiga01 [1180] F. Dios, A. Comeron, and D. Garca Vizcano. On the choice of thenumber of samples in laser Doppler anemometry signal processing.40(5):774–782, 2001.

brdedidijajuwi02 [1181] P. Dirksen, P. Dirksen, J. J. M. Braat, P. De Bisschop, G. C. Janssen,C. A. H. Juffermans, and A. M. Williams. Characterization of a pro-jection lens using the extended Nijboer-Zernike approach. In A. Yen,editor, Proceedings of SPIE Optical Microlithography XV, July 2002,volume 4691, pages 1392–1399, 2002.

di39 [1182] V. A. Ditkin. Study of the structure of ideals in certain normed rings.Ucenye Zapinski Moskov Gos. Unive. Mathenmatika, 30:83–130, 1939.

di80 [1183] Z. Ditzian. Some remarks on approximation theorems on various Ba-nach spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 77(2):567–576, 1980.

di98 [1184] Z. Ditzian. Fractional derivatives and best approximation. Acta Math.Hungar., 81(4):323–348, 1998.

di99 [1185] Z. Ditzian. A modulus of smoothness on the unit sphere. J. Anal.Math., 79:189–200, 1999.

di04 [1186] Z. Ditzian. Jackson-type inequality on the sphere. Acta Math. Hun-gar., 102(1-2):1–35, 2004.

di06 [1187] Z. Ditzian. Approximation on Banach spaces of functions on thesphere. J. Approx. Theory, 140(1):31–45, 2006.

di73 [1188] P. G. Dixon. Approximate identities in normed algebras. Proc. Lond.Math. Soc., III. Ser., 26:485–496, 1973.

di78 [1189] P. G. Dixon. Approximate identities in normed algebras. II. J. Lond.Math. Soc., II. Ser., 17:141–151, 1978.

di79-1 [1190] P. G. Dixon. Approximate identities in normed algebras I,II. Addendaet corrigenda. 1979.

di79-2 [1191] P. G. Dixon. Spectra of approximate identities in Banach algebras.Math. Proc. Camb. Philos. Soc., 86:271–278, 1979.

di81 [1192] P. G. Dixon. Automatic continuity of positive functionals on topolog-ical involution algebras. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc., 23:265–281, 1981.

108

di82-1 [1193] P. G. Dixon. An example for factorization theory in Banach algebras.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 86:65–66, 1982.

di83-1 [1194] P. G. Dixon. On the intersection of the principal ideals generated bypowers in a Banach algebra. In Radical Banach algebras and automaticcontinuity, Proc. Conf., Long Beach 1981., volume 975 of LectureNotes in Mathematics, pages 340–341. Springer-Verlag, 1983.

di86 [1195] P. G. Dixon. Left approximate identities in algebras of compact oper-ators on Banach spaces. Proc. R. Soc. Edinb., Sect. A, 104:169–175,1986.

dove05 [1196] M. N. Do and M. Vetterli. The contourlet transform: an efficientdirectional multiresolution image representation. IEEE Trans. ImageProcess., 14:2091–2106, 2005.

do89 [1197] T. Dobler. Wiener amalgam spaces on locally compact groups. Mas-ter’s thesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, AUSTRIA, 1989.

do02-1 [1198] M. M. Dodson. Shannon’s sampling theorem, incongruent residueclasses and Plancherel’s theorem. 2002.

do07 [1199] M. M. Dodson. Groups and the sampling theorem. Sampl. TheorySignal Image Process., 6(1):1–27, 2007.

do81 [1200] G. Doetsch. Anleitung zum praktischen Gebrauch der Laplace-Transformation und der Z- Transformation. Oldenbourg, Muenchen-Wien, 1981.

dogu01 [1201] M. Dogan and A. T. Gurkanli. Multipliers of the space sw(g). Math.Balk., New Ser., 15(3-4):199–212, 2001.

do70-1 [1202] V. Dolezal. A representation of linear continuous operators on testingfunctions and distributions. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 1:491–506, 1970.

m.86 [1203] M. Dolson. The phase vocoder: a tutorial. Computer Musical Journal,10(4):11–27, 1986.

do56 [1204] Y. Domar. Harmonic analysis based on certain commutative Banachalgebras. Acta Math., 96:1–66, 1956.

109

do83 [1205] Y. Domar. Bilaterally translation invariant subspaces of weightedlspp(R)., 1983.

dowa06 [1206] G. W. Don and J. S. Walker. Music: A time-frequency approach. J.Math. Music, page to appear, 2006.

dosh06-2 [1207] B. Dong and Z. Shen. Construction of biorthogonal wavelets frompseudo-splines. J. Approximation Theory, 138(2):211–231, 2006.

dosh06-1 [1208] B. Dong and Z. Shen. Linear independence of pseudo-splines. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 134(9):2685–2694, 2006.

dosh06 [1209] B. Dong and Z. Shen. Pseudo-splines, wavelets and framelets. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., to appear, 2006.

doma93 [1210] C. Dong and T. Matsuzawa. s-spaces of Gel’fand-Shilov and differen-tial equations. Jap. J. Math., New Ser., 19(2):227–239, 1993.

dodusova98 [1211] J. J. Dongarra, I. S. Duff, D. C. Sorensen, and H. A. Van der Vorst.Numerical linear algebra for high-performance computers. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1998.

do69 [1212] W. F. j. Donoghue. Distributions and Fourier transforms. Pure andApplied Mathematics, 32. New York-London: Academic Press. VIII,1969.

dost89-1 [1213] D. Donoho and P. Stark. Recovery of a sparse signal when the lowfrequency information is missing. Technical report, Dept. Stat., UCB.,June 1989.

dost89 [1214] D. Donoho and P. Stark. Uncertainty principles and signal recovery.SIAM J. APPL. Math, 48(3):906–931, 1989.

do92 [1215] D. L. Donoho. Interpolating wavelet transforms, 1992.

do94 [1216] D. L. Donoho. Unconditional bases are optimal bases for data com-pression and for statistical estimation. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,01.Jan:100–115, 1994.

do04 [1217] D. L. Donoho. Compressed Sensing. IEEE Transactions on Informa-tion Theory, 52(4):1289–1306, 2006.

110

do06 [1218] D. L. Donoho. For most large underdetermined systems of linear equa-tions the minimal l1 solution is also the sparsest solution. Commun.Pure Appl. Math., 59(6):797–829, 2006.

doel03 [1219] D. L. Donoho and M. Elad. Maximal sparsity representation via l1

minimization. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 100(4):369–388, 2003.

doelte06 [1220] D. L. Donoho, M. Elad, and V. N. Temlyakov. Stable recovery ofsparse overcomplete representations in the presence of noise. IEEETrans. Inf. Theory, 52(1):6–18, 2006.

dohu02 [1221] D. L. Donoho and X. Huo. Beamlets and multiscale image analysis. Inet al. and T. J. Barth, editors, Multiscale and multiresolution methods.Theory and applications., volume 20 of Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. Eng.,pages 149–196. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

dojo95 [1222] D. L. Donoho and I. M. Johnstone. Adapting to unknown smoothnessvia wavelet shrinkage. J. Am. Stat. Assoc., 90(432):1200–1224, 1995.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

dojo98 [1223] D. L. Donoho and I. M. Johnstone. Minimax estimation via waveletshrinkage. Ann. Stat., 26(3):879–921, 1998.

dora04 [1224] D. L. Donoho and M. E. Raimondo. Translation invariant deconvolu-tion in a periodic setting. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process.,2(4):415–431, 2004.

cadost02 [1225] D. L. Donoho, J. L. Starck, and E. J. Candes. The curvelet transformfor image denoising. IEEE Trans. Image Process., 11(6):670–684,2002.

doelst05 [1226] D. L. Donoho, J. L. Starck, and M. Elad. Image decomposition viathe combination of sparse representations and a variational approach.IEEE Trans. Image Process., 14(10):1570– 1582, 2005.

dota05 [1227] D. L. Donoho and J. Tanner. Sparse nonnegative solutions of under-determined linear equations by linear programming. Proc. Nat. Acad.Sci., 102(27):9446–9451, 2005.

111

dota06 [1228] D. L. Donoho and J. Tanner. Counting faces of randomly-projectedpolytopes when the projection radically lowers dimension. preprint,2006.

dadedove98 [1229] D. L. Donoho, M. Vetterli, R. A. DeVore, and I. Daubechies. Datacompression and harmonic analysis. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,44(6):2435–2476, 1998.

do84 [1230] J. L. Doob. Classical potential theory and its probabilistic counterpart.Springer, New York, 1984.

do90 [1231] J. L. Doob. Stochastic processes. Wiley Classics Library; A Wiley-Interscience Publication. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., New York etc.,Paperback edition edition, 1990.

dowi79 [1232] R. S. Doran and J. Wichmann. Approximate identities and factoriza-tion in Banach modules., volume 768 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics.Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979.

do96 [1233] M. Dorfler. Analyzing Music - Mathematical Tools and a Case Study.Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1996.

do01 [1234] M. Dorfler. Time-frequency Analysis for Music Signals. A Mathemat-ical Approach. Journal of New Music Research, 30(1):3–12, 2001.

do02 [1235] M. Dorfler. Gabor Analysis for a Class of Signals called Music. PhDthesis, 2002.

do03 [1236] M. Dorfler. What time-frequency analysis can do to Music Signals. InM. Emmer, editor, Matematica e cultura 2003, Springer Italia., 2003.

dofe99 [1237] M. Dorfler and H. G. Feichtinger. Diderot Forum on Mathematics andMusic. Computational and mathematical methods in music. 1999.

dofe04-1 [1238] M. Dorfler and H. G. Feichtinger. Orthogonal projections derivedfrom localization Operators. In Proc. Conf. EUSIPCO (Sept. 2004,TU Vienna), pages 1195—1198, 2004.

dofe04 [1239] M. Dorfler and H. G. Feichtinger. Quilted Gabor Families I: ReducedMulti-Gabor Frames. preprint, 2004.

112

dofegr02 [1240] M. Dorfler, H. G. Feichtinger, and K. Grochenig. Compactness criteriain function spaces. Colloq. Math., 94(1):37–50, 2002.

dofegr06 [1241] M. Dorfler, H. G. Feichtinger, and K. Grochenig. Time-FrequencyPartitions for the Gelfand Triple (S0, L

2, S ′

0). Math. Scand., 98(1):81–96, 2006.

dofa92 [1242] M. Doroslovacki and H. Fan. Discrete-time wavelets: time-frequencylocalization, shift-invariance, 1992.

do85 [1243] J. R. Dorronsoro. Mean oscillation and Besov spaces. Can. Math.Bull., 28:474–480, 1985.

do49 [1244] R. Doss. On the multiplicators of some classes of Fourier Transforms.Proc. London Math. Soc., 50:169–195, 1949.

do70 [1245] R. Doss. Some inclusions in multipliers. Pacific J. Math., 32:643–646,1970.

do99 [1246] E. R. Dougherty. Random processes for image and signal processing.(English). SPIE Optical Engineering Press, Bellingham, WA, 1999.

do98 [1247] R. G. Douglas. Banach algebra techniques in operator theory. 2nd ed.Graduate Texts in Mathematics. 179. New York NY: Springer. xvi,194 p. DM 98.00 and oS 716.00 and sFr 89.50 and sterling 37.50 and$ 49.95, 1998.

drsc76 [1248] B. Dreseler and W. Schempp. On some applications of Bochner-Schoenberg-Eberlein type theorems., 1976.

a.c.h.l.v.97 [1249] H. Drucker, C. J. C. Burges, L. Kaufman, A. Smola, and V. Vap-nik. Support vector regression machines. In M. Mozer, M. Jordan,and T. Petsche, editors, Advances in Neural Information ProcessingSystems 9, pages 155–161, Cambridge, MA, 1997. MIT Press.

budrkasmva97 [1250] H. Drucker, Burges C. J. C., L. Kaufman, A. Smola, and V. Vap-nik. Support vector regression machines. In M. Mozer, M. Jordan,and T. Petsche, editors, Advances in Neural Information ProcessingSystems 9, pages 155–161, Cambridge, MA, 1997. MIT Press.

113

codrjaleva94 [1251] H. Drucker, C. Cortes, L. D. Jackel, Y. LeCun, and V. Vapnik. Boost-ing and other machine learning algorithms. In Proc. 11th InternationalConference on Machine Learning, pages 53–61. Morgan Kaufmann,1994.

duwo00 [1252] J. Du and M. W. Wong. A product formula for localization operators.Bull. Korean Math. Soc., 37(1):77–84, 2000.

du82-1 [1253] Y. A. Dubinskij. The algebra of pseudodifferential operators withanalytic symbols and its applications to mathematical physics. Russ.Math. Surv., 37(5):109–153, 1982.

du79 [1254] M. Duchon. Fourier coefficient of continuous linear mapping on ho-mogeneous Banach spaces. Math. Slovaca, 29:321–331, 1979.

dume84 [1255] D. E. Dudgeon and R. M. Mersereau. Multidimensional digital signalprocessing. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1984.

du45 [1256] R. J. Duffin. Representation of Fourier integrals as sums. I. Bull. Am.Math. Soc., 51:447–455, 1945.

du50 [1257] R. J. Duffin. Representation of Fourier integrals as sums. II. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 1:250–255, 1950.

du57 [1258] R. J. Duffin. Representation of Fourier integrals as sums. III. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 8:272–277, 1957.

dusc52 [1259] R. J. Duffin and A. C. Schaeffer. A class of nonharmonic Fourierseries. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 72:341–366, 1952. reprinted in ’Fun-damental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut,David F.(2006).

duwe91 [1260] R. J. Duffin and H. F. Weinberger. Dualizing the Poisson summationformula. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88(16):7348–7350, 1991.

duwe97 [1261] R. J. Duffin and H. F. Weinberger. On dualizing a multivariablePoisson summation formula. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):487–497,1997.

dumo76 [1262] M. Duflo and C. C. Moore. On the regular representation of a nonuni-modular locally compact group. J. Funct. Anal., 21:209–243, 1976.

114

dung05 [1263] J.-P. Dufour and Nguyen Tien Zung. Poisson structures and theirnormal forms., volume 242 of Progress in Mathematics. Birkhauser,Basel, 2005.

du79-1 [1264] B. P. Duggal. Stability of Lebesgue spaces. Period. Math. Hung.,10:9–13, 1979.

duve90 [1265] P. Duhamel and M. Vetterli. Fast Fourier transforms: A tutorialreview and a state of the art. Signal Process., 19:259–299, 1990.

dusc99 [1266] A. J. W. Duijndam and M. A. Schonewille. Nonuniform fast Fouriertransform. Geophysics, 64(2):539–551, 1999.

du73 [1267] J. J. Duistermaat. Fourier integral operators. Technical report,Courant Institute of Mathematical Science, New York University. III,New York, 1973.

du96-1 [1268] J. J. Duistermaat. Fourier integral operators., volume 130 of Progressin Mathematics. Birkhauser, Boston, MA, 1996.

du96 [1269] G. E. Dullerud. Control of uncertain sampled-data systems.Birkhauser, 1996.

du74 [1270] D. H. Dunford. Segal algebras and left normed ideals. J. Lond. Math.Soc., II. Ser., 8:514–516, 1974.

dusc58 [1271] N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz. Linear Operators. I. General theory.Interscience Publishers, New York, London, 1958.

dusc88 [1272] N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz. Linear operators. Part I: Generaltheory. With the assistance of William G. Bade and Robert G. Bartle.(Repr. of the orig., publ. 1959 by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.). Paperbacked. Wiley Classics Library. New York etc.: John Wiley & Sons Ltd.xiv, 858 p. $ 25.95, 1988.

dusc88-1 [1273] N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz. Linear operators. Part II: Spectraltheory, self adjoint operators in Hilbert space. With the assistance ofWilliam G. Bade and Robert G. Bartle. (Repr. of the orig., publ. 1963by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.). Paperback ed. Wiley Classics Library.New York etc.: John Wiley & Sons Ltd./Interscience Publishers, Inc.ix, 1988.

115

dusc88-2 [1274] N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz. Linear operators. Part III: Spectraloperators. With the assistance of William G. Bade and Robert G.Bartle. (Repr. of the orig., publ. 1971 by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.).Paperback ed. Wiley Classics Library. New York etc.: John Wiley andSons Ltd./Interscience Publishers, Inc.. xix, 1988.

dura71 [1275] C. F. Dunkl and D. E. Ramirez. Multipliers on compact groups. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 28:456–460, 1971.

du91 [1276] J. Duoandikoetxea. The work of Jos’e Luis Rubio de Francia. III.Publ. Mat., Barc., 35(1):65–80, 1991.

du81 [1277] C. Dupuis. Quasimesures de type positif. Bull. Sci. Math., II. Ser.,105:169–180, 1981.

du82 [1278] C. Dupuis. Un example d’utilisation du theoreme d’Orlicz-Paley-Sidon. volume I of Groupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pagesVI.1–VI.3. Universite scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, labora-toire de mathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s., 1982.

du84 [1279] C. Dupuis. Proprietes locales des quasimesures de type positif.volume II of Groupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages I.1–I.5. Universite scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire demathematique pures associe au c.n.r.s., 1984.

du93 [1280] C. Dupuis. Classes de resonance de quasimesures. L’Institut Fourier,Laboratoire de Mathematiques, 234, 1993.

du01 [1281] C. Dupuis. Resonance classes of quasimeasures and Fourier transformspaces. Matimyas Mat., 24(3):9–25, 2001.

dusc04 [1282] P. Duren and A. Schuster. Bergman spaces, volume 100 of Mathemati-cal Surveys and Monographs. American Mathematical Society (AMS),Providence, RI, 2004.

duscvu05 [1283] P. Duren, A. Schuster, and D. Vukotic. On uniformly discrete se-quences in the disk. In Ebenfelt, Peter (ed.) et al., Quadrature domainsand their applications. The Harold S. Shapiro anniversary volume. Ex-panded version of talks and papers presented at a conference on theoccasion of the 75th birthday of Harold S. Shapiro, Santa Barbara,CA,. 2005.

116

dusc02 [1284] P. Duren and A. P. Schuster. Finite unions of interpolation sequences.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 130(9):2609–2615, 2002.

duscse00 [1285] P. Duren, A. P. Schuster, and K. Seip. Uniform densities of regularsequences in the unit disk. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 352(9):3971–3980, 2000.

dueska98 [1286] A. L. Durn, R. Estrada, and R. P. Kanwal. Extensions of the Poissonsummation formula. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 218(2):581–606, 1998.

duro93 [1287] A. Dutt and V. Rokhlin. Fast Fourier transforms for nonequispaceddata. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 14:1368 – 1393, 1993.

dute78 [1288] M. Dutta and U. B. Tewari. On multipliers of Segal algebras. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 72:121–124, 1978.

dugu03 [1289] C. Duyar and A. T. Gurkanli. Multipliers and relative completionin weighted Lorentz spaces. Acta Math. Sci., Ser. B, Engl. Ed.,23(4):467–476, 2003.

dy00 [1290] P. P. G. Dyke. An introduction to Laplace transforms and Fourierseries. Springer, London, 2000.

dy06 [1291] H. Dym. Linear Algebra in Action, volume 78 of Graduate Studies inMathematics. American Mathematical Society (AMS), 2006.

dymc85 [1292] H. Dym and H. P. McKean. Fourier series and integrals. (Paperbacked.). Academic Press, 1975.

dygrle91 [1293] N. Dyn, J. A. Gregory, and D. Levin. Analysis of uniform binarysubdivision schemes for curve design. Constr. Approx., 7:127–147,1991.

dylelepi01 [1294] N. Dyn, D. Leviatan, D. Levin, and A. Pinkus. Multivariate approx-imation and applications. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,2001.

dzje03 [1295] K. Dziedziul and K. Jetter. Asymptotic error expansions for Schoen-berg type operators., 2003.

dz97 [1296] J. Dziuba’nski. Triebel-Lizorkin spaces associated with Laguerre andHermite expansions. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 125(12):3547–3554, 1997.

117

ebegkoku06 [1297] M. Ebata, M. Eguchi, S. Koizumi, and K. Kumahara. Analogues ofsampling theorems for some homogeneous spaces. Hiroshima Math.J., 36(1):125–140, 2006.

ebegkoku06-1 [1298] M. Ebata, M. Eguchi, S. Koizumi, and K. Kumahara. On samplingformulas on symmetric spaces. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 12(1):1–15,2006.

eb92 [1299] T. Ebrahimi. Perceptually derived localized linear operators - Appli-cation to image sequence compression. PhD thesis, EPFL Lausanne,1992.

ebku91 [1300] T. Ebrahimi and M. Kunt. Image compression by Gabor expansion.Opt. Eng., 30(7):873–880, July 1991.

ebkure90-1 [1301] T. Ebrahimi, M. Kunt, and T. R. Reed. Sequence Coding by Ga-bor Decomposition. In L. Torres, E. Masgrau, and M. Lagunas, edi-tors, Signal Processing V: Theories and Applications, Proceedings ofEUSIPCO-90, pages 769–772. Elsevier, 1990.

ebkure91 [1302] T. Ebrahimi, M. Kunt, and T. R. Reed. Low Bit Rate Coding of ImageSequences Using a Pyramidal Gabor Expansion. In Proceedings of the1991 Picture Coding Symposium ,1991,September 2-4, pages 205–206,1991.

ebkure90 [1303] T. Ebrahimi, T. R. Reed, and M. Kunt. Video Coding Using a Pyra-midal Gabor Expansion. In Proceedings of Visual Communicationsand Image Processing ’90, volume 1360, pages 489–502. SPIE, 1990.

edtr96 [1304] D. E. Edmunds and H. Triebel. Function spaces, entropy numbers,differential operators. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

ed95 [1305] H. M. Edwards. Linear algebra. Birkhauser, Basel, 1995.

ed49 [1306] R. E. Edwards. A Tauberian theorem. J. London Math. Soc., 24,pages, 1949.

ed55 [1307] R. E. Edwards. On factor functions. Pacific J. Math., 5:367–378,1955.

118

ed58 [1308] R. E. Edwards. Comments on Wieners Tauberian theorems. J. Lon-don Math. Soc., (33):462–466, 1958. hint the W (R) and L1(R) versionof N.Wiener.

ed59 [1309] R. E. Edwards. The stability of weighted Lebesgue spaces. Trans.Am. Math. Soc., 93:369–394, 1959.

ed64-2 [1310] R. E. Edwards. Convolutions as bilinear and linear operators. Can.J. Math., 16:275–285, 1964.

ed64-1 [1311] R. E. Edwards. Parseval’s formula and its converse. 1964.

ed64 [1312] R. E. Edwards. Translates of lspinfty functions and of boundedmeasures. J. Aust. Math. Soc., 4:403–409, 1964.

ed65-2 [1313] R. E. Edwards. Approximation by convolutions. Pac. J. Math., 15:85–95, 1965.

ed65-3 [1314] R. E. Edwards. Bipositive and isometric isomorphisms of some con-volution algebras. Can. J. Math., 17:839–846, 1965.

ed65 [1315] R. E. Edwards. Changing signs of Fourier coefficients. Pac. J. Math.,15:463–475, 1965.

ed65-4 [1316] R. E. Edwards. Functional analysis. Theory and applications. NewYork-Chicago-San Francisco-Toronto-London: Holt Rinehart andWinston. XIII, 781 p., 1965.

ed65-1 [1317] R. E. Edwards. Spans of translates in lspp(g). J. Aust. Math. Soc.,5:216–233, 1965.

ed66 [1318] R. E. Edwards. Operators commuting with translations. Pac. J.Math., 16:259–265, 1966.

ed66-1 [1319] R. E. Edwards. Supports and singular supports of pseudomeasures.J. Aust. Math. Soc., 6:65–75, 1966.

ed67 [1320] R. E. Edwards. Fourier series: A modern introduction. Vol. 1.New York-Chicago-San Francisco-Atlanta-Dallas-Montreal-Toronto-London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1967.

119

ed68 [1321] R. E. Edwards. A class of multipliers. J. Aust. Math. Soc., 8:584–590,1968.

ed70 [1322] R. E. Edwards. Integration and harmonic analysis on compact groups.Australian National University Press, Canberra, Australia, 1970.

ed82 [1323] R. E. Edwards. Fourier series. A modern introduction. Vol. 2. 2nded. Springer, New York, 1982.

edga77 [1324] R. E. Edwards and G. I. Gaudry. Littlewood-Paley and multiplier the-ory., volume 90 of Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete.Springer-Verlag, 1977.

edhe65 [1325] R. E. Edwards and E. Hewitt. Pointwise limits for sequences of con-volution operators. Acta Math., 113:181–218, 1965.

edheri77 [1326] R. E. Edwards, E. Hewitt, and G. Ritter. Fourier multipliers forcertain spaces of functions with compact supports. Invent. Math.,40:37–57, 1977.

j.k.p.s.t.01 [1327] T. Eftestol, K. Sunde, S. O. Aase, J. Haa. Husoy, and P. A. Steen.’Probability of Successful Defibrillation’ as a Monitor During CPRin Out-of-Hospital Cardiac Arrested Patients. Resuscitation, 48:245–254, 2001.

efhuolstsu00 [1328] T. Eftestol, K. Sunde, S. Ole Aase, J. H. Husoy, and P. A. Steen.Predicting outcome of defibrillation by spectral characterization andnonparametric classification of ventricular fibrillation in patients without-of-hospital cardiac arrest. Circulation, 102(13):1523–9, 2000.

k.p.t.02 [1329] T. Eftestol, K. Sunde, and P. A. Steen. Effects of Interrupting Precor-dial Compressions on the Calculated Probability of Defibrillation Suc-cess During Out-of-Hospital Cardiac Arrest. Circulation, 105:2270–2273, 2002.

ef90 [1330] C. Eftimiu. Scattering by a rough dielectric interface: a modifiedWiener-Hermite expansion approach. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A, 7(5):875–, 1990.

egsc97 [1331] Y. V. Egorov and B.-W. Schulze. Pseudo-differential operators, sin-gularities, applications., volume 93 of Operator Theory: Advances andApplications. Birkhauser, Basel, 1997.

120

eh56 [1332] L. Ehrenpreis. On the theory of kernels of Schwartz. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 7:713–718, 1956.

eimits04 [1333] Y. Eidelman, V. Milman, and A. Tsolomitis. Functional analysis. Anintroduction. Graduate Studies in Mathematics 66. Providence, RI:American Mathematical Society (AMS). xv, 2004.

ei05 [1334] B. Einarsson. Accuracy and reliability in scientific computing., vol-ume 18 of Software - Environments - Tools. SIAM, Society for Indus-trial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 2005.

ei92 [1335] T. Eirola. Sobolev characterization of solutions of dilation equations.SIAM J. Math. Anal., 23(4):1015–1030, 1992,.

ekt99 [1336] I. Ekeland and R. Temam. Convex analysis and variational problems.SIAM, 1999.

elniza98 [1337] O. El Fallah, N. K. Nikolskij, and M. Zarrabi. Resolvent estimatesin Beurling-Sobolev algebras. St. Petersbg. Math. J., 10(6):901–964,1998.

el82 [1338] A. El Kohen. On Fourier integral operators. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,85:567–571, 1982.

el02 [1339] M. El Rhabi. Analyse numerique et discretisation parelements spectraux avec joints des equations tridimensionellesde l’electromagnetisme. PhD thesis, 2002.

elfe97 [1340] M. Elad and A. Feuer. Restoration of a single superresolution imagefrom several blurred,noisy, and undersampled measured images. IEEETrans. Image Process., 6(12):1646–1657, 1997.

ellipoze97 [1341] Y. Eldar, M. Lindenbaum, M. Porat, and Y. Y. Zeevi. The farthestpoint strategy for progressive image sampling. IEEE Trans. ImageProcess., 6(9):1305–1315, 1997.

elfo02 [1342] Y. C. Eldar and G. D. j. Forney. Optimal tight frames and quantummeasurement. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 48(3):599–610, 2002.

elmaweXX [1343] Y. C. Eldar, E. Matusiak, and T. Werther. A Constructive InversionFramework for Twisted Convolution. Monatsh. Math., to appear.

121

elwe05 [1344] Y. C. Eldar and T. Werther. General Framework for Consistent Sam-pling in Hilbert Spaces. Internat. J. of Wavelets, Multiresolution andInformation Processing, 3(3):347–359, 2005.

el05 [1345] J. Elstrodt. Measure and integration theory. (Ma- und Integrations-theorie) 4th, corrected ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2005.

en06 [1346] S. Engelberg. Random Signals and Noise: A Mathematical Introduc-tion. CRC Press, 2006.

enhane96 [1347] H. W. Engl, M. Hanke, and A. Neubauer. Regularization of inverseproblems. 1996.

en06-1 [1348] M. Englis. Berezin and Berezin-Toeplitz quantizations for generalfunction spaces. Rev. Mat. Comp., 19(2):385–430, 2006.

ep06 [1349] S. A. Episkoposian. On the existence of universal series by trigono-metric system. J. Funct. Anal., 230(1):169–183, 2006.

ep95 [1350] J. Epperson. Triebel-Lizorkin spaces for Hermite expansions. Stud.Math., 114(1):87–103, 1995.

ep96 [1351] J. Epperson. Hermite multipliers and pseudo-multipliers. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 124(7):2061–2068, 1996.

ep98 [1352] J. Epperson. Hermite and Laguerre wave packet expansions. Stud.Math., 126(3):199–217, 1998.

ermaobtr53 [1353] A. Erd’elyi, W. Magnus, F. Oberhettinger, and F. G. Tricomi.Higher transcendental functions. Vol. I. Bateman Manuscript Project.McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1953.

ermaobtr53-1 [1354] A. Erd’elyi, W. Magnus, F. Oberhettinger, and F. G. Tricomi. Highertranscendental functions. Vol. II. Bateman Manuscript Project.McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York-Toronto-London, 1953.

ermaobtr55 [1355] A. Erd’elyi, W. Magnus, F. Oberhettinger, and F. G. Tricomi. Highertranscendental functions. Vol. III. Bateman Manuscript Project, Cal-ifornia Institute of Technology. McGraw-Hill Book Company, NewYork, 1955.

122

ergr05 [1356] S. Ericsson and N. Grip. An analysis method for sampling in shift-invariant spaces. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process., 3(3):301–319, 2005.

eresjo04 [1357] K. Eriksson, D. Estep, and C. Johnson. Angewandte Mathematik:Body and Soul [Band 3[3]]. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2004.

er64 [1358] J. Ernest. A new group algebra for locally compact groups I. Amer.J. Math., 87:467–492, 1964.

er65 [1359] J. Ernest. A new group algebra for locally compact groups II. Can.J. Math., 17:604–615, 1965.

es64 [1360] M. Essen. Studies on a convolution inequality. Ark. Mat., 5:113–152,1964.

es73 [1361] M. Essen. Banach algebra methods in renewal theory. J. Anal. Math.,26:303–336, 1973.

esrosh93 [1362] M. Essen, J. Rossi, and D. Shea. A convolution inequality with ap-plications to function theory. II. J. Anal. Math., 61:339–366, 1993.

esga77 [1363] D. Esteban and C. Galand. Application of quadrature mirror filtersto split-band voice coding schemes. In ICASSP ’77, IEEE Internat.Conf. on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, volume 2, pages191–195, 1977. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

ex00 [1364] R. Exel. Morita-Rieffel equivalence and spectral theory for integrableautomorphism groups of c∗-algebras. J. Funct. Anal., 172(2):404–465,2000.

ey64 [1365] P. Eymard. L’algebre de Fourier d’un groupe localement compact.Bull. Soc. Math. Fr., 92:181–236, 1964.

ey70 [1366] P. Eymard. Algebres Ap et convoluteur de Lp, volume 180 of Lect.Notes in Math. Springer-Verlag, 1970. Sem. Bourbaki.

ey79 [1367] P. Eymard. On the Fourier transform for the ax+bgroup. In Harmonic analysis in Euclidean spaces, Part 2,Williamstown/Massachusetts 1978., volume 35 of Proc. Symp.Pure Math., pages 379–386, 1979.

123

ey82 [1368] P. Eymard. Analyse harmonique Euclidienne. In J. L. Clerc, editor,Analyse harmonique, Les cours du C.I.M.P.A., Nice, 1982.

eyfascta79 [1369] P. Eymard, J. Faraut, G. Schiffmann, and R. Takahashi. Analyseharmonique sur les groupes de Lie II. Seminaire Nancy-Strasbourg1976-78. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979.

eyte79 [1370] P. Eymard and M. Terp. La transformation de Fourier et son inversesur le groupe des ax+b d’un corps local. In Analyse harmonique surles groupes de Lie II, Semin. Nancy-Strasbourg 1976-78., volume 739of Lect. Notes Math., pages 207–248. 1979.

fa80 [1371] V. M. Fajvyshevskij. Structure of ideals in some Banach algebrassatisfying a generalized Ditkin condition. Transl., Ser. 2, Am. Math.Soc., 115:93–102, 1980.

fape94 [1372] D. D. Falconer and B. R. Petersen. Suppression of adjacent-channel,cochannel, and intersymbolinterference by equalizers and linear com-biners. IEEE Trans. Commun., 42(12):3109–3118, 1994.

fako02 [1373] J. Fan and J.-Y. Koo. Wavelet deconvolution. IEEE Trans. Inf.Theory, 48(3):734–747, 2002.

fakakoluro00 [1374] J. Faraut, S. Kaneyuki, A. Koranyi, Q.-k. Lu, and G. Roos. Analysisand geometry on complex homogeneous domains. Birkhauser, Boston,2000.

fape05 [1375] J. Faraut and M. Pevzner. Berezin kernels and analysis on Makarevichspaces. Indag. Math. (N.S.), 16(3-4):461–486, 2005.

fasc04 [1376] D. C. Farden and L. L. Scharf. Estimating time-frequency distribu-tions and scattering functions using the Rihaczek distribution. InProc. Sensor Array and Multichannel Signal Processing Workshop,Sitges, Spain, July 18-21, 2004, pages 470–474, 2004.

fasc06 [1377] D. C. Farden and L. L. Scharf. A unified framework for the Suss-man, Moyal, and Janssen formulas. IEEE Signal Processing Magazine,pages 124–125, May 2006.

fa01 [1378] D. R. Farenick. Algebras of linear transformations. Springer, NewYork, NY, 2001.

124

fa94 [1379] A. Faridani. A generalized sampling theorem for locally compactabelian groups. Comp. Math., 63:307–327, 1994.

faha03 [1380] G. Farin and D. Hansford. Lineare Algebra: Ein geometrischer Zu-gang. Ubersetzt von Guido Brunnett. (The geometry toolbox for graph-ics and modeling). Springer-Lehrbuch. Berlin: Springer. xiii, 322 S.EUR 24.95 (D), 2003.

faha04 [1381] G. Farin and D. Hansford. Practical linear algebra. A geometry tool-box. Wellesley, MA: A K Peters. xvi, 2004.

fa02 [1382] E. W. Farkas. Function spaces of generalised smoothness and pseudo-differential operators associated to a continuous negative definite func-tion, 2002.

fa93 [1383] H. Fassbender. Numerische Verfahren zur diskreten trigonometrischenPolynomapproximation. PhD thesis, Universitat Bremen, October1993.

fa97 [1384] H. Fassbender. On numerical methods for discrete least-squaresapproximation by trigonometric polynomials. Math. Comp.,66(218):719–741, 1997.

fa02-1 [1385] G. E. Fasshauer. Approximate moving least-squares approximationfor time-dependent PDEs. In H. Mang, F. Rammestorfer, and J. Eber-hardsteiner, editors, WCCM V Fifth World Congress on Computa-tional Mechanics, July 7-12, 2002, Vienna, Austria, 2002.

fa04 [1386] G. E. Fasshauer. Toward approximate moving least squares approxi-mation with irregularly spaced centers. Comput. Methods Appl. Mech.Eng., 193(12-14):1231–1243, 2004.

faza95 [1387] S. J. Favier and R. A. Zalik. On the stability of frames and Rieszbases. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 2(2):160–173, 1995.

feph81 [1388] C. Fefferman and D. H. Phong. The uncertainty principle and sharpGarding inequalities. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 34:285–331, 1981.

feph82 [1389] C. Fefferman and D. H. Phong. Symplectic geometry and positivity ofpseudo-differential operators. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 79:710–713,1982.

125

dofe01 [1390] H. Feichtinger and M. Dorfler, editors. Special Issue: Music andMathematics, volume 30. 2001.

fegrst05 [1391] H. Feichtinger, T. Strohmer, and K. Grochenig, editors. Special Issue:Frame Theory and Sampling Problems in Time-Frequency Analysisand Wavelet Theory (Part II), volume 3. World Sci.Pub., 5 TohTuck Link 01-01, Singapore 569224, Singapore, September 2005.

feXX [1392] H. G. Feichtinger. Multipliers from l1(g) to spaces of Lipschitz type.

feXX-2 [1393] H. G. Feichtinger. Signal processing algorithms.

feXX-1 [1394] H. G. Feichtinger. The minimal strongly character invariant Segalalgebra, II.

fe73 [1395] H. G. Feichtinger. Zur Idealtheorie von Segal-algebren. ManuscriptaMath., 10:307–312, 1973.

fe74 [1396] H. G. Feichtinger. Some new subalgebras of L1(G). Indag. Math.,36:44–47, 1974.

fe76 [1397] H. G. Feichtinger. Multipliers of Banach spaces of functions on groups.Math. Z., 152:47–58, 1976.

fe76-1 [1398] H. G. Feichtinger. Some remarks on a class of convolution algebras.In Symposia Math., volume XXII, pages 453–455, Rome, 1976.

fe77-3 [1399] H. G. Feichtinger. A characterization of Wiener’s algebra on locallycompact groups. Archiv d. Math., 29:136–140, 1977.

fe77-2 [1400] H. G. Feichtinger. Multipliers from L1(G) to a homogeneous Banachspace. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 61:341–356, 1977.

fe77-1 [1401] H. G. Feichtinger. On a class of convolution algebras of functions.Ann. Inst. Fourier, 27:135–162, 1977.

fe77 [1402] H. G. Feichtinger. Results on Banach ideals and spaces of multipliers.Math. Scand., 41:315–324, 1977.

fe77-4 [1403] H. G. Feichtinger. Some remarks on Banach convolution algebras offunctions. 22:453–455, 1977.

126

fe79-1 [1404] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach convolution algebras of functions II.Monatsh. Math., 87:181–207, 1979.

fe79-5 [1405] H. G. Feichtinger. Eine neue Segalalgebra mit Anwendungen in derHarmonischen Analyse. In Winterschule 1979, Internationale Arbeit-stagung uber topologische Gruppen und Gruppenalgebren, pages 23–25,1979.

h.79 [1406] H. G. Feichtinger. English translation of: Gewichtsfunktionen auflokalkompakten Gruppen. Sitzungsber.d.osterr. Akad.Wiss., 188:451–471, 1979.

fe79-2 [1407] H. G. Feichtinger. Gewichtsfunktionen auf lokalkompakten Gruppen.Sitzungsber.d.osterr. Akad.Wiss., 188:451–471, 1979.

fe79-3 [1408] H. G. Feichtinger. Konvolutoren von L1(G) nach Lipschitz-Raumen.Anz.d.osterr.Akad.Wiss., 6:148–153, 1979.

fe79 [1409] H. G. Feichtinger. Segal algebras that are not character invariant.Chin.J.Math., 7:55–59, 1979.

fe79-4 [1410] H. G. Feichtinger. Weighted Lp-spaces and the canonical mappingth : L1(g)mapstol1(g/h). Boll.Un.Math.Ital., 15 B/3:989–999, 1979.

fe80-1 [1411] H. G. Feichtinger. The Banach space of translation boundedquasimeasures, 1980.

fe80 [1412] H. G. Feichtinger. Un espace de Banach de distribu-tions temperees sur les groupes localement compacts abeliens.Compt.Rend.Acad.Sci.Paris, Ser.A, 290(17):791–794, 1980.

fe81 [1413] H. G. Feichtinger. A characterization of minimal homogeneous Ba-nach spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 81:55–61, 1981.

fe81-1 [1414] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach spaces of distributions of Wiener s typeand interpolation. In P. Butzer, S. Nagy, and E. Gorlich, editors,Proc. Conf. Functional Analysis and Approximation, Oberwolfach Au-gust 1980, number 69 in Internat. Ser. Numer. Math., pages 153–165.Birkhauser Boston, Basel, 1981.

fe81-3 [1415] H. G. Feichtinger. On a new Segal algebra. Monatsh. Math., 92:269–289, 1981.

127

fe82-1 [1416] H. G. Feichtinger. A compactness criterion for translation invariantBanach spaces of functions. Analysis Math., 8:165–172, 1982.

fe82 [1417] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach spaces of distributions defined by decom-position methods and some of their applications. In Recent trendsin mathematics, volume 50 of Teubner Texte zur Mathematik, pages123–132, Reinhardsbrunn, 1982, 1982.

fe83-1 [1418] H. G. Feichtinger. A new family of functional spaces on the Euclideann-space. In Proc.Conf. on Theory of Approximation of Functions,Teor. Priblizh., 1983.

fe83 [1419] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach convolution algebras of Wiener type. InProc. Conf. on Functions, Series, Operators, Budapest 1980, vol-ume 35 of Colloq. Math. Soc. Janos Bolyai, pages 509–524. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1983.

fe83-2 [1420] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach spaces of distributions having a pointwiseand a convolutive module structure. In Proc. Conf. on Topics inModern Analysis, Ist. Naz. Alta Mat. Francesco Severi, pages 1039–1054, Torino/Milano, 1983.

fe83-4 [1421] H. G. Feichtinger. Modulation spaces on locally compact Abeliangroups. Technical report, January 1983.

fe83-3 [1422] H. G. Feichtinger. Strong almost periodicity and Wiener type spaces.In Proc. Conf. Constructive Function Theory, pages 321–327, Varna,1983.

fe84 [1423] H. G. Feichtinger. Compactness in translation invariant Banachspaces of distributions and compact multipliers. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,102:289–327, 1984.

fe84-1 [1424] H. G. Feichtinger. Tauberian theorems on groups and Banach mod-ules. In Proc. Conf. on Constructive Function Theory, pages 334–345,Varna, 1984.

fe87 [1425] H. G. Feichtinger. Banach spaces of distributions defined by decom-position methods, II. Math. Nachr., 132:207–237, 1987.

128

fe87-1 [1426] H. G. Feichtinger. Minimal Banach spaces and atomic representations.Publ. Math. Debrecen, 34:231–240, 1987.

fe88-1 [1427] H. G. Feichtinger. An elementary approach to Wiener s third Taube-rian theorem for the Euclidean n-space. In Symposia Math., volumeXXIX of Analisa Armonica, pages 267–301, Cortona, 1988.

fe88-2 [1428] H. G. Feichtinger. Nonorthogonal expansions using the Heisenberggroup, with applications to Fourier and signal analysis. 1988.

fe89-2 [1429] H. G. Feichtinger. An elementary approach to the generalized Fouriertransform. In T. Rassias, editor, Topics in Mathematical Analysis,pages 246–272. World Sci.Pub., 1989. volume in the honour of Cauchy,200th anniv.

fe89-1 [1430] H. G. Feichtinger. Atomic characterizations of modulation spacesthrough Gabor-type representations. In Proc. Conf. ConstructiveFunction Theory, volume 19 of Rocky Mountain J. Math., pages 113–126, 1989.

fe89 [1431] H. G. Feichtinger. Coherent frames and irregular sampling. InJ. Byrnes and J. Byrnes, editors, Recent advances in Fourier analysisand its applications, Proc. NATO/ASI, IL Ciocco/Italy 1989, volume315 of NATO ASI Ser., Ser. C, pages 427–440. Kluwer Acad. Publ.,1989. NATO conference, Pisa.

fe90 [1432] H. G. Feichtinger. Generalized amalgams, with applications to Fouriertransform. Can. J. Math., 42(3):395–409, 1990.

fe91-1 [1433] H. G. Feichtinger. Discretization of convolution and reconstructionof band-limited functions from irregular sampling. J. Approx. The-ory, Special Issue: Progress in Approximation Theory, pages 333–345,1991.

fe91 [1434] H. G. Feichtinger. New mathematical tools in digital signal process-ing. In Operations research, Proc. 15th Symp., Vienna/Austria 1990,volume 64 of Methods Oper. Res., pages 633–641, 1991.

fe91-3 [1435] H. G. Feichtinger. Pseudo-inverse matrix methods for signal recon-struction from partial data. In SPIE-Conf., Visual Comm. and ImageProc., Boston, pages 766–772, 1991. Int.Soc.Opt.Eng.

129

fe91-2 [1436] H. G. Feichtinger. Reconstruction of band-limited signals from ir-regular samples, a short summary. In 2. International Workshop onDigital Image Processing and Computer Graphics with Applications,pages 52–60, Austrian Academy of Sciences, 1991. OCG, 1991.

fe92 [1437] H. G. Feichtinger. New results on regular and irregular samplingbased on Wiener amalgams. In K. Jarosz, editor, Function spaces,Proc. Conf., Edwardsville/IL (USA) 1990, volume 136 of Lect. NotesPure Appl. Math., pages 107–121, New York, 1992. Marcel Dekker.

fe92-1 [1438] H. G. Feichtinger. Parseval’s relationship for nonuniform samples ofsignals with several variables. Trans.IEEE ASSP, 40(5):1262–1263,1992.

fe92-3 [1439] H. G. Feichtinger. Wiener amalgams over Euclidean spaces and someof their applications. 136:123–137, 1992.

fe94 [1440] H. G. Feichtinger. Coherent non-orthogonal expansions reencouraged.In N. Sheppard, E. M., and G. Kantor, editors, Proceedings of the16th Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering inMedicine and Biology, Nov. 3-6,1994, Baltimore, Maryland, volume 1,pages 16a–17a, November 1994.

fe94-1 [1441] H. G. Feichtinger. Optimal Iterative Algorithms in Gabor Analysis.pages 44–47, October 1994.

fe95 [1442] H. G. Feichtinger. Iterative methods for scattered data approximationof smooth signals. In SampTA - Sampling Theory and Applications,pages 16–31, Riga/Latvia, 1995.

fe97 [1443] H. G. Feichtinger. Amalgam spaces and generalized harmonic analy-sis. In V. Mendrekar et al., editors, Proceedings of the Norbert Wienercentenary congress, East Lansing, MI, USA, November 27-December3, 1994, volume 52 of Proc. Symp. Appl. Math., pages 141–150, Prov-idence, R, 1997. American Mathematical Society.

fe02 [1444] H. G. Feichtinger. Spline-type spaces in Gabor analysis. In D. X.Zhou, editor, Wavelet Analysis: Twenty Years Developments. Pro-ceedings of the international conference of computational harmonicanalysis, Hong Kong, China, June 4–8, 2001, volume 1 of Ser. Anal.,pages 100–122. World Sci.Pub., River Edge, NJ, 2002.

130

fe03 [1445] H. G. Feichtinger. Gabor multipliers with varying lattices. In Proc.SPIE Conf., page 14, August 2003.

fe03-1 [1446] H. G. Feichtinger. Modulation spaces of locally compact Abeliangroups. In R. Radha, M. Krishna, and S. Thangavelu, editors, Proc.Internat. Conf. on Wavelets and Applications, pages 1–56, Chennai,January 2002, 2003. New Delhi Allied Publishers.

fe06-1 [1447] H. G. Feichtinger. Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory, chapterPrecursors in Mathematics: Early Wavelet Bases. Princeton Univer-sity Press, Princeton, NJ, 2006.

fe06 [1448] H. G. Feichtinger. Modulation Spaces: Looking Back and Ahead.Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process., 5(2):109–140, 2006.

brfe85 [1449] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Braun. Banach spaces of distributionswith double module structure and twisted convolution. In Proc. Al-fred Haar Memorial Conf., Coll. J. Bolyai Soc. North Holland Publ.Comp., 1985.

cefe91 [1450] H. G. Feichtinger and C. Cenker. Reconstruction algorithms fordiscrete nonuniform sampled band-limited signals. In 15.OEAGMConf.,OECG, volume 56, pages 51–61, May 1991.

cefehe91 [1451] H. G. Feichtinger, C. Cenker, and M. Herrmann. Iterative algorithmsin irregular sampling: A first comparison of methods. In Conf. IC-CCP‘91, March 1991, Phoenix/Az, pages 483–489, 1991.

cefest91 [1452] H. G. Feichtinger, C. Cenker, and H. Steier. Fast iterative and non-iterative reconstruction of band-limited functions from irregular sam-pling values. Conf. ICASSP‘91, May, Toronto, pages 1773–1776,1991.

chfe93 [1453] H. G. Feichtinger and O. Christensen. New efficient methods forGabor analysis. In SPIE Conf. Vis. Comm., volume SPIE 2904, pages987–998, Boston, 1993.

fefo06 [1454] H. G. Feichtinger and M. Fornasier. Flexible Gabor-wavelet atomicdecompositions for l2 Sobolev spaces. Annali di Matematica Pura eApplicata, 185(1):105–131, 2006.

131

fefugrka06 [1455] H. G. Feichtinger, H. Fuhr, K. Grochenig, and N. Kaiblinger. Oper-ators commuting with a discrete subgroup of translations. J. Geom.Anal., 16(1):53–67, 2006.

fegrla79 [1456] H. G. Feichtinger, C. C. Graham, and E. H. Lakien. Nonfactoriza-tion in commutative, weakly self-adjoint Banach algebras. Pacific J.Math., 80:117–125, 1979.

fegr85 [1457] H. G. Feichtinger and P. Grobner. Banach spaces of distributionsdefined by decomposition methods, I. Math. Nachr., 123:97–120, 1985.

fegr88 [1458] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. A unified approach to atomicdecompositions via integrable group representations. Lect. Notes inMath., 1302:52–73, 1988.

fegr89 [1459] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Banach spaces related to inte-grable group representations and their atomic decompositions, I. J.Funct. Anal., 86:307–340, 1989. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers inWavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

fegr89-1 [1460] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Banach spaces related to in-tegrable group representations and their atomic decompositions, II.Monatsh. Math., 108:129–148, 1989.

fegr89-2 [1461] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Multidimensional irregular sam-pling of band-limited functions in Lp-spaces. Conf. Oberwolfach Feb.1989, pages 135–142, 1989. ISNM 90 (1989), Birkhauser.

fegr92-1 [1462] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Gabor wavelets and the Heisen-berg group: Gabor Expansions and Short Time Fourier transformfrom the group theoretical point of view. In C. Chui, editor, Wavelets– A Tutorial in Theory and Applications, volume 2 of Wavelet Anal.Appl., pages 359–397. Academic Press, Boston, 1992.

fegr92 [1463] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Irregular sampling theorems andseries expansions of band-limited functions. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,167(2):530–556, 1992.

fegr92-3 [1464] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Iterative reconstruction of multi-variate band-limited functions from irregular sampling values. SIAMJ. Math. Anal., 23(1):244–261, 1992.

132

fegr92-2 [1465] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Non-Orthogonal wavelet and Ga-bor expansions, and group representations. In G. Beylkin, R. Coifman,and I. Daubechies, editors, Wavelets and their applications, pages353–376. Jones and Bartlett, 20 Park Plaza, Boston, MA 02116, USA,1992.

fegr93 [1466] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Error analysis in regular andirregular sampling theory. Applicable Analysis, 50(3-4):167–189, 1993.

fegr94 [1467] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Theory and practice of irregularsampling. In J. Benedetto and M. Frazier, editors, Wavelets: math-ematics and applications, Studies in Advanced Mathematics, pages305–363, Boca Raton, FL, 1994. CRC Press.

fegr97 [1468] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Grochenig. Gabor frames and time-frequencyanalysis of distributions. J. Funct. Anal., 146(2):464–495, 1997.

fegrhe90 [1469] H. G. Feichtinger, K. Grochenig, and M. Hermann. Iterative meth-ods in irregular sampling theory: Numerical Results. In 7. AachenerSymposium fur ASST 1990, Aachen, Informatik Fachber. 253, pages160–166. Springer-Verlag, 1990.

fegrst95 [1470] H. G. Feichtinger, K. Grochenig, and T. Strohmer. Efficient NumericalMethods in Non-uniform Sampling Theory. Numer. Math., 69(4):423–440, 1995.

fegrwa92 [1471] H. G. Feichtinger, K. Grochenig, and D. Walnut. Wilson bases andmodulation spaces. Math. Nachr., 155:7–17, 1992.

fegu90 [1472] H. G. Feichtinger and A. T. Gurkanli. On a family of weighted con-volution algebras. Int. J. Math. Math. Sci., 13(3):517–526, 1990.

fehakr04 [1473] H. G. Feichtinger, M. Hampejs, and G. Kracher. Approximation ofmatrices by Gabor multipliers. IEEE Signal Proc. Letters, 11(11):883–886, November 2004.

fehakamane06 [1474] H. G. Feichtinger, M. Hazewinkel, N. Kaiblinger, E. Matusiak, andM. Neuhauser. Metaplectic operators on mathbbCn.

feho90 [1475] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Hormann. Harmonic analysis of generalizedstochastic processes on locally compact abelian groups, 1990.

133

feja00 [1476] H. G. Feichtinger and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Validity of WH-framebound conditions depends on lattice parameters. Appl. Comput. Har-mon. Anal., 8(1):104–112, 2000.

feka97 [1477] H. G. Feichtinger and N. Kaiblinger. 2D-Gabor analysis based on 1Dalgorithms. In Proc. OEAGM-97 (Hallstatt, Austria), 1997.

feka04 [1478] H. G. Feichtinger and N. Kaiblinger. Varying the time-frequencylattice of Gabor frames. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 356(5):2001–2023,2004.

feka07 [1479] H. G. Feichtinger and N. Kaiblinger. Quasi-interpolation in theFourier algebra. J. Approx. Theory, 144(1):103–118, 2007.

fekapr97 [1480] H. G. Feichtinger, N. Kaiblinger, and P. Prinz. A POCS approach toGabor analysis. In DIP-97 (Vienna, Austria), volume 3346 of SPIE,pages 18–29, October 1997.

feka95 [1481] H. G. Feichtinger and S. Kanjo. Best approximation of smooth signalsby linear combinations of translates. In F.Solina et al., editors, Proc.of OEAGM-95, pages 205–212, Maribor, May 1995.

feko98 [1482] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Kozek. Quantization of TF lattice-invariant operators on elementary LCA groups. In H. Feichtingerand T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor Analysis and Algorithms. Theoryand Applications., Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages233–266, 452–488, Boston, MA, 1998. Birkhauser Boston. chap. 7.

fekolu06 [1483] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, and F. Luef. Gabor Analysis over finiteAbelian groups. preprint, 2006.

fekopr96 [1484] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, and P. Prinz. Gabor systems with goodTF-localization and applications to image processing. In Proc. ICIP-96, volume 1, pages 249 – 252. IEEE, 1996.

fekoprst96 [1485] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, P. Prinz, and T. Strohmer. On multidi-mensional non-separable Gabor expansions. In Proc. SPIE: WaveletApplications in Signal and Image Processing IV, August 1996.

fekosc96 [1486] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, and J. Scharinger. Gabor analysis andlinear system identification. In Proc.Int.Conf. on System Identifica-tion in Engineering Systems, pages 560–569, March 1996.

134

fekosc96-1 [1487] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, and J. Scharinger. Matched multiwin-dow methods for the estimation and filtering of nonstationary pro-cesses. In Proc. ISCAS ’96, volume 2, pages 509 – 512. IEEE, 1996.

fekost95 [1488] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Kozek, and T. Strohmer. Reconstruction ofsignals from irregular samples of its short time Fourier transform. InSPIE95 conference, San Diego, July 1995.

fele87 [1489] H. G. Feichtinger and M. Leinert. Individual factorization in Banachmodules. Colloq. Math., 51:107–117, 1987.

felu06 [1490] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Luef. Wiener Amalgam Spaces for the Fun-damental Identity of Gabor Analysis. In Proc. Conf. El-Escorial, sum-mer 2004, volume 57, El-Escorial, 2006.

feluwe05 [1491] H. G. Feichtinger, F. Luef, and T. Werther. A Guided Tour fromLinear Algebra to the Foundations of Gabor Analysis. 2005.

fena06 [1492] H. G. Feichtinger and G. Narimani. Fourier multipliers of classicalmodulation spaces. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 21(3):349–359,2006.

feno01 [1493] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Nowak. A Szego-type theorem for Gabor-Toeplitz localization operators. Michigan Math. J., 49(1):13–21, 2001.

feno03 [1494] H. G. Feichtinger and K. Nowak. A first survey of Gabor multipliers.In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Advances in Gabor Anal-ysis, Appl. Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 99–128. Birkhauser, 2003.

fepa03-2 [1495] H. G. Feichtinger and S. S. Pandey. Error estimates for irregular sam-pling of band-limited functions on a locally compact Abelian group.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 279(2):380–397, 2003.

fepa03 [1496] H. G. Feichtinger and S. S. Pandey. Recovery of band-limited func-tions on locally compact abelian groups from irregular samples. Czech.Math. J., 2:249–264, 2003.

fepawe04 [1497] H. G. Feichtinger, S. S. Pandey, and T. Werther. Minimal Norm In-terpolation in Harmonic Hilbert Spaces and Wiener Amalgam Spaceson Locally Compact Abelian Groups. 2004.

135

fepawe05 [1498] H. G. Feichtinger, S. S. Pandey, and T. Werther. Minimal norm inter-polation in Sobolev spaces over. preprint, 2006, to appear. NuHAG.

fepe04-1 [1499] H. G. Feichtinger and I. Pesenson. Recovery of band-limited functionson manifolds by an iterative algorithm. In AMS Contemp. Math.,’Wavelets, Frames and Operators’, volume 354, pages 137–153, Bal-timore, 2004. AMS.

fepe05 [1500] H. G. Feichtinger and I. Pesenson. A reconstruction method for band-limited signals on the hyperbolic plane. Sampl. Theory Signal ImageProcess, 4(2):107–119, 2005.

feqi95-1 [1501] H. G. Feichtinger and S. Qiu. Gabor-type matrices and discrete hugeGabor transforms. In Proc. ICASSP’95, volume 2, pages 1089–1092.IEEE, 1995.

feri77 [1502] H. G. Feichtinger and H. Rindler. Symmetrie der Wienerschen Alge-bra und Gruppenstruktur. Anz.d.osterr.Akad.Wiss., 6:89–91, 1977.

fesc87 [1503] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Schachermayer. Local nonfactorization offunctions on locally compact groups. Archiv d. Math., 49:72–78, 1987.

fesc86 [1504] H. G. Feichtinger and H. J. Schmeisser. Weighted versions of Beurlings Tauberian Theorem. Math. Ann., 275:353–363, 1986.

fest92 [1505] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. IRSATOL - IRregular SAmpling ofBand-limited Signals TOoLbox. In K. Dette, D. Haupt, and C. Polze,editors, Conf. Computers for Teaching, Berlin, pages 277–284, 1992.

fest93 [1506] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. Fast Iterative Reconstruc-tion of Band-Limited Images from Irregular Sampling Values. InD. Chetverikov and W. Kropatsch, editors, Computer Analysis of Im-ages and Patterns, pages 82–91. Conf. CAIP Budapest 93, 1993.

fest94 [1507] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. Recovery of missing segments andlines in images. In P. Idell, editor, Digital Image Recovery and Syn-thesis, volume 33/10 of Optical Engineering, pages 3283–3289. SPIE,1994.

fest95 [1508] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. A Kaczmarz-based approach tononperiodic sampling on unions of rectangular lattices. In SampTA -Sampling Theory and Applications, pages 32–37, Riga/Latvia, 1995.

136

fest98 [1509] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. Gabor Analysis and Algorithms.Theory and Applications. Birkhauser, Boston, 1998.

fest98-1 [1510] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. Introduction. In H. Feichtingerand T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysis and algorithms. Theory andApplications., Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages 1–31,453–488, Boston, MA, 1998. Birkhauser Boston.

fest03 [1511] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer. Advances in Gabor Analysis.Birkhauser, Basel, 2003.

festch95 [1512] H. G. Feichtinger, T. Strohmer, and O. Christensen. A group-theoretical approach to Gabor analysis. Opt. Eng., 34:1697–1704,1995.

fesu06 [1513] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Sun. Stability of Gabor Frames with Arbi-trary Sampling Points. Acta Math. Hungarica, 113(3):169–195, 2006.

fesuXX [1514] H. G. Feichtinger and W. Sun. Sufficient Conditions for IrregularGabor Frames. Adv. Comput. Math., to appear.

fesuzh04 [1515] H. G. Feichtinger, W. Sun, and X. Zhou. Two Banach Spaces ofAtoms for Stable Wavelet Frame Expansions. J. Approx. Theory,2006.

festtu94 [1516] H. G. Feichtinger, A. Turk, and T. Strohmer. Hierarchical parallelmatching pursuit. In Proc. SPIE’94, San Diego, 1994.

fewe06-3 [1517] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Weisz. Inversion formulas for the short-timeFourier transform. J. Geom. Anal., 16:507–521, 2006.

fewe06 [1518] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Weisz. The Segal algebra s0(rd) and norm

summability of Fourier series and Fourier transforms. Monatsh.Math., 148:333–349, 2006.

fewe06-1 [1519] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Weisz. Wiener amalgams and pointwisesummability of Fourier transforms and Fourier series. Math. Proc.Cambridge Philos. Soc., 140:509–536, 2006.

feweXX [1520] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Weisz. Gabor analysis on Wiener amalgams.Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process, to appear.

137

fewe05 [1521] H. G. Feichtinger and F. Weisz. Herz spaces and summability ofFourier transforms. Math. Nachr., to appear.

fewe00 [1522] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Werther. Improved locality for irregularsampling algorithms. 2000.

fewe01 [1523] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Werther. Atomic Systems for Subspaces. InProceedings SampTA, volume 2001, pages 163–165, Orlando, 2001.

fewe02 [1524] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Werther. Robustness of minimal norm in-terpolation in Sobolev algebras. In J.J.Benedetto and A.Zayed, edi-tors, Sampling, Wavelets and Tomography, pages 83–113. BirkhauserBoston, 2002.

fewe04 [1525] H. G. Feichtinger and T. Werther. Robustness of regular samplingin Sobolev algebras. In J. Benedetto, editor, Sampling, wavelets andtomography, pages 83–113. Birkhauser, 2004.

fezi98 [1526] H. G. Feichtinger and G. Zimmermann. A Banach space of test func-tions for Gabor analysis. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, edi-tors, Gabor analysis and algorithms: Theory and Applications, Ap-plied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages 123–170, Boston, MA,1998. Birkhauser Boston. chap. 3.

fezi02 [1527] H. G. Feichtinger and G. Zimmermann. An exotic minimal Banachspace of functions. Math. Nachr., pages 42–61, 2002.

fene74 [1528] R. P. Feinerman and D. J. Newman. Polynomial approximation. TheWilliams&Wilkins Company, Baltimore, Md., 1974.

fe23 [1529] M. Fekete. Ueber die Faktorenfolgen welche die Klasse einer Fourier-schen Reihe unveraendert lassen. Acta Sci. Math., I:148–166, 1923.

fegrle04 [1530] G. Fendler, K. Grochenig, and M. Leinert. Symmetry of Weightedl1-Algebras and the GRS-Condition. preprint, 2004.

fegrlelumo03 [1531] G. Fendler, K. Grochenig, M. Leinert, J. Ludwig, and C. MolitorBraun. Weighted Group Algebras on Groups of Polynomial Growth.Math. Z., 102(3):791–821, 2003.

feklst94 [1532] D. Feng, J. Klauder, and M. Strayer, editors. Coherent States: Past,Present, and Future. World Scientific, Singapore, 1994.

138

fest83 [1533] Fenyo S. and H. W. Stolle. Theorie und Praxis der linearen Integral-gleichungen. 3. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin,1983.

fega05 [1534] C. Fernandez and A. Galbis. Compact Weyl operators on modulationclasses. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, submitted:13, 2005.

fega06 [1535] C. Fernandez and A. Galbis. Compactness of time-frequency localiza-tion operators on l2(r). J. Funct. Anal., 233(2):335–350, 2006.

fi64 [1536] A. Figa Talamanca. Multipliers of p-integrable functions. Bull. Am.Math. Soc., 70:666–669, 1964.

fi65 [1537] A. Figa Talamanca. Translation invariant operators in lspp. DukeMath. J., 32:495–501, 1965.

figa67 [1538] A. Figa Talamanca and G. I. Gaudry. Density and representationtheorems for multipliers of type (p, q). J. Aust. Math. Soc., 7:1–6,1967.

figa71 [1539] A. Figa Talamanca and G. I. Gaudry. Multipliers of lspp which vanishat infinity. J. Funct. Anal. ,, 7:475–486, 1971.

fimi97 [1540] P. A. Fillmore and J. A. Mingo. Operator algebras and their applica-tions. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1997.

fi05 [1541] G. Fischer. Linear algebra. An introduction for beginners. (LineareAlgebra. Eine Einfuhrung fur Studienanfanger.). Vieweg Studium:Grundkurs Mathematik. Vieweg, Wiesbaden, 15th revised ed. edition,2005.

figuli96 [1542] R. H. Fischer, A. T. Gurkanli, and T. S. Liu. On a family of weightedspaces. Math. Slovaca, 46(1):71–82, 1996.

fi73 [1543] M. J. Fisher. Functions on multipliers of p-Fourier algebras. Bull.Am. Math. Soc., 79:1039–1042, 1973.

fi74 [1544] M. J. Fisher. Properties of three algebras related to Lp-multipliers.Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 80:262–265, 1974.

fi75 [1545] M. J. Fisher. Multipliers on p-Fourier algebras. Stud. Math., 54:109–116, 1975.

139

fl99 [1546] P. Flandrin. Time-frequency/time-scale analysis (Wavelet Analysisand Its Applications). Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1999.

fl01 [1547] P. Flandrin. Inequalities in Mellin-Fourier signal analysis. In L. Deb-nath, editor, Wavelet transforms and time-frequency signal anal-ysis, Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages 289–319.Birkhauser, Boston, MA, 2001.

flgo04 [1548] P. Flandrin and P. Gonalves. Empirical mode decompositions as data-driven wavelet-like expansions. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Pro-cess., 2(4):477–496, 2004.

flsazu85 [1549] M. Flato, P. Sally, and G. Zuckermann. Applications of group the-ory in physics and mathematical physics. (Proceedings of the SummerSeminar on Applications of Group Theory in Physics and Mathemat-ical Physics). American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1985.

fl77 [1550] W. Fleming. Functions of several variables. 2nd ed. Springer, NewYork, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1977.

fl74 [1551] T. M. Flett. Some elementary inequalities for integrals with appli-cations to Fourier. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 29:538–556,1974.

fl90 [1552] B. Fleury. Charakterisierung von Mobil- und Richtfunkkanalen mitschwach stationaren Fluktuationen und unkorrelierter Streuung (WS-SUS). PhD thesis, ETH Zurich, 1990.

flwl68 [1553] K. Floret and J. Wloka. Einfuhrung in die Theorie der lokalkonvexenRaume. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. VII, 194 S.,1968.

fo89 [1554] G. B. Folland. Harmonic analysis in phase space. Princeton Univer-sity Press, Princeton, N.J., 1989.

fo92 [1555] G. B. Folland. Fourier Analysis and Its Applications. Wadsworthand Brooks, CA, 1992.

fo94 [1556] G. B. Folland. A Course in Abstract Harmonic Analysis. CRC Press,1994.

140

fo95 [1557] G. B. Folland. A course in abstract harmonic analysis. CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 1995.

fo99 [1558] G. B. Folland. Real analysis. Modern techniques and their applica-tions. 2nd ed. Wiley, New York, NY, 1999.

fo06-1 [1559] G. B. Folland. The abstruse meets the applicable: Some aspects oftime-frequency analysis. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Math. Sci., 116:121–136, 2006.

fosi97 [1560] G. B. Folland and A. Sitaram. The uncertainty principle: A mathe-matical survey. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(3):207–238, 1997.

fost82 [1561] G. B. Folland and E. M. Stein. Hardy spaces on homogeneous groups.Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 1982.

fo03-3 [1562] O. Follinger. Laplace-, Fourier- und z-Transformation. Huthig, Hei-delberg, 8., uberarb. Aufl., bearb. von Mathias Kluwe edition, 2003.

fo03-4 [1563] O. Follinger. Laplace-, Fourier- und z-Transformation. Huthig, Hei-delberg, 8., uberarbeitete Auflage, bearbeitet von Mathias Kluwe edi-tion, 2003.

fojela96 [1564] F. Fontanella, K. Jetter, and P.-J. Laurent. Proceedings of the inter-national workshop on advanced topics in multivariate approximation,Montecatini Terme, Italy, September 27–October 3, 1995. World Sci-entific, Singapore, 1996.

fo03 [1565] M. Fornasier. Constructive Methods for Numerical Applications inSignal Processing and Homogenization Problems. PhD thesis, Univer-sity of Padova, 2003.

fo03-1 [1566] M. Fornasier. Decompositions of Hilbert spaces: local constructionof global frames. In Constructive theory of functions, pages 275–281.DARBA, Sofia, 2003.

fo03-2 [1567] M. Fornasier. Function spaces inclusions and rate of convergence ofRiemann-type sums in numerical integration. Numer. Funct. Anal.Optimization, 24(1-2):45–57, 2003. NuHAG.

fo04-1 [1568] M. Fornasier. Banach frames for alpha-modulation spaces. preprint,2004.

141

fo04-3 [1569] M. Fornasier. Nonlinear projection digital image inpainting andrestoration methods. 2004.

fo04-2 [1570] M. Fornasier. On some stability results of frame atomic decomposi-tions. preprint, 2004.

fo04 [1571] M. Fornasier. Quasi-orthogonal decompositions of structured frames.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 289(1):180–199, 2004.

fo05-1 [1572] M. Fornasier. Banach frames for alpha–modulation spaces. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., page in press, 2005.

fo05 [1573] M. Fornasier. Nonlinear projection recovery on digital inpainting forcolor image restoration. J. Math. Imaging Vis., 2005. to appear.

m.05 [1574] M. Fornasier. On some stability results of localized atomic decompo-sitions. NuHAG, 2005.

fo06 [1575] M. Fornasier. On some stability results of frame atomic decomposi-tions. Rendiconti di Matematica e delle sue Applicazioni, 2006. toappear.

chcofom.05 [1576] M. Fornasier, M. Charina, C. Conti, and M. Fornasier. Adaptiveframe methods for MHD flows. NuHAG, May 2005.

fogo06 [1577] M. Fornasier and L. Gori. Sampling theorems on bounded domains.2006. preprint.

fogr05 [1578] M. Fornasier and K. Grochenig. Intrinsic localization of frames. Con-str. Approx., 22(3):395–415, 2005.

fora05 [1579] M. Fornasier and H. Rauhut. Continuous Frames, Function Spaces,and the Discretization Problem. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 11(3):245–287, 2005.

fora06 [1580] M. Fornasier and H. Rauhut. Recovery algorithms for vector valueddata with joint sparsity constraints. preprint, 2006.

foto03 [1581] M. Fornasier and D. Toniolo. Computer-based recomposition of thefrescoes in the Ovetari Chapel in the Church of the Eremitani inPadua. Methodology and initial results, (English/Italian). in “Man-tegna nella chiesa degli Eremitani a Padova., 2003.

142

foto05 [1582] M. Fornasier and D. Toniolo. Fast, robust, and efficient 2D pat-tern recognition for re-assembling fragmented digital images. PatternRecognition, 38(11):2074–2087, 2005.

fokalasp03 [1583] B. Forrest, E. Kaniuth, A. T. Lau, and N. Spronk. Ideals withbounded approximate identities in Fourier algebras. J. Funct. Anal.,203(1):286–304, 2003.

fosp06 [1584] B. Forrest and N. Spronk. Best bounds for approximate identitiesin ideals of the Fourier algebra vanishing on subgroups. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 134(1):111–116, 2006.

fospwo06 [1585] B. E. Forrest, N. Spronk, and P. J. Wood. Operator Segal Algebrasin Fourier Algebras, 2006.

foga98 [1586] G. J. Foschini and M. J. Gans. On Limits of Wireless Communicationsin a Fading Environment when Using Multiple Antennas. WirelessPersonal Communications, 6(3):311 – 335, March 1998.

fo74 [1587] J. F. Fournier. Majorants and lp norms. Isr. J. Math., 18:157–166,1974.

fo73 [1588] J. J. F. Fournier. Local complements to the Hausdorff-Young theo-rem. Mich. Math. J., 20:263–276, 1973.

fo83 [1589] J. J. F. Fournier. On the Hausdorff-Young theorem for amalgams.Monatsh. Math., 95:117–135, 1983.

fo87 [1590] J. J. F. Fournier. Lacunarity for amalgams. Rocky Mt. J. Math.,17:277–294, 1987.

fo97 [1591] J. J. F. Fournier. Local and global properties of functions and theirFourier transforms. 1997.

fost85 [1592] J. J. F. Fournier and J. Stewart. Amalgams of lspp and lspq. Bull.Am. Math. Soc., New Ser., 13:1–21, 1985.

fr28 [1593] P. Franklin. A set of continuous orthogonal functions. Math. Ann.,100:522–529, 1928. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet The-ory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

143

fr87 [1594] Franz-Jurgen Delvos. Periodic interpolation on uniform meshes. J.Approx. Theory, 51(1):71–80, 1987.

frhajawe89 [1595] M. Frazier, Y. S. Han, B. Jawerth, and G. Weiss. The T1 theorem forTriebel-Lizorkin spaces. In Harmonic analysis and partial differentialequations, Proc. Int. Conf., El Escorial/Spain 1987, Lect. Notes Math.1384, 168-181. 1989.

frja85 [1596] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth. Decomposition of Besov spaces. IndianaUniv. Math. J., 34:777–799, 1985. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papersin Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

frja88 [1597] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth. The phi-transform and applications todistribution spaces. In Function spaces and applications, Proc. US-Swed. Semin., Lund/Swed., Lect. Notes Math. 1302, 223-246. 1988.

frja90 [1598] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth. A discrete transform and decompositionsof distribution spaces. J. Funct. Anal., 93(1):34–170, 1990.

frja92 [1599] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth. Applications of the varphi and wavelettransforms to the theory of function spaces. In Ruskai, Mary Beth(ed.) et al., Wavelets and their applications. Boston, MA etc.: Jonesand Bartlett Publishers. 377-417. 1992.

fr99 [1600] M. W. Frazier. An Introduction to Wavelets through Linear Algebra.Springer, New York, NY, 1999.

frjawe91 [1601] M. W. Frazier, B. Jawerth, and G. Weiss. Littlewood-Paley theoryand the study of function spaces. American Mathematical Society,Providence, RI, 1991.

frmi04 [1602] W. Freeden and V. Michel. Multiscale potential theory. With appli-cations to geoscience. Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis.Boston, MA: Birkhauser. xviii, 2004.

fr79 [1603] S. H. Friedberg. Compact multipliers on Banach algebras. Proc.Amer. Math. Soc., 77:212, 1979.

fr98 [1604] F. G. Friedlander. Introduction of the theory of distributions. Withadditional material by M. Joshi. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 2nd ed. edition, 1998.

144

fu05 [1605] H. Fuhr. Abstract Harmonic Analysis of Continuous Wavelet Trans-forms. Springer-Verlag, 2005.

fu06-2 [1606] H. Fuhr. Simultaneous estimates for vector-valued Gabor frames ofHermite functions, 2006.

fuwi06 [1607] H. Fuhr and M. Wild. Characterizing wavelet coefficient decay ofdiscrete-time signals. Appl. Comput. Harm. Anal., 20(2):184–201,March 2006.

fuha91 [1608] W. Fulton and J. Harris. Representation theory. A first course. Grad-uate Texts in Mathematics. 129. New York etc.: Springer-Verlag, .xv, 1991.

fume06 [1609] G. Furioli and C. Melzi. Littlewood-Paley decompositions and Besovspaces on Lie groups of polynomial growth. Math. Nachr., 279(9-10):1028–1040, 2006.

fu06 [1610] F. Futamura. Banach frames, decay in the context of localization,2006.

fu06-1 [1611] F. Futamura. Symmetrically localized frames and the removal of sub-sets of positive density. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 326(2):1225–1235, 2007.

ga93-1 [1612] J.-P. Gabardo. Extension of positive-definite distributions and max-imum entropy. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, London,1993.

gagawi99 [1613] J.-P. Gabardo, C. Gasquet, and P. Witomski. Fourier analysis andapplications. Filtering, numerical computation, wavelets. Transl. fromthe French by R. Ryan. Springer, NY, 1999.

gaha03 [1614] J. P. Gabardo and D. Han. Frame representations for group-like uni-tary operator systems. J. Oper. Theory, 49(2):223–244, 2003.

gaha03-1 [1615] J.-P. Gabardo and D. Han. Frames associated with measurable spaces.Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):127–147, 2003.

gaha04 [1616] J.-P. Gabardo and D. Han. Balian-Low phenomenon for subspaceGabor frames. J. Math. Phys., 45(8):3362–3378, 2004.

ga46 [1617] D. Gabor. Theory of communication. J. IEE, 93(26):429–457, 1946.

145

gaga54 [1618] D. Gabor and A. Gabor. An essay on the mathematical theory offreedom. J. Roy. Statist. Soc. Ser. A., 117:31–60; discussion, 60–72,1954.

ga96 [1619] P. Gabriel. Matrizen, Geometrie, Lineare Algebra. (Matrices, geome-try, linear algebra). Birkhauser, Basel, 1996.

gag02 [1620] M. Gadella and F. Gomez. The Lippmann-Schwinger equations inthe rigged Hilbert space. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 35(40):8505–8511,2002.

gagr89 [1621] M. Gadella and J. M. a. Gracia Bond’ia. Quadratic Hamiltonians inphase-space quantum mechanics. J. Phys. A, 22(14):2709–2738, 1989.

ga61 [1622] E. Gagliardo. A unified structure in various families of function spaces.Compactness and closure theorems. In Proc. Int. Symp. linear Spaces,Jerusalem 1960, 237-241. 1961.

gaXX [1623] S. G. Gal. Global Smoothness and Shape Preserving Interpolation byClassical Operators. Birkhauser.

ga04 [1624] F. Galindo. Some remarks on “On the windowed Fourier transformand wavelet transform of almost periodic functions, by J. R. Parting-ton and B. Unalmic s. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 16(3):174–181,2004.

gasa01 [1625] F. Galindo and J. Sanz. Multiresolution analysis and Radon measureson a locally compact Abelian group. Czech. Math. J., 51(4):859–871,2001.

gagr02 [1626] Y. V. Galperin and K. Grochenig. Uncertainty principles as embed-dings of modulation spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 274(1):181–202,2002.

gasa04 [1627] Y. V. Galperin and S. Samarah. Time-frequency analysis on mod-ulation spaces mp,q

m , 0 < p, q ≤ ∞. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,16(1):1–18, 2004.

ga89 [1628] J. Garcia Cuerva. Hardy spaces and Beurling algebras. Journ. Lond.Math. Soc., 39 (2):499–513, 1989.

146

ga91 [1629] J. Garc’ia Cuerva. The work of Jos’e Luis Rubio de Francia. II. Publ.Mat., Barc., 35(1):27–63, 1991.

gakakoto98 [1630] J. Garcia Cuerva, K. S. Kazarian, V. I. Kolyada, and J. L. Torrea.Vector-valued Hausdorff-Young inequality and applications. Russ.Math. Surv., 53(3):435–513, 1998.

ga93 [1631] U. Garcia Palomares. Parallel projected aggregation methods for solv-ing the convex feasibility problem. SIAM J. Opti., Soc. Indust. andApp. Math., 3/Nr.4:882–901, 1993.

gahemo98 [1632] A. G. Garca, J. Moro, and M. . Hernndez Medina. On the distri-butional Fourier duality and its applications. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,227(1):43–54, 1998.

gamupo04 [1633] A. G. Garca, M. J. Munoz Bouzo, and A. Portal. Irregular sam-pling of generalized harmonizable processes. Stochastic Anal. Appl.,22(5):1327–1339, 2004.

gapepo05 [1634] A. G. Garca, G. Perez Villalon, and A. Portal. Riesz bases in l2(0, 1)related to sampling in shift-invariant spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,308(2):703–713, 2005.

dogama96 [1635] J. Garca, D. Mas, and R. G. Dorsch. Fractional-Fourier-transformcalculation through the fast-Fourier-transform algorithm. Appl. Opt.,35:7013–7018, 1996.

gamasjto99 [1636] J. Garca Cuerva, G. Mauceri, P. Sjogren, and J.-L. Torrea. Higher-order Riesz operators for the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck semigroup. Poten-tial Anal., 10(4):379–407, 1999.

ga81 [1637] L. Garding. Microlocal analysis of distributions. Jahresber. Deutsch.Math.-Verein., 83(1):32–44, 1981.

ga66-2 [1638] L. T. Gardner. Square roots in Banach algebras. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 17(1):132–134, 1966.

ga95 [1639] R. J. Gardner. Geometric tomography. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1995.

ga88 [1640] W. A. Gardner. Statistical spectral analysis. A nonprobabilistic theory.Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1988.

147

ga98 [1641] H. K. Garg. Digital signal processing algorithms. Number theory, con-volution, fast Fourier transforms, and applications. CRC Press, BocaRaton, FL, 1998.

gamo91 [1642] D. J. H. Garling and S. J. Montgomery Smith. Complemented sub-spaces of spaces obtained by interpolation. J. Lond. Math. Soc., II.Ser., 44(3):503–513, 1991.

ga06-1 [1643] J. B. Garnett. Bounded analytic functions. Revised 1st ed., volume236 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, New York, NY,2006.

gama05 [1644] J. B. Garnett and D. E. Marshall. Harmonic measure. New Mathe-matical Monographs 2. Cambridge University Press, 2005.

gahe04 [1645] G. Garrig’os and E. Hern’andez. Sharp Jackson and Bernstein inequal-ities for n-term approximation in sequence spaces with applications.Indiana Univ. Math. J., 53(6):1739–1762, 2004.

gata02 [1646] G. Garrig’os and A. Tabacco. Wavelet decompositions of anisotropicBesov spaces. 2002.

gasttr95 [1647] G. Gasper, K. Stempak, and W. Trebels. Fractional integration forLaguerre expansions. Methods Appl. Anal., 2(1):67–75, 1995.

gatr79 [1648] G. Gasper and W. Trebels. A characterization of localized Besselpotential spaces and. Stud. Math., 65:243–278, 1979.

gatr79-1 [1649] G. Gasper and W. Trebels. Multiplier criteria of Hormander type forFourier series and. Math. Ann., 242:225–240, 1979.

ga66-1 [1650] G. I. Gaudry. Multipliers of type (p, q). Pacific J. Math., 18:477–488,1966.

ga66 [1651] G. I. Gaudry. Quasimeasures and operators commuting with convo-lution. Pacific J. Math., 18:461–476, 1966.

ga69 [1652] G. I. Gaudry. Multipliers of weighted Lebesgue and measure spaces.Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 19:327–340, 1969.

ga72 [1653] G. I. Gaudry. Restrictions of multipliers to closed subgroups. Math.Ann., 197:171–179, 1972.

148

gain74 [1654] G. I. Gaudry and I. R. Inglis. Approximation of multipliers. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 44:381–384, 1974.

gamare01 [1655] W. Gautschi, F. Marcellan, and L. Reichel. Numerical analysis 2000.(In 7 vols.) Vol. 5: Quadrature and orthogonal polynomials. Repr.from the Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics 127,No. 1-2 (2000). North-Holland/ Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2001.

ga94 [1656] E. Gau. WALSH-Funktionen fur Ingeieure und Naturwissenschaftler.Teubner (Stuttgart), 1994.

ga78 [1657] P. Gavruta. On a class of homogeneous Banach spaces. Uni. Timiso-rara, Ser. Stiinte Math., 16:149–156, 1978.

ga06 [1658] P. Gavruta. On some identities and inequalities for frames in Hilbertspaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 321(1):469–478, 2006.

geta06 [1659] A. Gelb and J. Tanner. Robust reprojection methods for the res-olution of the Gibbs phenomenon. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,20(1):3–25, 2006.

ge75 [1660] S. S. Gelbart. Automorphic forms on adele groups. Princeton Univer-sity Press, Princeton, N.J., 1975.

gesc69 [1661] I. Gelfand and G. Schilow. Verallgemeinerte Funktionen (Distribu-tionen), Band I und II. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften,1969.

ge50 [1662] I. M. Gelfand. Eigenfunction expansions for equations with periodiccoefficients. Dokladi Akad. Nauk, SSSR, 73(6):1117–1120, 1950.

ge55 [1663] I. M. Gelfand. Generalized random processes. Dokl. Akad. NaukSSSR, (100):853–856, 1955.

gesh64 [1664] I. M. Gel’fand and G. E. Shilov. Generalized functions. Vol. 1: Prop-erties and operations. Translated by E.Saletan. Academic Press, NewYork and London, 1964.

gesh68 [1665] I. M. Gel’fand and G. E. Shilov. Generalized functions. Vol. 2: Spacesof fundamental and generalized functions. Translated by Morris D.Friedman, Amiel Feinstein and Christian P. Peltzer. New York andLondon: Academic Press. X, 1968.

149

gerash64 [1666] I. M. Gelfand, G. E. Shilov, and D. A. Raikov. Commutative NormedRings. Chelsea Publishing Company, Bronx, New York, 1964.

gevi64 [1667] I. M. Gel’fand and N. Y. Vilenkin. Generalized Functions, vol. 4:Applications of harmonic analysis. Academic Press, New York andLondon, 1964.

gewi64 [1668] I. M. Gelfand and J. Wilenkin. Verallgemeinerte Funktionen Distri-butionen IV. Number 50 in Hochschulbucher f. Math. VEB DeutscherVerlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1964.

gepo92 [1669] T. Genossar and M. Porat. Can one evaluate the Gabor expansionusing Gabor’s iterative algorithm? IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,40(8):1852–1861, 1992.

ge98 [1670] J. E. Gentle. Numerical linear algebra for applications in statistics.Statistics and Computing. Springer, New York, NY, 1998.

ge70 [1671] C. Georgakis. On the uniform convergence of Fourier transforms ongroups. Acta Sci. Math., 31:359–362, 1970.

ghla05 [1672] F. Ghahramani and A. T.-M. Lau. Approximate weak amenabil-ity, derivations and Arens regularity of Segal algebras. Stud. Math.,169(2):189–205, 2005.

gigrheillama05 [1673] P. C. Gibson, J. P. Grossman, M. P. Lamoureux, G. F. Margrave,D. C. Henley, and V. Iliescu. The Gabor transform, pseudodifferen-tial operators, and seismic deconvolution. Integrated Computer-AidedEngineering, 12(1):43–55, 2005.

gila04-1 [1674] P. C. Gibson and M. P. Lamoureux. Maximally symmetric, minimallyredundant partitions of unity in the plane. C. R. Math. Acad. Sci.,Soc. R. Can., 26(3):65–72, 2004.

gilama03 [1675] P. C. Gibson, M. P. Lamoureux, and G. F. Margrave. Representationof linear operators by Gabor multipliers, 2003.

gisk04 [1676] I. I. Gikhman and A. V. Skorokhod. The theory of stochastic processes.I. Translated from the Russian by S. Kotz. Corrected printing of thefirst edition. Classics in Mathematics. Berlin: Springer. viii, 574 p.EUR 34.95/net and sFr 64.00 and sterling 27.00 $ 44.95, 2004.

150

gi83 [1677] J. Gil de Lamadrid. Application d’une forme g’en’erale de la formulede Poisson ‘a l’’etude des mesures transformables. Publ. Math. Univ.Pierre Marie Curie 22e Ann’ee: 1982/83, 59:unklar “Exp. No.5, 8p.”, 1983. Seminaire Choquet, Initation a l’Analyse.

giar90 [1678] J. Gil de Lamadrid and L. N. Argabright. Almost periodic measures.Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag, Munchen, 1990.

giguinmust02 [1679] A. C. Gilbert, S. Muthukrishnan, S. Guha, P. Indyk, and M. Strauss.Near-Optimal Sparse Fourier Representations via Sampling. In Proc.STOC’02, pages 152 – 161, New York, NY, USA, 2002. Associationfor Computing Machinery.

gimust03 [1680] A. C. Gilbert, S. Muthukrishnan, and M. J. Strauss. Approximationof functions over redundant dictionaries using coherence. In Proceed-ings of the fourteenth annual ACM-SIAM symposium on discrete al-gorithms, Baltimore, MD, USA, January 12-14, 2003, pages 243–252.SIAM and Association for Computing Machinery, New York, NY;Philadelphia, PA, 2003.

gitr05 [1681] A. C. Gilbert and J. A. Tropp. Signal recovery from partial informa-tion via Orthogonal Matching Pursuit. preprint, 2005.

gihaholawewe02 [1682] J. E. Gilbert, Y. S. Han, J. A. Hogan, J. D. Lakey, D. Weiland, andG. Weiss. Smooth molecular decompositions of functions and singularintegral operators. Mem. Am. Math. Soc., 742:74 p., 2002.

gihola97 [1683] J. E. Gilbert, J. A. Hogan, and J. D. Lakey. Atomic decompositionof divergence-free Hardy spaces. In Proceedings of the Fifth Inter-national Workshop on Analysis and Applications, Math. Moravica,Special Volume, pages 33–52, 1997.

gihola00 [1684] J. E. Gilbert, J. A. Hogan, and J. D. Lakey. Characterization of Hardyspaces by singular integrals and “divergence-free” wavelets. Pac. J.Math., 193(1):79–105, 2000.

gihola05 [1685] J. E. Gilbert, J. A. Hogan, and J. D. Lakey. BMO, boundedness ofaffine operators, and frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 18(1):3–24, 2005.

151

giitsc85 [1686] J. E. Gilbert, T. Ito, and B. M. Schreiber. Bimeasure algebras onlocally compact groups. J.Funct. Anal., 64:134–162, 1985.

gila04 [1687] J. E. Gilbert and J. D. Lakey. On a characterization of the localHardy space by Gabor frames. In Wavelets, frames and operator the-ory. Papers from the Focused Research Group Workshop, Universityof Maryland, College Park, MD, USA, January 15–21, 2003., volume345 of Contemporary Mathematics, pages 153–161. American Mathe-matical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2004.

gimu91 [1688] J. E. Gilbert and M. A. M. Murray. Clifford algebras and Dirac oper-ators in harmonic analysis. Cambridge University Press, (UK), 1991.

girz06 [1689] J. E. Gilbert and Z. Rzeszotnik. The norm of the Fourier transformon finite abelian groups. 2006.

giwe03-1 [1690] M. Girardi and L. Weis. Operator-valued Fourier multiplier theoremson Besov spaces. Math. Nachr., 251:34–51, 2003.

giwe03 [1691] M. Girardi and L. Weis. Vector-valued extentions of some classicaltheorems in harmonic analysis. In et al. and H. G. W. Begehr, editors,Analysis and applications-ISAAC 2001. Proceedings of the 3rd inter-national congress, Berlin, Germany, August 20-25, 2001., volume 10of Int. Soc. Anal. Appl. Comput., pages 171–185. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht, 2003.

glprsk06 [1692] H. J. Glaeske, A. P. Prudnikov, and K. A. Sk‘ornik. Operationalcalculus and related topics. Analytical Methods and Special Functions10. Chapman & Hall/ CRC, 2006.

gl82 [1693] P. Glowacki. A calculus of symbols and convolution semigroups onthe Heisenberg group. Stud. Math., 72:291–321, 1982.

gora98 [1694] S. J. Godsill and P. J. W. Rayner. Digital audio restoration. Springer,Berlin, 1998. out of print.

gowo03 [1695] S. J. Godsill and P. J. Wolfe. Bayesian estimation of time-frequencycoefficients for audio signal enhancement. In S. Becker, S. Thrun, andK. Obermayer, editors, Advances in Neural Information ProcessingSystems, volume 15. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2003.

152

go98 [1696] S. K. Godunov. Modern aspects of linear algebra, volume 175 of Trans-lations of Mathematical Monographs. American Mathematical Society,Providence, RI, 1998. Translated from the 1997 Russian original byTamara.

gowe70 [1697] S. Goes and R. Welland. Compactness criteria for Kothe spaces. Math.Ann., 188:251–269, 1970.

gowo06 [1698] S. Gogyan and P. Wojtaszczyk. On weak non-equivalence of wavelet-like systems in l1. Math. Proc. Camb. Philos. Soc., page submitted,2006.

gogo06 [1699] S. S. Goh and T. N. T. Goodman. Inequalities on time-concentrated orfrequency-concentrated. Adv. Comput. Math., 24(1-4):333–351, 2006.

gogo06-1 [1700] S. S. Goh and T. N. T. Goodman. Uncertainty principles in Banachspaces and signal recovery. J. Approximation Theory, Volume 143(Is-sue 1):26–35, 2006.

goleshta98 [1701] S. S. Goh, S. L. Lee, Z. Shen, and W. S. Tang. Construction ofSchauder decomposition on Banach spaces of periodic functions. Proc.Edinb. Math. Soc., II. Ser., 41(1):61–91, 1998.

goleshta98-1 [1702] S. S. Goh, S. L. Lee, Z. Shen, and W. S. Tang. Multilevel projectionson spaces of periodic functions. In et al. and E. Tangmanee, edi-tors, Proceedings of the second Asian mathematical conference 1995,Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand, October 17-20, 1995., pages 22–29.World Scientific, Singapore, 1998.

golish06 [1703] S. S. Goh, Z. Y. Lim, and Z. Shen. Symmetric and antisymmetrictight wavelet frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(3):411–421,2006.

go92 [1704] I. Gohberg. Time-variant systems and interpolation. Birkhauser,Basel, 1992.

go00 [1705] I. Gohberg. Traces and determinants of linear operators., volume 116of Operator Theory. Advances and Applications. Birkhauser, 2000.

gogoka03 [1706] I. Gohberg, S. Goldberg, and M. A. Kaashoek. Basic classes of linearoperators. Birkhauser, Basel, Switzerland, 2003.

153

gokawo89 [1707] I. Gohberg, M. A. Kaashoek, and H. J. Woerdeman. The band methodfor positive and contractive extension problems. J. Oper. Theory,22(1):109–155, 1989.

golaro86 [1708] I. Gohberg, P. Lancaster, and L. Rodman. Invariant subspaces ofmatrices with applications. Canadian Mathematical Society Series ofMonographs and Advanced Texts. A Wiley-Interscience Publication.John Wiley and Sons, New York etc., 1986.

golaro00 [1709] I. Gohberg, P. Lancaster, and L. Rodman. Indefinite Linear Algebraand Applications. Birkhauser, 2000.

golaro06 [1710] I. Gohberg, P. Lancaster, and L. Rodman. Invariant Subspaces ofMatrices with Applications. SIAM, Society for Industrial and AppliedMathematics, 2006.

gohehohakrrascud05 [1711] C. Gohle, T. Udem, J. Rauschenberger, R. Holzwarth, M. Herrmann,H. A. Schuessler, F. Krausz, and T. W. Hansch. A frequency comb inthe extreme ultraviolet. Nature, 436:234–237, 2005.

gokr68 [1712] I. T. Gokhberg and N. Y. Krupnik. Norm of the Hilbert transforma-tion in the lsbp-space. Funkts. Anal. Prilozh., 2(2):91–92, 1968.

gohrki03 [1713] M. J. Goldberg, T. Hrycak, and S. Kim. A fast numerical methodfor evaluation of Calderon commutators. J. Comput. Appl. Math.,158(2):473–484, 2003.

gosi66 [1714] R. Goldberg and A. B. Simon. The Riemann–Lebesque Theorem onGroups. Acta Sci. Math., (27):35–39, 1966.

go61 [1715] R. R. Goldberg. Fourier transforms. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1961.

go67 [1716] R. R. Goldberg. On a space of functions of Wiener. Duke J. Math.,34:683–691, 1967.

goma85 [1717] M. Goldburg and R. J. Marks II. Signal synthesis in the presence of aninconsistent set of constraints. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst., 32(7):647–663, 1985.

go80 [1718] M. L. Gol’dman. Covering methods for the description of generalspaces of Besov type. Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova, 156:47–81, 1980.

154

gole91 [1719] J. A. Goldstein and M. Levy. Linear algebra and quantum chemistry.Am. Math. Mon., 98(8):710–718, 1991.

gova96 [1720] G. Golub and C. F. Van Loan. Matrix computations. 3rd ed. TheJohns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD, 3rd ed. edition, 1996.

gova89 [1721] G. H. Golub and C. F. van Loan. Matrix computations. 2nd ed. TheJohns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, 1989.

go04 [1722] J. W. Goodman. Introduction to Fourier Optics. Roberts & CompanyPublishers, 3rd edition, 2004.

gomish01 [1723] T. N. T. Goodman, C. A. Micchelli, and Z. Shen. Riesz bases in sub-spaces of l2(bbfr+). Constructive Approximation, 17(1):39–46, 2001.

gori91 [1724] A. Gopfert and T. Riedrich. Funktionalanalysis. 3., uberarb. Aufl. B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1991.

go97 [1725] E. I. Gordon. Nonstandard methods in commutative harmonic analy-sis. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1997.

goli04 [1726] A. Gorokhov and J. P. Linnartz. Robust OFDM receivers for dis-persive time-varying channels: equalization and channel acquisition.IEEE Transactions on Communications, 52(4):572 – 583, April 2004.

gost94 [1727] J. Gosselin and K. Stempak. Conjugate expansions for Hermite func-tions. Ill. J. Math., 38(2):177–197, 1994.

go63 [1728] R. P. Gosselin. On the lp-theory of cardinal series. Annals of Math.,78:567–581, 1963.

chgohe03 [1729] D. Gottlieb, J. S. Hesthaven, and Q. Chen. Spectral methods basedon prolate spheroidal wave functions for hyperbolic PDEs. SIAM J.Numer. Anal., 43(5):1912–1933, 2005.

gosh97 [1730] D. Gottlieb and Shu Chi Wang. On the Gibbs phenomenon and itsresolution. SIAM Rev., 39(4):644–668, December 1997.

go72 [1731] S. H. Gould. Russian for the mathematician. Springer, Berlin, Hei-delberg, New York, 1972.

155

gokeko01 [1732] V. K. Goyal, J. Kovacevic, and J. A. Kelner. Quantized frame expan-sions with erasures. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 10(3):203–233,2001.

gothve95 [1733] V. K. Goyal, M. Vetterli, and N. T. Thao. Quantization of overcom-plete expansions. In Data Compression Conference, 1995. DCC ’95.Proceedings, pages 13–22, Snowbird, UT, 1995.

gothve98 [1734] V. K. Goyal, M. Vetterli, and N. T. Thao. Quantized overcompleteexpansions in rn: analysis, synthesis, and algorithms. IEEE Transac-tions on Information Theory, 44(1):16–31, 1998.

gr92-3 [1735] J. M. Gracia Bond’ia. Generalized Moyal quantization on homoge-neous symplectic. In Deformation theory and quantum groups withapplications to, volume 134 of Contemp. Math., pages 93–114. Amer.Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1992.

gr92-4 [1736] J. M. Gracia Bond’ia. The metaplectic action and phases in theWigner-Moyal and. Modern Phys. Lett. A, 7(4):315–323, 1992.

grv01 [1737] J. M. Gracia Bond’ia and J. C. V’arilly. Elements of noncommu-tative geometry. Birkhauser Advanced Texts: Basler Lehrbucher.Birkhauser Boston Inc., Boston, MA, 2001.

gr04-3 [1738] L. Grafakos. Classical and Modern Fourier Analysis. Prentice Hall,2004.

grhose06 [1739] L. Grafakos, P. Honzk, and A. Seeger. On maximal functions forMikhlin-Hormander multipliers. Adv. Math., 204(2):363–378, 2006.

grla93 [1740] C. C. Graham and A. T. M. Lau. Bilinear operators on linfty(g) oflocally compact groups. Pac. J. Math., 158(1):157–176, 1993.

grmc79 [1741] C. C. Graham and O. C. McGehee. Essays in Harmonic Analysis.Number 238 in Grundl. math. Wiss. Springer Verlag, New York, 1979.

grsc84 [1742] C. C. Graham and B. M. Schreiber. Bimeasure algebras on LCAgroups. Pacific J. Math., 115:91–127, 1984.

grsc87 [1743] C. C. Graham and B. M. Schreiber. Sets of interpolation for Fouriertransforms of bimeasures. Colloq. Math., 51:149–154, 1987.

156

grsc88 [1744] C. C. Graham and B. M. Schreiber. Projections in spaces of bimea-sures. Can. Math. Bull., 31:19–25, 1988.

gr05 [1745] L. Granai. Nonlinear approximation with redundant multi-componentdictionaries. PhD thesis, cole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne,2005.

grle81 [1746] E. E. Granirer and M. Leinert. On some topologies which coincideon the unit sphere of the Fourier- Stieltjes algebra B(G) and of themeasure algebra M(G). Rocky Mt. J. Math., 11:459–472, 1981.

grho01 [1747] J. Grassberger and G. Hormann. A note on representations of the fi-nite Heisenberg group and sums of greatest common divisors. DiscreteMath. Theor. Comput. Sci., 4(2):91–100, 2001.

gr76-1 [1748] A. W. M. Graven. Tensor products and multipliers of lsb1(g)-modules.Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A bf 79, 38(4):313–325, 1976.

gr76 [1749] A. W. M. Graven. Tesor products and ultipliers of l(g)–modules.Indag. Math., 38:313–325, 1976.

gr79 [1750] A. W. M. Graven. Injective and projective Banach modules. Nederl.Akad. Wetensch. Indag. Math., 41(3):253–272, 1979.

gr71 [1751] R. M. Gray. Toeplitz and Circulant Matrices: a Review. Technicalreport, Information Systems Laboratory, Stanford University, 1971.

gr94 [1752] W. Greblicki. Nonparametric identification of Wiener systems byorthogonal series. IEEE Trans. Autom. Control, 39(10):2077–2086,1994.

gr78 [1753] P. Green. The local structure of twisted covariance algebras. ActaMath., 140(3-4):191–250, 1978.

grkr06 [1754] R. E. Greene and S. G. Krantz. Function theory of one complexvariable, volume 40 of Graduate Studies in Mathematics. AmericanMathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 3rd ed. edition, 2006.

bagr06 [1755] K. Greenebaum and R. Barzel, editors. Audio Anecdotes III.A.K.Peters, Ltd., 2006.

157

gr83 [1756] H. Greenwald. On the theory of homogeneous Lipschitz spaces andCampanato spaces. Pac. J. Math., 106:87–93, 1983.

gr90-1 [1757] W. Greiner. Relativistic quantum mechanics. Wave equations.Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990.

gruh72 [1758] N. E. Gretsky and J. J. j. Uhl. Bounded linear operators on Banachfunction spaces of vector-valued functions. Trans. Am. Math. Soc.,167:263–277, 1972.

grmarascva06 [1759] R. Gribonval, B. Mailhe, H. Rauhut, K. Schnass, and P. Van-dergheynst. Avarage case analysis of multichannel thresholding.preprint, 2006. submitted to Proceedings of ICASSP 07.

grni01 [1760] R. Gribonval and M. Nielsen. Some remarks on nonlinear approxima-tion with Schauder bases. East J. Approx., 7(3):267–285, 2001.

grni04-1 [1761] R. Gribonval and M. Nielsen. Nonlinear approximation with dictio-naries. I: Direct estimates. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(1):51–71, 2004.

grni04 [1762] R. Gribonval and M. Nielsen. On a problem of Grochenig about non-linear approximation with localized frames. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,10(4):433–437, 2004.

grni06 [1763] R. Gribonval and M. Nielsen. Nonlinear approximation with dictionar-ies. II: Inverse estimates. Constructive Approximation, 24(2):157–173,2006.

grva06 [1764] R. Gribonval and P. Vandergheynst. On the exponential convergenceof matching pursuits in quasi-incoherent dictionaries. IEEE Trans.Inform. Theory, 52(1):255–261, 2006.

gr02-2 [1765] H. Griebel. Time-frequency methods for pitch detection. PhD thesis,University of Technology Vienna, September 2002.

grli84 [1766] D. Griffin and J. Lim. Signal estimation from modified short-timeFourier transform. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process.,32(2):236–243, 1984.

grmc73 [1767] J. Griffin and K. McKennon. Multipliers and the group Lp-algebras.Pacific J. Math., 49:365–370, 1973.

158

grni96 [1768] R. B. Griffiths and C.-S. Niu. Semiclassical Fourier Transform forQuantum Computation. Phys. Rev. Lett., 76(17):3228–3231, 1996.

gr02-1 [1769] M. Grigoriu. Stochastic calculus. Applications in science and engi-neering. Boston: Birkhauser, 2002.

gr00 [1770] N. Grip. Hilbert space frames and bases., 2000.

gr02 [1771] N. Grip. Wavelet and Gabor Frames and Bases: Approximation, Sam-pling and Applications. PhD thesis, Lulea University of Technology,2002.

grpf05 [1772] N. Grip and G. E. Pfander. A discrete model for the efficient analysisof time-varying narrowband communication channels. Submitted toit IEEE Trans. Info. Theory, 2005.

grpf06 [1773] N. Grip and G. E. Pfander. A Discrete Model for the Efficient Analysisof Time-Varying Narrowband Communication Channels. 2006.

grsu03 [1774] N. Grip and W. Sun. Remarks on the article: “On the stability ofwavelet and Gabor frames (Riesz bases)” [J. Fourier Anal. Appl. bf5 (1999), no. 1, 105–125; MR1682246 (2000a:42055)] by J. Zhang. J.Fourier Anal. Appl., 9(1):97–100, 2003.

grst04 [1775] D. Grishin and T. Strohmer. Fast scattered data approximationwith Neumann and other boundary conditions. Linear Algebra Appl.,391:99–123, 2004.

gr75 [1776] J. J. Grobler. Indices for Banach function spaces. Math. Z., 145:99–109, 1975.

gr92-2 [1777] P. Grobner. Banachraume glatter Funktionen und Zerlegungsmetho-den. PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 1992.

grXX [1778] K. Grochenig. Weight functions in time-frequency analysis.

gr87 [1779] K. Grochenig. Analyse multi-echelles et bases d’ondelettes. (Multi-scale analysis and wavelets basis). C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 305:13–15,1987. english translation in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

159

gr88 [1780] K. Grochenig. Unconditional bases in translation and dilation in-variant function spaces on R n. In Constructive theory of functions(Varna, 1987), pages 174–183. Bulgar. Acad. Sci., Sofia, 1988.

gr90 [1781] K. Grochenig. A new approach to irregular sampling of band-limitedfunctions. In J.S. and J. Byrnes, editors, Recent Advances in FourierAnalysis and Its Applications’, Series C, volume 315, pages 251–260.Kluwer Acad. Publ., 1990.

gr91 [1782] K. Grochenig. Describing functions: atomic decompositions versusframes. Monatsh. Math., 112(3):1–41, 1991.

gr91-1 [1783] K. Grochenig. Efficient algorithms in irregular sampling of band-limited functions. In Proceedings of the 10mth annual ICCCP, March‘91, Scottsdale, Arizona, USA, pages 490–495. IEEE Computer Soci-ety Press, 1991.

gr92 [1784] K. Grochenig. Reconstruction algorithms in irregular sampling. Math.Comp., 59:181–194, 1992.

gr92-1 [1785] K. Grochenig. Sharp results on random sampling of band-limited func-tions. In J. Byrnes and J. Byrnes, editors, Probabilistic and Stochas-tic Methods in Analysis,with Applications, volume 372 of NATO ASIStudies, pages 323–335, Dordrecht-Boston-London, 1992. Kluwer.

gr93-1 [1786] K. Grochenig. A discrete theory of irregular sampling. Lin. Alg. andAppl., 193:129–150, 1993.

gr93 [1787] K. Grochenig. Acceleration of the frame algorithm. IEEE Trans. SSP,41/12:3331–3340, 1993.

gr93-2 [1788] K. Grochenig. Irregular sampling of wavelet and short-time Fouriertransforms. Constr. Approx., 9:283–297, 1993.

gr96 [1789] K. Grochenig. An uncertainty principle related to the Poisson sum-mation formula. Stud. Math., 121(1), 1996.

gr98 [1790] K. Grochenig. Aspects of Gabor analysis on locally compact abeliangroups. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysisand algorithms: Theory and Applications, pages 211–231. BirkhauserBoston, Boston, MA, 1998. chap. 6.

160

gr99 [1791] K. Grochenig. Irregular sampling, Toeplitz matrices, and the ap-proximation of entire functions of exponential type. Math. Comp.,68(226):749–765, 1999.

gr01 [1792] K. Grochenig. Foundations of Time-Frequency Analysis. Appl. Nu-mer. Harmon. Anal. Birkhauser Boston, Boston, MA, 2001.

gr01-2 [1793] K. Grochenig. Non-uniform sampling in higher dimensions: fromtrigonometric polynomials to bandlimited functions. In Modern sam-pling theory, Appl. Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 155–171. BirkhauserBoston, Boston, MA, 2001.

gr01-1 [1794] K. Grochenig. Uncertainty principles for time-frequency representa-tions. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Advances in GaborAnalysis. Birkhauser Boston, Boston, 2001.

gr03 [1795] K. Grochenig. Localized frames are finite unions of Riesz sequences.Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):149–157, 2003. Frames.

gr03-1 [1796] K. Grochenig. Localized frames are finite unions of Riesz sequences,.Proceedings of SPIE, San Diego, San Diego, California, USA, 2003.

gr04-2 [1797] K. Grochenig. Composition and Spectral Invariance of Pseudodiffer-ential Operators on Modulation Spaces. preprint, 2004.

gr04-1 [1798] K. Grochenig. Localization of Frames, Banach Frames, and the Invert-ibility of the Frame Operator. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(2):105–132,2004.

gr04-6 [1799] K. Grochenig. Localization of Frames, Banach Frames, and the in-vertibility of the frame operator. Proceedings of SPIE, San Diego, SanDiego, California, USA, 2004.

gr04 [1800] K. Grochenig. Time-Frequency Analysis of Sjorstrand’s class. RevistaMat. Iberoam., 2006.

grxx-1 [1801] K. Grochenig and H. Fuhr. Sampling theorems on locally compactgroups form oscillation estimates. Math. Z.

grha96 [1802] K. Grochenig and A. Haas. Backward continued fractions, Heckegroups and invariant measures for transformations of the interval.Ergodic Theory Dyn. Syst., 16(6):1241–1274, 1996.

161

grhaheku02 [1803] K. Grochenig, D. Han, C. Heil, and G. Kutyniok. The Balian-Lowtheorem for symplectic lattices in higher dimensions. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 13(2):169–176, 2002.

grhe99 [1804] K. Grochenig and C. Heil. Modulation spaces and pseudodifferentialoperators. Integral Equations Operator Theory, 34(4):439–457, 1999.

grhe01 [1805] K. Grochenig and C. Heil. Gabor meets Littlewood-Paley: Gaborexpansions in lspp(bbbrspd). Studia Math., 146(1):15–33, 2001.

grhe03 [1806] K. Grochenig and C. Heil. Modulation spaces as symbol classes forpseudodifferential operators. In R. R. M. Krishna, editor, Waveletsand Their Applications, pages 151–170. Allied Publishers, Chennai,2003.

grhe04 [1807] K. Grochenig and C. Heil. Counterexamples for Boundedness of Pseu-dodifferential Operators. Osaka J. Math, 41:1–11, 2004.

grheok02 [1808] K. Grochenig, C. Heil, and O. Okoudjou. Gabor analysis in weightedamalgam spaces. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process., 1(3):225–259,2002.

grhlmask06 [1809] K. Grochenig, F. Hlawatsch, A. Klotz, G. Matz, and A. Skupch. Ad-vanced Mathematical Models for the Design and Optimization of Low-Interference Wireless Multicarrier Systems. 2006.

grja02 [1810] K. Grochenig and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Letter to the editor: A newcriterion for Gabor frames. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 8(5):507–512,2002.

grjakapf03 [1811] K. Grochenig, A. J. E. M. Janssen, N. Kaiblinger, and G. Pfander.Note on B-splines, wavelet scaling functions, and Gabor frames. IEEETrans. Inform. Theory, 49(12):3318– 3320, 2003.

grle04-2 [1812] K. Grochenig and M. Leinert. Wiener’s Lemma for Twisted Convo-lution and Gabor. 2004.

grle04 [1813] K. Grochenig and M. Leinert. Wiener’s Lemma for Twisted Convo-lution and Gabor Frames. J. Amer. Math. Soc., 17:1–18, 2004.

162

grle04-1 [1814] K. Grochenig and M. Leinert. Symmetry and Inverse-Closedness ofMatrix Algebras and Symbolic Calculus for Infinite Matrices. Trans.Amer. Math. Soc., 358:2695–2711, 2006.

grly06 [1815] K. Grochenig and Y. Lyubarskii. Gabor Frames with Hermite Func-tions. preprint, 2006.

grma92 [1816] K. Grochenig and W. R. Madych. Multiresolution analysis, Haarbases, and self-similar tilings of rspn. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory,38(2):556–568, 1992. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in WaveletTheory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

grpora07 [1817] K. Grochenig, B. Potscher, and H. Rauhut. Learning trigonometricpolynomials from random samples and exponential inequalities foreigenvalues of random matrices. preprint, 2007.

grra96 [1818] K. Grochenig and H. Razafinjatovo. On Landau’s necessary densityconditions for sampling and interpolation of band-limited functions.J. Lond. Math. Soc., II. Ser., 54(3):557–565, 1996.

grrzst06 [1819] K. Grochenig, Z. Rzeszotnik, and T. Strohmer. Quantitive estimatesfor the finite section method. Found. Comput. Math., submitted,2006.

grsa00 [1820] K. Grochenig and S. Samarah. Non-linear approximation with localFourier bases. Constr. Approx., 16(3):317–331, 2000.

grsc03 [1821] K. Grochenig and H. Schwab. Fast local reconstruction methods fornonuniform sampling in shift-invariant spaces. SIAM J. Matrix Anal.Appl., 24(4):899–913, 2003.

grst01 [1822] K. Grochenig and T. Strohmer. Numerical and theoretical aspects ofnon-uniform Numerical and theoretical aspects of non-uniform sam-pling of band-limited images. In F. Marvasti, editor, NonuniformSampling: Theory, chapter 6, pages 283 – 324. Kluwer, 2001.

grst07 [1823] K. Grochenig and T. Strohmer. Pseudodifferential operators on lo-cally compact abelian groups and Sjostrand’s symbol class. J. ReineAngew. Math., accepted, 2007.

163

grstXX [1824] K. Grochenig and T. Strohmer. Analysis of pseudodifferential opera-tors of Sjostrand’s class on locally compact abelian groups, to appear.

grwa92 [1825] K. Grochenig and D. Walnut. A Riesz basis for Bargmann-Fock spacerelated to sampling and interpolation. Arkiv. for Math., 30(2):283–295, 1992.

grzi01 [1826] K. Grochenig and G. Zimmermann. Hardy’s theorem and the short-time Fourier transform of Schwartz functions. J. London Math. Soc.,63:205–214, 2001.

grzi04 [1827] K. Grochenig and G. Zimmermann. Spaces of test functions via theSTFT. J. Funct. Spaces Appl., 2(1):25–53, 2004.

gr96-1 [1828] H. Groemer. Geometric applications of Fourier series and sphericalharmonics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

grva78 [1829] G. Groenewegen and A. van Rooij. Positive multipliers. TechnicalReport 7809, 1978. technical report.

gr79-1 [1830] M. Grosser. Bidualraume und Vervollstandigungen von Banachmod-uln. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979.

gr79-2 [1831] M. Grosser. L1(G) as an ideal in its second dual space. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 73:363–364, 1979.

grmo71 [1832] S. Grosser and M. Moskowitz. Compactness conditions in topologicalgroups. J. Reine Angew. Math., 246:1–40, 1971.

grheillama02 [1833] J. P. Grossman, D. C. Henley, V. Iliescu, M. P. Lamoureux, and G. F.Margrave. An update on Gabor deconvolution. Technical report,CREWES, University of Calgary, 2002.

grlama02 [1834] J. P. Grossman, M. P. Lamoureux, and G. F. Margrave. Constructingadaptive nonuniform Gabor frames from partitions of unity. Technicalreport, CREWES, University of Calgary, 2002.

grlama02-1 [1835] J. P. Grossman, M. P. Lamoureux, and G. F. Margrave. Fast wave-field extrapolation by phase-shift in the nonuniform Gabor domain.Technical report, 2002.

164

aggrlama01 [1836] J. P. Grossman, M. P. Lamoureux, G. F. Margrave, and R. Aggarwala.Constant-Q wavelet estimation via a nonstationary Gabor spectralmodel. Technical report, CREWES, University of Calgary, 2001.

bagrza75 [1837] A. Grossmann, H. Bacry, and J. Zak. Proof of completeness of lat-tice states in the kq representation. Phys. Rev. B, 12(4):1118–1120,August 1975.

grkrmo89 [1838] A. Grossmann, R. Kronland Martinet, and J. Morlet. Reading andunderstanding continuous wavelet transforms. 1989.

grmo84 [1839] A. Grossmann and J. Morlet. Decomposition of Hardy functions intosquare integrable wavelets of constant shape. SIAM J. Math. Anal.,15:723–736, 1984. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet The-ory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

grmo85 [1840] A. Grossmann and J. Morlet. Decomposition of functions into waveletsof constant shape, and related transforms. In Mathematics andphysics, Lect. recent results, Bielefeld/FRG 1983/84, volume 1, pages135–165. 1985.

grmopa85 [1841] A. Grossmann, J. Morlet, and T. Paul. Transforms associated tosquare integrable group representations. I: General results. J. Math.Phys., 26:2473–2479, 1985. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers inWavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

grmopa86 [1842] A. Grossmann, J. Morlet, and T. Paul. Transforms associated tosquare integrable group representations. II: Examples. 1986.

gr70 [1843] S. Grossmann. Funktionalanalysis I, II im Hinblick auf Anwen-dungen in der Physik. Studienbuch fur Studierende der Physik undMathematik verschiedener Richtungen an Universitaten und Technis-chen Hochschulen ab 3. oder 4. Semester. Herausgegeben von HansWolter. XIV,X,31. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, Frankfurt amMain, 1970.

gr80 [1844] O. v. Grudzinski. Convolutions-Gleichungen in Raumen von Beurling-Distributionen endlicher Ordnung, 1980.

grgr06 [1845] F. Grupp and F. Grupp. MATLAB 7 fuer Ingenieure. Oldenbourg,4., korrigierte Auflage edition, 2006.

165

grsyzi03 [1846] A. Grybos, P. Sypka, and M. Ziolko. Application of optimizationmethod to transmultiplexer design. In Proceedings of Workshop onmultimedia communications and services MCS’03, Kielce, Poland,pages 101–105, April 2003.

gupora67 [1847] L. G. Gubin, B. T. Polyak, and E. V. Raik. The Method of Projectionsfor Finding the Common Point of Convex. U.S.S.R. Computationalmathematics and mathematical physics, 7(6):1–24, 1967.

gu00 [1848] C.-A. Gu’erin. Wavelet analysis and covariance structure of someclasses of non-stationary processes. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(4):403–425, 2000.

gu41 [1849] A. P. Guinand. On Poisson’s summation formula. Ann. Math., 2ndSer.,, 42(3):591–603, 1941.

gu70 [1850] S. Gulick. Group algebra moodules. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.,IV(152):581–596, 1970.

guliva67 [1851] S. Gulick, T. S. Liu, and A. C. M. van Rooij. Group Algebra modules.Can. J. Math., I(19):151–173, 1967.

gukula05 [1852] K. Guo, G. Kutyniok, and D. Labate. Sparse multidimensional repre-sentations using anisotropic dilation and shear operators. In G. Chenand M. Lai, editors, Wavelets and Splines, pages 189–201. NashboroPress, Nashville, TN, 2005.

gukulaXX [1853] K. Guo, G. Kutyniok, and D. Labate. Sparse multidimensional repre-sentations using anisotropic dilation and shear operators. to appear.

gula06-1 [1854] K. Guo and D. Labate. Optimally sparse multidimensional represen-tations using shearlets, 2006.

gula06 [1855] K. Guo and D. Labate. Some remarks on the unified characterizationof reproducing systems. Collect. Math., 57(3):295–307, 2006.

gu83 [1856] D. Gurarie. A transitive Banach *-algebra of compact operators withno nontrivial projections. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, 6(1):59–66, 1983.

gusa06 [1857] A. T. Gurkanli and A. Sandiki. The space omegapm(rd) and some

properties. Ukrainian Math. Journ., 58(1):139–145, 2006.

166

guur91 [1858] C. E. Gutierrez and W. O. Urbina. Estimates for the maximal op-erator of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck semigroup. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,113(1):99–104, 1991.

ha97 [1859] U. Haagerup. Orthogonal maximal abelian ∗-subalgebras of thentimesn matrices and cyclic n-roots. In et al. and S. Doplicher, ed-itors, Operator algebras and quantum field theory. Proceedings of theconference dedicated to Daniel Kastler in celebration of his 70th birth-day, Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Roma, Italy, July 1–6, 1996.,pages 296–322. International Press, Cambridge, MA, 1997.

ha10 [1860] A. Haar. Zur Theorie der orthogonalen Funktionensysteme. (ErsteMitteilung.) [On the theory of orthogonal function systems (first com-munication)]. Math. Ann., 69:331–371, 1910. english translation in’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Wal-nut, David F.(2006).

ha12 [1861] A. Haar. Zur Theorie der orthogonalen Funktionensysteme. (ZweiteMitteilung.) [On the theory of orthogonal function systems (secondcommunication)]. Math. Ann., 71:38–53, 1912.

hast96 [1862] D. Haase and H. Stachel. Almost-orthonormal vector systems. Beitr.Algebra Geom., 37(2):367–381, 1996.

ha89 [1863] P. Haberacker. Digitale Bildverarbeitung. Grundlagen und Anwendun-gen. 3rd rev. ed. Hanser Verlag, Munchen, 1989.

ha89-1 [1864] W. Hackbusch. Integralgleichungen. Theorie und Numerik. (Integralequations. Theory and numerics). B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989.

ha91 [1865] W. Hackbusch. Iterative Losung groer schwachbesetzter Gle-ichungssysteme. (Iterative solution of large sparse systems of equa-tions). 1991.

ha54 [1866] J. Hadamard. The psychology of invention in the mathematical field.2nd ed. Dover Publications Inc, New York, 1954.

hala06 [1867] A. Hadjidimos and M. Lapidakis. Optimal Alternating Direction Im-plicit Preconditioners for Conjugate Gradient methods. Appl. Math.Comput., 183(1):559–574, 2006.

167

harosi01 [1868] R. Hagen, S. Roch, and B. Silbermann. C∗-algebras and numericalanalysis. Pure and Applied Mathematics. Marcel Dekker, New York,NY, 2001.

ha73 [1869] L. S. Hahn. On an Extension of the Theorem of Hausdorff-Young.Am. Math. Mon., 80:667–669, 1973.

ha90 [1870] D. Hajela. On Computing the Minimum Distance for Faster thanNyquist Signaling. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 36(2):289–295,March 1990.

haha00 [1871] L. Hales and S. Hallgren. An improved quantum Fourier transformalgorithm and applications. In Proceedings of the 41st Annual Sym-posium on Foundations of Computer Science, pages 515–525. IEEE,2000.

hajakova77 [1872] J. I. Hall, A. J. E. M. Janssen, A. W. J. Kolen, and J. H. van Lint.Equidistant codes with distance 12. Discrete Math., 17(1):71–83, 1977.

hakepi04 [1873] P. Hall, G. Kerkyacharian, and D. Picard. Convergence properties ofwavelet estimators with multiple sampling rates. Stat. Sin., 14(2):377–393, 2004.

hasz05 [1874] R. Haller and R. Szwarc. Kaczmarz algorithm in Hilbert space. Stud.Math., 169(2):123–132, 2005.

ha74 [1875] P. R. Halmos. Measure theory, volume 18 of Graduate Texts in Mathe-matics. Springer-Verlag, New York - Heidelberg- - Berlin, 2nd printingedition, 1974.

ha62 [1876] I. Halperin. The product of projection operators. Acta Sci. Math.,23:96–99, 1962.

hali93 [1877] E. J. Halton and W. A. Light. On local and controlled approximationorder. J. Approximation Theory, 72(3):268–277, 1993.

ha04 [1878] E. Hammerich. A sampling theorem for time-frequency localized sig-nals. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process, 3(1):45–81, 2004.

ha07 [1879] E. Hammerich. Sampling in shift-invariant spaces with Gaussian gen-erator. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process., 6(1):71–86, 2007.

168

hoha94 [1880] G. Hammerlin and K.-H. Hoffmann. Numerische Mathematik.Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1994.

hakr06 [1881] M. Hampejs and G. Kracher. The inversion of Gabor type matrices,2006.

hash05 [1882] B. Han and Z. Shen. Wavelets from the Loop scheme. J. FourierAnal. Appl., 11(6):615–637, 2005.

hash06 [1883] B. Han and Z. Shen. Wavelets with short support. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 38(2):530–556, 2006.

ha03 [1884] D. Han. Approximations for Gabor and wavelet frames. Trans. Am.Math. Soc., 355(8):3329–3342, 2003.

ha04-1 [1885] D. Han. Tight frame approximation for multi-frames and super-frames. J. Approximation Theory, 129(1):78–93, 2004.

guha03 [1886] D. Han and Q. Gu. Functional Gabor frame multipliers. J. Geom.Anal., 13(3):467–478, 2003.

hajola06 [1887] D. Han, P. E. T. Jorgensen, and Larson, editors. Operator theory, op-erator algebras, and applications. Proceedings of the 25th Great PlainsOperator Theory Symposium, University of Central Florida, FL, USA,June 7–12, 2005., volume 414 of Contemporary Mathematics. Amer-ican Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2006.

hala00 [1888] D. Han and D. R. Larson. Frames, bases and group representations.2000.

hawa01 [1889] D. Han and Y. Wang. Lattice tiling and the Weyl-Heisenberg frames.Geom. Funct. Anal., 11(4):742–758, 2001.

hawa04-1 [1890] D. Han and Y. Wang. The existence of Gabor bases and frames.In C. Heil and et al., editors, Wavelets, frames and operator theory.Papers from the Focused Research Group Workshop, University ofMaryland, College Park, MD, USA, January 15-21, 2003., volume345 of Contemporary Mathematics, pages 183–192. Providence, RI,2004.

169

haxu07 [1891] Y. Han and Y. Xu. New characterizations of Besov and Triebel;Lizorkin spaces over spaces of homogeneous type. J. Math. Anal.Appl., 325(1):305–318, 2007.

hasa94 [1892] Y. S. Han and E. T. Sawyer. Littlewood-Paley Theory on Spacesof Homogenous Type and the Classical Function Spaces. American.Math. Soc., July 1994.

hani90 [1893] M. Hanke and W. Niethammer. On the acceleration of Kaczmarz’smethod for inconsistent linear systems. Linear Algebra Appl., 130:83–98, 1990.

hali96 [1894] D. Hanselman and B. Littlefield. Mastering Matlab5. Matlab Cur-riculum Series, New Jersey 07458, 1996.

haja82 [1895] E. W. Hansen and A. Jablokow. State variable representation of a classof linear shift-variant systems. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech SignalProcess., 30:874–880, 1982.

hanao06 [1896] P. C. Hansen, J. G. Nagy, and D. P. O’Leary. Deblurring Images.Matrices, Spectra, and Filtering., volume 3 of Fundamentals of Al-gorithms. SIAM, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics,Philadelphia, PA, 2006.

dehaseto04 [1897] E. Harboure, L. de Rosa, C. Segovia, and J. L. Torrea. lp-dimensionfree boundedness for Riesz transforms associated to Hermite func-tions. Math. Ann., 328(4):653–682, 2004.

halipo88 [1898] G. H. Hardy and G. P. J. E. Littlewood. Inequalities. CambridgeUniversity Press, 1988.

haro44 [1899] G. H. Hardy and W. Rogosinski. Fourier Series. 1944.

haro56 [1900] G. H. Hardy and W. W. Rogosinski. Fourier series. (3rd ed.). Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1956.

haro59 [1901] G. H. Hardy and W. W. Rogosinski. Fourier series. [Rjady Fure].Staatsverlag fur physikalisch-mathematische Literatur, Moskau, 1959.

ha07-1 [1902] D. D. Haroske. Envelopes and sharp embeddings of function spaces.Research Notes in Mathematics 437. Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2007.

170

ha78 [1903] F. J. Harris. On the use of windows for harmonic analysis with thediscrete Fourier transform. Proc. of the IEEE, 66(1):1565–1596, 1978.

ha81 [1904] K. Hartmann. Pedersonideal and group algebras. Proc. Amer. Math.Soc., 83:183–188, 1981.

hamasc03 [1905] M. M. Hartmann, G. Matz, and D. Schafhuber. Theory and design ofmultipulse multicarrier systems for wireless communications. In Sig-nals, Systems and Computers, 2003. Conference Record of the Thirty-Seventh Asilomar Conference on, volume 1, pages 492–496, 2003.

d.g.m.04 [1906] M. M. Hartmann, G. Matz, and D. Schafhuber. TRANSCEIVER DE-SIGN FOR PRECODED MULTIPULSE MULTICARRIER. pages2409–2413, Dallas (TX), Nov./Dec. 2004.

hahe06 [1907] F. Haslinger and B. Helffer. Compactness of the solution operator tobarpartial in weighted l2-spaces, 2006.

ha00 [1908] H. A. Haus. Electromagnetic noise and quantum optical measure-ments. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

hajere01 [1909] W. Haussmann, K. Jetter, and M. Reimer. Recent progress inmultivariate approximation. Proceedings of the 4th internationalconference, Witten-Bommerholz, Germany, Septembe 24–29, 2000.Birkhauser, Basel, 2001.

ha75 [1910] A. Hautot. New applications of Poisson’s summation formula. J.Phys. A, Math. Gen., 8:853–862, 1975.

hajere99 [1911] W. Haumann, K. Jetter, and M. Reimer. Advances in multivari-ate approximation. Proceedings of the 3rd international conference onmultivariate approximation theory, Witten-Bommerholz, Germany,September 27–October 2, 1998. Wiley, Berlin, 1999.

gahani98 [1912] V. P. Havin, N. K. Nikolski, and R. V. Gamkrelidze. Commutativeharmonic analysis II. Group methods in commutative harmonic anal-ysis. Transl. from the Russian. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

ha77 [1913] W. Hazod. Stetige Faltungshalbgruppen von Wahrscheinlichkeitsmaenund erzeugende Distributionen. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 1977.

171

heshsh01 [1914] X. He, L. Shen, and Z. Shen. A data-adaptive knot selection schemefor fitting splines. IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 8(5):137–139, 2001.

hewo99 [1915] Z. He and M. W. Wong. Wavelet multipliers and signals. J. Aust.Math. Soc., Ser. B, 40(4):437–446, 1999.

heli96 [1916] D. M. Healy Jr. and S. Li. A parametric class of discrete Gaborexpansions. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 44(2):201–211, 1996.

he96 [1917] M. T. Heath. Scientific computing: an introductory survey. NewYork, NY: McGraw-Hill. xx, 2002.

hengpe91 [1918] M. T. Heath, E. Ng, and B. W. Peyton. Parallel algorithms for sparselinear systems. SIAM Rev., 33(3):420–460, 1991.

bohepa01 [1919] R. W. Heath, H. Bolcskei, and A. J. Paulraj. Space-time signalingand frame theory. In Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, 2001.Proceedings. (ICASSP ’01). 2001 IEEE International Conference on,volume 4, pages 2445–2448, Salt Lake City, UT, 2001.

hepast06 [1920] R. W. J. Heath, T. Strohmer, and A. J. Paulraj. On quasi-orthogonalsequences for CDMA. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 52(3):1217–1226,2006.

dhhesttr05 [1921] R. W. J. Heath, T. Strohmer, J. A. Tropp, and I. S. Dhillon. DesigningStructured Tight Frames via an Alternating Projection Method. IEEETrans. Inf. Theory, 51(1):188–209, 2005.

hekozh00 [1922] H. Hedenmalm, B. Korenblum, and K. Zhu. Theory of Bergmanspaces. Springer, New York, 2000.

henish04 [1923] M. Hegland, O. M. Nielsen, and Z. Shen. Multidimensional smooth-ing using hyperbolic interpolatory wavelets. ETNA, Electron. Trans.Numer. Anal., 17:168–180, 2004.

a.05 [1924] A. J. Heightman. Q-CPR Eliminates Guesswork. Journal of Emer-gency Medical Services: CPR Revived, pages 14–17, December 2005.

he89 [1925] C. Heil. A discrete Zak transform. Technical report, MITRE Corpo-ration, 1989.

172

he90 [1926] C. Heil. Wavelets and frames. In Signal processing. Part I: Signalprocessing theory, Proc. Lect., Minneapolis, MN (USA) 1988, IMAVol. Math. Appl. 22, pages 147–160. 1990.

he90-1 [1927] C. Heil. Wiener amalgam spaces in generalized harmonic analysis andwavelet theory. PhD thesis, University of Maryland at College Park,College Park, MD, 1990.

he92 [1928] C. Heil. An introduction to Wiener amalgams. Technical report, 1992.

he98-1 [1929] C. Heil. A basis theory primer. Technical report, 1998.

he99 [1930] C. Heil. The Wiener transform on the Besicovitch spaces. Proc. Amer.Math. Soc., 127(7):2065–2071, 1999.

he03 [1931] C. Heil. An introduction to weighted Wiener amalgams. In M. Kr-ishna, R. Radha, and S. Thangavelu, editors, Wavelets and their Ap-plications (Chennai, January 2002), pages 183–216. Allied Publishers,New Delhi, 2003.

he03-1 [1932] C. Heil. Integral operators, pseudodifferential operators, and Gaborframes. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Advances in Gaboranalysis, Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages 153–169.Birkhauser, Basel, 2003.

he05 [1933] C. Heil. On the history of the Nyquist density theorem for Gaborframes. Technical report, 2005.

he06-2 [1934] C. Heil, editor. Harmonic Analysis and Applications. In Honorof Benedetto, J.J. Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis.Birkhauser, Boston, 2006.

he06-3 [1935] C. Heil. Linear independence of finite Gabor systems. In C. Heil,editor, Harmonic Analysis and Applications. In Honor of Benedetto,J.J., pages 171–206. Birkhauser, 2006.

he06-1 [1936] C. Heil. On the history and evolution of the density theorem for Gaborframes. Technical report, 2006.

he06-4 [1937] C. Heil. The homogeneous approximation property of Ramanathanand Steger, 2006.

173

hejola04 [1938] C. Heil, P. E. Jorgensen, and D. R. Larson, editors. Wavelets,frames and operator theory. Papers from the Focused Research GroupWorkshop, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA, January15–21, 2003., volume 345 of Contemporary Mathematics. AmericanMathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2004.

heku03 [1939] C. Heil and G. Kutyniok. Density of weighted wavelet frames. J.Geom. Anal., 13(3):479–493, 2003.

heku05 [1940] C. Heil and G. Kutyniok. Density of frames and Schauder bases ofwindowed exponentials. 2005.

heku05-1 [1941] C. Heil and G. Kutyniok. The Homogeneous Approximation Propertyfor Wavelet Frames and Schauder Bases. preprint, 2005.

herato94 [1942] C. Heil, J. Ramanathan, and P. Topiwala. Asymptotic singular valuedecay of time-frequency localization operators, volume 2303, pages 15–24. October 1994.

herato96 [1943] C. Heil, J. Ramanathan, and P. Topiwala. Linear independence oftime-frequency translates. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 124(9):2787–2795,1996.

herato97 [1944] C. Heil, J. Ramanathan, and P. Topiwala. Singular values of compactpseudodifferential operators. J. Funct. Anal., 150(2):426–452, 1997.

hestst96 [1945] C. Heil, G. Strang, and V. Strela. Approximation by translates ofrefinable functions. Numer. Math., 73(1):75–94, 1996.

hewa89 [1946] C. Heil and D. Walnut. Continuous and discrete wavelet transforms.SIAM Rev., 31:628–666, 1989.

hewa90 [1947] C. Heil and D. Walnut. Gabor and wavelet expansions. NATO ASISer., Ser. C, Math. Phys. Sci., 315:441–454, 1990.

behewa92 [1948] C. Heil, D. Walnut, and J. Benedetto. Uncertainty principles for time-frequency operators. In I. Gohberg, editor, Continuous and discreteFourier transforms, extension problems and Wiener-Hopf equations.Birkhauser, Basel, 1992.

hewa06 [1949] C. Heil and D. F. Walnut, editors. Fundamental Papers in WaveletTheory. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 2006.

174

he02 [1950] J. Heine. Topologie und Funktionalanalysis, Grundlagen der abstrak-ten Analysis mit Anwendungen. Oldenbourg, Munchen, Oldenbourg,2002.

he06-5 [1951] S. Heineken. Espacios Invariantes por Traslaciones con GeneradorRefinable. PhD thesis, Universidad de Buenos Aires, 2006.

he02-1 [1952] S. Heinrich. Quantum summation with an application to integration.J. Complexity, 18(1):1–50, 2002.

he04 [1953] S. Heinrich. Quantum approximation. I: Embeddings of finite-dimensional lp spaces. J. Complexity, 20(1):5–26, 2004.

he04-1 [1954] S. Heinrich. Quantum approximation. II: Sobolev embeddings. J.Complexity, 20(1):27–45, 2004.

he78 [1955] S. Helgason. Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces.Academic Press, New York, San Francisco, London, 1978.

he84 [1956] S. Helgason. Groups and geometric analysis. Integral geometry, invari-ant differential operators, and spherical functions. Academic Press,Orlando etc., 1984.

he05-1 [1957] S. Helgason. The Abel, Fourier and Radon transforms on symmetricspaces. Indag. Math. (N.S.), 16(3-4):531–551, 2005.

he77 [1958] G. Hellwig. Partial differential equations. An introduction. 2nd ed. B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1977.

he52-1 [1959] H. Helson. Isomorphisms of the abelian group. Arkiv. for Math.,2:782–790, 1952.

he52 [1960] H. Helson. On the ideal structure of group algebras. Arkiv. for Math.,2:782–790, 1952.

he71 [1961] H. Helson. Cocycles in harmonic analysis. In Actes Congr. internat.Math. 1970, 2., pages 477–481. 1971.

he83 [1962] H. Helson. Harmonic Analysis. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,1983.

175

he95 [1963] H. Helson. Harmonic analysis. 2nd ed. Hindustan Book Agency, NewDelhi, 1995.

he87 [1964] J. W. Helton. Operator theory, analytic functions, matrices, and elec-trical engineering. Reg. Conf. Ser. Math., 68:134 p., 1987.

he80-1 [1965] M. L. Hemler. The molecular theory of H (p, q, s)(Hn). PhD thesis,Washington University, May 1980.

he62 [1966] P. Henrici. Discrete variable methods in ordinary differential equa-tions. New York and London: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. XI, 1962.

he72 [1967] P. Henrici. Elemente der numerischen Analysis. I. Deutscheubersetzung von Gotz Alefeld. (Elements of numerical analysis. I.).Bibliographisches Institut, Mannheim, Wien, Zurich, 1972.

heje77 [1968] P. Henrici and R. Jeltsch. Komplexe Analysis fur Ingenieure. Band I.Birkhauser, Basel, Stuttgart, 1977.

heje80 [1969] P. Henrici and R. Jeltsch. Komplexe Analysis fur Ingenieure. Band2. Birkhauser, Basel, Boston, Stuttgart, 1980.

he00 [1970] N. Henze. Stochastik fur Einsteiger. Eine Einfuhrung in diefaszinierende Welt des Zufalls. (Stochastics for beginners. An intro-duction to the fascinating world of chance). 3., erweit. Aufl. Vieweg,Braunschweig, 2000.

he97 [1971] J. Hergovic. Die diskrete Fourier-Transformation und einige Anwen-dungen auf schulnahe Probleme. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna,1997.

heve91 [1972] C. Herley and M. Vetterli. Linear phase wavelets: Theory and design.pages 2017–2023, 1991.

he93 [1973] G. T. Herman. Algebraic Reconstruction Techniques can be MadeComputationally. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, 12(3):600–609, Sep.1993.

he95-1 [1974] G. T. Herman. Image Reconstruction From Projections. Real-TimeImaging, 1:3–18, 1995.

he98 [1975] G. T. Herman. Geometry of digital spaces. Birkhauser, Boston, 1998.

176

heku99 [1976] G. T. Herman and A. Kuba. Discrete tomography. Foundations, al-gorithms, and applications. Birkhauser, Basel, 1999.

helero73 [1977] G. T. Herman, A. Lent, and S. W. Rowland. ART: Mathematics andApplications, A Report on the Mathematical. J. theor. Biol., 42:1–32,1973.

heme93 [1978] G. T. Herman and Meyer L. B. Algebraic Recunstruction TechniquesCan Be Made Computationally Efficient. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging,12.Mar, September 1993.

heod91 [1979] G. T. Herman and D. Odhner. Performance Evaluation of an IterativeImage Reconstruction Algorythm for Positron Emission Tomography.IEEE Transact., 10.Mar:336–346, September 1991.

he01 [1980] M. Hermann. Numerische Mathematik. Oldenbourg, Munchen, 2001.

he06 [1981] M. Hermann. Numerische Mathematik. Oldenbourg, 2., uberarbeiteteund erweiterte Auflage edition, 2006.

helawe02 [1982] E. Hernndez, D. Labate, and G. Weiss. A unified characterization ofreproducing systems generated by a finite family. II. J. Geom. Anal.,12(4):615–662, 2002.

helawewi04 [1983] E. Hernndez, D. Labate, G. Weiss, and E. Wilson. Oversampling,quasi-affine frames, and wave packets. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,16(2):111–147, 2004.

hewe96 [1984] E. Hernndez and G. Weiss. A first course on wavelets. CRC Press,FL, 1996.

he67 [1985] C. Herz. The ideal theorem in certain Banach algebras of functionssatisfying smoothness conditions. In Functional Analysis, Proc. Conf.Univ. California, Irvine 1966., pages 222–234. 1967.

he68 [1986] C. Herz. Lipschitz spaces and Bernstein’s theorem on absolutely con-vergent Fourier transforms. J. Math. Mech., 18:283–323, 1968.

heri72 [1987] C. Herz and N. Riviere. Estimates for translation-invariant operatorson spaces with mixed norms. Stud. Math., 44:511–515, 1972.

177

he80 [1988] H. Heuser. Lehrbuch der Analysis. Teil 1. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart,1980.

he81 [1989] H. Heuser. Lehrbuch der Analysis. Teil 2. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart,1981.

he58 [1990] E. Hewitt. Some aspects of analysis and probability, volume 4 of Sur-veys in Applied Mathematics, chapter A survey of abstract harmonicanalysis. N.Y.:John Wiley and Sons,Inc. edition, 1958.

heri76 [1991] E. Hewitt and G. Ritter. Uber die Integrierbarkeit von Fourier-Transformierten auf Gruppen. I: Stetige Funktionen mit kompak-tem Trager und eine Bemerkung uber hyperbolische Differentialop-eratoren. Math. Ann., 224:77–96, 1976.

hero63 [1992] E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross. Abstract Harmonic Analysis I. Number115 in Grundlehren Math. Wiss. Springer, Berlin, 1963.

hero68 [1993] E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross. A maximal problem in harmonic analysis.III. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 74:225–227, 1968.

hero70 [1994] E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross. Abstract harmonic analysis. Vol. II: Struc-ture and analysis for compact groups. Analysis on locally compactAbelian groups. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1970.

hero79 [1995] E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross. Abstract harmonic analysis. Vol. 1: Struc-ture of topological groups; integration theory; group representations.2nd ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1979.

hest69 [1996] E. Hewitt and K. Stromberg. Real and abstract analysis. A moderntreatment of the theory of functions of a real variable. 2nd printingcorrected. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1969.

hezu63 [1997] E. Hewitt and H. S. Zuckermann. On a theorem of P.J. Cohen andH. Davenport. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 14:847–855, 1963.

he70 [1998] H. Heyer. Dualitat lokalkompakter Gruppen. Springer, Berlin, Heidel-berg, New York, 1970.

hi96 [1999] J. R. Higgins. Sampling theory in Fourier and signal analysis: foun-dations. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1996.

178

hist99 [2000] J. R. Higgins and R. L. Stens. Sampling theory in Fourier and signalanalysis. Vol. 2: Advanced topics. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1999.

hihi00 [2001] D. J. Higham and N. J. Higham. MATLAB guide. SIAM, Philadel-phia, PA, 2000.

hihi05 [2002] D. J. Higham and N. J. Higham. Matlab guide. 2nd ed. SIAM, Societyfor Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 2nd ed.edition, 2005.

hi96-1 [2003] N. J. Higham. Accuracy and stability of numerical algorithms. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1996.

hi87 [2004] F. B. Hildebrand. Introduction to numerical analysis. (Unabridgedrepubl. of the rev. 2nd ed. (1974) of the 1956 orig. publ. by McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York). Dover Publications Inc, New York, 1987.

hi02 [2005] B. J. Hiley. From the Heisenberg Picture to Bohm: a New Perspec-tive on Active Information and its relation to Shannon Information. InA. Khrennikov, editor, Proc. Int. Conf. Quantum Theory: Reconsid-eration of Foundations., pages 141–162, Vaxjo, Sweden, 2002. VaxjoUniversity Press.

hi88 [2006] D. R. Hill. Experiments in computational matrix algebra. RandomHouse, New York, NY, 1988.

hi48 [2007] E. Hille. Functional analysis and semi-groups. American Mathemati-cal Society Colloquium Publications. 31. New York: American Math-ematical Society (AMS). XI, 528 p., 1948.

hiph74 [2008] E. Hille and R. S. Phillips. Functional analysis and semi-groups. 3rdprinting of rev. ed. of 1957. Colloquium Publications, 31. Providence,1974.

hist98 [2009] N. Hindman and D. Strauss. Algebra in the Stone-Cech compactifica-tion: theory and applications., volume 27 of De Gruyter Expositionsin Mathematics. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1998.

hipi04 [2010] A. Hinrichs and M. Piotrowski. Fourier type 2 operators with respectto locally compact abelian groups. Math. Nachr., 276:57–62, 2004.

179

hi91 [2011] G. Hinsen. Abtastsatze mit unregelmaigen Stutzstellen: Rekonstruk-tionsformeln, Konvergenzaussagen und Fehlerbetrachtungen. (Sam-pling theorems with irregularly spaced samples: Reconstruction for-mulas, convergence statements, and error considerations). AmericanMathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1991.

hi59 [2012] I. I. Hirschman. On multiplier transformations. Duke, Math. J.,26:221–242, 1959.

hi61 [2013] I. I. j. Hirschman. Multiplier transformations, II. Duke Math. J.,28(1):45–56, 1961.

hi62 [2014] I. I. j. Hirschman. Multiplier transformations. III. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 13:851–857, 1962.

hi65 [2015] I. I. j. Hirschman. Finite sections of Wiener-Hopf equations and Szegopolynomials. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 11:290–320, 1965.

hl92 [2016] F. Hlawatsch. Regularity and unitarity of bilinear time-frequencysignal representations. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 38(1):82–94, 1992.

bohl94 [2017] F. Hlawatsch and H. Bolcskei. Time-frequency analysis of frames. InProc. IEEE-SP 1994 Int. Sympos. Time-Frequency Time-Scale Anal-ysis, pages 52–55, oct 1994.

hlko93 [2018] F. Hlawatsch and W. Kozek. The Wigner distribution of a linearsignal space. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 41:1248–1258, 1993.

hlko93-1 [2019] F. Hlawatsch and W. Kozek. The Wigner distribution of a linearsignal space. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 41:1248–1258, 1993.

hlko94 [2020] F. Hlawatsch and W. Kozek. Time-frequency projection filters andTF signal expansions. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 42:3321–3334,1994.

hlko95 [2021] F. Hlawatsch and W. Kozek. Second order time–frequency synthesisof nonstationary random processes. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,41:255–267, January 1995.

hlkikoma97 [2022] F. Hlawatsch, G. Matz, H. Kirchauer, and W. Kozek. Time–frequencyformulation and design of time–varying optimal filters. IEEE Trans.Signal Processing, 1997.

180

hlkikoma00 [2023] F. Hlawatsch, G. Matz, H. Kirchauer, and W. Kozek. Time-frequencyformulation, design, and implementation of time-varying optimal fil-ters for signal estimation. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 48(5):1417–1432, 2000.

hlmasc02 [2024] F. Hlawatsch, G. Matz, and D. Schafhuber. Pulse-shapingOFDM/BFDM systems for time-varying channels: ISI/ICI analysis,optimal pulse design, and efficient implementation. In Proc. IEEEPIMRC-02, pages 1012–1016, Lisbon, Portugal, September 2002.

hltw96 [2025] F. Hlawatsch and T. Twaroch. Covariant , time-frequency, and(a,b)representations. In Proceedings of the IEEE-SP InternationalSymposium on Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, 1996.,pages 437–440, 1996.

ho77 [2026] T.-J. Ho. Approximate identities in normed algebras. Fu Jen Studies,11:5–13, 1977.

ho78 [2027] T.-J. Ho. Characterizations of Segal algebras. Proc. Nat. Sci. Council,2(1):8–11, 1978.

ho79 [2028] T.-J. Ho. Approximate identities in dhs(g). Chin. J. Math., 7:117–125,1979.

ho79-1 [2029] T.-J. Ho. On structure spaces of double algebras, 1979.

ho02 [2030] R. Hochmuth. Wavelet characterizations for anisotropic Besov spaces.Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 12(2):179–208, 2002.

ho06 [2031] S. Hochstoger. Methoden der Gaboranalysis fur Musik und Sprachsig-nale. Master’s thesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, January2006.

hokaro97 [2032] P. Hoeher, S. Kaiser, and P. Robertson. Two-dimensional pilot-symbol-aided channel estimation by Wiener filtering. In Acoustics,Speech, and Signal Processing, 1997. ICASSP-97., 1997 IEEE Inter-national Conference on, volume 3, pages 1845–1848, Munich, 1997.

homavo05 [2033] A. Hoffmann, B. Marx, and W. Vogt. Mathematik fur Ingenieure I.Pearson Studium, Munchen, Germany, 2005.

181

hola95 [2034] J. A. Hogan and J. D. Lakey. Extensions of the Heisenberg group bydilations and frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 2(2):174–199,1995.

hola00 [2035] J. A. Hogan and J. D. Lakey. Sampling for shift-invariant and waveletsubspaces. Proc. SPIE, 4119:36–47, 2000.

hola01 [2036] J. A. Hogan and J. D. Lakey. Embeddings and uncertainty principlesfor generalized modulation spaces. In Modern sampling theory, Appl.Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 73–105. Birkhauser Boston, Boston,MA, 2001.

hola05-1 [2037] J. A. Hogan and J. D. Lakey. Sampling and oversampling inshift-invariant and multiresolution spaces. I: Validation of samplingschemes. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process., 3(2):257–281,2005.

hola05 [2038] J. A. Hogan and J. D. Lakey. Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Meth-ods. Birkhauser, Boston, 2005.

ho06-1 [2039] S. G. Hoggar. Mathematics of Digital Images. Cambridge UniversityPress, 2006.

ho75 [2040] F. Holland. Harmonic analysis on amalgams of lp and ellq. J. Lond.Math. Soc., 10:295–305, 1975.

ho75-1 [2041] F. Holland. On the representation of functions as Fourier transformsof unbounded measures. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 30:347–365, 1975.

howa88 [2042] F. Holland and D. Walsh. Hankel operators in the von Neumann-Schatten classes. Ill. J. Math., 32:1–22, 1988.

chhoko01 [2043] J. M. Hollingworth, A. Konstadopoulou, and S. Chountasis. Gazeau-Klauder coherent states in one-mode systems with. J. Phys. A,34(44):9463–9474, 2001.

ho96 [2044] M. Holschneider. Continuous wavelet transforms on the sphere. J.Math. Phys., 37(8):4156–4165, 1996.

182

ho98 [2045] G. C. Holst. Sampling, aliasing, and data fidelity (for electronic imag-ing systems,. JCD Publishing and Bellingham, WA, Winter Park, FL,1998.

eihoo05 [2046] D. F. Holt, B. Eick, and E. A. O’Brien. Handbook of computationalgroup theory. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications. Boca Raton,FL: Chapman & Hall/CRC Press. xvi, 2005.

horo05 [2047] O. Holtz and A. Ron. Approximation orders of shift-invariant sub-spaces of ws

2(bbbrd). J. Approximation Theory, 132(1):97–148, 2005.

hokakosc99 [2048] M. C. Hong, H. Schwab, L. P. Kondi, and A. K. Katsaggelos. Errorconcealment algorithms for compressed video. Signal Proc.: ImageCommunication, 14:473–491, 1999.

holiun02 [2049] S. Horbelt, M. Liebling, and M. Unser. Discretization of the RadonTransform and of its Inverse by Spline Convolutions. IEEE Transac-tions on Medical Imaging, 2002.

ho60 [2050] Horm and L. er. Estimates for translation invariant operators in lp

spaces. Acta Math., 104:93–140, 1960.

ho76 [2051] L. Hormander. Linear partial differential operators. 4th printing.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1976.

ho79-2 [2052] L. Hormander. The Weyl calculus of pseudo-differential operators.Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 32:359–443, 1979.

ho81 [2053] L. Hormander. Symbolic calculus and differential equations. In E. Bal-slev, editor, 18th Scand. Congr. Math., Proc., Aarhus 1980., vol-ume 11 of Prog. Math., pages 56–81, Boston, 1981. Birkhauser.

ho83-1 [2054] L. Hormander. The Analysis of Linear Partial Differential OperatorsI. Number 256 in Grundlehren Math. Wiss. Springer, Berlin, 1983.

ho83 [2055] L. Hormander. The analysis of linear partial differential operatorsII: Differential operators with constant coefficients. Springer, Berlin,Heidelberg, New York, 1983.

ho03 [2056] L. Hormander. The analysis of linear partial differential operators I:Distribution theory and Fourier analysis. Classics in Mathematics.Springer, Reprint of the 2nd Edition 1990 edition, 2003.

183

ho05 [2057] L. Hormander. The analysis of linear partial differential operators III:Pseudo- differential operators. Springer, 2005.

ho88 [2058] W. Hormann. Stochastic Processes and Vector Quasi-Measures. Mas-ter’s thesis, University of Vienna, July 1987.

ho89 [2059] W. Hormann. Generalized Stochastic Processes and Wigner Distribu-tion. PhD thesis, University of Vienna, (AUSTRIA), 1989.

ho66 [2060] J. Horv’ath. Topological vector spaces and distributions. Vol.I.Addison-Wesley, Reading, 1966.

ho04 [2061] J. Horv’ath. On the Riesz–Fischer theorem. Stud. Sci. Math. Hung.,41(4):467–478, 2004.

homipa86 [2062] B. Host, J. F. Mila, and F. Parreau. Analyse harmonique des mesures.Siminaire de Villetaneuse (France). (Harmonic analysis of measures).Sociiti Mathimatique de France, Paris, 1986.

ho90-1 [2063] C. Houdre. Harmonizability, V-boundedness, (2,p)-boundedness ofstochastic processes. Probab. Theory Relat. Fields, 84(1):39–54, 1990.

ho90 [2064] C. Houdre. Linear Fourier and stochastic analysis. Probab. TheoryRelat. Fields, 87(2):167–188, 1990.

cahomo03 [2065] S. D. Howard, A. R. Calderbank, and W. Moran. The FiniteHeisenberg-Weyl Group in Radar and Communications, 2003.

cahomosasc05 [2066] S. D. Howard, W. Moran, A. R. Calderbank, H. A. Schmitt, and C. O.Savage. Relationships between radar ambiguity and coding theory.In IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and SignalProcessing, 2005. Proceedings. (ICASSP ’05)., pages v/897– v/900,2005.

ho80 [2067] R. Howe. On the role of the Heisenberg group in harmonic analysis.Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 3(2):821–843, 1980.

ho80-1 [2068] R. Howe. Quantum mechanics and partial differential equations. J.Funct. Anal., 38:188–254, 1980.

ho80-2 [2069] R. Howe. Quantum mechanics and partial differential equations.[PART II for upload]. J. Funct. Anal., 38:188–254, 1980.

184

ho88-1 [2070] R. Howe. The oscillator semigroup. In The mathematical heritage ofHermann Weyl, Proc. Symp., Durham/NC 1987, volume 48 of Proc.Symp. Pure Math., pages 61–132. 1988.

ho05-1 [2071] R. Howe. Nice error bases, mutually unbiased bases, induced repre-sentations, the Heisenberg group and finite geometries. Indag. Math.(N.S.), 16(3-4):553–583, 2005.

ho01 [2072] K. B. Howell. Principles of Fourier analysis. Chapman andHall/CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2001.

hoka90 [2073] A. G. Howson and J. P. Kahane. The popularization of mathematics.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.

hris04 [2074] T. Hrycak and V. Isakov. Increased stability in the continuation ofsolutions to the Helmholtz equation. Inverse Probl., 20(3):697–712,2004.

hrma06 [2075] T. Hrycak and G. Matz. Low-Complexity Time-Domain ICI Equal-ization for OFDM Communications over Rapidly Varying Channels.2006.

hrro98 [2076] T. Hrycak and V. Rokhlin. An improved fast multipole algorithm forpotential fields. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 19(6):1804–1826, 1998.

hu78 [2077] J. H. Huang. A remark on ap(g). Math. Japonica, 23(4):345–347,1978.

hu85 [2078] P. J. Huber. Projection pursuit. Ann. Stat., 13:435–525, 1985.

husc02 [2079] T. Huckle and S. Schneider. Numerik fur Informatiker. (Numerics forcomputer scientists). Springer, Berlin, 2002.

hu72 [2080] A. Hulanicki. On the spectrum of convolution operators on groupswith polynomial growth. Invent. Math., 17:135–142, 1972.

hu89-1 [2081] J. C. Hull. Options, futures, and other derivatives. Prentice-Hall, Inc,Upper Saddle River, NJ, 1989.

humo90 [2082] R. Hummel and Moniot R. Reconstruction From Zero Crossings inScale Space. IEEE Trans. PAMI, 12:629–639, 1990.

185

hu66 [2083] R. A. Hunt. On the convergence of fourier series, orthgonal expansionsand their continuous analogues. pages 235–255, 1966.

huwi06 [2084] B. Huppert and W. Willems. Lineare Algebra. Teubner, 2006.

hu89 [2085] N. E. Hurt. Phase retrieval and zero crossings. Mathematical methodsin image reconstruction. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht,1989.

aaefeihumyst02 [2086] J. H. Husoy, J. Eilevstjonn, T. Eftestol, S. O. Aase, H. Myklebust,and P. A. Steen. Removal of Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Artifactsfrom Human ECG Using an Efficient Matching Pursuit-Like Algo-rithm. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 49 (11):1287–1298, 2002.

hu81 [2087] J. E. Hutchinson. Fractals and self similarity. Indiana Univ. Math.J., 30:713–747, 1981,.

hwle94 [2088] I. L. Hwang and R. B. Lee. lspp-boundedness of pseudo-differentialoperators of class ssb0, 0. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 346(2):489–510,1994.

ignava01 [2089] A. Ignjatovic, M. J. Narasimha, and P. P. Vaidyanathan. New sam-pling expansions for bandlimited signals based on chromaticderiva-tives. In Conference Record of the Thirty-Fifth Asilomar Conferenceon Signals, Systems and Computers, 2001., pages 558–562, 2001.

ignava02 [2090] A. Ignjatovic, M. J. Narasimha, and P. P. Vaidyanathan. Chromaticderivative filter banks. IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 9(7):215–216,2002.

ig72 [2091] J.-i. Igusa. Theta functions. Die Grundlehren der mathematischenWissenschaften. Band 194. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. X, 232 p. Cloth DM 64.00 and $ 19.90, 1972.

ilsp05 [2092] M. Ilie and N. Spronk. Completely bounded homomorphisms of theFourier algebras. J. Funct. Anal., 225(2):480–499, 2005.

imja97 [2093] K. A. S. Immink and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Effects of floating pointarithmetic in enumerative coding. 1997.

186

imja98 [2094] K. A. S. Immink and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Error propagation effectsof enumerative coding schemes. 1998.

imja99 [2095] K. A. S. Immink and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Error propagation assess-ment of enumerative coding schemes. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,45(7):2591–2594, 1999.

is92 [2096] V. Isernhagen. Error bounds for projection-type iterative methods insolving linear operator equations. Z. Anal. Anwend., 11(3):397–400,1992.

iskura03 [2097] P. Ishwar, A. Kumar, and K. Ramchandran. Distributed sampling fordense sensor networks: A “bit-conservation principle. In L. Guibasand F. Zhao, editors, Information processing in sensor networks. Sec-ond international workshop, IPSN 2003, Palo Alto, CA, USA, April22-23, 2003. Proceedings., volume 2634 of Lect. Notes Comput. Sci.,pages 17–31. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

is04 [2098] A. Iske. Multiresolution Methods in Scattered Data. Springer, 2004.

isle07 [2099] A. e. Iske and J. e. . Levesley. Algorithms for approximation. Proceed-ings of the 5th international conference, Chester, UK, July 17–21,2005. Berlin: Springer. year, 2007.

isra05 [2100] A. e. Iske and T. e. Randen. Mathematical Methods and Modelling inHydrocarbon Exploration and Production, volume 7 of Mathematics inIndustry. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2005.

ghisnaza95 [2101] M. E. H. Ismail, M. Z. Nashed, A. I. Zayed, and A. F. Ghaleb. Math-ematical analysis, wavelets, and signal processing. An internationalconference on mathematical analysis and signal processing, Cairo Uni-versity, Cairo, Egypt, January 3-9, 1994. American MathematicalSociety, Providence, RI, 1995.

issa83 [2102] E. Isobe and S. Sato. Wiener-Hermite expansion of a process gen-erated by an Ito stochastic differential equation. J. Appl. Probab.,20:754–765, 1983.

it06 [2103] K. Ito. Essentials of stochastic processes. Translated from the 1957Japanese original. Translations of Mathematical Monographs 231.American Mathematical Society (AMS), 2006.

187

it54 [2104] K. It. Stationary random distributions. Mem. Coll. Sci. Univ. Kyoto,Ser. A, 28:209–223, 1954.

iv98 [2105] V. Ivrii. Microlocal analysis and precise spectral asymptotics. SpringerMonographs in Mathematics. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

iw44 [2106] K. Iwasawa. On group rings of topological rings. Proc. Imp. Acad.Japan, 20:67–70, 1944.

briy05 [2107] S. S. Iyengar and R. R. Brooks. Distributed Sensor Networks. Com-puter and Information Science Series. Chapman & Hall/ CRC, BocaRaton; London; New York; Washington, D.C., 2005.

jaro97 [2108] S. D. Jacka and G. O. Roberts. On strong forms of weak convergence.Stoch. Proc. and Appl., 67:41–53, 1997.

jasc01 [2109] N. Jacob and R. L. Schilling. L’evy-type processes and pseudodif-ferential operators. In et al. and O. E. Barndorff Nielsen, editors,L’evy processes. Theory and applications, pages 139–168. Birkhauser,Boston, 2001.

ja97-2 [2110] M. Jacobsen. Laplace and the origin of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck pro-cess. Bernoulli J. Math. Stat. Prob., 2(3):271–286, 1997.

ja89-3 [2111] S. Jaffard. Exposants de Holder en des points donnes et coefficientsd’ondelettes. (Holder exponents at given points and wavelet coeffi-cients). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Serie I, 308:79–81, 1989. englishtranslation in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

ja90-2 [2112] S. Jaffard. Proprietes des matrices “bien localisees” pres de leur diago-nale et quelques applications. (Properties of matrices “well localized”near the diagonal and some applications). Ann. Inst. H. PoincareAnal. Non Lineaire, 7:461–476, 1990.

jamery01 [2113] S. Jaffard, Y. Meyer, and R. D. Ryan. Wavelets. Tools for scienceand technology. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 2001.

ja00 [2114] R. C. Jaffe. Random Signals for Engineers Using MATLAB and Math-cad. Springer, 2000.

188

jakamawi98 [2115] S. Jaggi, W. C. Karl, S. Mallat, and A. S. Willsky. High resolu-tion pursuit for feature extraction. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,5(4):428–449, 1998.

b.f.05 [2116] F. Jaillet and B. Torresani. Time-frequency jigsaw puzzle: adaptiveand multilayered Gabor expansions. preprint, 2005.

jakava06 [2117] P. K. Jain, S. K. Kaushik, and L. K. Vashisht. On perturbation ofBanach frames. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process., 4(3):559–565, 2006.

jaru82 [2118] A. Jakimovski and D. C. Russell. Representation of continuous linearfunctionals on a subspace of a countable Cartesian product of Banachspaces. Stud. Math., 72:273–284, 1982.

jaru83 [2119] A. Jakimovski and D. C. Russell. An extension of Wiener’s closureand Tauberian theorems. In Functions, Series, operators, Proc. Int.Conf., Budapest 1980,Vol. II, volume 35 of Colloq. Math. Soc. J’anosBolyai, pages 689–698. 1983.

jashsz06 [2120] A. Jakimovski, A. Sharma, and J. Szabados. Walsh equiconvergenceof complex interpolating polynomials. Springer Monographs in Math-ematics. Springer, Dordrecht, 2006.

ja06-1 [2121] S. Jakobsson. Frequency optimized computation methods. J. Sci.Comput., 26(3):329–362, 2006.

ja87 [2122] G. J. O. Jameson. Summing and nuclear norms in Banach spacetheory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

jaXX [2123] P. Jaming. Zero-free regions of radar ambiguity functions and mo-ments.

ja06 [2124] P. Jaming. Uncertainty principles for orthonormal bases, 2006.

japo06 [2125] P. Jaming and A. Powell. Uncertainty principles for orthonormalsequences, 2006.

ja80 [2126] K. Janich. Einfuhrung in die Funktionentheorie. 2. Aufl. Springer,Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1980.

ja80-1 [2127] K. Janich. Topologie. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1980.

189

ja81 [2128] K. Janich. Lineare Algebra. Ein Skriptum fur das erste Semester. 2.Aufl. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1981.

ja80-2 [2129] S. Janson. Generalizations of Lipschitz spaces and an application toHardy spaces and bounded mean oscillation. Duke Math. J., 47:959–982, 1980.

jape90 [2130] S. Janson and J. Peetre. Weak factorization in periodic Fock space.Math. Nachr., 146:159–165, 1990.

japero87 [2131] S. Janson, J. Peetre, and R. Rochberg. Hankel forms and the Fockspace. Rev. Mat. Iberoam., 3(1):61–138, 1987.

jaXX-1 [2132] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Gabor systems and communication theory.

ja79 [2133] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Convolution theory in a space of generalized func-tions. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Indag. Math., 41(3):283–305, 1979.

ja81-1 [2134] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Gabor Representation of Generalized Functions.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 83:377–394, October 1981.

ja81-4 [2135] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Note on a paper by M. Laczkovich on functionswith measurable differences. Indag. Math., 43:309–313, 1981.

ja81-3 [2136] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Positivity of weighted Wigner distributions.SIAM J. Math. Anal., 12(5):752–758, 1981.

ja81-2 [2137] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Weighted Wigner distributions vanishing onlattices. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 80:156–167, 1981.

ja82 [2138] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Bargmann transform, Zak transform, and coher-ent states. J. Math. Phys., 23(5):720–731, 1982.

ja82-1 [2139] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On the locus and spread of pseudodensity func-tions in the time-frequency plane. Philips J. Res., 37(3):79–110, 1982.

ja84 [2140] A. J. E. M. Janssen. A note on Hudson’s theorem about functions withnonnegative Wigner distributions. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 15(1):170–176, 1984.

ja84-1 [2141] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Gabor representation and Wigner distribution ofsignals. In Proc. IEEE ICASSP-84, volume 9, pages 258 – 261, March1984.

190

ja84-2 [2142] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Positivity properties of phase-plane distributionfunctions. J. Math. Phys., 25(7):2240–2252, 1984.

ja85 [2143] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Bilinear phase-plane distribution functions andpositivity. J. Math. Phys., 26(8):1986–1994, 1985.

ja85-1 [2144] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On the eigenvalues of an infinite Jacobi matrix.Philips J. Res., 40(6):323–351, 1985.

ja87-1 [2145] A. J. E. M. Janssen. A note on Positive Time-Frequency Distribu-tions. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 35(5):701–703,1987.

ja87-2 [2146] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Comments on: “Characterizing the radar ambi-guity functions” [IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 30 (1984), no. 6, 832–836; MR0782216 (86j:94011)] by L. Auslander and R. Tolimieri. IEEETrans. Inform. Theory, 33(2):298, 1987.

ja87-3 [2147] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On certain integrals occurring in the analysisof a frequency-domain, power-compensated adaptive filter. Philips J.Res., 42(2):131–171, 1987.

ja88-2 [2148] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On exponentially weighted Toeplitz matrices andtheir use in the analysis of a frequency-domain, power-compensatedadaptive filter. In Linear circuits, systems and signal processing:theory and application (Phoenix, AZ, 1987), pages 207–216. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988.

ja88-1 [2149] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Positivity of time-frequency distribution func-tions. Signal Process., 14(3):243–252, 1988.

ja88 [2150] A. J. E. M. Janssen. The Zak transform: A signal transform forsampled time-continuous signals. Philips J. Res., 43(1):23–69, 1988.

ja89-2 [2151] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Asymptotics of the Perron-Frobenius eigenvalueof nonnegative Hessenberg-Toeplitz matrices. IEEE Trans. Inform.Theory, 35(6):1340–1344, 1989.

ja89 [2152] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Note on a linear system occurring in perfectreconstruction. Signal Process., 18(1):109–114, 1989.

191

ja89-1 [2153] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Wigner weight functions and Weyl symbolsof nonnegative definite linear operators. Philips J. Res., 44(1):7–42,1989.

ja90-1 [2154] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Frequency-domain bounds for non-negativeband-limited functions. Philips J. Res., 45(5):325–366, 1990.

ja90 [2155] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Spread and entropy inequalities for Wigner weightfunctions, pages 347– 355. 1990.

ja91-3 [2156] A. J. E. M. Janssen. An optimization problem related to neural net-works. Inform. Process. Lett., 37(3):155–157, 1991.

ja91-1 [2157] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Bounds of optical transfer functions: Analyticresults. Philips J. Res., 45(6):367–411, 1991.

ja91-2 [2158] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Largest eigenvalues for truncated averagingoperators. Philips J. Res., 45(6):413–432, 1991.

ja91 [2159] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Optimality property of the Gaussian windowspectrogram. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 39:202–204, 1991.

ja92-2 [2160] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On the asymptotics of some Pearcey-type inte-grals. J. Phys. A, 25(13):L823–L831, 1992.

ja92-1 [2161] A. J. E. M. Janssen. The Smith-Barnwell condition and nonnegativescaling functions. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 38(2, part 2):884–886,1992.

ja92 [2162] A. J. E. M. Janssen. The Zak transform and some counterexamples intime-frequency analysis. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 38(1):168–171,1992.

ja93 [2163] A. J. E. M. Janssen. The Zak transform and sampling theorems forwavelet subspaces. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 41:3360–3364, 1993.

ja94 [2164] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Bilinear time-frequency distributions. InWavelets and their applications (Il Ciocco, 1992), volume 442 ofNATO Adv. Sci. Inst. Ser. C Math. Phys. Sci., pages 297–311. KluwerAcad. Publ., Dordrecht, 1994.

192

ja94-4 [2165] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Duality and Biorthogonality for discrete-timeWeyl-Heisenberg frames. Technical report, Philips Electronics, 1994.

ja94-1 [2166] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Frequency-domain bounds for non-negative,unsharply band-limited functions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1:39–65,1994.

ja94-2 [2167] A. J. E. M. Janssen. More epsilonized bounds of the Boas-Kac-Lukosztype. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(2):171–191, 1994.

ja94-3 [2168] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Signal analytic proofs of two basic results onlattice expansions. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 1(4):350–354, 1994.

ja95 [2169] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Duality and biorthogonality for Weyl-Heisenbergframes. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(4):403–436, 1995.

ja95-1 [2170] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On rationally oversampled Weyl-Heisenbergframes. Signal Process., 47(3):239–245, 1995.

ja96-1 [2171] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Some counterexamples in the theory of Weyl-Heisenberg frames. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 42(2):621–623,1996.

ja96 [2172] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Some Weyl-Heisenberg frame bound calculations.Indag. Math. (N.S.), 7(2):165–183, 1996.

ja97-1 [2173] A. J. E. M. Janssen. From continuous to discrete Weyl-Heisenbergframes through sampling. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):583–596, 1997.Dedicated to the memory of Richard J. Duffin.

ja97 [2174] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Positivity and spread of bilinear time-frequencydistributions. In The Wigner distribution, pages 1–58. Elsevier, Am-sterdam, 1997.

ja98-1 [2175] A. J. E. M. Janssen. A density theorem for time-continuous filterbanks. In Y. Zeevi and R. Coifman, editors, Signal and image repre-sentation in combined spaces, volume 7 of Wavelet Anal. Appl., pages513–523. Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1998.

ja98-2 [2176] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Proof of a conjecture on the supports of Wignerdistributions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 4(6):723–726, 1998.

193

ja98 [2177] A. J. E. M. Janssen. The duality condition for Weyl-Heisenbergframes. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysisand algorithms: Theory and applications, *42C15 Series and expan-sions in general function systems, pages 33–84, 453–488. 1998.

ja01 [2178] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Representations of Gabor frame operators. InJ. Byrnes, editor, Twentieth century harmonic analysis–a celebration.Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute, Il Ciocco, Italy,July 2-15, 2000., volume 33 of NATO Sci. Ser. II, Math. Phys. Chem.,pages 73–101. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2001.

ja02 [2179] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Extended Nijboer-Zernike approach for the com-putation of optical point-spread functions. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A,19:849–857, 2002.

ja03-1 [2180] A. J. E. M. Janssen. On generating tight Gabor frames at criticaldensity. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 9(2):175–214, 2003.

ja03 [2181] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Zak transforms with few zeros and the tie. InH. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Advances in Gabor analysis,Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis, pages 31–70. Birkhauser,Basel, 2003.

ja04 [2182] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Some iterative algorithms to compute canonicalwindows for Gabor frames. volume to appear of Lect. Notes Ser. Inst.Math. Sci. Natl. Univ. Singap. World Scientific, River Edge, 2004.

ja05-1 [2183] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Classroom Proof of the Density Theorem forGabor Systems. ESI preprints, 2005.

ja05 [2184] A. J. E. M. Janssen. Hermite function description of Feichtinger’sspace S0. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 11(5):577–588, 2005.

beja89 [2185] A. J. E. M. Janssen and G. F. M. Beenker. A note on Rogers-Szegopolynomials and determinants of Jacobi matrices with exponentiallydecreasing elements. Philips J. Res., 44(1):1–5, 1989.

beja87 [2186] A. J. E. M. Janssen and J. W. M. Bergmans. Robust decision-feedbackequalization. In Proc. 8th Symposium on Information Theory in theBenelux, Deventer, 1987.

194

brdija04 [2187] A. J. E. M. Janssen, J. J. M. Braat, and P. Dirksen. On the computa-tion of the Nijboer-Zernike aberration integrals at arbitrary defocus.J. Mod. Opt., 51(5):687–703, 2004.

brja96 [2188] A. J. E. M. Janssen and V. Braun. On the low-frequency suppressionperformance of DC-free runlength-limited modulation codes. IEEETrans. Consumer Electronics, 42(4):939–945, 1996.

clja85 [2189] A. J. E. M. Janssen and T. A. C. M. Claasen. On positivity of time-frequency distributions. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process.,33(4):1029–1032, 1985.

coja91 [2190] A. J. E. M. Janssen and W. Coene. Image delocalisation and HREMimaging with a FEG. In Proc. of the 10th Pfefferkorn Conference onSignal and Image Processing in Microscopy and Microanalysis, Cam-bridge, pages 379–404, 1991.

csja00 [2191] A. J. E. M. Janssen and N. Csizmadia. Fourier analysis and synthesisfor a Mildly Non-linear Quantizer. Signal Process., 80(10):2075–2098,2000.

brdeja94 [2192] A. J. E. M. Janssen, G. de Boer, and J. J. M. Braat. Scan densityand resolution in a laser beam pattern generator. Pure Appl. Opt.,3:623–641, 1994.

deja98-1 [2193] A. J. E. M. Janssen and M. J. M. de Jong. Analytic properties ofcontention tree-algorithms. pages 128–129, 1998.

deja00 [2194] A. J. E. M. Janssen and M. J. M. de Jong. Analysis of contentiontree algorithms. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 46(6):2163–2172, 2000.

deja98 [2195] A. J. E. M. Janssen and R. de Vries. Decreasing the sensitivity ofADC test parameters by means of wobbling. In Proceedings of the16th IEEE VLSI test symposium, Monterey, pages 386–391, 1998.

deja99 [2196] A. J. E. M. Janssen and R. de Vries. Decreasing the sensitivity of ADCtest parameters by means of wobbling. Journal Electronic Testing -Theory and Applications, 15:23–29, 1999.

dejava85 [2197] A. J. E. M. Janssen, C. B. Dekker, and P. J. van Otterloo. The contourplot method for noise reduction in digital video. Acta Electronica,27:119–131, 1985.

195

imja91 [2198] A. J. E. M. Janssen and K. A. S. Immink. Entropy and powerspectrum of asymmetrically DC-constrained binary sequences. IEEETrans. Inform. Theory, 37(3, part 2):923–927, 1991.

imja00 [2199] A. J. E. M. Janssen and K. A. S. Immink. An entropy theorem forcomputing the capacity of weakly (d, k)-constrained sequences. IEEETrans. Inf. Theory, 46(3):1034–1038, 2000.

jaka99 [2200] A. J. E. M. Janssen and T. Kalker. A note on Unser-Zerubia general-ized sampling theory applied to the linear interpolator. IEEE Trans.Signal Process., 47(8):2332–2335, 1999.

jaka99-1 [2201] A. J. E. M. Janssen and T. Kalker. Analysis of watermark detectionusing SPOMF. In ICIP 99. Proceedings International Conference onImage Processing 1999, volume 1, pages 316–319, 1999.

jako00 [2202] A. J. E. M. Janssen and A. G. C. Koppelaar. Box-functions andmismatched log-likelihood ratios. In Proc. of the 21st Symposiumon Information Theory in the Benelux, Wassenaar, The Netherlands,May 2000., pages 17–24, 2000.

jakova03 [2203] A. J. E. M. Janssen, A. G. C. Koppelaar, and M. van Dijk. Correctingsystematic mismatches in computed log-likelihood ratios. Eur. trans.telecommun., 14(3):227–244, 2003.

jale05 [2204] A. J. E. M. Janssen and J. S. H. Leeuwaarden. Analytic computationschemes for the discrete-time bulk service queue. Queueing Syst.,50(2-3):141–163, 2005.

jama91 [2205] A. J. E. M. Janssen and M. J. J. J. B. Maes. A note on cylindricalreflector design. Optik, 88:177–181, 1991.

jama92 [2206] A. J. E. M. Janssen and M. J. J. J. B. Maes. An optimization problemin reflector design. Philips J. Res., 47(2):99–143, 1992.

jame93 [2207] A. J. E. M. Janssen and J. B. M. Melissen. An unexpected result inclassical electrostatics, Problem 92-16. SIAM Rev., 45:643–645, 1993.

jaklnova94 [2208] A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. L. Norg, M. H. Klompstra, and G. van En-gelen. Wavelet analysis applied to a capstanless DCC recorder. 1994.

196

codejaopva94 [2209] A. J. E. M. Janssen, M. Op de Beeck, D. van Dyck, W. M. J. Coene,and T. J. J. Denteneer. Focus variation image reconstruction in fieldemission TEM. Microscopy Society of America Bulletin, 24:472–486,1994.

aajaro03 [2210] A. J. E. M. Janssen, J. A. Rodenas, and R. M. Aarts. Derivation ofan optimal directivity pattern for sweet spot widening in stereo soundreproduction. J. Acoust. Soc. Amer., 113(1):267–278, 2003.

jalosezw96 [2211] A. J. E. M. Janssen, G. P. H. Seuren, T. Zwemstra, and M. T. Looijer.A broadband test method for A/D converters. 1996.

jakosova87 [2212] A. J. E. M. Janssen, P. C. W. Sommen, P. J. van Gerwen, and H. J.Kotmans. Convergence analysis of a frequency-domain adaptive filterwith exponential power averaging and generalized window function.IEEE Trans. Circuits and Systems, 34(7):788–798, 1987.

jaso06 [2213] A. J. E. M. Janssen and P. L. Sondergaard. Iterative algorithms toapproximate canonical Gabor windows: Computational aspects. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., submitted, 2006.

jaso05 [2214] A. J. E. M. Janssen and P. L. Sondergaard. Iterative algorithms toapproximate canonical Gabor. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 2007. submit-ted.

jast02 [2215] A. J. E. M. Janssen and T. Strohmer. Characterization and compu-tation of canonical tight windows for Gabor frames. J. Fourier Anal.Appl., 8(1):1–28, 2002.

jast02-1 [2216] A. J. E. M. Janssen and T. Strohmer. Hyperbolic secants yield Gaborframes. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 12(2):259–267, 2002.

jatj87 [2217] A. J. E. M. Janssen and D. L. A. Tjaden. Solution to Problem 86-2*by Jerrold W. Grossman. Math. Intelligencer, 9(3):41–43, 1987.

java90 [2218] A. J. E. M. Janssen and S. J. L. van Eijndhoven. Spaces of type w,growth of Hermite coefficients, Wigner distribution, and Bargmanntransform. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 152(2):368–390, 1990.

java05 [2219] A. J. E. M. Janssen and J. S. H. Van Leeuwaarden. A discretequeue, Fourier sampling on Szego curves and Spitzer formulas. Int.J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf. Process., 3(3):361–387, 2005.

197

java05-1 [2220] A. J. E. M. Janssen and J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden. Relaxation timefor the discrete d/g/1 queue. Queueing Syst., 50(1):53–80, 2005.

javava91 [2221] A. J. E. M. Janssen, J. M. J. Vankan, and H. F. J. M. van Well.Note on sideband intensities in one-dimensional MAS NMR spectra.Philips J. Res., 46:107–112, 1991.

jave86 [2222] A. J. E. M. Janssen and R. N. J. Veldhuis. A unified approach tothe restoration of lost samples in discrete-time signals. In Proc. 21stAsilomar Conference, Asilomar, 1986.

javevr84 [2223] A. J. E. M. Janssen, R. N. J. Veldhuis, and L. B. Vries. Adaptiverestoration of unknown samples in time-discrete signals. In Verhan-delingen Vijfde Symposium over Informatietheorie in de Benelux, Aal-ten, 1984.

javevr85 [2224] A. J. E. M. Janssen, R. N. J. Veldhuis, and L. B. Vries. Adaptiverestoration of unknown samples in certain time-discrete signals. InProc. IEEE ICASSP ’85, April 1985.

javevr86 [2225] A. J. E. M. Janssen, R. N. J. Veldhuis, and L. B. Vries. Adaptive inter-polation of discrete-time signals that can be modeled as autoregressiveprocesses. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 34(2):317 –330, April 1986.

javr84 [2226] A. J. E. M. Janssen and L. Vries. Interpolation of band-limiteddiscrete-time signals by minimizing out-of-band energy. volume 9,pages 515–518, March 1984.

jaze83 [2227] A. J. E. M. Janssen and S. Zelditch. Szego limit theorems for theharmonic oscillator. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 280(2), 1983.

jasezw95 [2228] A. J. E. M. Janssen, T. Zwemstra, and G. P. H. Seuren. Fast analog-IC test using non-stationary signals. Philips Research Bulletin on ICDesign, 24:10–11, 1995.

ja81-5 [2229] H. Jarchow. Locally convex spaces. Teubner (Stuttgart), 1981.

jato84 [2230] B. Jawerth and A. Torchinsky. On a Hardy and Littlewood imbeddingtheorem. Mich. Math. J., 31:131–137, 1984.

198

je97 [2231] Y.-C. Jenq. Perfect reconstruction of digital spectrum from nonuni-formly sampled signals. IEEE Trans. Instrumentation and Measure-ment, 46(3):649–652, 1997.

jela01 [2232] A. Jensen and A. LaCour Harbo. Ripples in Mathematics. The Dis-crete Wavelet Transform. Springer, 2001.

je77 [2233] A. J. Jerri. The Shannon sampling theorem - its various extensionsand applications, a tutorial review. Proc. IEEE 65, 11:1565–1596,1977.

je98 [2234] A. J. Jerri. The Gibbs phenomenon in Fourier analysis, splines andwavelet approximations., volume 446 of Mathematics and its Applica-tions. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1998.

jebuhascst06 [2235] K. Jetter. Topics in Multivariate Approximation and Interpolation.Academic Press, 2006.

jeko89 [2236] K. Jetter and P. Koch. Methoden der Fourier-Transformation bei derkardinalen Interpolation periodischer Daten. In Multivariate approx-imation theory IV, Proc. Conf., Oberwolfach/FRG 1989, ISNM 90,201-208. 1989.

jepfzi01 [2237] K. Jetter, G. Pfander, and G. Zimmermann. The crest factor fortrigonometric polynomials. I. Approximation theoretical estimates.Rev. Anal. Num’er. Th’eor. Approx., 30(2):179–195 (2002), 2001. Onthe 60th birthday of Professor Werner Hauss mann.

jerish94 [2238] K. Jetter, S. D. Riemenschneider, and Z. Shen. Hermite interpolationon the lattice bbfzspd. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 25(3):962–975, 1994.

jirish99 [2239] H. Ji, S. D. Riemenschneider, and Z. Shen. Multivariate compactlysupported fundamental refinable functions, duals, and biorthogonalwavelets. Stud. Appl. Math., 102(2):173–204, 1999.

jish99 [2240] H. Ji and Z. Shen. Compactly supported (bi)orthogonal waveletsgenerated by interpolatory refinable functions. Adv. Comput. Math.,11(1):81–104, 1999.

ji95 [2241] R.-Q. Jia. Refinable shift-invariant spaces: From splines to wavelets.,1995.

199

ji95-1 [2242] R.-Q. Jia. Subdivision schemes in lsbp spaces. Adv. Comput. Math.,3(4):309–341, 1995.

ji97 [2243] R.-Q. Jia. Shift-invariant spaces on the real line. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 125(3):785–793, 1997.

ji98 [2244] R.-Q. Jia. Approximation properties of multivariate wavelets. Math.Comput., 67(222):647–665, 1998,.

ji06 [2245] R.-Q. Jia. Bessel sequences in Sobolev spaces. Appl. Comput. Har-mon. Anal., 20(2):298–311, 2006.

jijish00 [2246] R.-Q. Jia, Q. Jiang, and Z. Shen. Convergence of cascade algorithmsassociated with nonhomogeneous refinement equations. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 129(2):415–427, 2000.

jijish00-1 [2247] R.-Q. Jia, Q. Jiang, and Z. Shen. Distributional solutions of nonho-mogeneous discrete and continuous refinement equations. SIAM J.Math. Anal., 32(2):420–434, 2000.

jirish92 [2248] R.-Q. Jia, S. Riemenschneider, and Z. Shen. Dimension of kernels oflinear operators. Am. J. Math., 114(1):157–184, 1992.

jirish94 [2249] R.-Q. Jia, S. Riemenschneider, and Z. Shen. Solvability of systemsof linear operator equations. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 120(3):815–824,1994.

jirizh98 [2250] R.-Q. Jia, S. D. Riemenschneider, and D.-X. Zhou. Vector subdivisionschemes and multiple wavelets. Math. Comput., 67(224):1533–1563,1998.

jish94 [2251] R.-Q. Jia and Z. Shen. Multiresolution and wavelets. Proc. Edinb.Math. Soc., II. Ser., 37(2):271–300, 1994.

jiwa93 [2252] R. Q. Jia and J. Wang. Stability and linear independence associatedwith wavelet. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 117(4):1115–1124,, 1993.

jiwa80 [2253] R. S. Jia and H. C. Wang. Rudin synthesis on homogeneous Banachalgebras. J. Austr. Math. J., 29:407–416, 1980.

jipe91 [2254] Q. Jiang and L. Peng. Hermite polynomials and Toeplitz type oper-ators, 1991.

200

jish99-1 [2255] Q. Jiang and Z. Shen. On existence and weak stability of matrixrefinable functions. Constructive Approximation, 15(3):337–353, 1999.

jili01 [2256] Y. Jiang and Y. Liu. Average Widths and Optimal Recovery of Multi-variate Besov Classes in the Amalgams of lq and lp. J. Comput. Anal.Appl., 3(4):301–316, 2001.

jipa06 [2257] Y. Jiang and A. Papandreou Suppappola. Discrete time-scale char-acterization of wideband time-varying systems. IEEE Trans. SignalProcess., 54(4):1364–1375, 2006.

frji05 [2258] Y. Jin and B. Friedlander. A CFAR adaptive subspace detectorfor second-order Gaussian signals. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,53(3):871– 884, 2005.

jo84 [2259] M. j. Jodeit. On a decomposition of c0(bfrn) functions into simplecomponent pieces. Real Anal. Exch., 9:116–122, 1984.

jora03 [2260] M. Joelson and A. Ramamonjiarisoa. Random fields of water surfacewaves using Wiener–Hermite functional series expansions. J. FluidMech., 496:313–334, 2003.

jo02 [2261] B. D. Johnson. Generalized quasi-affine and oversampled affineframes. PhD thesis, Washington University, 2002.

jo64 [2262] B. E. Johnson. Isometric isomorphisms of measure algebras. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 15:186–188, 1964.

jo73-1 [2263] B. E. Johnson. Some examples in harmonic analysis. Studia Math.,48:181–188, 1973.

jo97-1 [2264] M. J. Johnson. On the approximation order of principal shift-invariantsubspaces of lsbp(bbfrd). J. Approximation Theory, 91(3):279–319,1997.

jo00-1 [2265] M. J. Johnson. Approximation in lp(bbfrd) from spaces spanned bythe perturbed integer translates of a radial function. J. ApproximationTheory, 107(2):163–203, 2000.

jo01 [2266] M. J. Johnson. Scattered date interpolation from principal shift-invariant spaces. J. Approximation Theory, 113(2):172–188, 2001.

201

jo73 [2267] R. Johnson. Temperatures, Riesz potentials, and the Lipschitz spacesof Herz. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 27:290–316, 1973.

jo74 [2268] R. Johnson. Lipschitz spaces, Littlewood-Paley spaces, and convolu-teurs. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 28:127–141, 1974.

jo79 [2269] R. Johnson. Maximal subspaces of Besov spaces invariant under mul-tiplication by characters. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 249:387–407, 1979.

jomasctz79 [2270] W. B. Johnson, B. Maurey, G. Schechtman, and L. Tzafriri. Symmet-ric structures in Banach spaces. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1979.

jo06 [2271] P. Jorgensen. Analysis and Probability, volume 234 of Graduate Textsin Mathematics. Springer, 2006.

jowe94 [2272] P. E. T. Jorgensen and R. F. Werner. Coherent states of the q-canonical commutation relations. Commun. Math. Phys., 164(3):455–471, 1994.

jo97 [2273] J. M. C. Joshi. Recent studies integral transforms. J. Nat. Phys. Sci.,11:65–78, 1997.

jolumo97-1 [2274] S. Joshi, Y. Lu, and J. M. Morris. Noise Reduction for NMR FIDSignals via Gabor Expansion. IEEE Trans. Biomedical Engineering,44(6):512–528, January 1997.

jomo97 [2275] S. Joshi and J. M. Morris. On a novel critically-sampled discrete-timereal Gabor transform. Signal Proc., 61(1):9–22, 1997.

jomo00 [2276] S. M. Joshi and J. M. Morris. Some results on product-functionframes. Signal Process., 80(4):737–740, 2000.

jomo03 [2277] S. M. Joshi and J. M. Morris. Product-function frames in l2(bbbz).IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 49(5):1336–1342, 2003.

jo98 [2278] J. Jost. Postmodern analysis. Transl. from the German manuscriptby Hassan Azad. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

jo99 [2279] J. Jost. Postmodern analysis. 2nd ed. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

202

jo83 [2280] J.-L. Journe. Calderon-Zygmund operators, pseudo-differential opera-tors and the Cauchy integral of Calderon. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,New York, Tokio, 1983.

jo00 [2281] D. Joyner. Coding theory and cryptography. From enigma andGeheimschreiber to quantum theory. Proceedings of the conferenceon coding theory, cryptography, and number theory, Annapolis, MD,USA, October 25–26, 1998. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

jo98-1 [2282] R. Jozsa. Quantum algorithms and the Fourier transform. Proc. R.Soc. Lond., Ser. A, Math. Phys. Eng. Sci., 454(1969):323–337, 1998.

juvu88 [2283] H. Junek and Vuong T. V. On modulation spaces. Wiss.Zeitschr.,Jg.32:153–162, 1988.

jusc92 [2284] Z. J. Jurek and B. M. Schreiber. Fourier transforms of measuresfrom the classes calusbbeta,−2 < betaleq − 1. J. Multivariate Anal.,41(2):194–211, 1992.

julete04 [2285] L. A. Justen, G. Teschke, and V. Lehmann. Wavelet-based methodsfor clutter removal from radar wind profiler data. In Wavelet Appli-cations in Industrial Processing, volume 5266 of Proc. SPIE, pages157–168, 2004.

ka37 [2286] S. Kaczmarz. Angenaherte Auflosung von Systemen linearer Gleichun-gen. Bull. Int. Acad. Polon. Sci. A, 1937:355–357, 1937.

ka64 [2287] M. I. Kadets. The exact value of the Paley-Wiener constant. Sov.Math., Dokl., 5:559–561, 1964.

kaka91 [2288] V. M. Kadets and M. I. Kadets. Rearrangements of series in Banachspaces. Transl. from the Russian by Harold H. McFaden. AmericanMathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1991.

ka68 [2289] J. P. Kahane. Some Random series of functions. 1968.

kaka81 [2290] J.-P. Kahane and Y. Katznelson. Homeomorphismes du cercle et seriesde Fourier absolument convergentes. C. R. Acad. Sc. Paris, Serie I,292:271–273, 1981.

kale94 [2291] J. P. Kahane and P. G. Lemari’e Rieusset. Remarques sur la formulesommatoire de Poisson. Studia Math., 109:303–316, 1994.

203

kasa63 [2292] J. P. Kahane and R. Salem. Ensembles parfait et seriestrigonometriques. 1963.

ka76-1 [2293] D. Kahnert. Haar-Ma und Hausdorff-Ma. In Measure Theory, Proc.Conf. Oberwolfach 1975., volume 541 of Lecture Notes in Mathemat-ics, pages 13–23. 1976.

ka96 [2294] N. Kaiblinger. Metaplectic representation in digital signal processing.Master’s thesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, 1996.

ka99-1 [2295] N. Kaiblinger. Metaplectic representation, eigenfunctions of phasespace shifts, and Gelfand-Shilov spaces for LCA groups. PhD thesis,Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, 1999.

ka05 [2296] N. Kaiblinger. Approximation of the Fourier transform and the dualGabor window. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 11(1):25–42, 2005.

kama99 [2297] N. Kaiblinger and W. Madych. Translation invariant systems of or-thonormal sampling functions. In Proc. SampTA-99 (Loen, Norway),pages 66–71, 1999.

kamaXX [2298] N. Kaiblinger and W. Madych. Orthonormal sampling functions.Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., to appear.

kamape00 [2299] N. Kaiblinger, L. Maligranda, and L. E. Persson. Norms in weightedl2-spaces and Hardy operators. In Function spaces (Poznan, 1998),volume 213, pages 205–216. Dekker, New York, 2000. Lecture Notesin Pure and Appl. Math.

ka62 [2300] T. Kailath. Measurements on time-variant communication channels.IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 8(5):229– 236, 1962.

ka63 [2301] T. Kailath. Time-variant communication channels. IEEE Trans. In-form. Theory, 9(4):233– 237, 1963.

kasa99 [2302] T. Kailath and A. H. Sayed. Fast reliable algorithms for matrices withstructure. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 1999.

ka94 [2303] G. Kaiser. A friendly Guide to Wavelets. Birkhauser, Boston, 1994.

204

kato93 [2304] C. Kalisa and B. Torr’esani. n-dimensional affine Weyl-Heisenbergwavelets. Ann. Inst. H. Poincare (A) Phys. theor., 59(2):201–236,1993.

kali87 [2305] G. A. Kaljabin and P. I. Lizorkin. Spaces of functions of generalizedsmoothness. Math. Nachr., 133:7–32, 1987.

ka67-1 [2306] R. R. Kallmann. Uniform Continuity, Unitary Groups, and CompactOperators. J. Funct. Anal., 1:245–253, 1967.

ka94-1 [2307] G. Kalyabin. On the exact values and bilateral estimates of certaincapacities. Math. Nachr., 170:149–159, 1994.

ka81 [2308] A. Kaminska. On some compactness criterion for Orlicz subspaceesbphi(omega). Ann. Soc. Math. Pol., Ser. I, Commentat. Math.,22:245–255, 1981.

kapl80 [2309] A. Kaminska and R. Pluciennik. Some theorems on compactnessin generalized Orlicz spaces with application of the deltasbinfty-condition. Funct. Approximatio, Comment. Math., 10:135–146, 1980.

ka82 [2310] A. Kaminski. Convolution, product and Fourier transform of distri-butions. Studia, 74:83–96, 1982.

ka99 [2311] D. W. Kammler. A first course in FOURIER ANALYSIS. PrenticeHall, 1999.

ka81-1 [2312] H. Kamowitz. On compact multipliers of Banach algebras. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 81:79–80, 1981.

ka95 [2313] S. Kanjo. Beste Approximation durch Translate eines festen Atoms.Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, February 1995.

ka04 [2314] R. P. Kanwal. Generalized functions. Theory and applications. 3rdrevised ed. Birkhauser, MA, 2004.

ka05-1 [2315] C. Kanzow. Numerik linearer Gleichungssysteme. Direkte und itera-tive Verfahren. (Numerical linear equations. Direct and iterative pro-cedures.). Springer Lehrbuch. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2005.

205

kavo03 [2316] N. P. Karampetakis and S. Vologiannidis. DFT calculation of thegeneralized and Drazin inverse of a polynomial matrix. Appl. Math.Comput., 143(2-3):501–521, 2003.

ka46 [2317] K. Karhunen. Zur Spektraltheorie stochastischer Prozesse. Ann.Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser. A I, Math., 34:3–7, 1946.

ka87 [2318] B. Karimi. Der Begriff der schwachen Konvergenz in Funktionalanal-ysis und Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie. Master’s thesis, University ofVienna, 1987.

kata75 [2319] S. Karlin and H. M. Taylor. A first course in stochastic processes.2nd ed. Academic Press, New York, San Francisco, London, 1975.

kane04 [2320] A. Karlsson and M. Neuhauser. The Bass conjecture and growth ingroups. Colloquium Mathematicum, 100(1):23–27, 2004.

kane06 [2321] A. Karlsson and M. Neuhauser. Heat Kernels, Theta Identities, andZeta Functions on Cyclic Groups. In R. Grigorchuk, M. Mihalik,M. Sapir, and Z. vSuni’k, editors, Topological and asymptotic aspectsof group theory, volume 394 of Contemporary Mathematics, pages 177–189. American Mathematical Society, 2006.

ka95-1 [2322] T. Kato. Perturbation theory for linear operators. Reprint of the corr.print. of the 2nd ed. 1980. Classics in Mathematics. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. xxi, 619 p. DM 59.00 and oS 460.20 and sFr. 57.00, 1995.

ka89 [2323] A. K. Katsaggelos. Iterative Image Restoration Algorithms. OpticalEng., 28(7):735–748, Jul. 1989.

ka90 [2324] A. K. Katsaggelos. A class of iterative signal restoration algorithms.IEEE Trans. Acoustic, Speech and Sig. Proc., 38/Nr.5:778–786, May1990.

karawi00 [2325] A. K. Katsaggelos, M. A. Randolph, and J. J. Williams. A hid-den Markov model based visual speech synthesizer. In Proceedings.ICASSP ’00. IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech,and Signal Processing, 2000., pages 2393–2396, 2000.

ka67 [2326] Y. Katznelson. Une remarque concernant la formule de Poisson. Stu-dia Math., 19:107–108, 1967.

206

ka76 [2327] Y. Katznelson. An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis. 2nd corr. ed.Dover Publications Inc, New York, 1976.

ka03 [2328] Y. Katznelson. An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis. CambridgeUniversity Press, 2003.

ka04-1 [2329] Y. Katznelson. An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis. 3rd corr. ed.Cambridge University Press, 2004.

ka96-1 [2330] R. Kauza. Through a reporter’s eyes: the life of Stefan Banach.Birkhauser, 1996.

ka72 [2331] T. Kawata. Fourier Analysis in Probability Theory. Number 15 inProbab. Math. Stat. Academic Press, New York, 1972.

kelota91 [2332] A. S. Kechris, A. Louveau, and V. Tardivel. The class of synthesizablepseudomeasures. Ill. J. Math., 35(1):107–146, 1991.

ke91 [2333] D. M. Keller. Periodic Functions and the discrete Fourier transform:a time-domain view. IEEE Trans. Educ., 34/Nr.1:36–38, February1991.

ke95 [2334] C. T. Kelley. Iterative methods for linear and nonlinear equations.SIAM, Phiadelphia, PA, 1995.

ke75 [2335] J. L. Kelley. General topology. 2nd ed. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,New York, 1975.

ke94 [2336] M. Kenn. Anwendungen der Maximum Entropy Methode zurVerbesserung der Auflosung von IR-Spektren. PhD thesis, Universityof Technology Vienna, 1994.

kepi99 [2337] B. W. Kernighan and R. Pike. The Practice of Programming. Addison-Wesley Professional Computing Series. Addison-Wesley, 1999.

keun73 [2338] G. N. Keshava Murthy and K. R. Unni. Multipliers on a space ofWiener. Nanta Math., 6(1):29–35, 1973.

ke03 [2339] B. Keville. Multidimensional Second Order Generalised StochasticProcesses on Locally Compact Abelian Groups. PhD thesis, TrinityCollege Dublin, 2003.

207

ke97 [2340] V. Keyantuo. Integrated semigroups and related partial differential.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 212(1):135–153, 1997.

kh07 [2341] D. Khadjiev. The widest continuous integral. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,326(2):1101–1115, 2007.

kh87 [2342] L. G. Khanin. A theorem on spectral synthesis of ideals for a class ofBanach algebras. Sov. Math., Dokl., 35:108–112, 1987.

gekh03 [2343] K. Khare and N. George. Sampling theory approach to prolatespheroidal wavefunctions. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 36(39):10011–10021, 2003.

gakhni91 [2344] V. Khavin, N. Nikol’skij, and R. Gamkrelidze, editors. Commutativeharmonic analysis I. General survey. Classical aspects. Transl. fromthe Russian., volume 15 of Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences.Springer-Verlag, Berlin etc, 1991.

kh24 [2345] A. Khintchine. Uber einen Satz der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung.Fund. math., 6:9–20, 1924.

hoki05 [2346] U. Kiencke and Holger Jakel. Signale und Systeme. Oldenbourg, 3rdedition, 2005.

ki94 [2347] T. Kilpelainen. Weighted Sobolev spaces and capacity. Ann. Acad.Sci. Fenn., Ser. A I, Math., 19(1):95–113, 1994.

ki84 [2348] C.-W. Kim. Doubly stochastic right multipliers. Int. J. Math. Math.Sci., 7:477–489, 1984.

hlkiko95 [2349] H. Kirchauer, F. Hlawatsch, and W. Kozek. Time-frequency formu-lation and design of nonstationary Wiener filters. In Proc. IEEEICASSP–95, pages 1089–1092, Detroit, 1995.

ki76 [2350] A. A. Kirillov. Elements of the theory of representations. Translatedfrom the Russian by Edwin Hewitt. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 1976.

gvki82 [2351] A. A. Kirillov and A. D. Gvishiani. Theorems and problems in func-tional analysis. Transl. from the Russian by Harold H. McFaden.Springer, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1982.

208

ki96 [2352] A. Kirsch. An introduction to the mathematical theory of inverseproblems. Springer, Berlin, 1996.

ki99 [2353] V. V. Kisil. Relative convolutions. I: Properties and applications. Adv.Math., 147(1):35–73, 1999.

ki84-1 [2354] T. Kitada. Fourier multipliers on certain disconnected groups. Sci.Rep. Hirosaki Univ., 31:79–83, 1984.

kiro82 [2355] J. W. Kitchen and D. A. Robbins. Gelfand representation of Banachmodules. Diss. Math., 203:47 p., 1982.

ki66 [2356] J. W. J. Kitchen. Normed modules and almost periodicity. Monatsh.Math., 70:233–243, 1966.

ki68 [2357] J. W. j. Kitchen. The almost periodic measures on a compact abeliangroup. Monatsh. Math., 72:217–219, 1968.

grki88 [2358] F. L. Kitson and L. J. Griffiths. Design and analysis of recursive peri-odically time-varying digital filters with highly quantized coefficients.IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 36(5):674–685, 1988.

ki95 [2359] K. C. Kiwiel. Block-iterative surrogate projection methods for convexfeasibility problems. Linear Algebra Appl., 215:225–259, 1995.

klsk85 [2360] J. R. e. . Klauder and B.-S. e. . Skagerstam. Coherent states. Appli-cations in physics and mathematical physics. World Scientific, Singa-pore, 1985.

kaklwo02 [2361] C. T. Klein, N. Kaiblinger, and P. Wolschann. Internally defined dis-tances in 3D-quantitative structure-activity relationships. J. Comp.Molec. Des., 16(2), 2002.

klme04 [2362] J. Kliewer and A. Mertins. Soft-input reconstruction of binary trans-mitted quantized overcomplete expansions. IEEE Signal ProcessingLetters, 11(11):899–903, 2004.

kl01 [2363] B. Klingen. Fouriertransformation fur Ingenieur- und Naturwis-senschaften. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

kl02 [2364] A. Klotz. Aspects of Walsh-Systems: Shift invariance and Sampling.Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 2002.

209

kl65 [2365] I. Kluv’anek. Sampling theorem in abstract harmonic analysis. Mat.Casopis Sloven. Akad. Vied, 15:43–48, 1965.

kl81 [2366] I. Kluvanek. Remarks on bimeasures. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 81:233–239, 1981.

kl90 [2367] I. Kluvanek. Sampling theorem for groups of operators. In Measuretheory, Proc. 2nd Winter Sch., Liptovsk Jn/Czech. 1990, 114-116.1990.

kn86 [2368] A. W. Knapp. Representation theory of semisimple groups. Anoverview based on examples. Princeton University Press, Princeton,N.J., 1986.

knsc06 [2369] W. Knirsch and G. Schneider. Generalized Hankel operators and thegeneralized solution operator to barpartial on the Fock space and onthe Bergman space of the unit disc. Math. Nachr., 279(15):1684 –1694, 2006.

knol99 [2370] L. Knockaert and F. Olyslager. Modified b-splines for the sampling ofbandlimited functions. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 47(8):2328–2332,1999.

ko98 [2371] M. Kobayashi. Wavelets and their applications. Case studies. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1998.

ko06 [2372] M. Kobayashi. Modulation spaces mp,q for 0 < p, qleqinfty. J. Funct.Spaces Appl., 4(3):329–341, 2006.

ko39 [2373] H. Kober. Wurzeln aus der Hankel-, Fourier- und aus anderen stetigenTransformationen. Quart. J. Math. (Oxford Ser.), 10:45–59, 1939.

kota05 [2374] H. Koch and D. Tataru. Dispersive estimates for principally normalpseudodifferential operators. Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 58(2):217–284, 2005.

ko96-1 [2375] E. Kochneff. Rotational symmetry of the Hermite projection opera-tors. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 124(5):1539–1547, 1996.

ko98-1 [2376] A. Kokaram. Motion Picture Restoration. Springer, London, 1998.

210

ko31 [2377] A. Kolmogoroff. Uber Kompaktheit der Funktionenmengen bei derKonvergenz im Mittel. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, H1:60–63, 1931.

ko73 [2378] H. Komatsu. Ultradistributions. I: Structure theorems and a charac-terization. J. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, Sect. I A, 20:25–105, 1973.

ko77 [2379] H. Komatsu. Ultradistributions. II: The kernel theorem and ultradis-tributions with support in a submanifold. J. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo,Sect. I A, 24:607–628, 1977.

ko82 [2380] H. Komatsu. Ultradistributions. III: Vector valued ultradistributionsand the theory of kernels. J. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, Sect. I A, 29:653–717, 1982.

ko84 [2381] T. Komatsu. Pseudo-differential operators and Markov processes. J.Math. Soc. Japan, 36:387–418, 1984.

ko05 [2382] Y. Komori. Singular integrals on the discrete Besov space dotb0, 11(z).Acta Math. Hung., 108(1-2):105–115, 2005.

kolo05 [2383] V. Komornik and P. Loreti. Fourier Series in Control Theory.Springer, New York, 2005.

ko53 [2384] H. Konig. Neue Begrundung der Theorie der Distributionen von L.Schwartz. Math. Nachr., 9:129–148, 1953.

ko86 [2385] H. Konig. Eigenvalue distribution of compact operators.Operator Theory: Advances and Applications, Vol. 16.Basel/Boston/Stuttgart: Birkhauser Verlag. 262 p. DM 78.00,1986.

kolo84 [2386] T. H. Koornwinder and J. J. Lodder. Generalised functions as linearfunctionals on generalized functions. In Approximation theory andfunctional analysis, Anniv. Vol., Proc. Conf., Oberwolfach 1983., vol-ume 65 of ISNM, pages 151–163. 1984.

ko80 [2387] P. Koosis. Introduction to Hp spaces. With an appendix on Wolff’sproof of the corona theorem. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1980.

211

ko82-1 [2388] A. Koranyi. Some applications of Gelfand pairs in classical analysis.Harmonic analysis and group representations, C.I.M.E., pages 333–348, 1982.

ko49 [2389] B. I. Korenblyum. On certain special commutative normed rings.Dokladi Akad. Nauk, SSSR, (64):281–284, 1949.

ko04 [2390] J. Korevaar. Tauberian Theory. A Century of Developments. Springer,Berlin, 2004.

ko88 [2391] T. W. Korner. Fourier analysis. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1988.

ko99 [2392] T. W. Korner. Decreasing rearranged Fourier series. J. Fourier Anal.Appl., 5(1):1–19, 1999.

ko04-1 [2393] T. W. Korner. A companion to analysis. A second first and first secondcourse in analysis., volume 62 of Graduate Studies in Mathematics.American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2004.

ko01-1 [2394] S. Kotz. Extreme Value Distributions: Theory and Applications.World Sci.Pub., 2001.

kolori79 [2395] E. Kotzmann, V. Losert, and H. Rindler. Dense ideals of group alge-bras. Math. Ann., 246:1–14, 1979.

kori76 [2396] E. Kotzmann and H. Rindler. Central approximate unites in a certainideal of l′(g). Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 57:155–158, 1976.

kori78 [2397] E. Kotzmann and H. Rindler. Isometrien auf Segal-Algebren.Sitzungsber.d.osterr. Akad.Wiss., (1):1–4, 1978.

kori78-1 [2398] E. Kotzmann and H. Rindler. Segal algebras on non-abelian groups.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 237:271–281, 1978.

ko01 [2399] O. Kounchev. Multivariate polysplines: applications to numerical andwavelet analysis. San Diego, CA: Academic Press. xiv, 2001.

chko07 [2400] J. Kovacevic and A. Chebira. Life beyond bases: The advent of theframes. IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, page to appear, 2007.

212

kove92 [2401] J. Kovacevic and M. Vetterli. Nonseparable multidimensional perfectreconstruction filter banks and wavelet bases for rn. IEEE Trans.Inform. Theory, 38:533–555, 1992. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papersin Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

ko92 [2402] W. Kozek. On the Generalized Weyl correspondence and its Appli-cation to Time-Frequency Analysis of Linear Systems. In IEEE Int.Symp. on Time–Frequency and Time–Scale Analysis, pages 167–170,Victoria, Canada, October 1992.

ko92-1 [2403] W. Kozek. Time-frequency signal processing based on the Wigner-Weyl-Framework. Signal Proc., 29:77–92, 1992.

ko93-1 [2404] W. Kozek. Matched generalized Gabor expansion of nonstationaryprocesses. In Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Signals, Systems, and Computers,pages 499–503, Pacific Grove, CA, November 1993.

ko93 [2405] W. Kozek. Optimally Karhunen–Loeve–like STFT Expansion of Non-stationary Processes. In IEEE ICASSP-93, volume 4, pages 428–431,1993.

ko96 [2406] W. Kozek. On the underspread/overspread classification of non-stationary random processes. In K. Kirchgaessner, . Mahrenholtz,and R. Mennicken, editors, Proc. ICIAM 95, Hamburg, July 1995,volume 3 of Mathematical Research, pages 63–66, Berlin, 1996.Akademieverlag.

ko97-1 [2407] W. Kozek. Adaptation of Weyl-Heisenberg frames to underspreadenvironments. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, GaborAnalysis and Algorithms: Theory and Applications, pages 323–352.Birkhauser Boston, Boston, 1997. Chap. 10.

ko97-2 [2408] W. Kozek. Matched Weyl-Heisenberg Expansions of NonstationaryEnvironments. PhD thesis, University of Technology Vienna, 1997.

ko97 [2409] W. Kozek. On the transfer function calculus for underspread LTVchannels. ISP, 45(1):219–223, January 1997.

feko97 [2410] W. Kozek and H. G. Feichtinger. Time-frequency structured decor-relation of speech signals via nonseparable Gabor frames. In Proc.

213

ICASSP = IEEE Int. Conf. Acoustic, Speech, and Signal Processing,pages 1439–1442, Muenich, Germany, 1997.

fekost94 [2411] W. Kozek, H. G. Feichtinger, and T. Strohmer. Time-Frequency Syn-thesis of Statistically Matched Weyl-Heisenberg Prototype Signals. InProc. IEEE-SP Internat. Symp. on Time-Frequency and Time-scaleAnalysis, pages 21–24, Philadelphia/PA, October 1994.

hlko92 [2412] W. Kozek and F. Hlawatsch. A comparative study of linear and non-linear time–frequency filters. In IEEE Int. Symp. on Time–Frequencyand Time–Scale Analysis, pages 163–166, Victoria, Canada, October1992.

hlkikotr94 [2413] W. Kozek, F. Hlawatsch, H. Kirchauer, and Trautwein U. Correlativetime-frequency analysis and classification of nonstationary randomprocesses. In Proc. IEEE-SP Internat. Symp. on Time-Frequency andTime-scale Analysis, pages 417–420, Philadelphia/PA, October 1994.

komo97 [2414] W. Kozek and A. F. Molisch. On the Eigenstructure of UnderspreadWSSUS Channels. In Proc.IEEE Workshop on Signal Processing Ap-plications in Wireless Communications, Paris, pages 325–328, 1997.

komo98 [2415] W. Kozek and A. F. Molisch. Nonorthogonal Pulseshapes for Multi-carrier Communications in Doubly Dispersive Channels. IEEE J. Sel.Areas Comm., 16(8):1579 – 1589, October 1998.

bokomo98 [2416] W. Kozek, A. F. Molisch, and E. Bonek. Pulse design for robust mul-ticarrier transmission over doubly-dispersive channels. In Proc. Inter-national Conference on Telecommunications (ICT’98), pages 313–317,1998.

kopfzi02 [2417] W. Kozek, G. Pfander, and G. Zimmermann. Perturbation stability ofcoherent Riesz systems under convolution operators. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 12(3):286–308, 2002.

kopf06 [2418] W. Kozek and G. E. Pfander. Identification of operators with ban-dlimited symbols. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 37(3):867–888, 2006.

kopfunzi00 [2419] W. Kozek, G. E. Pfander, J. Ungermann, and G. Zimmermann. Acomparative study of various MCM schemes. In Proc. 5th Interna-tional OFDM-Workshop, pages 20.1–20.4., Hamburg, 2000. Technis-che Universitat Hamburg-Harburg.

214

kopfzi00 [2420] W. Kozek, G. E. Pfander, and G. Zimmermann. Perturbation stabilityof various coherent Riesz families. In A. Aldroubi, A. Laine, andM. Unser, editors, Proc. of SPIE’s 45th Annual Meeting, WaveletApplications in Signal and Image Processing VIII, pages 411–419, SanDiego, 2000.

kori94 [2421] W. Kozek and K. Riedel. Quadratic time-varying spectral estima-tion for underspread processes. In Proc. IEEE-SP Internat. Symp. onTime-Frequency and Time-scale Analysis, pages 417–420, Philadel-phia/PA, October 1994.

kr98 [2422] G. Kracher. The POCS-method and its application to the phase prob-lem. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1998.

krpfra05 [2423] F. Krahmer, G. E. Pfander, and P. Rashkov. Uncertainty principlesfor time–frequency representations on finite abelian groups. In prepa-ration, 2005.

kr79 [2424] S. G. Krantz. Analysis on the Heisenberg group and estimates forfunctions in Hardy classes of several complex variables. Math. Ann.,244:243–262, 1979.

kr91 [2425] S. G. Krantz. Real analysis and foundations. Studies in AdvancedMathematics. Boca Raton, FL etc.: CRC Press. xiv, 1991.

kr97-1 [2426] S. G. Krantz. A primer of mathematical writing. Being a disquisitionon having your ideas recorded, typeset, published, read, and appreci-ated. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society (AMS). xv,1997.

kr99 [2427] S. G. Krantz. A panorama of harmonic analysis. The Carus Mathe-matical Monographs. 27. Washington, DC: The Mathematical Asso-ciation of America. xvi, 1999.

kr05 [2428] S. G. Krantz. Real analysis and foundations. 2nd ed. Studies inAdvanced Mathematics. Boca Raton, FL: Chapman & Hall/CRC.xvi, 2005.

krru61 [2429] M. A. Krasnosel’skij and Y. B. Rutitskij. Convex functions and Orliczspaces. Groningen-The Netherlands: P. Noordhoff Ltd. IX, 249 p.,1961.

215

kr97 [2430] A. Krause. Einfuhrung in S und S-Plus. (An introduction to S andS-Plus). Springer, Berlin, 1997.

kr29 [2431] M. Krawtchouk. Sur une g’en’eralisation des polynomes d’Hermite.C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 189:620–622, 1929.

kr70 [2432] G. M. Krein. On some new Banach algebras and Wiener–Levy typetheorems for Fourier series and integrals. AMS Trans., 1970.

krpese82 [2433] S. G. Kren, J. I. Petunin, and E. M. Semenov. Interpolation of LinearOperators. Amer. Math. Soc., 1982.

krrath03 [2434] M. Krishna, R. Radha, and S. Thangavelu, editors. Wavelets and theirapplications. Allied Publishers Private Ltd., Chennai, India, 2003.

kr74 [2435] H. E. Krogstad. Multipliers on homogeneous Banach spaces on com-pact groups. Ark. Mat., 12:203–212, 1974.

kr75 [2436] H. E. Krogstad. On a class of Segal algebras, 1975.

kr76 [2437] H. E. Krogstad. Multipliers of Segal algebras. Math. Scand., 38:285–303, 1976.

kr78 [2438] H. E. Krogstad. The A(p,q) algebras and singular measures withFourier transforms in l(2, q), q > 2. Hokkaido Math. J., 7:27–42,1978.

bikrle99 [2439] W. G. Kropatsch, A. Leonardis, and H. Bischof. Hierarchical, adap-tive, and robust methods for image understanding. Surveys Math.Indust., 9(1):1–47, 1999.

krthxu05 [2440] B. Krotz, S. Thangavelu, and Y. Xu. The heat kernel transform forthe Heisenberg group. J. Funct. Anal., 225(2):301–336, 2005.

ku01 [2441] C. S. Kubrusly. Elements of operator theory. Birkhauser, Boston,2001.

ku03 [2442] C. S. Kubrusly. Hilbert space operators. A problem solving approach.Birkhauser, MA, 2003.

216

fujoku77 [2443] A. Kufner, O. John, and S. Fuck. Function spaces. From the Czech.Monographs and Textsbooks on Mechanics of Solids and Fluids.Mechanics: Analysis. Leyden: Noordhoff International Publishing.Prague: Publishing House of the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences.XV, 454 p. Dfl. 120.00, 1977.

kule77 [2444] E. Kuhner and P. Lesky. Grundlagen der Funktionalanalysis und Ap-proximationstheorie. Moderne Mathematik in elementarer Darstel-lung. 17. Gottingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. 216 S. mit 51 Fig.DM 30.00, 1977.

ku83 [2445] H. K. Kuiken. An analysis of the temperature drop across a double-layered medium. Philips J. Res., 38:273–294, 1983.

gekulazy98 [2446] F. Kullander, C. Laurent, S. Zyra, and H. Geis. Crosstalk reductionin a code division multiplexed optical fiber sensor system. Opt. Eng.,37(7):2104–2107, 1998.

ku70 [2447] H. Kumano go. Algebras of pseudo-differential operators. J. Fac. Sci.Univ. Tokyo, Sect. I A, 17:31–50, 1970.

ku82 [2448] H. Kumano go. Pseudo-differential operators. (Updated transl. fromthe Japanese by the author, Remi Vaillancourt, and Michihiro Na-gase). The MIT Press, London, 1982.

frfujaku92 [2449] A. Kumar, D. R. Fuhrmann, M. Frazier, and B. D. Jawerth. A newtransform for time-frequency analysis. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,40(7):1697–1707, 1992.

ku95 [2450] B. Kummerle. Orthogonale Wavelets vom Faktor n mit kompaktemTrager. Master’s thesis, Universitat Hamburg, December 1995.

kupo05 [2451] S. Kunis and D. Potts. Stability results for scattered data interpola-tion by trigonometric polynomials, 2005.

kura06 [2452] S. Kunis and H. Rauhut. Random sampling of sparse trigonometricpolynomials II - orthogonal matching pursuit versus basis pursuit.preprint, 2006.

ku01-1 [2453] A. Kunoth. Wavelet methods – elliptic boundary value problems andcontrol problems. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 2001.

217

ku01-3 [2454] H.-H. Kuo. White noise theory. In et al. and D. Kannan, editors,Handbook of stochastic analysis and applications, volume 163 of Textb.Monogr., pages 107–158. Marcel Dekker, New York, NY, 2001.

kuma92 [2455] S. Kuo and R. J. Mammone. Image Restoration by convex projec-tions using adaptive constraints and the l1 norm. IEEE Trans. SignalProcessing, 40/Nr1:159–168, January 1992.

ku91 [2456] V. G. Kurbatov. One class of input-output relations for linear systemswith infinite memory. Autom. Remote Control, 52(4):588–590, 1991.

ku96 [2457] V. G. Kurbatov. A remark on limit operators. Funct. Anal. Appl.,30(1):56–58, 1996.

ku99 [2458] V. G. Kurbatov. Functional-differential operators and equations, vol-ume 473 of Mathematics and its Applications. Kluwer Academic Pub-lishers, Dordrecht, 1999.

ku01-2 [2459] V. G. Kurbatov. Some algebras of operators majorized by a convolu-tion. Funct. Differ. Equ., 8(3-4):323–333, 2001.

kuozza01 [2460] M. A. Kutay, H. M. Ozaktas, and Z. Zalevsky. The Fractional FourierTransform, with Applications in Optics and Signal Processing. JohnWiley and Sons, 2001.

ku00 [2461] G. Kutyniok. Time-frequency analysis on locally compact groups. PhDthesis, Paderborn University, New York, Basel, 2000.

ku02 [2462] G. Kutyniok. Linear independence of time-frequency shifts un-der a generalized Schrodinger representation. Arch. Math. (Basel),78(2):135–144, 2002.

ku02-1 [2463] G. Kutyniok. The Zak transform on certain locally compact groups.J. Math. Sci. (N.S.) (Delhi), 1:62–85, 2002.

ku03-2 [2464] G. Kutyniok. A qualitative uncertainty principle for functions generat-ing a Gabor frame on LCA groups. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 279(2):580–596, 2003.

ku03-3 [2465] G. Kutyniok. A weak qualitative uncertainty principle for compactgroups. Illinois J. Math., 47(3):709–724, 2003.

218

ku03-1 [2466] G. Kutyniok. Ambiguity functions, Wigner distributions and Cohen’sclass for LCA groups. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 277(2):589–608, 2003.

ku03-4 [2467] G. Kutyniok. Computation of the density of weighted wavelet sys-tems. In A. Aldroubi, A. Laine, and M. Unser, editors, Wavelets X(San Diego, CA, 2003), volume 5207 of SPIE Proc., pages 393–404,Bellingham,WA, 2003. SPIE.

ku05 [2468] G. Kutyniok. Affine density in wavelet analysis, 2005.

ku06 [2469] G. Kutyniok. Beurling density and shift-invariant weighted irregularGabor system. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process, 5:131–149, 2006.

ku06-1 [2470] G. Kutyniok. The local integrability condition for wavelet frames. J.Geom. Anal., 16:155–166, 2006.

kuXX-1 [2471] G. Kutyniok. Affine density, frame bounds, and the admissibilitycondition for wavelet frames. Constr. Approx., to appear.

kaku98 [2472] G. Kutyniok and E. Kaniuth. Zeros of the Zak transform on locallycompact abelian groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 126(12):3561–3569,1998.

kula05 [2473] G. Kutyniok and D. Labate. Resolution of the wavefront set usingcontinuous shearlets, 2006.

kulaXX [2474] G. Kutyniok and D. Labate. The theory of reproducing systems onlocally compact abelian groups. Colloq. Math., to appear.

li05 [2475] G. Kutyniok, D. Labate, W. Lim, and G. Weiss. Sparse multidimen-sional representation using shearlets. In Wavelets XI (San Diego, CA,2005), volume 5914, pages 254–262. SPIE, 2005.

kust05 [2476] G. Kutyniok and T. Strohmer. Wilson bases for general time-frequency lattices. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 37(3):685–711 (electronic),2005.

kuku00 [2477] V. I. Kuznetsova and V. G. Kurbatov. Stability of linear systemsdescribed by integral equations with slowly varying kernels. Autom.Remote Control, 61(6):933–944, 2000. translation from Avtom. Tele-mekh. 2000, No.6, 48-60 (2000) - Russian.

219

hokw97 [2478] J. H. Kwak and S. Hong. Linear algebra. Birkhauser, Boston, 1997.

kw72 [2479] S. Kwapien. Isomorphic characterizations of inner product spaces byorthogonal series with vector valued coefficients. Stud. Math., 44:583–595, 1972.

kwmy01 [2480] S. Kwapien and J. Mycielski. On the Kaczmarz algorithm of approx-imation in infinite-dimensional spaces. Stud. Math., 148(1):75–86,2001.

ky03 [2481] G. Kyriazis. Decomposition systems for function spaces. Stud. Math.,157(2):133–169, 2003.

ky04 [2482] G. Kyriazis. Multilevel characterizations of anisotropic functionspaces. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 36(2):441–462, 2004.

ky97 [2483] G. C. Kyriazis. Wavelet-type decompositions and approximationsfrom shift-invariant spaces. J. Approximation Theory, 88(2):257–271,1997.

la01-1 [2484] D. Labate. Pseudodifferential operators on modulation spaces. J.Math. Anal. Appl., 262(1):242–255, 2001.

la01 [2485] D. Labate. Time-frequency analysis of pseudodifferential operators.Monatsh. Math., 133(2):143–156, 2001.

la02 [2486] D. Labate. A unified characterization of reproducing systems gener-ated by a finite family. J. Geom. Anal., 12(3):469–491, 2002.

lame05 [2487] M. Lacey and J. Metcalfe. Paraproducts in One and Several Param-eters. ESI preprints, 2005.

la90 [2488] E. Laeng. Une base orthonormale de lsp2(bbfr) dont les elements sontbien localises dans l’espace de phase et leurs supports adaptes a toutepartition symetrique de l’espace des frequences. (An orthonormal basisof lsp2(bbfr) whose elements have good phase sp. C. R. Acad. Sci.Paris, Serie I, 311:677–680, 1990.

lawa95 [2489] J. C. Lagarias and Y. Wang. Haar type orthonormal wavelet bases inr2. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 2(1):1–14, 1995.

220

lawa96 [2490] J. C. Lagarias and Y. Wang. Haar bases for lsp2(bbfrspn) and alge-braic number theory. J. Number Theory, 57(1):181–197, 1996.

lawa97 [2491] J. C. Lagarias and Y. Wang. Integral self-affine tiles in bbfrn. II:Lattice tilings. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(1):83–102, 1997.

ahhukelilanipeyl02 [2492] H. Lahdesmaki, T. Aho, H. Huttunen, M.-L. Linne, J. Niemi,J. Kesseli, R. Pearson, and O. Yli Harja. Using Signal ProcessingTools to Improve the Quality of Microarray Time-Series Measure-ments. Technical report, Tampere, Finland, 2002.

la69 [2493] H. C. Lai. On some properties of ap(g)–algebras. Proc. Japan Acad.,45:572–576, 1969.

la69-1 [2494] H. C. Lai. On the category of l1(g)∪lp(g) in aq(g). Proc. Japan Acad.,45:577–581, 1969.

la75 [2495] H.-C. Lai. Banach algebras which are ideals in a Banach algebra. Bull.Inst. Math., Acad. Sin., 3:227–233, 1975.

chla80 [2496] H.-C. Lai and I.-S. Chen. Harmonic analysis on the Fourier algebrasA//(1,p)(G). J. Aust. Math. Soc., Ser. A, 30:438–452, 1980.

chla81 [2497] H. C. Lai and I. S. Chen. Harmonic analysis on the Fourier algebraa1,p (g). J. Austr. Math. Soc., 30:438–452, 1981.

gigrlama03 [2498] M. P. Lamoureux, P. C. Gibson, J. P. Grossman, and G. F. Margrave.A fast, discrete Gabor transform via a partition of unity, 2003.

lama01 [2499] M. P. Lamoureux and G. F. Margrave. Gabor deconvolution. Tech-nical report, CREWES, University of Calgary, 2001.

lama06 [2500] M. P. Lamoureux and G. F. Margrave. Gabor deconvolution. TheCSEG Recorder, Special Issue:30–37, 2006.

lasa81 [2501] P. Lancaster and K. Salkauskas. Surfaces generated by moving leastsquares methods. Math. Comp., 37(155):141–158, 1981.

la95 [2502] E. C. Lance. Hilbert Csp∗-modules. A toolkit for operator algebraists.London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. 210. Cambridge:Univ. Press,. ix, 130 p. sterling 17.95; $ 29.95. 1995.

221

la67-1 [2503] H. Landau. Sampling, data transmission, and the Nyquist rate. Proc.IEEE, 55:1701–1706, 1967.

la64 [2504] H. J. Landau. A sparse regular sequence of exponentials closed onlarge sets. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 70:566–569, 1964.

la67 [2505] H. J. Landau. Necessary density conditions for sampling an interpo-lation of certain entire functions. Acta Math., 117:37–52, 1967.

la93 [2506] H. J. Landau. On the density of phase-space expansions. IEEE Trans.Inf. Theory, 39(4):1152–1156, 1993.

la99-1 [2507] N. P. Landsman. Mathematical topics between classical and quan-tum mechanics. Springer Monographs in Mathematics. Springer, NewYork, NY, 1999.

la66 [2508] S. Lang. Linear algebra. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1966.

la85 [2509] S. Lang. SL2(R). 2nd printing. Springer, New York, 1985.

la84 [2510] A. Langenbach. Vorlesungen zur Hoheren Analysis. VEB DeutscherVerlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1984.

la69-2 [2511] R. Larsen. The Multiplier Problem. Springer-Verlag, York, 1969.

la71-1 [2512] R. Larsen. A theorem concerning Ditkins condition. Portugal. Math.,30:17–20, 1971.

la71-2 [2513] R. Larsen. An Introduction to the Theory of Multipliers. Springer,1971.

la71 [2514] R. Larsen. The multipliers for functions with Fourier transforms inlp. Math. Scand., 28:1–11, 1971.

la74 [2515] R. Larsen. The algebras of functions with Fourier transforms in Lp:a survey. Nieuw Arch. Wiskd., III. Ser., 22:195–240, 1974.

laliwa64 [2516] R. Larsen, T. S. Liu, and J. K. Wang. On functions with Fouriertransforms in lp. Michigan Math. J., 11:369–378, 1964.

lamo89 [2517] J. L. Larsonneur and J. Morlet. Wavelets and seismic interpretation.1989.

222

lala97 [2518] B. Lascar and R. Lascar. FBI transforms in Gevrey classes. J. Anal.Math., 72:105–125, 1997.

la96 [2519] R. Lasser. Introduction to Fourier series. Marcel Dekker, New York,NY, 1996.

laobraXX [2520] R. Lasser, J. Obermaier, and H. Rauhut. Generalized hypergroupsand orthogonal polynomials. J. Austr. Math. Soc., to appear.

la77 [2521] A. T.-M. Lau. Closed convex invariant subsets of L//p(G). Trans.Am. Math. Soc., 232:131–142, 1977.

la80 [2522] K.-S. Lau. On the Banach spaces of functions with bounded uppermeans. Pac. J. Math., 91:153–172, 1980.

la81 [2523] K.-S. Lau. The class of convolution operators on the Marcinkiewiczspaces. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 31(3):225–243, 1981.

la83 [2524] K.-s. Lau. Extension of Wiener’s Tauberian identity and multiplierson the Marcinkiewicz space. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 277:489–506,1983.

la99 [2525] K. S. Lau. Advances in wavelets. Springer, Singapore, 1999.

lasasc00 [2526] P.-J. Laurent, P. Sablonniere, and L. L. Schumaker. Curve and surfacedesign. Saint-Malo conference, Saint-Malo, France, July 1999. Vol. 1.Vanderbilt University Press, Nashville, TN, 2000.

la69-3 [2527] K. B. Laursen. Ideal structure in generalized group algebras. Pac. J.Math., 30:155–174, 1969.

la06 [2528] G. F. Lawler. Introduction to stochastic processes. 2nd ed. Chapmanand Hall/CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2006.

lapfwa05 [2529] J. Lawrence, G. E. Pfander, and D. Walnut. Linear independence ofGabor systems in finite dimensional vector spaces. J. Fourier Anal.Appl., 11(6):715–726, 2005.

lalesh95 [2530] W. Lawton, S. L. Lee, and Z. Shen. Characterization of compactlysupported refinable splines. Adv. Comput. Math., 3(1-2):137–145,1995.

223

lalesh96 [2531] W. Lawton, S. L. Lee, and Z. Shen. An algorithm for matrix extensionand wavelet construction. Math. Comput., 65(214):723–737, 1996.

lalesh97 [2532] W. Lawton, S. L. Lee, and Z. Shen. Stability and orthonormalityof multivariate refinable functions. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 28(4):999–1014, 1997.

lalesh98 [2533] W. Lawton, S. L. Lee, and Z. Shen. Convergence of multidimensionalcascade algorithm. Numer. Math., 78(3):427–438, 1998.

la90-1 [2534] W. M. Lawton. Tight frames of compactly supported affine wavelets.J. Math. Phys., 31(8):1898–1901, 1990. reprinted in ’FundamentalPapers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, DavidF.(2006).

le06-1 [2535] M. Le Bellac. A short introduction to quantum information and quan-tum computation. Cambridge University Press, 2006.

lema05 [2536] E. Le Pennec and S. Mallat. Sparse geometric image representationswith bandelets. IEEE Trans. Image Process., 14(4):423–438, 2005.

le88 [2537] M. Ledoux. In’egalit’es isop’erim’etriques et calcul stochastique.S’eminaire de Probabilit’e XXII, 1988.

le01 [2538] M. Ledoux. The Concentration of Measure Phenomenon. AMS, 2001.

leta91 [2539] M. Ledoux and M. Talagrand. Probability in Banach spaces.Isoperimetry and processes., volume 23 of Ergebnisse der Mathematikund ihrer Grenzgebiete. 3. Folge. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg,NewYork, 1991.

le06 [2540] M.-Y. Lee. Convolution operators on the weighted Herz-type Hardyspaces. J. Approximation Theory, 138(2):197–210, 2006.

lelu01 [2541] N.-Y. Lee and B. J. Lucier. Wavelet methods for inverting the Radontransform with noisy data. IEEE Trans. Image Process., 10(1):79–94,2001.

le80 [2542] W. Y. Lee. On a problem of Kato on the l2-continuity of some pseu-dodifferential operators of multiple symbol. Indian J. Pure Appl.Math., 11:279–286, 1980.

224

le58 [2543] K. Leeuw de. Homogeneous algebras on compact groups. Trans.Amer. Math. Soc., 87:372–386, 1958.

golesp99 [2544] T. M. Lehmann, C. Gonner, and K. Spitzer. Survey: interpolationmethods in medical image processing. IEEE Transactions on MedicalImaging, 18(11):1049–1075, 1999.

lete01 [2545] V. Lehmann and G. Teschke. Wavelet Based Methods for ImprovedWind Profiler Signal Processing. Annales Geophysicae, 19:825–836,2001.

lete06 [2546] V. Lehmann and G. Teschke. Advanced Intermittent Clutter Filteringfor Radar Wind Profiler: Signal Separation through Redundancy andStatistics. under review, 2006.

lesoya98 [2547] R. B. Lehoucq, D. C. Sorensen, and C. Yang. ARPACK user’s guide.Solution of large-scale eigenvalue problems with implicitly restartedArnoldi methods. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 1998.

levowu05 [2548] C. Lei, A. Vourdas, and A. Wunsche. Analytic and contour represen-tations in the unit disk based on SU(1,1) coherent states. J. Math.Phys., 46(11):112101 1–12, 2005.

chjile97 [2549] J. Lei, R.-Q. Jia, and W. Cheney. Approximation from shift-invariantspaces by integral operators. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 28(2):481–498,1997. Cheney Ward is also known as Cheney E.W.

le73 [2550] M. Leinert. A contribution to Segal algebras. Manuscr. Math., 10:297–306, 1973.

le74-1 [2551] M. Leinert. Faltungsoperatoren auf gewissen diskreten Gruppen. Stu-dia Math., 52:149–158, 1974.

le75 [2552] M. Leinert. Remarks on Segal algebras. Manuscr. Math., 16:1–9,1975.

le76-1 [2553] M. Leinert. A commutative Banach algebra which factorizes but hasno approximate units. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 55:345–346, 1976.

le77 [2554] M. Leinert. A factorable Banach algebra with inequivalent regularrepresentation norm. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 60:161–162, 1977.

225

le82-1 [2555] M. Leinert. Daniell-Stone integration without the lattice condition.Arch. Math., 38:258–265, 1982.

lema89 [2556] P. G. Lemarie and G. Malgouyres. Ondelettes sans peine, 1989.

leme87 [2557] P. G. Lemarie and Y. Meyer. Ondelettes et bases hilbertiennes.(Wavelets and Hilbert bases). Revista Mat. Iberoam., 2:1–18, 1986.english translation in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil,Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

le67 [2558] H. Leptin. Verallgemeinerte lsp1-Algebren und projektive Darstel-lungen lokal kompakter Gruppen. I. Inventiones Math., 3:257–281,1967.

le68 [2559] H. Leptin. Darstellungen verallgemeinerter l1 - Algebren. InventionesMath., 5:192–215, 1968.

le74 [2560] H. Leptin. On symmetry of some Banach algebras. Pac. J. Math.,53:203–206, 1974.

le76 [2561] H. Leptin. Symmetrie in Banachschen Algebren. Arch. Math., 27:394–400, 1976.

le79 [2562] H. Leptin. On onesided harmonic analysis in non commutative locallycompact groups. J. Reine Angew. Math., 306:122–153, 1979.

le82 [2563] H. Leptin. Another remark on twisted convolution. Rend. Circ. Mat.Palermo, II. Ser., 31:365–370, 1982.

le85 [2564] H. Leptin. A new kind of eigenfunction expansions on groups. PacificJ. Math., 116:45–67, 1985.

lemu82 [2565] H. Leptin and D. Muller. Schranken fur verschrankte Faltungsopera-toren. Math. Ann., 260:511–519, 1982.

lemu91 [2566] H. Leptin and D. Muller. Uniform partitions of unity on locally com-pact groups. Adv. Math., 90(1):1–14, 1991.

le81 [2567] J. Leray. Lagrangian analysis and quantum mechanics. A mathemat-ical structure related to asymptotic expansions and the Maslov index.English transl. by Carolyn Schroeder. The MIT Press, Cambridge,Massachusetts; London, 1981.

226

le96 [2568] N. Lerner. Coherent states and evolution equations. In M.-Y. Qiand et al., editors, General theory of partial differential equations andmicrolocal analysis. Proceedings of a workshop, ICTP, Trieste, Italy,September 4–15, 1995., Pitman Res. Notes Math. Ser. 349, pages 123–154. Longman, Harlow, 1996.

le97-1 [2569] N. Lerner. The Wick calculus of pseudo-differential operators andenergy estimates. In J.-M. Bony and et al., editors, New trends inmicrolocal analysis., pages 23–37. Springer, Tokyo, 1997.

le97 [2570] N. Lerner. Wave packets techniques. 1997.

le00 [2571] N. Lerner. When is a pseudo-differential equation solvable ?. Ann.Inst. Fourier, 50(2):443–460, 2000.

le02 [2572] N. Lerner. Solving pseudo-differential equations. In Li, Ta Tsien(ed.) et al., Proceedings of the international congress of mathemati-cians, ICM 2002, Beijing, China, August 20-28, 2002. Vol. II: Invitedlectures., pages 711–720. World Scientific, 2002.

leya96 [2573] N. Lerner and D. Yafaev. On trace theorems for pseudo-differentialoperators. 1996.

leya98 [2574] W. Lerner and D. Yafaev. Trace theorems for pseudo-differentialoperators. J. Anal. Math., 74:113–164, 1998.

le79-1 [2575] S. Z. Levendorskij. Algebras of pseudodifferential operators with dis-continuous symbols. Sov. Math., Dokl., 20:1045–1048, 1979.

lete03 [2576] D. Leviatan and V. N. Temlyakov. Simultaneous approximation bygreedy algorithms. Technical report, University of South Carolina atColumbia, 2003.

lezh82 [2577] B. M. Levitan and V. V. Zhikov. Almost periodic functions and differ-ential equations. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge etc., 1982.

le03 [2578] J. Lewin. An interactive introduction to mathematical analysis. WithCD-ROM. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2003.

liwi95 [2579] C.-T. Li and R. Wilson. Image segmentation using multiresolutionFourier transform. Technical report, Department of Computer Sci-ence, University of Warwick, Coventry, 1995.

227

li95-1 [2580] S. Li. Fast and parametric algorithm for discrete Gabor expansionsand the role of various dual windows. In H. H. Szu, editor, WaveletApplications II, Orlando, Florida, USA, April 1995., volume 2491 ofProceedings of SPIE, pages 935–946, 1995.

li95 [2581] S. Li. On general frame decompositions. Numer. Funct. Anal. Opti-mization, 16(9-10):1181–1191, 1995.

li99 [2582] S. Li. Discrete multi-Gabor expansions. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory,45(6):1954–1967, 1999.

li01 [2583] S. Li. A theory of generalized multiresolution structure and pseud-oframes of translates. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 7(1):23–40, 2001.

li04-1 [2584] S. Li. Proportional nonuniform multi-gabor expansions. EURASIPJ. Appl. Signal Process., 2004(17):2723–2731, 2004.

liog01 [2585] S. Li and H. Ogawa. Pseudo-duals of frames with applications. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 11(2):289–304, 2001.

liog04 [2586] S. Li and H. Ogawa. Pseudoframes for subspaces with applications.J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(4):409–431, 2004.

lali00 [2587] Z.-P. Liang and P. C. Lauterbur. Principles of magnetic resonanceimaging: a signal processing perspective. SPIE Optical EngineeringPress, Bellingham, WA, 2000.

lilo96 [2588] E. H. Lieb and M. Loss. Analysis. American Mathematical Society,Providence, RI, 1996.

li91 [2589] W. Light. Advances in numerical analysis. Volume I: nonlinear partialdifferential equations and dynamical systems. Proceedings of the 4thsummer school, held at Lancaster University, United Kingdom, from15th July to 3rd August, 1990. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991.

li92 [2590] W. Light. Advances in numerical analysis. Vol. II: Wavelets, subdi-vision algorithms, and radial basis functions. Proceedings of the 4thsummer school, held at Lancaster University, Lancaster, UK, from15th July to 3rd August, 1990. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1992.

228

li62 [2591] M. J. Lighthill. Introduction to Fourier analysis and generalised func-tions. (Students’ Edition). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1962.

li66 [2592] M. J. Lighthill. Einfuhrung in die Theorie der Fourieranalysis und derverallgemeinerten Funktionen. Bibliographisches Institut, Mannheim,1966.

liop88 [2593] J. S. Lim and A. V. Oppenheim. Advanced topics in signal processing.Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1988.

li04 [2594] P.-K. Lin. Kothe-Bochner function spaces. Boston, MA: Birkhauser.xiv and EUR 98.00, 2004.

li73 [2595] D. A. Lind. Convolutions and absolute continuity. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 39:347–348, 1973.

li90 [2596] T. Lindeberg. Scale-Space for discrete signals. IEEE Trans. PatternAnalysis and Machine intelligence, 12/Nr.3:234–254, March 1990.

limi95 [2597] J. Lindenstrauss and V. Milman. Geometric Aspects of FunctionalAnalysis. Operator Theory: Advances and Applications, Vol. 77.Birkhauser, 1995.

litz77 [2598] J. Lindenstrauss and L. Tzafriri. Classical Banach spaces. I: Sequencespaces. Number 92 in Ergeb. Math. Grenzgeb. Springer, Berlin, 1977.

litz79 [2599] J. Lindenstrauss and L. Tzafriri. Classical Banach spaces. II: Functionspaces. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979.

litz96 [2600] J. Lindenstrauss and L. Tzafriri. Classical Banach spaces. 1: Sequencespaces. 2. Function spaces. Repr. of the 1977 a. 1979 ed. Springer andSpringer-Verlag, 1996.

li06 [2601] M. Lindner. Infinite Matrices and their Finite Sections. Frontiers inMathematics. Birkhauser Boston, 2006.

li70 [2602] K. Linen. The maximal ideal space of a Banach algebra of multipliers.Math. Scand., 27:166–180, 1970.

li99-1 [2603] P. A. Linnell. Von Neumann algebras and linear independence oftranslates. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 127(11):3269–3277, 1999.

229

li02 [2604] H. J. Lipkin. Lie groups for pedestrians. Dover Publications Inc, 2002.

li86 [2605] R. G. Littlejohn. The semiclassical evolution of wave packets. Phys.Rep., 138(4-5):193–291, 1986.

lirish06 [2606] B. Liu, S. D. Riemenschneider, and Z. Shen. A Fast adaptive time-frequency analysis method and its application in vibration analysis.J. Vibration and Acoustics (Trans. ASME), to appear, 2006.

kalisa04 [2607] K. Liu, T. Kadous, and A. M. Sayeed. Orthogonal time-frequency sig-naling over doubly dispersive channels. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory,50(11):2583– 2603, 2004.

ling98 [2608] Q. H. Liu and N. Nguyen. An accurate algorithm for nonuniform fastFourier transforms (NUFFT’s). IEEE Microwave and Guided WaveLetters, 8(1):18–20, 1998.

livawa74 [2609] T.-s. Liu, A. van Rooij, and J.-k. Wang. On some group algebramodules related to Wiener’s algebra m1. Pac. J. Math., 55:507–520,1974.

liva69 [2610] T. S. Liu and A. C. M. van Rooij. Sums and intersections of normedlinear spaces. Math. Nachr., 42:29–42, 1969.

li96 [2611] Y. Liu. Irregular sampling for spline wavelet subspaces. IEEE Trans.Inf. Theory, 42(2):623–627, 1996.

hulisu98 [2612] Y. Liu, Q. Sun, and D. Huang. Some extensions of Paley-Wienertheorem. Chin. Ann. Math., Ser. B, 19(3):331–340, 1998.

liwa03 [2613] Y. Liu and Y. Wang. The uniformity of non-uniform Gabor bases.Adv. Comput. Math., 18(2-4):345–355, 2003.

lixu05 [2614] Y. Liu and Y. Xu. Piecewise linear spectral sequences. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 133(8):2297–2308, 2005.

liwa95 [2615] Y. M. Liu and G. G. Walter. Irregular sampling in wavelet subspaces.J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 2(2):181–189, 1995.

geli03 [2616] A. D. Liveris and C. N. Georghiades. Exploiting faster-than-Nyquistsignaling. IEEE Transactions on Communications, 51(9):1502–1511,2003.

230

liot80 [2617] P. I. Lizorkin and M. Otelbaev. Imbedding theorems and compactnessfor spaces of Sobolev type with weights. Math. USSR, Sb., 36:331–349,1980.

liot81 [2618] P. I. Lizorkin and M. Otelbaev. Imbedding theorems and compactnessfor spaces of Sobolev type with weights. II. Math. USSR, Sb., 40:51–77, 1981.

ljso76 [2619] L. A. Ljusternik and W. I. Sobolew. Elemente der Funktional-analysis. In deutscher Sprache herausgegeben von Konrad Groger.Deutsche Ubersetzung: Klaus Fiedler. 5., bericht. Aufl. Mathema-tische Lehrbucher und Monographien. I. Abt. Band VIII. Berlin:Akademie-Verlag. VIII, 375 S. m. 7 Abb. and M 34.00, 1976.

lelo99 [2620] P.-C. Lo and Y.-Y. Lee. Real-time implementation of the moving FFTalgorithm. Signal Process., 79(3):251–259, 1999.

lo77 [2621] M. Loeve. Probability theory I., volume 45 of Graduate Texts in Math-ematics. Springer-Verlag, New York - Heidelberg - Berlin, 4th ed.edition, 1977.

lo78 [2622] M. Loeve. Probability theory II., volume 46 of Graduate Texts inMathematics. Springer-Verlag, New York - Heidelberg - Berlin, 4thed. edition, 1978.

lo53 [2623] L. Loomis. An Introduction to Abstract Harmonic Analysis. VanNostrand and Co., 1953.

lo79 [2624] V. Losert. Some properties of groups without the property p1. Com-ment. Math. Helv., 54:133–139, 1979.

lo80 [2625] V. Losert. A characterization of the minimal strongly character in-variant Segal algebra. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 30:129–139, 1980.

lo82 [2626] V. Losert. A characterization of groups with the one-sided Wienerproperty. J. Reine Angew. Math., 331:47–57, 1982.

lo83 [2627] V. Losert. Segal Algebras with Functional Properties. Monatsh.Math., 96:209–231, 1983.

lo84 [2628] V. Losert. Properties of the Fourier algebra that are equivalent toamenability. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 92:347–354, 1984.

231

lori81 [2629] V. Losert and H. Rindler. Almost invariant sets. Bull. Lond. Math.Soc., 13:145–148, 1981.

lomari94 [2630] A. K. Louis, Maa Peter, and A. Rieder. Wavelets. Theorie und Anwen-dungen. (Wavelets. Theory and applications). B. G. Teubner, 1994.

lo51 [2631] E. R. Love. A generalization of absolute continuity. J. London Math.Soc., 26:1–13, 1951.

lo51-1 [2632] E. R. Love. More-than-uniform almost periodicity. J. London Math.Soc., 26:14–25, 1951.

lo85 [2633] F. Low. Complete sets of wave packets. In C. DeTar, J. Finkelstein,and C. Tan, editors, A Passion for Physics - Essays in Honor ofGeoffrey Chew, pages 17–22. World Scientific, Singapore, 1985.

lo50 [2634] P. O. Lowdin. On the Non-Orthogonality Problem Connected withthe Use of Atomic Wave Functions in the Theory of Molecules andCrystals. J. Chem. Phys., 18:365–375, 1950.

lope06 [2635] Z. Lozanov Crvenkovic and D. Perisic. Tempered ultradistributionsand their Hermite expansions, 2006.

luya95 [2636] S. Lu and D. Yang. Embedding theorems for Herz spaces. Chin. Sci.Bull., 40(18):1497–1501, 1995.

lumo96-1 [2637] Y. Lu and J. L. Morris. Generalized Gabor expansions of discrete-timesignals in l2(z) via biorthogonal-like sequences. IEEE Trans. SignalProcess., 44(6):1378 – 1391, 1996.

felumo97 [2638] Y. Lu, J. L. Morris, and H. G. Feichtinger. On a complementarycondition to derivation of discrete Gabor expansions. IEEE SignalProc. Letters, 4(1):12–14, 1997.

lumo96 [2639] Y. Lu and J. M. Morris. On equivalent frame conditions for the Gaborexpansion. Signal Proc., 49(2):97–110, 1996.

lu85 [2640] D. H. Luecking. Representation and duality in weighted spaces ofanalytic functions. Indiana Univ. Math. J., 34:319–336, 1985.

232

lu86 [2641] D. H. Luecking. Erratum: Representation and duality in weightedspaces of analytic functions, Vol. 34 (1985), 319-335. Indiana Univ.Math. J., 35:927–928, 1986.

lu01 [2642] F. Luef. Perturbative Oscillation Theorems for Jacobi Operators.Master’s thesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, 2001.

lu05-1 [2643] F. Luef. Gabor Analysis meets Noncommutative Geometry. PhD the-sis, University of Vienna, Nov./Dec. 2005.

lu05-4 [2644] F. Luef. Projective modules over twisted convolution algebras.preprint, 2005.

lu05 [2645] F. Luef. The density theorem of Gabor analysis. preprint, 2005.

lu05-2 [2646] F. Luef. Theta functions and Gabor analysis. preprint, 2005.

lu06 [2647] F. Luef. On spectral invariance of non-commutative tori. In OperatorTheory, Operator Algebras, and Applications, volume 414, pages 131–146. American Mathematical Society, 2006.

luXX [2648] F. Luef. Gabor analysis, noncommutative tori and Feichtinger’s alge-bra. preprint, to appear.

lute04 [2649] F. Luef and G. Teschl. On the finiteness of the number of eigenvaluesof Jacobi operators below the essential spectrum. J. Difference Equ.Appl., 10(3):299–307, 2004.

lu84 [2650] D. G. Luenberger. Linear and nonlinear programming. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts, 2nd ed. edi-tion, 1984.

lu79 [2651] H. Lueneburg. Galoisfelder, Kreisteilungskoerper und Schieberregis-terfolgen. Bibliograph. Inst., 1979.

lu93 [2652] H. Luneburg. Vorlesungen uber lineare Algebra: versehen mit derzu ihrem Verstandnis notigen Algebra sowie einigen Bemerkungen zuihrer Didaktik. (Lectures on linear algebra: provided with some algebranecessary for its unterstanding as well as some remarks on its did.Mannheim, 1993.

233

ly84 [2653] R. Lyons. Une caracterisation des mesures dont la transformee deFourier-Stieltjes s’annule a l’infinie. volume III of Groupe de tra-vail d’analyse harmonique, pages I.1–I.20. Universite scientifique etmedicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematique pures associe auc.n.r.s., 1984. Conferences de R. Lyons, notes prises et redigees parY. Zaiem.

lyma05 [2654] Y. Lyubarskii and W. R. Madych. Irregular Poisson Type Summation.ESI preprints, 2005.

ly92 [2655] Y. I. Lyubarskij. Frames in the Bargmann space of entire functions.In Entire and subharmonic functions, volume 11 of Adv. Sov. Math.,pages 167–180. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence,RI, 1992.

ly88 [2656] Y. I. Lyubich. Introduction to the theory of Banach representations ofgroups. Transl. from the Russian by A. Jacob., volume 30 of OperatorTheory: Advances and Applications. Birkhauser, Basel, 1988.

mase79 [2657] R. A. Macias and C. Segovia. Lipschitz functions on spaces of homo-geneous type. Adv. Math., 33:257–270, 1979.

mati04 [2658] M. Mackenzie and K. Tieu. Gaussian filters and filter synthesis usinga Hermite/Laguerre neural network. IEEE Trans. Neural Networks,15(1):206–214, 2004.

ma78 [2659] G. W. Mackey. Unitary group representations in physics, probability,and number theory. The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company,Inc, Massachusetts, 1978.

ma92 [2660] G. W. Mackey. The scope and history of commutative and noncom-mutative harmonic analysis. American Mathematical Society, Provi-dence, RI, 1992.

maomwe94 [2661] Y. e. . Maeda, H. e. . Omori, and A. e. . Weinstein. Symplectic geome-try and quantization. Papers presented at the 31st Taniguchi interna-tional symposium on symplectic geometry and quantization problemsheld at Sanda, Japan, July 12-17, 1993 and a satellite symposium heldat Keio University, Yokohama, Japan. Contemporary Mathematics.179. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society (AMS). ix, 1994.

234

mamanayg93 [2662] E. Maghras, E. Mandridake, M. Najim, and A. Yger. Recovering asignal from its averages. 1993. mero93 is the ID for the book.

ma98 [2663] S. Mallat. A wavelet tour of signal processing. Academic Press, SanDiego, CA, 1998.

ma99 [2664] S. Mallat. A wavelet tour of signal processing. Academic Press, SanDiego, CA, 2nd ed. edition, 1999.

mapazh98 [2665] S. Mallat, G. Papanicolaou, and Z. Zhang. Adaptive covariance esti-mation of locally stationary processes. Ann. Stat., 26(1):1–47, 1998.

ma89-1 [2666] S. G. Mallat. A theory for multiresolution signal decomposition: Thewavelet representation. IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell.,11(7):674–693, 1989. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in WaveletTheory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

ma89 [2667] S. G. Mallat. Multiresolution approximations and wavelet orthonor-mal bases of lsp2(r). Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 315(1):69–87, 1989.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

mazh93 [2668] S. G. Mallat and Z. Zhang. Matching pursuits with time-frequencydictionaries. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 41(12):3397–3415, 1993.

ma59 [2669] P. Malliavin. Impossibilite de la synthese spectrale sur les groupesabeliens non compacts. Publ. Math., Inst. Hautes tud. Sci., 2:61–68,1959.

ma59-1 [2670] P. Malliavin. Sur l’impossibilite de la synthese spectrale sur la droite.C. R. Acad. Sci., 248:2155–2157, 1959.

ma95 [2671] P. Malliavin. Integration and probability. Springer, New York, 1995.

ma90 [2672] H. S. Malvar. Lapped transforms for efficient transform/subband cod-ing. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 38:969–978, 1990.

mapo90 [2673] R. Mammone and C. Podilchuck. Image General Recovery by ConvexProjections Using a Least-squares. J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 7:517–521,Mar. 1990.

235

maro87 [2674] R. Mammone and R. Rothacker. General Iterative Methods of Restor-ing Linearly Degraded Images. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A, 4:208–215, Jan.1987.

ma95-1 [2675] V. Mandrekar. Mathematical work of Norbert Wiener. Notices Am.Math. Soc., 42(6):664–669, 1995.

matr05 [2676] V. M. Manuilov and E. V. Troitsky. Hilbert C∗-modules. Translatedfrom the Russian by the authors. Providence, RI: American Mathe-matical Society (AMS). viii, 2005.

homa03 [2677] P. Marchand and O. T. Holland. Graphics and GUIs with MATLAB.3rd ed. Chapman and Hall/CRC, FL, 2003.

ma39 [2678] J. Marcinkiewicz. Un remarque sur les espaces de A. S. Besicovitch.C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 208:157–159, 1939.

mapi79 [2679] M. B. Marcus and G. Pisier. Random Fourier series on locally compactAbelian groups. pages 72–89, 1979.

gigrheillaloma03 [2680] G. F. Margrave, L. Long, P. C. Gibson, J. P. Grossman, D. C. Henley,V. Iliescu, and M. P. Lamoureux. Gabor deconvolution: extendingWiener’s method to nonstationarity. The CSEG Recorder, 28:5–12,2003.

damath98 [2681] Mark A. Hennings, Daniel A. Dubin, and Thomas B. Smith. Dequan-tization techniques for Weyl quantization. Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci.,34(4):325–354, 1998.

ma07 [2682] P. A. Markowich. Applied partial differential equations: a visual ap-proach. Springer and Berlin: Springer. ix, 206 p., 2007.

ma91 [2683] R. J. I. Marks. Introduction to Shannon sampling and interpolationtheory. Springer Texts in Electrical Engineering. Springer-Verlag,New York etc., 1991.

ma93 [2684] R. J. I. Marks. Advanced topics in Shannon sampling and interpola-tion theory. Springer Texts in Electrical Engineering. Springer, NewYork, NY, 1993.

236

ma77 [2685] A. I. Markushevich. Theory of functions of a complex variable. Threevols. Translated and edited by Richard A. Silverman. 2nd rev. ed.Chelsea Publishing Company, New York, 1977.

mara05 [2686] J. E. e. . Marsden and T. S. e. . Ratiu. The breadth of symplectic andPoisson geometry. Festschrift in honor of. Progress in Mathematics232. Boston, MA: Birkhauser. xxvi, 2005.

ma90-2 [2687] J.-B. Martens. The Hermite transform - applications. IEEE Trans.Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 38(9):1607–1618, 1990.

ma90-1 [2688] J.-B. Martens. The Hermite transform - theory. IEEE Trans. Acoust.Speech Signal Process., 38(9):1595–1606, 1990.

ma69 [2689] J. T. Marti. Introduction to the theory of bases. Number 18 in SpringerTracts Nat. Philos. Springer, Berlin, 1969.

ma02 [2690] A. Martinez. An introduction to semiclassical and microlocal analysis.Springer, NY, 2002.

ma03-1 [2691] J. L. Martnez Morales. The kernel theorem of Hilbert-Schmidt oper-ators. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 279(1):71–77, 2003.

ma01 [2692] F. Marvasti. Nonuniform sampling. Theory and practice. With 1 CD-ROM. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2001.

ma87-1 [2693] F. A. Marvasti. A unified approach to zero-crossing and nonuni-form sampling of single and multi-dimensional systems. Nonuniform.P.O.Box 1505, Oak Park, IL 60304, 1987.

lima90 [2694] F. A. Marvasti and C. Liu. Parseval relationship of nonuniformsamples of one- and two-dimemsional signals. Trans IEEE ASSP,38/6:1061–1063, 1990.

ma06 [2695] M. Mashaal. Bourbaki: A secret society of mathematicians. Transl.from the French by Anna Pierrehumbert. American MathematicalSociety (AMS), Providence, RI, 2006.

fema81 [2696] V. P. Maslov and M. V. Fedoryuk. Semi-classical approximation inquantum mechanics. Transl. from the Russian by J. Niederle and J.Tolar., volume 7 of Mathematical Physics and Applied Mathematics.D. Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht -Boston - London, 1981.

237

maov97 [2697] M. Mastylo and V. I. Ovchinnikov. On the relation between complexand real methods of interpolation. Stud. Math., 125(3):201–218, 1997.

lema94 [2698] S. Matej and R. M. Lewitt. Efficient 3D Grids for Image Recon-struction Using. In Proceedings of the 1994 IEEE Nuclear ScienceSymposium and, Norfolk, Virginia, 1994.

lema01 [2699] S. Matej and R. M. Lewitt. 3D-FRP: direct Fourier reconstructionwith Fourier reprojection for fully 3-D PET. IEEE Trans. NuclearScience, 48(4):1378–1385, 2001.

ma96-1 [2700] . Matheron. Remarques sur les pseudo-fonctions synthetisables ducercle unite. (Remarks about synthesizable pseudofunctions on thecircle group). Compt.Rend.Acad.Sci.Paris, Ser.I, 322(12):1187–1190,1996.

ma03 [2701] J. Mattes. Hindsight Bias Free Model Selection and Stock MarketPrediction Using Industry Portfolios. preprint, 2003.

ma04 [2702] J. Mattes. Size effect and default risk in the UK. preprint, 2004.

ma96 [2703] G. Matviyenko. Optimized local trigonometric bases. Appl. Comput.Harm. Anal., 3:301–323, 1996.

ma05 [2704] G. Matz. On non-WSSUS wireless fading channels. IEEE Transac-tions on Wireless Communications, 4(5):2465–2478, 2005.

hlma98 [2705] G. Matz and F. Hlawatsch. Time-frequency transfer function calcu-lus (symbolic calculus) of linear time-varying systems (linear oper-ators) based on a generalized underspread theory. J. Math. Phys.,39(8):4041–4070, 1998.

hlkoma95 [2706] G. Matz, F. Hlawatsch, and W. Kozek. Weyl spectral analysis ofnonstationary random processes. In TFTS’95 - Symposium on Ap-plications of Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Methods University of,pages 120–127, Warwick, August 1995.

hlkoma97 [2707] G. Matz, F. Hlawatsch, and W. Kozek. Generalized evolutionaryspectral analysis and the Weyl spectrum of nonstationary randomprocesses. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 45(6):1520–1534, 1997.

238

grhahlmasc05 [2708] G. Matz, D. Schafhuber, K. Grochenig, M. Hartmann, andF. Hlawatsch. Analysis, Optimization, and Implementation of Low-Interference Wireless Multicarrier Systems. preprint, 2005.

ma80 [2709] K. Maurin. Analysis. Part II: Integration, distributions, holomorphicfunctions, tensor and harmonic analysis. Rev. transl. of Analiza. D.Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht, Boston, London, 1980.

ma87 [2710] M. Mayer. Eine Einfuhrung in die verallgemeinerte Fouriertransfor-mation. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1987.

ma00 [2711] M. Mayer. POCS-Methoden. PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 2000.

masa99 [2712] M. Mayer and C. Saller. Simple motion systems and Banach spacesassociated to uniformly bounded representations. Math. Proc. Camb.Philos. Soc., 127(1):133–147, 1999.

bridma04 [2713] V. Mazet, D. Brie, and J. Idier. Baseline spectrum estimation usinghalf-quadratic minimization. In Proceedings of the European SignalProcessing Conference EUSIPCO 2004, Vienna, Austria, 2004.

lama88 [2714] J. E. Mazo and H. J. Landau. On the minimum distance problemfor faster-than-Nyquist signaling. IEEE Transactions on InformationTheory, 34(6):1420–1427, 1988.

masc95 [2715] V. Maz’ya and G. Schmidt. “Approximate approximations” and thecubature of potentials. Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei, Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat.Nat., IX. Ser., Rend. Lincei, Mat. Appl., 6(3):161–184, 1995.

masc99 [2716] V. Maz’ya and G. Schmidt. Approximate wavelets and the approxima-tion of pseudodifferential operators. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,6(3):287–313, 1999.

mash05 [2717] V. Maz’ya and T. Shaposhnikova. Traces of multipliers in pairs ofweighted Sobolev spaces. J. Funct. Spaces Appl., 3(1):91–115, 2005.

mcra79 [2718] J. McClellan and C. Rader. Number Theory in Digital Signal Process-ing. Prentice - Hall, 1979.

mc82 [2719] J. H. McClellan. Multidimensional spectral estimation. Proc. IEEE,70(9):1029–1039, 1982.

239

mc97 [2720] M. R. McClure. Matching Pursuits with a Wave-based Dictionary.IEEE Trans. Sign.Proc., 45(12):2912–2927, 1997.

mc77 [2721] S. F. McCormick. The methods of Kaczmarz and Row orthogonaliza-tion for solving linear equations and least squares problems in Hilbertspace. Ind.Univers.Math.Jour., 26/NR.6:1137–1149, 1977.

mcXX [2722] K. McKennon. Multipliers, positive functionals, positive definite func-tions and Fourier–Stieltjes transforms. Memoirs of the Amer. Math.Soc., 11.

mc72 [2723] K. McKennon. Multipliers of type (p, p). Pacific J. Math., 43:429–436,1972.

mc73 [2724] K. McKennon. Multipliers of type (p, p) and multipliers of the grouplp-algebras. Pacific J. Math., 45:297–302, 1973.

mc75 [2725] K. McKennon. Correction to ‘Multipliers of type (p, p)’,‘Multipliersof type (p, p) and multipliers of the group lp-algebras’,‘Multipliers andthe group lp-algebras’. Pacific J. Math., 61:603–606, 1975.

mc77-1 [2726] K. McKennon. Quasi-multipliers. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 233:105–123, 1977.

mc80 [2727] K. McKennon. Sobolev multipliers. Czech. Math. J., 1980.

mcno82 [2728] K. McKennon and D. Novak. The algebra of test functions on a locallycompact abelian group. Chinese J. Math., 10:129–148, 1982.

me04 [2729] M. L. Mehta. Random Matrices. Academic Press, 2004.

me72 [2730] R. Meidan. Translation varying linear operators. SIAM J. appl. Math.,22:419–436, 1972.

mezi96 [2731] J. M. Melenk and G. Zimmermann. Functions with time and fre-quency gaps. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 2(6):611–614, 1996.

mepato06 [2732] S. Mendelson, A. Pajor, and N. Tomczak Jaegermann. Uniform un-certainty principle for Bernoulli and subgaussian ensembles. preprint,2006.

240

mewa77 [2733] R. Mennicken and E. Wagenfuhrer. Numerische Mathematik 1.Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag, Reinbek, 1977.

mewa77-1 [2734] R. Mennicken and E. Wagenfuhrer. Numerische Mathematik. II.Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag, Reinbek, 1977.

kume04 [2735] J. K. Merikoski and R. Kumar. Inequalities for spreads of matrixsums and products. Appl. Math. E-Notes, 4:150–159, 2004.

menewi76 [2736] H. J. Mertens, R. J. Nessel, G. Wilmes, H. J. Mertens, R. J. Nessel,and G. Wilmes. Uber Multiplikatoren zwischen verschiedenen Banach-Raumen im Zusammenhang mit diskreten Orthogonalentwicklungen,volume 2599 of Forschungsberichte des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen.Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen, 1976.

me99-1 [2737] A. Mertins. Image compression via edge-based wavelet transform.Opt. Eng., 38(6):991–1000, 1999.

me99 [2738] A. Mertins. Signal analysis. Wavelets, filter banks, time-frequencytransforms and applications. Chichester: Wiley. xii, 317 p. sterling55.00, 1999.

mepapr02 [2739] G. Metafune, D. Pallara, and E. Priola. Spectrum of Ornstein-Uhlenbeck operators in lp spaces with respect to invariant measures.J. Funct. Anal., 196(1):40–60, 2002.

bame90 [2740] S. Metej and I. Bajla. A High-speed Reconstruction from Projec-tions Using Direct Fourier Methods with Optimized Parameters - anExperimental Analysis. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, 9:421–429, Dec.1990.

me06 [2741] G. Meurant. The Lanczos and conjugate gradient algoritms. Fromtheory to finite precision computations. Software - Environments -Tools 19. SIAM, 2006.

meva01 [2742] K. Meyberg and P. Vachenauer. Hoehere Mathematik 1. Differential-und Integralrechnung. Vektor- und Matrizenrechnung. (Higher math-ematics 1. Differential and integral calculus, vector and matrix calcu-lus). 6., korrig. Aufl. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

241

meva01-1 [2743] K. Meyberg and P. Vachenauer. Hoehere Mathematik 2. Differen-tialgleichungen, Funktionentheorie, Fourier-Analysis, Variationsrech-nung. (Higher mathematics 2. Differential equations, function theory,Fourier analysis, calculus of variations). 4., korrig. Aufl. Springer,Berlin, 2001.

me00 [2744] C. D. j. Meyer. Matrix analysis and applied linear algebra (incl. CD-ROM and solutions manual). SIAM, Society for Industrial and Ap-plied Mathematics, PA, 2000.

come97 [2745] F. G. Meyer and R. R. Coifman. Brushlets: A tool for directional im-age analysis and image compression. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,4(2):147–187, 1997.

me67 [2746] Y. Meyer. Ideaux fermes de lsp1 dans lesquels une suite approcheI’identite. Math. Scand., 19:219–222, 1967.

me81 [2747] Y. Meyer. Regularite des solutions des equations aux derivees par-tielles non lineaires (d’apres J.-M. Bony). In Semin. Bourbaki, 32eannee, Vol. 1979/80, Exp. 16. 560, volume 842 of Lecture Notes inMathematics, pages 293–302. 1981.

me85 [2748] Y. Meyer. Minimalite de certains espaces fonctionnels et applicationsa la theorie des operateurs. (Minimality of certain functional spacesand applications to operator theory). 1985.

me86 [2749] Y. Meyer. De la recherche petroliere a la geometrie des espaces deBanach en passant par les paraproduite. (From soil investigation togeometry of Banach spaces via paraproducts). 1986.

me87-1 [2750] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes, fonctions splines et analyses graduees.(Wavelets, spline functions and multiresolution analysis). Rend.Semin. Mat., Torino, 45(1):1–42, 1987. english translation in ’Fun-damental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut,David F.(2006).

me87 [2751] Y. Meyer. Principe d’incertitude, bases hilbertiennes et algebresd’operateurs. (The uncertainty principle, Hilbert base and operatoralgebras). In Semin. Bourbaki, 38eme annee, Vol. 1985/86, Exp.

242

Asterisque 145/146, 209-223. 1987. english translation in ’Fundamen-tal Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, DavidF.(2006).

me87-2 [2752] Y. Meyer. Wavelets with compact support. reprinted in ’Fundamen-tal Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, DavidF.(2006), 1987.

me88 [2753] Y. Meyer. Constructions de bases orthonormees d’ondelettes. (Con-struction of orthonormal bases of wavelets). Rev. Mat. Iberoam.,4(1):31–39, 1988.

me89 [2754] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes, filtres miroirs en quadrature et traitementnumerique de l’image. (Wavelets, quadratic mirror filters and numer-ical treatment of the image). Gaz. Math., Soc. Math. Fr., 40:31–42,1989.

me90 [2755] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes et operateurs I: Ondelettes. Hermann, Iditeursdes Sciences et des Arts, Paris, 1990.

me90-1 [2756] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes et operateurs. I: Ondelettes; II: Operateurs deCalderon-Zygmund; III with Coifman,R.: Operateurs multilineaires.Hermann, Paris, 1990.

me90-8 [2757] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes et operateurs II: Operateurs de Calderon-Zygmund. (Wavelets and operators II: Calderon-Zygmund operators).Hermann, Editeurs des Sciences et des Arts, Paris, 1990.

me91 [2758] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes sur l’intervalle. (Wavelets on the interval). Rev.Mat. Iberoam., 7(2):115–133, 1991.

me92 [2759] Y. Meyer. Ondelettes et algorithmes concurrents. (Wavelets and con-current algorithms). Hermann, Iditeurs des Sciences et des Arts, Paris,1992.

me95 [2760] Y. Meyer. Wavelets and Operators, volume 37 of Cambridge Studiesin Advanced Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,Transl. by D. H. Salinger edition, 1992.

me93 [2761] Y. Meyer. Wavelets: algorithms and applications. Transl. and rev. byRobert D. Ryan. SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 1993.

243

me98 [2762] Y. Meyer. Wavelets, Vibrations and Scalings (CRM Monograph Se-ries). American Mathematical Society (AMS), 1998.

me00-1 [2763] Y. Meyer. Le traitement du signal et l’analyse mathematique. Ann.Inst. Fourier (Grenoble), 50(2):593–632, 2000.

me01 [2764] Y. Meyer. Oscillating patterns in image processing and nonlinear evo-lution equations. American Mathematical Society, 2001.

come00 [2765] Y. Meyer and R. Coifman. Wavelets: Calderon–Zygmund and multi-linear operators. Number 48 in Cambridge studies in advanced math-ematics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1997.

mero93 [2766] Y. Meyer and S. Roques. Progress in wavelet analysis and applica-tions. Proceedings of the 3rd international conference on wavelets andapplications, Toulouse, France, June 8-13, 1992. Editions Frontihres,1993.

me01-1 [2767] U. Meyer Baese. Digital signal processing with field programming gatearrays. Incl. 1 CD-ROM. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

me70 [2768] N. G. Meyers. A theory of capacities for potentials of functions inLebesgue classes. Math. Scand., 26:255–292, 1970.

mhnawa01 [2769] H. N. Mhaskar, F. J. Narcowich, and J. Ward. SphericalMarcinkiewicz-Zygmund Inequalities and Positive Quadrature. Math.Comp., 70:1113 – 1130, 2001.

misa78 [2770] A. G. Miamee and H. Salehi. Harmonizability, V-boundedness andstationary dilation of stochastic processes. Indiana Univ. Math. J.,27:37–50, 1978.

miri77 [2771] C. A. Micchelli and T. J. Rivlin, editors. Optimal estimation in ap-proximation theory. Proceedings of an international symposium on op-timal estimation in approximation theory held in Freudenstadt, Fed-eral Republic of Germany, September 27-29, 1976. The IBM ResearchSymposia Series. Plenum Press, New York - London, 1977.

mimi99 [2772] G. Micula and S. Micula. Handbook of splines. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht, 1999.

244

miro99 [2773] R. Mikulevicius and B. L. Rozovskii. Fourier-Hermite expansions fornonlinear filtering. Theory Probab. Appl., 44(3):606–612, 1999.

mi68 [2774] J. Mikusinski. On convergence of sequences of periodic distributions.Stud. Math., 31:1–14, 1968.

mi78 [2775] J. Mikusinski. The Bochner integral. Birkhauser, Stuttgart, 1978.

mi82 [2776] N. Miller. Weighted Sobolev spaces and pseudodifferential operatorswith smooth symbols. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 269:91–109, 1982.

mi91 [2777] W. j. Miller. Topics in harmonic analysis with applications to radarand sonar. In Radar and sonar. Pt. I, Lect. Notes IMA SummerProgr., Minneapolis/MN (USA) 1990, volume 32 of IMA Vol. Math.Appl., pages 66–168. 1991.

bomi79 [2778] P. Milnes and J. V. Bondar. A simple proof of a covering property oflocally compact groups. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 73:117–118, 1979.

dami80 [2779] L. B. Milstein and P. K. Das. An analysis of a real-time transformdomain filtering digital communication system. I: Narrow-band inter-ference rejection. IEEE Trans. Commun., 28(6):816–824, 1980.

gomi02 [2780] M. S. Min and D. Gottlieb. On the convergence of the Fourier approx-imation for eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of discontinuous problems.SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 40(6):2254–2269 (electronic) (2003), 2002.

mi05 [2781] R. A. Minlos. Felix Alexandrovich Berezin (A brief scientific biogra-phy). Lett. Math. Phys., 74:5–19, 2005.

mi85 [2782] F. Mintzer. Filters for distortion-free two-band multirate filter banks.IEEE Trans. Acoustic, Speech and Sig. Proc., 33:626–630, 1985.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

mi66 [2783] H. Mirkil. The work of Shilov on commutative semi-simple Banachalgebras. Technical report, Rio de Janeiro, 1966.

mi94 [2784] M. Mitrea. Clifford wavelets, singular integrals, and Hardy spaces.1994. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. 1575. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.xi, 116 p. DM 34.00; oS 265.20; sFr. 34.00.

245

mi78-1 [2785] H. Mitsch. Lineare Algebra und Geometrie. I. Skriptum zur Vorlesung.Prugg Verlag, Wien, 1978.

mi79 [2786] H. Mitsch. Lineare Algebra und Geometrie. II. Skriptum zur Vor-lesung. Prugg Verlag, Wien, 1979.

mi72 [2787] T. Mizuhara. On Fourier multipliers of Lipschitz classes. TohokuMath. J., 24:263–268, 1972.

mo04 [2788] C. Moler. Numerical Computing with MATLAB. SIAM, Society forIndustrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 2004.

moto05 [2789] S. Molla and B. Torresani. A hybrid scheme for encoding audio signalusing hidden Markov models of waveforms. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 18(2):137–166, 2005.

mo97 [2790] H. Moller. Algorithmische lineare Algebra. Eine Einfuhrung fur Math-ematiker und Informatiker. (Algorithmic linear algebra. An intro-duction for mathematicians and computer scientists). Wiesbaden:Vieweg. x, 389 p. DM 29.80, 1997.

mowo74 [2791] C. C. Moore and J. A. Wolf. Square integrable representations ofnilpotent groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 185:445–462, 1974.

mamo04 [2792] W. Moran and J. H. Manton. Group theory in radar and signal pro-cessing. In Computational noncommutative algebra and applications,volume 136 of NATO Sci. Ser. II Math. Phys. Chem., pages 339–362.Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 2004.

fomo05 [2793] M. Morandi Cecchi and M. Fornasier. Fast homogenization algo-rithm based on asymptotic theory and multiscale schemes. Numer.Algorithms, 40(2):171–186, 2005. NuHAG.

mo79 [2794] J. D. Morgan. Schrodinger operators whose potentials have seperatedsingularities. J. Oper. Theory, 1:109–115, 1979.

mo06 [2795] F. Moricz. Absolutely convergent Fourier series and function classes.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 324(2):1168–1177, 2006.

mo00 [2796] S. Moritoh. FBI transforms and function spaces. RIMS Kokyuroku,1162:36–42, 2000. Harmonic analysis and nonlinear partial differentialequations (in Japanese) (Kyoto, 1999).

246

grmo93 [2797] J. Morlet and A. Grossmann. Wavelets, ten years ago. In Meyer,Yves (ed.) et al., Progress in wavelet analysis and applications. Pro-ceedings of the 3rd international conference on wavelets and applica-tions, Toulouse, France, June 8-13, 1992. Gif-sur-Yvette: EditionsFrontieres. 3-7. 1993.

jolumo97 [2798] J. M. Morris, C. Lu, and S. Joshi. Parallel lattice structure of blocktime-recursive generalized Gabor transforms. Signal Proc., 57(2):195–203, 1997.

lumo94 [2799] J. M. Morris and Y. Lu. Discrete Gabor expansion of discrete-timesignals in lsp2(bbfz) via frame theory. Signal Proc., 40(2-3):155–181,1994.

mo80 [2800] S. A. Morris. Pontryagin duality and the structure of locally com-pact Abelian groups. (Dvojstvennost’ Pontryagina i stroenie lokal’nokompaktnykh abelevykh grupp). Transl. from the English. Moskva: Iz-datel’stvo Mir. 102 p. R. 0.40, 1980.

motr56 [2801] M. Morse and W. Transue. The representation of a c-bimeasure on ageneral rectangle. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 42:89–95, 1956.

mo75 [2802] R. D. Mosak. Banach algebras. The University of Chicago Press,Chicago, London, 1975.

mo49 [2803] J. E. Moyal. Quantum mechanics as a statistical theory. Proc. Camb.Philos. Soc., 45:99–124, 1949.

muzhzh04 [2804] L. Mu, Z. Zhang, and P. Zhang. On the higher-dimensional waveletframes. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 16(1):44–59, 2004.

mu68 [2805] B. Muckenhoupt. Conjugate functions for Hermite expansions. In Or-thogonal Expansions continuous Analog., Proc. Conf. Southern IllinoisUniv. Edwardsville 1967, 13-23. 1968.

mu69-1 [2806] B. Muckenhoupt. Hermite conjugate expansions. Trans. Am. Math.Soc., 139:243–260, 1969.

mu69 [2807] B. Muckenhoupt. Poisson integrals for Hermite and Laguerre expan-sions. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 139:231–242, 1969.

247

mu70-3 [2808] B. Muckenhoupt. Asymptotic forms for Laguerre polynomials. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 24:288–292, 1970.

mu70-2 [2809] B. Muckenhoupt. Conjugate functions for Laguerre expansions.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 147:403–418, 1970.

mu70 [2810] B. Muckenhoupt. Equiconvergence and almost everywhere conver-gence of Hermite and Laguerre series. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 1:295–321, 1970.

mu70-1 [2811] B. Muckenhoupt. Mean convergence of Hermite and Laguerre series.I,II. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 147:419–431, 1970.

muwe01 [2812] B. Muckenhoupt and D. W. Webb. Two-weight norm inequalitiesfor Ces‘aro means of Laguerre expansions. Trans. Am. Math. Soc.,353(3):1119–1149, 2001.

muwe02 [2813] B. Muckenhoupt and D. W. Webb. Two-weight norm inequalities forthe Cesaro means of Hermite expansions. Trans. Am. Math. Soc.,354(11):4525–4537, 2002.

muvi91 [2814] P. Muller and B. Vidakovic. Wavelets for Kids. A Tutorial Introduc-tion. Technical report, Duke University, 1991.

munono91 [2815] D. Mumford, M. Nori, and P. Norman. Tata lectures on theta. III.Birkhauser, etc., 1991.

mu82 [2816] D. Muraz. Le theoreme d’Orlicz-Paley-Sidon sur le tore. volume I ofGroupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages III.1–III.3. Universitescientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematiquepures associe au c.n.r.s., 1982.

mu77 [2817] G. Muraz. Multiplicateurs de lp(g) dans Lp′(g). 1977.

mu82-1 [2818] G. Muraz. Multiplicateurs sur les l1(g)-modules. volume I of Groupede travail d’analyse harmonique, pages V.1–V.12. Universite scien-tifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematique puresassocie au c.n.r.s., 1982.

mu84 [2819] G. Muraz. Transformation de Fourier et espaces solides. volume II ofGroupe de travail d’analyse harmonique, pages II.1–II.12. Universite

248

scientifique et medicale de Grenoble, laboratoire de mathematiquepures associe au c.n.r.s., 1984.

musz97 [2820] G. Muraz and P. Szeptycki. Invariant subspaces of the maximal do-main of the Fourier transform. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 125(11):3275–3278, November 1997.

must02 [2821] F. Murtagh and J.-L. Starck. Wavelets and multiscale transform inastronomical image processing. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

mutath02 [2822] C. Muscalu, T. Tao, and C. Thiele. Multi-linear operators given bysingular multipliers. J. Am. Math. Soc., 15(2):469–496, 2002.

julemute05 [2823] A. Muschinski, V. Lehmann, L. A. Justen, and G. Teschke. Ad-vanced Radar Wind Profiling. Meteorologische Zeitschrift, 14(5):609–626, 2005.

mu83 [2824] J. Musielak. Orlicz spaces and modular spaces. Springer, Berlin, 1983.

mu06 [2825] H. J. Muthsam. Lineare Algebra und ihre Anwendungen. SpektrumAkademischer Verlag, Heidelberg, 2006.

na81 [2826] L. Nachbin. Introduction to functional analysis: Banach spaces anddifferential calculus. Transl. from the Portuguese by Richard M. Aron.Pure and Applied Mathematics, 60. New York, 1981.

naru76 [2827] A. Nagel and W. Rudin. Moebius-invariant function spaces on ballsand spheres. Duke Math. J., 43:841–865, 1976.

nast79 [2828] A. Nagel and E. M. Stein. Some new classes of pseudo-differentialoperators. In Harmonic analysis in Euclidean spaces, Part 2,Williamstown/ Massachusetts 1978, volume 35 of Proc. Symp. PureMath., pages 159–169, 1979.

na06 [2829] V. Naibo. Bessel capacities and rectangular differentiation in Besovspaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 324(2):834–840, 2006.

na59 [2830] M. A. Naimark. Normed rings. Translated from the first Russianedition by Leo F. Boron. Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing, Netherlands,1959.

249

nast82 [2831] M. A. Naimark and A. I. Stern. Theory of group representations.Transl. from the Russian by Elizabeth Hewitt, ed. by Edwin Hewitt.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1982.

na80 [2832] V. Namias. The fractional order Fourier transform and its applicationto quantum mechanics. J. Inst. Math. Appl., 25:241–265, 1980.

nara05 [2833] A. K. Nandakumaran and P. K. Ratnakumar. Schrodinger equationand the oscillatory semigroup for the Hermite operator. J. Funct.Anal., 224(2):371–385, 2005.

na85 [2834] R. Narasimhan. Complex analysis in one variable. Birkhauser,Boston, Basel, Stuttgart, 1985.

nath01 [2835] E. K. Narayanan and S. Thangavelu. On the equisummability ofHermite and Fourier expansions. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Math. Sci.,111(1):95–106, 2001.

napewa06 [2836] F. Narcowich, P. Petrushev, and J. Ward. Decomposition of Besov andTriebel-Lizorkin spaces on the sphere. J. Funct. Anal., 238(2):530–564, 2006.

nasiwa98 [2837] F. J. Narcowich, N. Sivakumar, and J. D. Ward. Stability Results forScattered-Data Interpolation on Euclidean Spheres. Adv. Comput.Math., 8:137 – 163, 1998.

na76 [2838] M. Nashed, editor. Generalized inverses and applications. Proceed-ings of an advanced seminar sponsored by the Mathematics ResearchCenter. The University of Wisconsin, Madison, October 8-10, 1973.Academic Press, New York - San Francisco - London, 1976.

nasota06 [2839] S. Nasiri, Y. Sobouti, and F. Taati. Phase Space Quantum Mechanics- Direct. ArXiv Quantum Physics e-prints, 2006.

na64 [2840] I. P. Natanson. Constructive function theory. Vol. I: Uniform approx-imation. Translated by Alexis N. Obolensky. Frederick Ungar Publish-ing Co., New York, 1964.

na65-1 [2841] I. P. Natanson. Constructive function theory. Vol. II: Approximationin mean. Frederick Ungar Publishing Co., New York, 1965.

250

na65 [2842] I. P. Natanson. Constructive function theory. Vol. III: Interpolationand Approximation Quadratures. Frederick Ungar Publishing Co.,New York, 1965.

na95 [2843] B. K. Natarajan. Sparse approximate solutions to linear systems.SIAM J. Comput., 24:227–234, 1995.

na01 [2844] F. Natterer. The mathematics of computerized tomography. SIAM,Phiadelphia, PA, 2001.

nawu01 [2845] F. Natterer and F. Wubbeling. Mathematical methods in image re-construction., volume 5 of Monographs on Mathematical Modeling andComputation. SIAM, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics,Philadelphia, PA, 2001.

napota98 [2846] R. Navarro, J. Portilla, and A. Tabernero. Duality between foveatiza-tion and multiscale local spectrum estimation. In B. E. Rogowitz andT. N. Pappas, editors, Human vision and electronic imaging III, SanJose CA , (26/01/1998), volume 3299 of Proc. SPIE, pages 306–317,Bellingham WA, 1998. SPIE.

hona03 [2847] B. Nazaret and M. Holschneider. An interpolation family betweenGabor and wavelet transformations: Application to differential cal-culus and construction of anisotropic Banach spaces. In et al. andS. Albeverio, editors, Nonlinear hyperbolic equations, spectral theory,and wavelet transformations. A volume of Advances in Partial Dif-ferential Equations, volume 145 of Operator Theory, Advances andApplications, pages 363–394. Birkhauser, Basel, 2003.

napitrvo02 [2848] F. Nazarov, G. Pisier, S. Treil, and A. Volberg. Sharp estimates invector Carleson imbedding theorem and for vector paraproducts. J.Reine Angew. Math., 542:147–171, 2002.

natrvo99 [2849] F. Nazarov, S. Treil, and A. Volberg. The Bellman functions and two-weight inequalities for Haar multipliers. J. Am. Math. Soc., 12(4):909–928, 1999.

ne02 [2850] Y. A. Neretin. Plancherel formula for Berezin deformation of l2 onRiemannian symmetric space. J. Funct. Anal., 189(2):336–408, 2002.

251

ne05 [2851] Y. A. Neretin. Perelomov Problem and Inversion of the Segal-Bargmann Transform. ESI preprints, 2005.

ne99 [2852] H.-J. Neu. Beitrage zur Theorie klassischer und verallgemeinerterzufalliger Felder uber einer kommutativen Hypergruppe. (Contribu-tions to the theory of classical and generalized random fields over acommutative hypergroup). Institute of Mathematical Statistics, Uni-versity of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, 1999.

ne02-2 [2853] M. Neuhauser. An Explicit Construction of the Metaplectic Repre-sentation over a Finite Field. Journal of Lie Theory, 12(1):15–30,2002.

ne02-1 [2854] M. Neuhauser. Neighbourhood graphs of Cayley graphs for finitely-generated groups. European Journal of Combinatorics, 23(6):733–740,2002.

ne03 [2855] M. Neuhauser. Kazhdan constants and matrix coefficients of Sp(n,R).Journal of Lie Theory, 13(1):133–154, 2003.

ne03-2 [2856] M. Neuhauser. Kazhdan constants for conjugacy classes of compactgroups. Journal of Algebra, 270(2):564–582, 2003.

ne03-1 [2857] M. Neuhauser. Kazhdan’s property T for the symplectic groupover a ring. Bulletin of the Belgian Mathematical Society—Simon,10(4):537–550, 2003.

ne05-1 [2858] M. Neuhauser. Relative property (T) and related properties for wreathproducts. Mathematische Zeitschrift, 251(1):167–177, 2005.

ne06 [2859] M. Neuhauser. Kazhdan constants for compat groups. Journal of theAustralian Mathematical Society, 81(1):11–14, 2006.

ne01 [2860] A. Neumaier. Introduction to numerical analysis. Cambridge Univer-sity Press, 2001.

ne97 [2861] E. Neuwirth. Musikalische Stimmungen. Springer, Wien, 1997.

ng04 [2862] M. K. Ng. Iterative methods for Toeplitz systems. Numerical Math-ematics and Scientific Computation. Oxford, NY: Oxford UniversityPress. xiii, 2004.

252

kwng05 [2863] M. K. Ng and W. C. Kwan. Image restoration by cosine transform-based iterative regularization. Appl. Math. Comput., 160(2):499–515,2005.

ng00 [2864] N. X. Nguyen. Numerical Algorithms for Image Superresolution. PhDthesis, Stanford University, 2000.

ng88 [2865] Nguyen Minh Chuong. On the parabolic pseudodifferential operatorsof variable order in Sobolev spaces with weighted norms. Acta Math.Vietnam., 13(1):5–14, 1988.

ni06 [2866] R. Nickl. Donsker-Type Theorems for Nonparametric Maximum Like-lihood Estimators, 2006. Under Revision.

ni06-1 [2867] R. Nickl. Empirical and Gaussian Processes on Besov Classes, 2006.Revision submitted.

ni06-2 [2868] R. Nickl. On Convergence and Convolutions of Random Signed Mea-sures, 2006. Submitted.

nipo06 [2869] R. Nickl and B. M. Potscher. Bracketing Metric Entropy Rates andEmpirical Central Limit Theorems for Function Classes of Besov- andSobolev-Type, 2006. Revision submitted.

ni82 [2870] K. Niederdrenk. Die endliche Fourier- und Walsh-Transformationmit einer Einfuhrung in die Bildverarbeitung. Friedr Vieweg & Sohn,Wiesbaden, 1982.

ni75-4 [2871] H. Niemi. On stationary dilations and the linear prediction of certainstochastic processes. Comment. Phys.-Math., 45(4):111–130, 1975.

ni75-1 [2872] H. Niemi. On the support of a bimeasure and orthogonally scatteredvector measures. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser.AI, 1:249–275, 1975.

ni75 [2873] H. Niemi. Stochastic processes as Fourier transforms of stochasticmeasures. Springer, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1975.

ni75-2 [2874] H. Niemi. Stochastic processes as Fourier transforms of stochasticmeasures. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser.AI, 591:1–47, 1975.

ni76 [2875] H. Niemi. On the linear prediction problem of certain non-stationarystochastic processes. Math. Scand., 39:146–160, 1976.

253

ni77 [2876] H. Niemi. On orthogonally scattered dilations of bounded measures.Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser.AI, 3:44–51, 1977.

ni82-1 [2877] H. Niemi. Diagonal measure of a positive definite bimeasure. InMeasure theory, Proc. Conf., Oberwolfach 1981, Lect. Notes Math.945, 237-246. 1982.

ni84 [2878] H. Niemi. Grothendieck’s inequality and minimal orthogonally scat-tered dilations. In Probability theory on vector spaces III, Proc. Conf.,Lublin/Pol. 1983, volume 1080 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics, pages175–187, 1984.

ni75-3 [2879] S. M. Nikol’skij. Approximation of functions of several variablesand imbedding theorems. Translated from the Russian by J. M. Dan-skin. Die Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften. Band205. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. VIII, 420 p. DM108.00 and $44.30, 1975.

ni73 [2880] L. Nirenberg. Lectures on linear partial differential equations., vol-ume 17 of Conference Board of the Mathematical Sciences. RegionalConference Series in Mathematics. American Mathematical Society,1973.

ni84-1 [2881] S.-i. Nishigaki. Weighted norm inequalities for certain pseudo-differential operators. Tokyo J. Math., 7:129–140, 1984.

no76 [2882] B. Noble. Methods for computing the Moore-Penrose generalized in-verse, and related matters. In M. Nashed, editor, Generalized Inversesand Applications, Proc. adv. Semin., Madison 1973, pages 245–301.1976.

dano77 [2883] B. Noble and J. W. Daniel. Applied Linear Algebra. Prentice-Hall,Inc, Jersey, 1977.

no04 [2884] S. P. Novikov. The second half of the 20th century and its conclusion:crisis in the physics and mathematics community in Russia and inthe West. In et al. and V. M. Buchstaber, editors, Geometry, topol-ogy, and mathematical physics. Selected papers from S. P. Novikov’sseminar held in Moscow, Russia, 2002-2003., volume 55 of Transla-tions. Series 2. American Mathematical Society. 212. Advances in the

254

Mathematical Sciences, pages 1–24. American Mathematical Society(AMS), Providence, RI, 2004.

no95 [2885] K. Nowak. Singular Value Estimates for certain convolution-productoperators. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1:297–310, 1995.

no06 [2886] K. Nowak. Excess of Gabor Frames. Master’s thesis, Dept. Mathe-matics, Univ. Vienna, April 2006.

deno01 [2887] K. Nowak and F. DeMari. Reproducing Formulas and CommutativeOperator Algebras Related to Affine Transformations of the Time-Frequency plane. Bull. Austr. Math. Soc., 63(2):195–218, 2001.

no99 [2888] D. Nowottny. Mathematik am Computer. (Mathematics at the com-puter). Springer, Berlin, 1999.

nu81 [2889] H. Nussbaumer. Fast Fourier Transform and Convolution Algorithms.Springer-Verlag, 1981.

nu83 [2890] H. J. Nussbaumer. Efficient algorithms for signal processing. InH. Schussler, editor, Signal Processing II: Theories and Applications(Proc. EUSIPCO-83). Elsevier, 1983.

nu90 [2891] A. H. Nuttall. Two-dimensional convolutions, correlations, andFourier transforms of combinations of Wigner distribution functionsand complex ambiguity functions. Technical report, Naval Underwa-ter Systems Center, New London, CT, 1990.

culioa90 [2892] J. P. Oakley, M. J. Cunningham, and G. Little. A Fourier-domainformula for the least-squares projection of a function onto a repetitivebasis in N-dimensional space. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech SignalProcess., 38(1):114–120, 1990.

ob92 [2893] M. Oberguggenberger. Multiplication of distributions and applicationsto partial differential equations, volume 259 of Pitman Research Notesin Mathematics Series. Longman Scientific and Technical, Harlow,1992.

ob77 [2894] D. M. Oberlin. The derived space of lp(g). In Anal. armon. SpaziFunz. Gruppi localm. comp., Convegno 1976, volume 22 of Symp.math., pages 231–247, 1977.

255

od92 [2895] A. Odzijewicz. Coherent states and geometric quantization. Commun.Math. Phys., 150(2):385–413, 1992.

Oh99 [2896] C. Ohreneder. A similarity measure for global image matching basedon the forward modelling principle. PhD thesis, University of Tech-nology Vienna, April 1999.

oi06 [2897] J. Oitmaa. Series Expansion Methods for Strongly Interacting LatticeModels. Cambridge University Press, 2006.

okto91 [2898] Y. Okada and N. Tose. FBI transformation and second microlocaliza-tion equivalence of second analytic wave front sets and second singularspectrums. J. Math. Pures Appl. (9), 70(4):427–453, 1991.

ok03 [2899] K. A. Okoudjou. Characterization of function spaces and boundednessof bilinear pseudodifferential operators through Gabor frames. PhDthesis, Georgia Institute of Technology, April 2003.

ok04 [2900] K. A. Okoudjou. Embedding of some classical Banach spaces intomodulation spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 132(6):1639–1647 (elec-tronic), 2004.

ok84 [2901] Y. Okuyama. Absolute summability of Fourier series and orthogonalseries. Springer, Berlin, 1984.

ol75 [2902] D. Olesen. On norm-continuity and compactness of spectrum. Math.Scand., 35:223–236, 1975.

ol97 [2903] A. Olevskii. Completeness in l2(bbfr) of almost integer translates. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 324:98–99, 1997.

olul04 [2904] A. Olevskii and A. Ulanovskii. Almost integer translates. Do nicegenerators exist? J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(1):93–104, 2004.

olst06 [2905] s. oliveira and d. stewart. Writing Scientific Software. CambridgeUniv. Press, 2006.

olst06-1 [2906] S. Oliveira and D. Stewart. Writing Scientific Software: A Guide toGood Style. 2006.

256

ol01 [2907] V. Olshevsky, editor. Structured matrices in mathematics, computerscience, and engineering I. Proceedings of an AMS-IMS-SIAM jointsummer research conference, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO,USA, June 27–July 1, 1999., volume 280 of Contemporary Mathemat-ics. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2001.

ol01-1 [2908] V. Olshevsky, editor. Structured matrices in mathematics, computerscience, and engineering II. Proceedings of an AMS-IMS-SIAM jointsummer research conference, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO,USA, June 27–July 1, 1999., volume 281 of Contemporary Mathemat-ics. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2001.

ol03 [2909] V. Olshevsky, editor. Fast algorithms for structured matrices: Theoryand applications. AMS-IMS-SIAM joint summer research conferenceon fast algorithms in mathematics, computer science and engineering,August 5–9, 2001, South Hadley, Massachusetts., volume 323 of Con-temporary Mathematics. American Mathematical Society (AMS) andSociety for Industrial and Applied Mathematics (SIAM), Providence,RI, 2003.

olza92 [2910] T. E. Olson and R. A. Zalik. Nonexistence of a Riesz basis of trans-lates. In Approximation theory, Proc. 6th Southeast. ApproximationTheory Conf., Memphis/TN (USA) 1991., volume 138 of Lect. NotesPure Appl. Math., pages 401–408. 1992.

ol74 [2911] F. W. J. Olver. Introduction to Asymptotics and Special Functions.Academic Press, 1974.

om00 [2912] B. Omer. Quantum Programming in QCL. Master’s thesis, ViennaUniversity of Technology, 2000.

on82 [2913] C. W. Onneweer. Generalized Lipschitz spaces and Herz spaces oncertain totally disconnected groups. In Martingale theory in harmonicanalysis and Banach spaces, Proc. NSF-CBMS Conf., Cleveland/Ohio1981, Lect. Notes Math. 939, 106-121. 1982.

on84 [2914] C. W. Onneweer. The Fourier transforms of Herz spaces on certaingroups. Monatsh. Math., 97:297–310, 1984.

op06 [2915] R. Opfer. Tight frame expansions of multiscale reproducing kernelsin Sobolev spaces. Appl. Comput. Harm. Anal., 20(3):357–374, 2006.

257

op67 [2916] Z. Opial. Weak convergence of the sequence of successive approxima-tions for nonexpansive mappings. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 73:591–597,1967.

opsc89 [2917] A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer. Discrete-time signal processing.Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1989.

or90 [2918] J. M. Ortega. Numerical analysis: A second course. SIAM, Phiadel-phia, PA, 1990.

gror99 [2919] J. M. Ortega and A. S. Grimshaw. An introduction to C++ andnumerical methods. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.

orse02 [2920] J. Ortega Cerda and K. Seip. Fourier frames. Ann. of Math.,155(3):789–806, 2002.

os75 [2921] M. S. Osborne. On the Schwartz-Bruhat space and the Paley-Wienertheorem for locally compact Abelian groups. J. Funct. Anal., 19:40–49, 1975.

os94 [2922] P. Oswald. Multilevel Finite Element Approximation. Teubner(Stuttgart), 1994.

os94-1 [2923] P. Oswald. Stable subspace splittings for Sobolev spaces and domaindecomposition algorithms. In Keyes, David E. (ed.) et al., Domaindecomposition methods in scientific and engineering computing. Pro-ceedings of the 7th international conference on domain decomposition,October 27-30, 1993, Pennsylvania State University, PA, USA. Prov-idence, RI: Ameri. 1994.

os97 [2924] P. Oswald. Frames and space splittings in Hilbert spaces. Technicalreport, 1997.

os98 [2925] P. Oswald. Multilevel frames and Riesz bases in Sobolev spaces. Tech-nical report, 1998.

ot88 [2926] N. Ottavy. Strong convergence of projection-like methods in Hilbertspaces. J. Optimization Theory Appl., 56(3):433–461, 1988.

ou88 [2927] G. Ouyang. Multipliers of Segal algebras. In Proceedings of the Anal-ysis Conference, Singapore 1986., volume 150 of North-Holland Math.Stud., pages 203–217. North-Holland Publishing Company, 1988.

258

ou91 [2928] G. Ouyang. Multipliers from lsb1(g) to a reflexive Segal algebra. Inet al. and M.-T. Cheng, editors, Harmonic analysis. Proceedings of thespecial program at the Nankai Institute of Mathematics, Tianjin, PRChina, March- July, 1988., volume 1494 of Lecture Notes in Mathe-matics, pages 163–168. Springer-Verlag, Berlin etc., 1991.

ov67 [2929] J. L. Ovaert. Factorisation dans les algebres et modules de convolu-tion. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. A-B, 265:A534–A535, 1967.

ov84 [2930] V. I. Ovchinnikov. The method of orbits in interpolation theory, vol-ume 1 of Mathematical Reports. harwood academic publishers, 1984.

owti54 [2931] M. Owchar and A. J. Tingley. On the absolute convergence of aFourier-Hermite expansion of nonlinear functionals. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 5:85–88, 1954.

bameonoz94 [2932] H. M. Ozaktas, B. Barshan, D. Mendlovic, and L. Onural. Convo-lution, filtering, and multiplexing in fractional Fourier domains andtheir relation to chirp and wavelet transforms. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A,11(2):547–559, 1994.

kumeoz99 [2933] H. M. Ozaktas, M. A. Kutay, and D. Mendlovic. Introduction tothe fractional Fourier transform and its applications. volume 106 ofAdvances in Imaging and Electron Physics. Elsevier, 1999.

proz04 [2934] M. Ozaydin and T. Przebinda. An entropy-based uncertainty principlefor a locally compact abelian group. J. Funct. Anal., 215(1):241–252,2004.

pari03 [2935] J. A. Packer and M. A. Rieffel. Wavelet filter functions, the ma-trix completion problem, and projective modules over C(bbfT n). J.Fourier Anal. Appl., 9(2):101–116, 2003.

pari04 [2936] J. A. Packer and M. A. Rieffel. Projective multi-resolution analysesfor L2(Rn). J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(5):439–464, 2004.

pa85 [2937] D. H. Pahk. On the convolution equations in the space of distributionsof lp–growth. PAMS, 94:81–86, 1985.

dapa00 [2938] P. J. Pahl and R. Damrath. Mathematische Grundlagen der Inge-nieurinformatik. (Mathematical foundations of engineering computerscience). Springer, Berlin, 2000.

259

dapa01 [2939] P. J. Pahl and R. Damrath. Mathematical foundations of computa-tional engineering. A handbook. Transl. from the German by FelixPahl. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

paso88 [2940] L. Paivarinta and E. Somersalo. A generalization of the Calder’on-Vaillancourt theorem to lspp and hspp. Math. Nachr., 138:145–156,1988.

mepaXX [2941] A. Pajor and S. Mendelson. On singular values of matrices with in-dependent rows. preprint, to appear.

pa04 [2942] V. Palamodov. Reconstructive integral geometry. Birkhauser, Basel,2004.

pawi64 [2943] R. E. A. C. Paley and N. Wiener. Fourier transforms in the complexdomain. Nauka, Moskau, 1964.

pa04-1 [2944] R. Paltanea. Approximation Theory Using Positive Linear Operators.Birkhauser, Boston, MA, 2004.

kapa83 [2945] S. X. Pan and A. C. Kak. A computational study of reconstruc-tion algorithms for diffraction tomography : Interpolation versusflitered backpropagation. IEEE Trans. Acoustic, Speech and Sig.Proc., 31:1262–1275, October 1983.

pa93 [2946] G. S. Pandey. A Convolution Structure For Almost Invarinant Oper-ators On A Homogeneous Banach Space Of Distributions. General.Funct. and their Appl. - Plenum Press, pages 157–166, 1993.

pa99 [2947] S. S. Pandey. Wavelet representation of modulated spaces on locallycompact abelian groups. Ganita, 50(2):119–128, 1999.

pa04-2 [2948] S. S. Pandey. Time-frequency localizations for modulation spaces onlocally compact abelian groups. Int. J. Wavelets Multiresolut. Inf.Process., 2(2):149–163, 2004.

pa06 [2949] S. V. Panyushkin. Generalized fourier transform and its applications.Math. Notes, 79(3-4):537–550, 2006.

pa00 [2950] B. Panzer. Optionen - Wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretische Grundlagenund Bewertung anhand des zeitdiskreten Modells von Cox, Ross undRubinstein. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 2000.

260

pasc05 [2951] M. Pap and F. Schipp. Discrete orthogonality of Zernike functions.Math. Pannonica, 16(1):137–144, 2005.

pa02 [2952] A. Papandreou Suppappola, editor. Applications in Time-FrequencySignal Processing, volume 10 of Electrical Engineering & Applied Sig-nal Processing Series. CRC Press, 2002.

pa65 [2953] A. Papoulis. Probability, random variables, and stochastic processes.McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1965.

pa66 [2954] A. Papoulis. Error analysis in sampling theory. Proc. IEEE 54/7,pages 947–955, 1966.

pa75 [2955] A. Papoulis. A new algorithm in spectral analysis and band-limitedextrapolation. IEEE Trans. Circuits and Systems, 22:735–742, 1975.

pa77 [2956] A. Papoulis. Signal analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,1977.

paXX [2957] L. Papula. Mathematische Formelsammlung fur Ingenieure undNaturwissenschaftler. 7., verbesserte Auflage. Vieweg.

pash88 [2958] T. W. Parks and Shenoy R. G. An optimal recovery approach tointerpolation. pages 656–661, March 1988.

pari02 [2959] K. H. e. . Parshall and A. C. e. . Rice. Mathematics unbound: The evo-lution of an international mathematical research community, 1800–1945. American Mathematical Society (AMS), Providence, RI, 2002.

pa77-2 [2960] K. Parthasarathy. Segal Algebras - Some Explorations. PhD thesis,Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, 1977.

pate79 [2961] K. Parthasarathy and U. B. Tewari. Isometric multiipliers of segalalgebras. Bull. Austr. Math. Soc., 20:105–114, 1979.

pa69 [2962] K. R. Parthasarathy. Multipliers on locally compact groups, volume 93of Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1969.

pa97 [2963] J. R. Partington. Interpolation, identification, and sampling. Claren-don Press, Oxford, 1997.

261

paun01 [2964] J. R. Partington and B. Unalmics. On the windowed Fourier trans-form and wavelet transform of almost periodic functions. Appl. Com-put. Harmon. Anal., 10(1):45–60, 2001.

pa84 [2965] L. Partzsch. Vorlesungen zum eindimensionalen Wienerschen Proze.BSB B, Leipzig, 1984.

pa73 [2966] W. L. Paschke. A factorable Banach algebra without bounded ap-proximate unit. Pac. J. Math., 46:249–251, 1973.

pa77-1 [2967] M. Pasler. Grundzuge der Vektor- und Tensorrechnung. Walter deGruyter, 1977.

pasisuth96 [2968] V. Pati, A. Sitaram, M. Sundari, and S. Thangavelu. An uncer-tainty principle for eigenfunction expansions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl.,2(5):427–433, 1996.

krpare93 [2969] Y. C. Pati, R. Rezaiifar, and P. S. Krishnaprasad. Orthogonal Match-ing Pursuit: Recursive Function Approximation with. In Proc. 27thAnnual Asimolar Conference on Signals, Systems and, 1993.

bapa99 [2970] W. Paul and J. Baschnagel. Stochastic processes. From physics tofinance. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

pe59 [2971] J. Peetre. Une caracterisation abstraite des operateurs differentiels.Math. Scand., 7:211–218, 1959.

pe60 [2972] J. Peetre. Rectification a l’article Une caracterisation abstraite desoperateurs differentiels. Math. Scand., 8:116–120, 1960.

pe66-1 [2973] J. Peetre. On convolution operators leaving lspp, lambda spaces in-variant. Ann. Mat. Pura Appl., IV. Ser., 72:295–304, 1966.

pe66 [2974] J. Peetre. Pointwise convergence of singular convolution integrals.Ann. Sc. Norm. Super. Pisa, Sci. Fis. Mat., III. Ser., 20:45–61, 1966.

pe69-1 [2975] J. Peetre. Sur la transformation de Fourier des fonctions a valeursvectorielles. Rend. Sem. Mat. Univ. Padova, 42:15–26, 1969.

pe76 [2976] J. Peetre. New Thoughts on Besov Spaces. Mathematics Department,Duke University, Durham, 1976.

262

pe85 [2977] J. Peetre. Paracommutators and minimal spaces. In Operators andfunction theory, Proc. NATO Adv. Study Inst., Lancaster/Engl. 1984,NATO ASI Ser., Ser. C 153, 163-224. 1985.

pe89 [2978] J. Peetre. Some calculations related to Fock space and the Shale-Weilrepresentation. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, 12(1):67–81, 1989.

pesp72 [2979] J. Peetre and G. Sparr. Interpolation of normed Abelian groups. Ann.Mat. Pura Appl., IV. Ser., 92:217–262, 1972.

pe03 [2980] V. V. Peller. Hankel operators and their applications. (English).Springer, New York, NY, 2003.

pewa02 [2981] I. Peng and S. Waldron. Signed frames and Hadamard products ofGram matrices. Linear Algebra Appl., 347(1-3):131–157, 2002.

pewa00 [2982] D. B. Percival and A. T. Walden. Wavelet methods for time seriesanalysis. Cambridge, 2000.

pewa06 [2983] D. B. Percival and A. T. Walden. Wavelet methods for time seriesanalysis. Cambridge University Press, 2006.

pe86 [2984] A. Perelomov. Generalized coherent states and their applications.Springer, Berlin, 1986.

pe71 [2985] A. M. Perelomov. On the completeness of a system of coherent states(English translation). Theoret. Math. Phys., 6:156–164, 1971.

peso00 [2986] S. Perez and F. Soria. Operators associated with the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck semigroup. J. Lond. Math. Soc., II. Ser., 61(3):857–871,2000.

pvi00 [2987] S. e. . Perez Esteva and C. e. . Villegas Blas. 1st summer school inanalysis and mathematical physics. Quantization, the Segal-Bargmanntransform and semiclassical analysis. Cuernavaca Morelos, Mexico,June 8–18, 1998. Contemporary Mathematics. 260. Providence, RI:American Mathematical Society (AMS). xi, 2000.

pvi01 [2988] S. e. . Perez Esteva and C. e. . Villegas Blas. Second summer schoolin analysis and mathematical physics. Topics in analysis: harmonic,

263

complex, nonlinear and quantization. Proceedings, Cuernavaca More-los, Mexico, June 12–22, 2000. Contemporary Mathematics. Aporta-ciones Matemticas. 289. Providence, RI: American Mathematical So-ciety (AMS). xi, 2001.

pera06 [2989] F. Perez Gonzlez and J. Rattya. Forelli-Rudin estimates, carlesonmeasures and f(p, q, s)-functions. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 315(2):394–414, 2006.

pe64 [2990] A. Persson. Compact linear mappings between interpolation spaces.Ark. Mat., 5:215–219, 1964.

pe06 [2991] I. Pesenson. Deconvolution of band limited functions on non-compactsymmetric spaces. Houston J. Math., 32(1):183–204 (electronic), 2006.

pewi98 [2992] T. M. Peters and J. Williams. The Fourier transform in biomedicalengineering. Dedicated to the memory of Richard H. T. Bates. Withcontributions from Jason H. T. Bates, G. Bruce Pike and PatriceMunger. Birkhauser, Basel, 1998.

pe83 [2993] B. E. Petersen. Introduction to the Fourier transform and pseudo-differential operators. Pitman Advanced Publishing Program, Boston,London, Melbourne, 1983.

pepiva80 [2994] N. Petridis, S. K. Pichorides, and N. Varopoulos. Harmonic analysis,Iraklion 1978. Proceedings of a conference held at the University ofCrete, Iraklion, Greece, July 1978. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 1980.

pevr78 [2995] H. Petzeltova and P. Vrbova. Factorization in the algebra of rapidlydecreasing functions on rn. Commentat. Math. Univ. Carol., 19:489–499, 1978.

pesh95 [2996] G. Pevskir and A. N. Shiryaev. The Khintchine inequalities andmartingale expanding sphere of their action. Russ. Math. Surv.,50(5):849–904, 1995.

pe69 [2997] A. Peyerimhoff. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Springer Texts inStatistics. New York, NY: Springer. xxi, 1969.

264

pf99 [2998] G. E. Pfander. Periodic waveletgrams and periodicity detection. PhDthesis, University of Maryland at College Park, 1999.

pf00 [2999] G. E. Pfander. Generalized Haar wavelets and frames. In A. Aldroubi,A. Laine, and M. Unser, editors, Proc. of SPIE’s 45th Annual Meeting,Wavelet Applications in Signal and Image Processing VIII, pages 528–535, San Diego, 2000.

pf05 [3000] G. E. Pfander. Measurement of time–variant MIMO channels. Inpreparation, 2005.

g.05 [3001] G. E. Pfander. Two results on the invertibility of bi–infinite matriceswith applications to Gabor analysis. In preparation, 2005.

pfwa05 [3002] G. E. Pfander and D. Walnut. Measurement of Time–Variant Chan-nels. 2005.

pfwa05-1 [3003] G. E. Pfander and D. Walnut. Operator Identification and Fe-ichtinger’s algebra. rm Submitted to it Sampl. Theory Signal ImageProcess., 2005.

pfun68 [3004] E. Pflaumann and H. Unger. Funktionalanalysis I. BibliographischesInstitut, Mannheim, 1968.

pi84 [3005] G. Pierra. Decomposition through formalization in a product space.Math. Program., 28:96–115, 1984.

pi83 [3006] M. Pierre. Parabolic capacity and Sobolev spaces. SIAM J. Math.Anal., 14:522–533, 1983.

pi78-1 [3007] A. Pietsch. Operator ideals. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wis-senschaften, Berlin, 1978.

pi80 [3008] A. Pietsch. Uber die Verteilung von Fourierkoeffizienten und Eigen-werten. Nicht nur ein historischer uberblick. Wiss. Z. Friedrich-Schiller-Univ. Jena Math. Natur. Reihe, 29:203–211, 1980.

pi70 [3009] L. Pigno. A multiplier problem,. Pacific J. Math., 34:755–757, 1970.

pi71 [3010] L. Pigno. Restrictions of lspp transforms. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,29:511–515, 1971.

265

pi75 [3011] L. Pigno. Erratum to ’Restrictions of Lp transforms’. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 48(2):515, 1975.

pite02-1 [3012] S. Pilipovi’c and N. Teofanov. On a symbol class of elliptic pseudod-ifferential operators. Bull. Cl. Sci. Math. Nat. Sci. Math., (27):57–68,2002.

pite02 [3013] S. Pilipovic and N. Teofanov. Wilson bases and ultramodulationspaces. Math. Nachr., 242:179–196, 2002.

pite04 [3014] S. Pilipovi’c and N. Teofanov. Pseudodifferential operators on ultra-modulation spaces. J. Funct. Anal., 208(1):194–228, 2004.

pite05 [3015] S. Pilipovic and N. Teofanov. Multiresolution Expansions and Ap-proximation Order of Tempered Distributions. ESI preprints, 2005.

pite06 [3016] S. Pilipovic and N. Teofanov. Multiresolution expansion, approxima-tion order and quasiasymptotic behavior of tempered distributions.J. Math. Anal. Appl., page to appear, 2006.

pirate06 [3017] S. Pilipovic, N. Teofanov, and D. Rakic. Homogeneous distributionsin mathcalD′

Lq , 2006.

piza97 [3018] A. Pinkus and S. Zafrany. Fourier series and integral transforms.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1997.

pi01 [3019] M. A. Pinsky. Introduction to Fourier Analysis and Wavelets. BrooksCole, 2001.

pipr96 [3020] M. A. Pinsky and C. Prather. Pointwise convergence of n-dimensionalHermite expansions. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 199(2):620–628, 1996.

pi78 [3021] G. Pisier. Sur l— espace de Banach de series de Fourier aleatvirespresque surment continue. page 33, 1978.

pi79 [3022] G. Pisier. A remarkable homogeneous Banach algebra. Isr. J. Math.,34:38–44, 1979.

pi99 [3023] G. Pisier. The Volume of Convex Bodies and Banach Space Geometry.Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, 1999.

266

pi03 [3024] G. Pisier. Introduction to operator space theory. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 2003.

gakapi98 [3025] S. Pittner, S. V. Kamarthi, and Q. Gao. Wavelet networks for sensorsignal classification in flank wear assessment. Journal of IntelligentManufactoring, 9:315–322, 1998.

pi74 [3026] C. G. C. Pitts. An equiconvergence theorem for a class of eigenfunctionexpansions. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 189:337–350, 1974.

pl49 [3027] M. Plancherel. Integrales de Fourier et fonctions entieres. In ColloquesInternat. Centre Nat. Rech. Sci. 15 (Analyse harmonique, Nancy 15.-22.6.1947), 31-43. 1949.

plpo37 [3028] M. Plancherel and G. Polya. Fonctions entieres et integrales de Fouriermutiples. Comment. Math. Helv, 9:224–248, 1937.

plve00 [3029] K. N. Plataniotis and A. N. Venetsanopoulos. Color Image Processingand Applications. Springer, 2000.

pl29 [3030] A. Plessner. Eine Kennzeichnung der totalstetigen Funktionen. J.Reine Angew. Math., 160:26–32, 1929.

plrosw82 [3031] E. I. Plotkin, L. M. Roytman, and M. N. S. Swamy. Nonuniformsampling of band-limited modulated signals. Signal Proc., 4:295–303,1982.

plrosw84 [3032] E. I. Plotkin, L. M. Roytman, and M. N. S. Swamy. Reconstruction ofnonuniformly sampled band-limited signals and jitter error reduction.Signal Proc., 7:151–160, 1984.

po79 [3033] D. Poguntke. Gewisse Segalsche Algebren auf lokal kompakten Grup-pen. Archiv d. Math., 33:454–460, 1980.

po80-1 [3034] D. Poguntke. Gewisse Segalsche Algebren auf lokalkompakten Grup-pen. Arch. Math., 33:454–460, 1980.

po82 [3035] D. Poguntke. Einfache Moduln uber gewissen Banachschen Algebren:ein Imprimitivitatssatz. Math. Ann., 259(2):245–258, 1982.

267

po88-1 [3036] M. A. Poletti. Linearly swept frequency measurements, time-delayspectrometry, and the Wigner distribution. J. Audio Eng. Soc.,36(6):457–468, 1988.

po91 [3037] N. Polyak. A New Method for Decomposition of Images on a Non-orthogonal Basis. PhD thesis, Elect.Computer,Systems Eng.Dept.,Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New York 12180-3590, 1991.M.S.thesis.

pepo92 [3038] N. Polyak and W. A. Pearlman. Stationarity of the Gabor Basisand Derivation of Janssens’s Formula. In IEEE-SP Int.Symp. onTime-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, Oct 4-6, ’92, Victoria/BC,Canada, 1992.

pepo94 [3039] N. Polyak and W. A. Pearlman. A new Method for Non-orthogonalSignal Decomposition. Visual Communications, 5:236–244, 1994.

po88 [3040] A. F. Polyakov. Thermo- and Laser Anemometry. Hemisphere Pub-lishing Corporation, New York, 1988.

po57 [3041] L. S. Pontrjagin. Topologische Gruppen. I. B. G. Teubner, Leipzig,1957.

po66-1 [3042] J. C. T. Pool. Mathematical aspects of the Weyl correspondence. J.Math. Phys., 7:66–76, 1966.

po81 [3043] S. Poornima. Multipliers of Segal algebras and related classes on thereal line. Indian J. Pure Appl. Math., 12:566–579, 1981.

po82-1 [3044] S. Poornima. Sur les multiplicateurs d’une algebre de Segal. C. R.Acad. Sc. Paris, Serie I, 294:75–77, 1982.

pofr92 [3045] B. Porat and B. Friedlander. Performance analysis of a class of Tran-sient detection algorytms- A unified framework. IEEE Trans. SignalProcessing, 40/Nr.10:2536–2546, October 1992.

po66 [3046] P. Porcelli. Linear spaces of analytic functions. 1966.

copo69 [3047] P. Porcelli and H. S. Collins. Ideals in group algebras. Stud. Math.,33:223–226, 1969.

268

po80 [3048] M. R. Portnoff. Time–frequency representation of digital signals andsystems based on short-time Fourier analysis. IEEE Trans. Acoustic,Speech and Sig. Proc., 28:55–69, 1980.

po97 [3049] A. Potiopa. A problem of Lagarias and Wang. Master’s thesis, 1997.Siedlce University, Siedlce, Poland (Polish).

postta01 [3050] D. Potts, G. Steidl, and M. Tasche. Fast Fourier transformsfor nonequispaced data: A tutorial, chapter 12, pages 247 – 270.Birkhauser, 2001.

pora06 [3051] A. D. Poularikas and Z. M. Ramadan. Adaptive filtering primer withMATLAB. Boca Raton: CRC Press and Boca Raton, FL: Taylor &Francis., 2006.

po04 [3052] A. M. Powell. Orthonormalized coherent states. In Heil, Christopher(ed.) et al., Wavelets, frames and operator theory. Papers from theFocused Research Group Workshop, University of Maryland, CollegePark, MD, USA, January 15-21, 2003. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society (AMS). Contemporary Ma. 2004.

bopapr02 [3053] H. Prautzsch, W. Boehm, and M. Paluszny. Bezier and B-splinetechniques. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

hulepr02 [3054] R. S. Prendergast, B. C. Levy, and P. J. Hurst. Multirate filter bankreconstruction of bandlimited signals from bunched samples. In Con-ference Record of the Thirty-Sixth Asilomar Conference on Signals,Systems and Computers, 2002., pages 781– 785, 2002.

flprteve92 [3055] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky, W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery.Numerical recipes in C. The art of scientific computing.2nd ed. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1992.

prqurase03 [3056] J. Prestin, E. Quak, H. Rauhut, and K. Selig. On the connection ofuncertainty principles for functions on the circle and on the real line.J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 9(4):387–409, 2003.

pr04 [3057] E. Prestini. The Evolution of Applied Harmonic Analysis. Models ofthe Real World. Birkhauser, 2004.

269

pr02 [3058] W. Preu. Funktionaltransformationen. Fourier-, Laplace- und bf Z-Transformation. (Functional transformations. Fourier-, Laplace- andbf Z-transform). Mathematik-Studienhilfen. Leipzig: FachbuchverlagLeipzig. 174 S. EUR 9.90, 2002.

pr91 [3059] M. B. Priestley. Spectral analysis and time series. Volume 1: Uni-variate series. Volume 2: Multivariate series, prediction and control.Reprinted with corrections. Probability and Mathematical Statistics.London etc.: Academic Press Inc., Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. xviii,1991.

pr96 [3060] P. Prinz. Calculating the dual Gabor window for general samplingsets. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 44(8):2078–2082, 1996.

pr96-1 [3061] P. Prinz. Numerically Efficient Methods in Gabor Analysis. Master’sthesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, Vienna/Austria, 1996.

pr96-2 [3062] P. Prinz. Theory and Algorithms for Discrete 1-Dimensional GaborFrames. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1996.

pr02-1 [3063] J. G. Proakis, C. M. Rader, F. Ling, C. L. Nikias, M. Moonen, andI. K. Proudler. Algorithms for Statistical Signal Processing. Prentice-Hall, Inc, 2002.

kiprrauh98 [3064] A. Prochazka, J. Uhlmr, P. J. W. Rayner, and N. G. Kingsbury. Sig-nal analysis and prediction. Based upon selected contributions pre-sented at the 1st European conference on signal analysis and predic-tion, ECSAP-97, Prague, Czech Republic. Birkhauser, Boston, 1998.

gopr77 [3065] R. Prost and R. Goutte. Deconvolution when the convolution kernelhas no inverse. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 25:542–549, 1977.

pr85 [3066] G. Provost. 100 Ways to improve your Writing. Mentor, 1985.

prsi77 [3067] S. Prodorf and B. Silbermann. Projektionsverfahren und dienaherungsweise Losung singularer Gleichungen. BSB B, Leipzig, 1977.

pr80 [3068] A. J. Pryde. Spaces with homogeneous norms. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc.,21:189–205, 1980.

270

pu06 [3069] F. Pukelsheim. Optimal Design of Experiments. SIAM, 2006.

qi03 [3070] L. Qian. On the regularized Whittaker-Kotel’nikov-Shannon samplingformula. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 131(4):1169–1176, 2003.

crqi06 [3071] L. Qian and D. B. Creamer. Localization of the generalized sam-pling series and its numerical application. SIAM J. Numer. Anal.,43(6):2500–2516, 2006.

qiXX-1 [3072] S. Qian. Joint Time/Frequency Analysis (Methods and Applications).Prentice Hall, - 302 Seiten - Prentice Hall PTR.

qi02 [3073] S. Qian. Introduction to Time-Frequency and Wavelet Transforms.Prentice-Hall, Inc, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2002.

chqi93 [3074] S. Qian and D. Chen. Discrete Gabor transform. IEEE Trans. SignalProcess., 41(7):2429–2438, 1993.

chqi99 [3075] S. Qian and D. Chen. Joint time-frequency analysis. IEEE SignalProcessing Magazine, 16(2):52–67, 1999.

chliqi92 [3076] S. Qian, K. Chen, and S. Li. Optimal biorthogonal functions for finitediscrete-time gabor expansion. Signal Process., 27(2):177–185, 1992.

qiXX [3077] S. Qiu. Mathematical Methods for Gabor Expansions.

qi95-3 [3078] S. Qiu. Block-circulant Gabor-matrix structure and Gabor trans-forms. Opt. Eng., 34(10):2872–2878, 1995.

qi95-1 [3079] S. Qiu. Characterizations of Gabor-Gram matrices and efficient com-putations of discrete Gabor. In F. Lain, A. Unser, and V. Wick-ershauser, editors, Proc. SPIE Wavelet Applications in Signal andImage Processing III, volume 2569, pages 678–688, 1995.

qi95 [3080] S. Qiu. Structural Properties of the Gabor Transform and NumericalAlgorithms. Proc. SPIE, vol. 2491, Wavelet Applications for DualUse, pages 980–991, 1995.

qi95-2 [3081] S. Qiu. Super-fast Computations of dual and tight Gabor atoms.In F. Laine, A. Unser, and V. Wickershauser, editors, Proc. SPIEWavelet Applications in Signal and Image Processing III, volume2569, pages 464–475, 1995.

271

qi96-1 [3082] S. Qiu. Gabor Transform with Undersampling. Proc. IEEE-SPInt. Symp. Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, pages 317–320,1996.

qi96 [3083] S. Qiu. Generalized Dual Gabor Atoms and Best Approximations byGabor Family. Signal Proc., 49:167–186, 1996.

qi97 [3084] S. Qiu. Gabor-type matrix algebra and fast computations of dual andtight Gabor wavelets. Opt. Eng., 36(1):276–282, 1997.

qi98 [3085] S. Qiu. Discrete Gabor transforms: The Gabor-Gram matrix ap-proach. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 4(1):1–17, 1998.

qi98-1 [3086] S. Qiu. The undersampled discrete Gabor transform. IEEE Trans.Signal Processing, 46(5):1221–1228, 1998.

qi00 [3087] S. Qiu. Matrix approaches to discrete Gabor transform. PhD thesis,Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, June 2000.

feqi94 [3088] S. Qiu and H. G. Feichtinger. The structure of the Gabor matrix andefficient numerical algorithms for discrete Gabor expansion. In Proc.SPIE VCIP94, SPIE 2308, pages 1146–1157, Chicago, 1994.

feqi95 [3089] S. Qiu and H. G. Feichtinger. Discrete Gabor structure and optimalrepresentation. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 43(10):2258–2268, Oc-tober 1995.

feqist94 [3090] S. Qiu, H. G. Feichtinger, and T. Strohmer. Inexpensive Gabor De-compositions. In Proc. SPIE’94: Wavelets Applications in Signal andImage Processing, pages 286–294, San Diego, 1994.

crqizh99 [3091] S. Qiu, F. Zhou, and P. E. Crandall. Discrete Gabor transform withcomplexity O(NlogN). Signal Proc., 77:159–170, 1999.

maqusatezh02 [3092] M. Quante, G. Teschke, M. Zhariy, Maass. P., and K. Sassen. Extrac-tion and Analysis of Structural Features in Cloud Radar and LidarData Using Wavelet Based Methods. Proc. ERAD Delft, 2002.

qusasa00 [3093] A. Quarteroni, R. Sacco, and F. Saleri. Numerical mathematics.Springer, New York, NY, 2000.

272

qusasa02 [3094] A. Quarteroni, R. Sacco, and F. Saleri. Numerische Mathematik1. Aus dem Engl. ubers. von L. Tobiska. (Numerical mathematics).Springer, Berlin, 2002.

qusasa02-1 [3095] A. Quarteroni, R. Sacco, and F. Saleri. Numerische Mathematik 2.Ubers. aus dem Engl. von L. Tobiska. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

qu03 [3096] M. Quattromini. Hermite filtering and form factors. Appl. Math.Comput., 141(1):131–142, 2003.

qu89 [3097] F. Quehenberger. Spektralsynthese und die Segalalgebra so(rm). Mas-ter’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1989.

qu86 [3098] T. S. Quek. Multipliers of certain vector valued function spaces. J.Math. Anal. Appl., 115:406–421, 1986.

qy79 [3099] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. Multipliers from l1(g) to a Lipschitzspace. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 69:531–539, 1979.

quya80 [3100] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. Absolute convergence of Vilenkin-Fourier series. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 74:1–14, 1980.

quya81 [3101] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. Factorization of Lipschitz functionsand absolute convergence of Vilenkin-Fourier series. Monatsh. Math.,92:221–229, 1981.

quya81-1 [3102] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. Multipliers from lsbr(G) to a Lipschitz-Zygmund class. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 81:278–289, 1981.

quya88-1 [3103] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. A test for membership in Lorentz spacesand some applications. Hokkaido Math. J., 17(3):279–288, 1988.

quya88 [3104] T. S. Quek and L. Y. H. Yap. Cardinal numbers connected withapproximate identities in Segal algebras. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,130(2):420–425, 1988.

bogoqu04 [3105] D. E. Quevedo, G. C. Goodwin, and H. Bolcskei. Multi-step optimalquantization in oversampled filter banks. In IEEE Conference onDecision and Control, volume 2, pages 1442 – 1447, dec 2004.

ra88 [3106] R. Rabenstein. Minimization of transient signals in recursive time–varying digital filters. SIGPRO, 7(3):345–359, 1988.

273

ra90 [3107] L. R. Rabiner. Speech recognition based on pattern recognition ap-proaches. In L. Auslander and et al., editors, Signal Processing, vol-ume 22, chapter Part I: Signal Processing Theory, pages 335–368,.IMA Vol. Math. Appl., Springer Verlag, New York, 1990.

alra79 [3108] L. R. Rabiner and J. B. Allen. Short-time Fourier analysis techniquesfor FIR system identification and power spectrum estimation. IEEETrans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 27:182–192, 1979.

alra80 [3109] L. R. Rabiner and J. B. Allen. On the implementation of a short-time spectral analysis method for system identification. IEEE Trans.Acoust. Speech Signal Process., 28:69–78, 1980.

rarosi04 [3110] V. Rabinovich, S. Roch, and B. Silbermann. Limit Operators andTheir Applications in Operator Theory., volume 150 of Operator The-ory: Advances and Applications. Birkhauser, Basel, 2004.

rarosi98 [3111] V. S. Rabinovich, S. Roch, and B. Silbermann. Fredholm theory andfinite section method for band-dominated operators. Integral Equa-tions Oper. Theory, 30(4):452–495, 1998.

rarosi01-1 [3112] V. S. Rabinovich, S. Roch, and B. Silbermann. Algebras of approxi-mation sequences: Finite sections of band-dominated operators. ActaAppl. Math., 65(1-3):315–332, 2001.

rarosi01 [3113] V. S. Rabinovich, S. Roch, and B. Silbermann. Band-dominated oper-ators with operator-valued coefficients, their Fredholm properties andfinite sections. Integral Equations Oper. Theory, 40(3):342–381, 2001.

ra81 [3114] G. Racher. Remarks on a paper of Bachelis and Gilbert. Monatsh.Math., 92:47–60, 1981.

ra83 [3115] G. Racher. A Hausdorff-Young equality for compact groups. In Func-tions, series, operators, Proc. int. Conf., Budapest 1980, Vol. II, Col-loq. Math. Soc. Jnos Bolyai 35, 999-1014. 1983.

rath04 [3116] R. Radha and S. Thangavelu. Hardy’s inequalities for Hermite andLaguerre expansions. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 132(12):3525–3536, 2004.

rath04-1 [3117] R. Radha and S. Thangavelu. Multipliers for Hermite and LaguerreSobolev spaces. J. Anal., 12:183–191, 2004.

274

ra05-8 [3118] I. Raeburn. Graph algebras. CBMS Regional Conference Series inMathematics 103. Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society(AMS). vii, 2005.

rawi98 [3119] I. Raeburn and D. P. Williams. Morita equivalence and continuous-trace C∗-algebras. American Mathematical Society (AMS), RI, 1998.

ra78 [3120] M. Rains. On the upper majorant property for locally compact abeliangroups. Can. J. Math., 30:915–925, 1978.

rava99 [3121] D. Ramakrishnan and R. J. Valenza. Fourier analysis on numberfields. Springer, New York, 1999.

ra98 [3122] J. Ramanathan. Methods of Applied Fourier Analysis. Birkhauser,Boston, 1998.

rast95 [3123] J. Ramanathan and T. Steger. Incompleteness of sparse coherentstates. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 2(2):148–153, 1995.

rato93-1 [3124] J. Ramanathan and P. Topiwala. Time-Frequency Localization andthe Gabor Transform, 1993.

rato93 [3125] J. Ramanathan and P. Topiwala. Time-frequency localization via theWeyl correspondence. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 24(5):1378–1393, 1993.

rato94 [3126] J. Ramanathan and P. Topiwala. Time-frequency localization and thespectrogram. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 1(2):209–215, 1994.

deodra84 [3127] E. Ramis, C. Deschamps, and J. Odoux. Analyse. Exercices avecsolutions. 1. Masson, Paris, 1984.

rasi05 [3128] J. O. Ramsay and B. W. Silverman. Functional data analysis. 2nded. Springer, NY, 2005.

nara93 [3129] I. K. Rana and K. G. Navada. Integrable Mean Pericodic Functionson Locally Abelian Groups. American. Math. Soc., 117/No.2, Feb.1993.

bera92-1 [3130] K. R. Rao and J. Ben Arie. Restoration with Equivalence to Non-orthogonal Image Expansion for Feature Extraction and Edge Detec-tion. SPIE Visual Comm. and Image Processing, 1818:187–189, 1992.

275

rabe94 [3131] K. R. Rao and Ben-Arie J. Multiple template matching using theexpansion filter. IEEE Trans.on circuits and systems for video tech-nology, 4/Nr.5:490–503, October 1994.

rayi90 [3132] K. R. Rao and P. Yip. Discrete cosine transform. Algorithms, advan-tages, applications. Academic Press, Inc., Boston, MA, 1990.

ra81-1 [3133] M. M. Rao. Representation of weakly harmonizable processes. Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78:5288–5289, 1981.

ra82 [3134] M. M. Rao. Harmonizable processes: Structure theory. 1982.

rarath97 [3135] P. K. Ratnakumar, R. Rawat, and S. Thangavelu. A restriction theo-rem for the Heisenberg motion group. Stud. Math., 126(1):1–12, 1997.

rath98 [3136] P. K. Ratnakumar and S. Thangavelu. Spherical means, wave equa-tions, and Hermite-Laguerre expansions. J. Funct. Anal., 154(2):253–290, 1998.

rorateve05 [3137] M. Ratsch, S. Romdhani, G. Teschke, and T. Vetter. OvercompleteWavelet Approximation of a Support Vector Machine for EfficientClassification. In W. G. Kropatsch, R. Sablatnig, and A. Hanbury,editors, Pattern Recognition, Springer Lecture Notes in Computer Sci-ence, page 351. 27th DAGM Symposium, Vienna, 2005.

rorateve06 [3138] M. Ratsch, G. Teschke, S. Romdhani, and T. Vetter. Wavelet FrameAccelerated Reduced Support Vector Machine. under review, 2006.

ra05 [3139] H. Rauhut. Banach frames in coorbit spaces consisting of elementswhich are invariant under symmetry groups. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 18(1):94–122, 2005.

ra05-5 [3140] H. Rauhut. Best time localized trigonometric polynomials andwavelets. Adv. Comput. Math., 22(1):1–20, 2005.

ra05-3 [3141] H. Rauhut. Coorbit Space Theory for Quasi-Banach Spaces. preprint,2005.

ra05-6 [3142] H. Rauhut. Time-Frequency and Wavelet Analysis of Functions withSymmetry Properties. Logos-Verlag, 2005. PhD thesis.

276

ra05-1 [3143] H. Rauhut. Wavelet transforms associated to group representationsand functions invariant under symmetry groups. Intern. J. Wavelets,Multires. Inf. Proc., 3(2):167–188, 2005.

ra05-4 [3144] H. Rauhut. Wiener Amalgam Spaces with respect to Quasi-BanachSpaces. 2005.

ra05-2 [3145] H. Rauhut. Radial Time-Frequency Analysis and Embeddings ofRadial Modulation Spaces. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process,5(2):201–224, 2006.

ra06 [3146] H. Rauhut. Stability results for random sampling of sparse trigono-metric polynomials. preprint, 2006.

ra05-7 [3147] H. Rauhut. Random sampling of sparse trigonometric polynomials.Appl. Comput. Harm. Anal., 22(1):16–42, 2007.

raro05 [3148] H. Rauhut and M. Rosler. Radial multiresolution in dimension three.Constr. Approx., 22(2):167–188, 2005.

rascva06 [3149] H. Rauhut, K. Schnass, and P. Vandergheynst. Compressed sensingand redundant dictionaries. preprint, 2006.

ra94 [3150] M. Rauth. Numerica; simulations of areographic formations in com-parison with terrestrial surface structures. Master’s thesis, Universityof Vienna, June 1994.

ra95-2 [3151] M. Rauth. Application of 2D methods for scattered data approxi-mation to geophysical data sets. In SampTA - Sampling Theory andApplications, pages 38–43, Riga/Latvia, 1995.

ra98-1 [3152] M. Rauth. Gridding of geophysical potential fields from noisy scattereddata. PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 1998.

rast97 [3153] M. Rauth and T. Strohmer. A frequency domain approach tothe recovery of geophysical potentials. In Proc. Conf. SampTA’97,Aveiro/Portugal, pages 109–114, 1997.

rast98 [3154] M. Rauth and T. Strohmer. Smooth approximation of potential fieldsfrom noisy scattered data. Geophysics, 63(1):85–94, 1998.

277

ra95-1 [3155] H. N. Razafinjatovo. Discrete Irregular Sampling with Larger Gaps.Lin. Alg. and Appl., pages –, 1995.

ra95 [3156] H. N. Razafinjatovo. Iterative reconstruction in irregular samplingwith derivatives. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1:281–295, 1995.

rewa02 [3157] R. Reams and S. Waldron. Isometric tight frames. Electron. J. LinearAlgebra, 9(9):122–128 (electronic), 2002.

re06 [3158] L. Rebollo Neira. Constructive updating/downdating of oblique pro-jectors, 2006.

resi75 [3159] M. Reed and B. Simon. Methods of modern mathematical physics. II:Fourier analysis, self- adjointness. Academic Press, New York - SanFrancisco - London, 1975.

resi78 [3160] M. Reed and B. Simon. Methods of modern mathematical physics. IV:Analysis of operators. Academic Press, New York - San Francisco -London, 1978.

resi79 [3161] M. Reed and B. Simon. Methods of modern mathematical physics.III: Scattering theory. Academic Press, New York, San Francisco,London, 1979.

resi80 [3162] M. Reed and B. Simon. Methods of modern mathematical physics.I: Functional analysis. Rev. and enl. ed. Academic Press, New Yorketc., 1980.

re92 [3163] T. R. Reed. Image Sequence Coding using Spatial/Spatial-frequencyRepresentations. In Proceedings of the SPIE/IS+T Symposium onElectronic Imaging ’92: Human Vision, Visual Processing, and DigitalDisplay III, pages 216–226, 1992.

re93-1 [3164] T. R. Reed. High-Quality Image Compression Using the Gabor Trans-form. In Proceedings of the SID ’93 International Symposium Seminarand Exhibit, pages 792–795, 1993.

re93-2 [3165] T. R. Reed. Image Sequence Representation and Coding using the3-D Gabor Transform. In Proceedings of the 1993 Picture CodingSymposium, 1993.

278

re93 [3166] T. R. Reed. Local Frequency Representations for Image SequenceProcessing and Coding, pages 3–12. MIT Press, 1993.

re96 [3167] T. R. Reed. Motion Analysis using the 3-D Gabor Transform. InProceedings of the Thirtieth Annual Asilomar Conference on Signals,pages 506–509, November 1996.

re97 [3168] T. R. Reed. Spatiotemporal/Spatiotemporal-frequency Representa-tions for the Integrated Analysis of Dynamic Scenes. In Proceedingsof the IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man, and Cyber-netics 1997, pages 518–523, October 1997.

re97-1 [3169] T. R. Reed. The Analysis of Motion in Natural Scenes using aSpatiotemporal/Spatiotemporal-frequency Representation. In Pro-ceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Image Processing1997, volume 1, pages 93–96, October 1997.

blre96 [3170] T. R. Reed and J. A. Bloom. A Gaussian Derivative-Based Transform.IEEE Trans. Image Proc., 5(3):551–553, March 1996.

chre97 [3171] T. R. Reed and T. T. Chinen. A Performance Analysis of Fast Ga-bor Transform Methods. Graphical Models and Image Processing,59(3):117–127, May 1997.

reso94 [3172] T. R. Reed and A. E. Soohoo. Low-Bit-Rate Coding of Sequences us-ing the Gabor Transform. In Proceedings of the SID ’94 InternationalSymposium and Exhibition, pages 641–644, 1994.

reso95 [3173] T. R. Reed and A. E. Soohoo. Very-Low-Bit-Rate Coding of ImageSequences using the Gabor Transform. Journal of the Society forInformation Display, 3(2):77–81, 1995.

reshst81 [3174] C. S. Rees, S. M. Shah, and C. V. Stanojevic. Theory and applicationsof Fourier analysis. Marcel Dekker, New York, Basel, 1981.

re90 [3175] M. Reimer. Constructive theory of multivariate functions: with anapplication to tomography. Mannheim etc.: B.I.-Wissenschaftsverlag.280 p. DM 38.00, 1990.

reso77 [3176] F. Reinhardt and H. Soeder. dtv-Atlas zur Mathematik. Tafeln undTexte. Band 2: Analysis und angewandte Mathematik. DeutscherTaschenbuch Verlag, Munchen, 1977.

279

reso78 [3177] F. Reinhardt and H. Soeder. dtv-Atlas zur Mathematik. Tafeln undTexte. Bd. I: Grundlagen, Algebra und Geometrie. 3. Aufl. DeutscherTaschenbuch Verlag, Munchen, 1978.

re68 [3178] H. Reiter. Classical Harmonic Analysis and Locally Compact Groups.Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1968.

re71 [3179] H. Reiter. L1-algebras and Segal algebras. Springer, Berlin, Heidel-berg, New York, 1971.

re78 [3180] H. Reiter. Uber den Satz von Weil–Cartier. Monatsh. Math., 86:13–62, 1978.

re89 [3181] H. Reiter. Metaplectic groups and Segal algebras. Springer, Berlin,1989.

re93-3 [3182] H. Reiter. On the Siegel–Weil formula. Monatsh. Math., 116:299–330,1993.

rest00 [3183] H. Reiter and J. D. Stegeman. Classical Harmonic Analysis and Lo-cally Compact Groups. 2nd ed. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000.

a.k.k.m.05 [3184] K. Rheinberger, M. Baubin, K. Unterkofler, and A. Amann. Removalof Artefacts from Ventricular Fibrillation ECG Signals Using KalmanMethods. In Proceedings of the 32. annual international conferenceon Computers in Cardiology, volume 32, pages 555–558, Lyon, 2005.

a.a.k.k.m.t.06 [3185] K. Rheinberger, T. Steinberger, K. Unterkofler, M. Baubin, A. Klotz,and A. Amann. Removal of CPR Artefacts from the Ventricular Fib-rillation ECG by Adaptive Regression on Lagged Reference Signals.Draft 16/5/2006, 2006.

ri75 [3186] F. Ricci. Multiplication of pseudomeasures. Boll. Unione Mat. Ital.,IV. Ser., 11:174–182, 1975.

rita83 [3187] F. Ricci and M. Taibleson. Boundary values of harmonic functionsin mixed norm spaces and their atomic structure. Ann. Sc. Norm.Super. Pisa, Cl. Sci., IV. Ser., 10:1–54, 1983.

ri79 [3188] B. H. Richard. Mathematical foundations of signal processing. SIAMRev., 21(3):361–388, jul 1979.

280

baclri05 [3189] L. Ridgway Scott, T. Clark, and B. Bagheri. Scientific parallel com-puting. Princeton University Press, NJ, 2005.

ri67 [3190] M. A. Rieffel. Induced representations of Banach algebras and locallycompact groups. J. Funct. Anal., 1:443–491, 1967.

ri69-1 [3191] M. A. Rieffel. Multipliers and tensor products of Lp-spaces of locallycompact groups. Stud. Math., 33:71–82, 1969.

ri69 [3192] M. A. Rieffel. On the continuity of certain intertwining operators, cen-tralizers,; positive linear functionals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 20:455–457, 1969.

ri72 [3193] M. A. Rieffel. On the uniqueness of the Heisenberg commutationrelations. Duke Math.J., 39:745–752, 1972.

ri74 [3194] M. A. Rieffel. A commutation theorem and duality for free Bose fields.Commun. Math. Phys., 39:153–164, 1974.

ri76 [3195] M. A. Rieffel. Strong Morita equivalence of certain transformationgroup c∗-algebras. Math. Ann., 222:7–22, 1976.

ri78 [3196] M. A. Rieffel. Regularly related lattices in Lie groups. Duke Math.J., 45:691–699, 1978.

ri79-1 [3197] M. A. Rieffel. Unitary representations of group extensions; an alge-braic approach to the theory of Mackey and Blattner. In Studies inanalysis, volume 4 of Advances in Mathematics Supplementary Stud-ies, pages 43–82. 1979.

ri81 [3198] M. A. Rieffel. C*-algebras associated with irrational rotations. Pac.J. Math., 93:415–429, 1981.

ri81-1 [3199] M. A. Rieffel. Von Neumann algebras associated with pairs of latticesin Lie groups. Math. Ann., 257:403–418, 1981.

ri82-1 [3200] M. A. Rieffel. Applications of strong Morita equivalence to transfor-mation group C*- algebras. In Operator algebras and applications,Proc. Symp. Pure Math. 38, Part 1, 299-310. 1982.

281

ri82 [3201] M. A. Rieffel. Morita equivalence for operator algebras. In Oper-ator algebras and applications, Proc. Symp. Pure Math. 38, Part 1,Kingston/Ont. 1980., pages 285–298. 1982.

ri83-1 [3202] M. A. Rieffel. Dimension and stable rank in the K-theory of C∗-algebras. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 46:301–333, 1983.

ri83 [3203] M. A. Rieffel. The cancellation theorem for projective modules overirrational rotation C∗-algebras. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser.,47:285–302, 1983.

ri85 [3204] M. A. Rieffel. Vector bundles over higher dimensional non-commutative tori. In Operator algebras and their connections withtopology and ergodic theory, Proc. Conf., Busteni/Rom. 1983, Lect.Notes Math. 1132, 456-467. 1985.

ri87-2 [3205] M. A. Rieffel. Non-stable K-theory and non-commutative tori. InOperator algebras and mathematical physics, Proc. Summer. Conf.,Iowa City/Iowa 1985, Contemp. Math. 62, 267-279. 1987.

ri87 [3206] M. A. Rieffel. The homotopy groups of the unitary groups of non-commutative tori. J. Oper. Theory, 17:237–254, 1987.

ri88 [3207] M. A. Rieffel. Projective modules over higher-dimensional noncom-mutative tori. Can. J. Math., 40(2):257–338, 1988.

ri89 [3208] M. A. Rieffel. Continuous fields of C∗-algebras coming from groupcocycles and actions. Math. Ann., 283(4):631–643, 1989.

ri89-2 [3209] M. A. Rieffel. Deformation quantization of Heisenberg manifolds.Commun. Math. Phys., 122(4):531–562, 1989.

ri90 [3210] M. A. Rieffel. Non-commutative tori - a case study of non-commutative differentiable manifolds. In Geometric and topologicalinvariants of elliptic operators, Proc. AMS- IMS-SIAM Jt. SummerRes. Conf., Brunswick/ME (USA) 1988, Contemp. Math. 105, 191-211. 1990.

ri93-1 [3211] M. A. Rieffel. Deformation quantization for actions of bbfRd. Mem.Am. Math. Soc., 506:93 p., 1993.

282

ri94 [3212] M. A. Rieffel. Quantization and C∗-algebras. In C∗-Algebras: 1943-1993. A fifty year celebration. AMS special session commemoratingthe first fifty years of C∗-algebra, volume 167, pages 67–97. AmericanMathematical Society, 1994.

ri94-1 [3213] M. A. Rieffel. Quantization and C∗-algebras. In Doran, Robert(ed.),C∗-Algebras: 1943-1993. A fifty year celebration. AMS special ses-sion commemorating the first fifty years of Csp∗-algebra theory, Jan-uary 13-14, 1993, San Antonio, TX, USA. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society. Conte. 1994.

ri02 [3214] M. A. Rieffel. Group C∗-algebras as compact quantum metric spaces.Doc. Math., J. DMV, 7:605–651, 2002.

ri04-2 [3215] M. A. Rieffel. Compact quantum metric spaces. In Doran, RobertS. (ed.) et al., Operator algebras, quantization, and noncommutativegeometry. A centennial celebration honoring John von Neumann andMarshall H. Stone. Proceedings of the AMS special session, Baltimore,MD, USA, January 15-16, 2003. Provide. 2004.

ri04-1 [3216] M. A. Rieffel. Gromov-Hausdorff distance for quantum metricspaces. Matrix algebras converge to the sphere for quantum Gromov-Hausdorff distance. 2004.

ri04 [3217] M. A. Rieffel. Integrable and proper actions on C∗-algebras, andsquare-integrable representations of groups. Expo. Math., 22(1):1–53,2004.

ri87-1 [3218] M. A. Rieffel and A. Connes. Yang-Mills for non-commutative two-tori. In Operator algebras and mathematical physics, Proc. SummerConf., Iowa City/Iowa 1985, Contemp. Math. 62, 237-266. 1987.

jirish90 [3219] S. D. Riemenschneider, R. Q. Jia, and Z. Shen. Multivariate splinesand dimensions of kernels of linear operators. In W. Haussman andK. Jetter, editors, Multivariate approximation and interpolation, Proc.Int. Workshop, Duisburg/FRG 1989., volume 94 of ISNM Int. Ser.Numer. Math., pages 261–274, Basel, 1990. Birkhauser.

rish91 [3220] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Box splines, cardinal series, andwavelets. In C. Chui, editor, Approximation Theory and FunctionalAnalysis., pages 133–149. Academic Press, New York, 1991.

283

rish92 [3221] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Wavelets and pre-wavelets in lowdimensions. J. Approximation Theory, 71(1):18–38, 1992.

rish95 [3222] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. General interpolation on the lat-tice hbbfzsps: Compactly supported fundamental solutions. Numer.Math., 70(3):331–351, 1995.

rish97 [3223] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Multidimensional interpolatorysubdivision schemes. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 34(6):2357–2381, 1997.

rish99 [3224] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Construction of compactly sup-ported biorthogonal wavelets. In N. E. Mastorakis, editor, Physics andmodern topics in mechanical and electrical engineering., Mathemat-ics and Computers in Science and Engineering. A Series of ReferenceBooks and Textbooks., pages 201–206. World Scientific EngineeringSociety Press, Athens, 1999.

rish99-1 [3225] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Construction of compactly sup-ported biorthogonal wavelets in l2(r

d) II. In A. Aldroubi, A. F. Laine,and M. A. Unser, editors, Wavelet applications signal and image Pro-cessing VII, volume 3813 of Proceedings of SPIE, pages 264–272, 1999.

rish00 [3226] S. D. Riemenschneider and Z. Shen. Interpolatory wavelet packets.Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 8(3):320–324, 2000.

ri33 [3227] M. Riesz. Sur les ensembles compacts de fonctions sommables. ActaLitt. Sci. Szeged, 6:136–142, 1933.

ri68 [3228] A. W. Rihaczek. Signal energy distribution in time and frequency.IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 14:369–374, 1968.

ri89-1 [3229] M. D. Riley. Speech Time Frequency Representations. The Kluwer In-ternational Series in Engineering and Computer Science. VLSI, Com-puter Architecture and Digital Signal Processing. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston, Dordrecht, London, 1989.

ri78-1 [3230] H. Rindler. Approximate units in ideals of group algebras. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 71:62–64, 1978.

riti87 [3231] A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan and G. T. Timmer. Stochastic global opti-mization methods. I: Clustering methods. Math. Program., 39:27–56,1987.

284

riti87-1 [3232] A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan and G. T. Timmer. Stochastic global opti-mization methods. II: Multi level methods. Math. Program., 39:57–78,1987.

ri58 [3233] J. Riordan. An introduction to combinatorial analysis. Wiley, NewYork, London, 1958.

ri92 [3234] O. Rioul. Simple regularity criteria for subdivision schemes. SIAM J.Math. Anal., 23(6):1544–1576, 1992.

ri93 [3235] O. Rioul. A Discrete-Time Multiresolution Theory. IEEE Trans.Signal Processing, 41/Nr.8:2591–2606, August 1993.

ri93-2 [3236] O. Rioul. Regular wavelets: A discrete-time approach. IEEE Trans.Signal Process., 41(12):3572–3579, 1993.

ri81-2 [3237] T. J. Rivlin. An introduction to the approximation of functions.Dover Books on Advanced Mathematics. Dover Publications, Inc.,New York, Corr. reprint of the 1969 orig. edition, 1981.

ro95 [3238] J. W. Robbin. Matrix algebra. Using MINImal MATlab. Incl. 1 disk.Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, MA, 1995.

ro76-3 [3239] A. Robert. A short proof of the Fourier inversion formula. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 59:287–288, 1976.

ro83 [3240] A. Robert. Introduction to the representation theory of compact andlocally compact groups. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1983.

ro87 [3241] D. H. Roberts. Time Series Analysis with Clean I. Derivation of aSpectrum. Astron. J., 93:968–989, 1987.

ro66 [3242] J. E. Roberts. Rigged Hilbert spaces in quantum mechanics. Commun.Math. Phys., 3:98–119, 1966.

roro67 [3243] A. P. Robertson and W. Robertson. Topologische Vektorraume. Bib-liographisches Institut, Mannheim, 1967.

ro29 [3244] H. P. Robertson. The uncertainty principle. Phys. Rev., 34:163–164,1929.

285

ro83-1 [3245] E. A. Robinson. Seismic Velocity Analysis and the ConvolutionalModel. International Human Resources Development Corporation,Boston, MA, 1983.

rosi99 [3246] S. Roch and B. Silbermann. Continuity of generalized inverses inBanach algebras. Stud. Math., 136(3):197–227, 1999.

ro85 [3247] R. Rochberg. Decomposition theorems for Bergman spaces and theirapplications. In Operators and function theory, Proc. NATO Adv.Study Inst., Lancaster/Engl. 1984, NATO ASI Ser., Ser. C 153, 225-277. 1985.

ro92 [3248] R. Rochberg. A correspondence principle for Toeplitz and Calderon-Toeplitz operators. In et al. and M. Cwikel, editors, Interpolationspaces and related topics. Proceedings of a workshop held at the Tech-nion in Haifa, Israel, June 27-July 3, 1990., volume 5 of Isr. Math.Conf. Proc., pages 229–243. Bar-Ilan University, Bar-Ilan, Israel,1992.

rota98 [3249] R. Rochberg and K. Tachizawa. Pseudodifferential operators, Ga-bor frames, and local trigonometric bases. In H. Feichtinger andT. Strohmer, editors, Gabor Analysis and Algorithms: Theory and Ap-plications, pages 171–192, 453–488. Birkhauser, Boston, 1998. chap.4.

ro97 [3250] R. T. Rockafellar. Convex Analysis. Princeton University Press,reprint edition, 1997.

rowe98 [3251] R. T. Rockafellar and R. J. B. Wets. Variational analysis, volume 317of Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental.Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1998.

buporeroro04 [3252] D. N. Rockmore, P. Burk, L. Polansky, M. Roberts, and D. Repetto.Music and Computers: A Theoretical and Historical Approach. KeyCollege Publishing, 2004. online course including book and accesscode to web page.

hero04 [3253] D. N. Rockmore and D. M. Healy Jr. Modern Signal Processing.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004.

286

ro76-1 [3254] B. A. Rogozin. Banach algebras of measures on a straight line, con-nected with asymptotic behavior of the measures at infinity. Sib.Math. J., 17:674–681, 1976.

ro76-2 [3255] B. A. Rogozin. Banach-Algebren von Maen auf einer Geraden, welchemit dem asymptotischen Verhalten der Mae im Unendlichen zusam-menhangen. Sib. Mat. Zh., 17:897–906, 1976.

ro77-1 [3256] B. A. Rogozin. Asymptotic behavior of the coefficients of functions ofpower series and Fourier series. Sib. Mat. Zh., 17(3):640–647, 1977.

ro77 [3257] B. A. Rogozin. Banach algebras of measures on a straight line, con-nected with asymptotic behavior of the measures at infinity. 1977.

rosg78 [3258] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Banach algebras of absolutelycontinuous measures on a straight line. Funct. Anal. Appl., 11:239–241, 1978.

rosg79 [3259] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Banach algebras of absolutelycontinuous measures on the straight line. Sib. Math. J., 20:86–92,1979.

rosg79-2 [3260] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Banach-Algebren von absolutsteti-gen Maen auf der Geraden. Sib. Mat. Zh., 20:119–127, 1979.

rosg79-1 [3261] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Maximal ideals of Banach algebrasof measures on the real line. Math. Notes, 24:669–671, 1979.

rosg80 [3262] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Banach algebras of measures onthe line. Sib. Math. J., 21:265–273, 1980.

rosg99-1 [3263] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Banach algebras of measures onthe real line with a given asymptotics of distributions at infinity. Sib.Math. J., 40(3):565–576, 1999.

rosg99 [3264] B. A. Rogozin and M. S. Sgibnev. Strongly subexponential distribu-tions and Banach algebras of measures. Sib. Math. J., 40(5):963–971,1999.

ro74 [3265] V. A. Rogozin. Asymptotics of the coefficients in the Levi-Wienertheorems on absolutely convergent trigonometric series. Sib. Mat.Zh., 14(6):1304–1312, 1974.

287

ro88 [3266] C. Rohrmoser. Mathematische Grundlagen der digitalen Audiotech-nik. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1988.

ro05 [3267] C. Rohwer. Nonlinear smoothing and multiresolution analysis.Birkhauser, Basel Basel, 2005.

roshty06 [3268] V. Rokhlin, Y. Shkolnisky, and M. Tygert. Approximation of Ban-dlimited Functions. 2006.

ro76 [3269] S. Rolewicz. Funktionalanalysis und Steuerungstheorie. Ubersetzt ausdem Polnischen von D. Pallaschke. Hochschultext. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. XI, 442 S. mit 10 Abb. DM 36.00 and $14.80, 1976.

ro04 [3270] E. Romero. A complete Gabor system of zero Beurling density. Sampl.Theory Signal Image Process., 3:299–304, 2004.

ro80 [3271] J. G. Romo. Spectral synthesis in Banach modules. I. TamkangJournal of Mathematics, 11(1):91–109, 1980.

ro89 [3272] A. Ron. A necessary and sufficient condition for the linear indepen-dence of the. Constructive Approximation, 5(3):297–308, 1989.

ro90 [3273] A. Ron. Factorization theorems for univariate splines on regular grids.Isr. J. Math., 70(1):48–68, 1990,.

ro95-1 [3274] A. Ron. Approximation orders of and approximation maps from localprincipal shift-invariant spaces. J. Approx. Theo., 81(1):38–65, 1995.

a.01 [3275] A. Ron. Introduction to shift-invariant spaces I: linear independence.In N. Dyn et al., editor, Multivariate Approximation and Applications,pages 112–151. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

rosh93 [3276] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Frames and stable bases for subspaces of L2(Rd):the duality principle of Weyl-Heisenberg sets. In M. Chu, R. Plem-mons, D. Brown, and D. Ellison, editors, Proceedings of the LanczosCentenary Conference Raleigh, NC., pages 422–425. SIAM, 1993.

rosh95 [3277] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Frames and stable bases for shift-invariantsubspaces of lsb2(bbfrspd). Can. J. Math., 47(5):1051–1094, 1995.

288

rosh95-1 [3278] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Gramian analysis of affine bases and affineframes. In C. Chui and L. L. Schumaker, editors, Approximation the-ory VIII. Vol. 2. Wavelets and multilevel approximation. Papers fromthe 8th Texas international conference, College Station, TX, USA,January 8–12, 1995., volume 6 of World Scientific. Ser. Approx. De-compos., pages 375–382. World Scientific, Singapore, 1995.

rosh97-2 [3279] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Affine systems in l2(bbfrd). II: Dual systems. J.Fourier Anal. Appl., 3(5):618–637, 1997.

rosh97-1 [3280] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Affine systems in lsb2(bbfrd): The analysis ofthe analysis operator. J. Funct. Anal., 148(2):408–447, 1997.

rosh97 [3281] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Weyl-Heisenberg frames and Riesz bases inl2(bbfrd). Duke Math. J., 89(2):237–282, 1997.

rosh98 [3282] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Compactly supported tight affine spline framesin l2(bbbr

d). Math. Comput., 67(221):191–207, 1998.

rosh98-1 [3283] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Construction of compactly supported affineframes in l2(bfRd). In K.-S. Lau, editor, Advances in wavelets, pages27–49. Springer-Verlag, 1998.

rosh00 [3284] A. Ron and Z. Shen. The Sobolev regularity of refinable functions. J.Approximation Theory, 106(2):185–225, 2000.

rosh03 [3285] A. Ron and Z. Shen. The wavelet dimension function is the trace func-tion of a shift-invariant system. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 131(5):1385–1398, 2003.

rosh04 [3286] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Generalized shift-invariant systems. Constr.Approx., pages OF1–OF45, 2004.

rosh05 [3287] A. Ron and Z. Shen. Generalized shift-invariant systems. Constr.Approx., 22:1–45, 2005.

roshto01 [3288] A. Ron, Z. Shen, and K.-C. Toh. Computing the Sobolev regularityof refinable functions by the Arnoldi method. SIAM J. Matrix Anal.Appl., 23(1):57–76, 2001.

ro05-1 [3289] B. J. Rosenberg. Technical Writing for Engineers and Scientists. 2005.

289

ro67 [3290] H. P. Rosenthal. On the existence of approximate identities in idelasof group algebras. Ark. Mat., 7:185–191, 1967.

rotawi99 [3291] J. Rossmann, P. Takc, and G. Wildenhain. The Maz’ya anniversarycollection. Vol. 1: On Maz’ya’s work in functional analysis, partialdifferential equations and applications. Birkhauser, Basel, 1999.

ro59 [3292] Y. A. Rozanov. Spectral analysis of abstract functions. Theor. Probab.Appl., 4:271–287, 1959.

ro82 [3293] Y. A. Rozanov. Markov random fields. Transl. from the Russian byConstance M. Elson. Springer, New York, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1982.

ru98 [3294] F. Ruadulescu. The gamma-equivariant form of the Berezin quanti-zation. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc., 133(630):viii+70, 1998.

ru80-1 [3295] S. G. Rubanovich. Holder spaces with weight and pseudodifferentialoperators. Dokl. Akad. Nauk Arm. SSR, 71:267–274, 1980.

ruta69 [3296] L. A. Rubel and B. A. Taylor. Functional analysis proofs of sometheorems in function theory. Am. Math. Mon., 76:483–489, 1969.

ru81 [3297] J. L. Rubio de Francia. Boundedness of maximal functions and singu-lar integrals in weighted lspp spaces. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 83:673–679, 1981.

ruve06 [3298] M. Rudelson and R. Vershynin. On sparse reconstruction from Fourierand Gaussian measurements. preprint, 2006.

ru06-1 [3299] M. Rudelson and R. Vershynin. Sparse reconstruction by convex relax-ation: Fourier and Gaussian measurements. In Proc. CISS 2006 (40thAnnual Conference on Information Sciences and Systems), 2006.

ru62 [3300] W. Rudin. Fourier analysis on groups. Interscience Publishers, NewYork, London, 1962.

ru62-1 [3301] W. Rudin. Trigonmetric series with gaps. J. Math. Mech., 9:203–229,1962.

ru66 [3302] W. Rudin. Real and complex analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company,New York, 1966.

290

ru73 [3303] W. Rudin. Functional Analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company, NewYork, 1973.

baleru05 [3304] L. Rugini, P. Banelli, and G. Leus. Simple equalization of time-varyingchannels for OFDM. IEEE Comm. Letters, 9(7):619– 621, July 2005.

a.e.j.j.l.s.04 [3305] J. Ruiz, E. Aramendi, S. Ruiz de Gauna, A. Lazkano, L. A. Le-turiendo, and J. J. Guti’errez. Ventricular Fibrillation Detection inVentricular Fibrillation Signals Corrupted by Cardiopulmonary Re-suscitation Artifacts. Computers in Cardiology, pages 221–224, 2004.

goru00 [3306] G. Ruiz Goldstein and J. A. Goldstein. The best generalized inverse.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 252(1):91–101, 2000.

becodamameraru92 [3307] M. B. Ruskai, G. Beylkin, R. Coifman, I. Daubechies, S. Mallat,Y. Meyer, and L. Raphael. Wavelets and their applications. Jonesand Bartlett Publishers, Boston, 1992.

ru80 [3308] A. M. Russell. A commutative Banach algebra of functions of boundedvariation. Am. Math. Mon., 87:39–40, 1980.

ru05 [3309] L. Russo. The forgotten revolution or the rebirth of ancient science.Transl. from the Italian by Giangiacomo Feltrinelli. (Die vergesseneRevolution oder die Wiedergeburt des antiken Wissens). Berlin:Springer. ix, 545 p. EUR 29.95 and sFr. 49.80, 2005.

ru06 [3310] A. Ruszczynski. Nonlinear Optimization. Princeton University Press,2006.

ry02 [3311] R. A. Ryan. Introduction to tensor products of Banach spaces.Springer Monographs in Mathematics. Springer, London, 2002.

rz01 [3312] Z. Rzeszotnik. Calderon’s condition and wavelets. Collect. Math.,52(2):181–191, 2001.

rzsp02 [3313] Z. Rzeszotnik and D. Speegle. On wavelets interpolated from a pairof wavelet sets. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 130(10):2921–2930, 2002.

rzzh04 [3314] Z. Rzeszotnik and X. Zhang. Unitary operators preserving wavelets.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 132(5):1463–1471, 2004.

291

sa03 [3315] Y. Saad. Iterative methods for sparse linear systems. SIAM, Societyfor Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, PA, 2nd ed.edition, 2003.

sastwa05 [3316] I. e. . Sabadini, D. C. e. . Struppa, and D. F. e. . Walnut. Harmonicanalysis, signal processing, and complexity. Festschrift in honor of the60th birthday of Carlos A. Berenstein. Papers from the conference inBerenstein’s honor held at George Mason University, Fairfax, VA,USA, May 17–20, 2004. Progress in Mathematics 238. Boston, MA:Birkhauser. xiv and sFr. 98.00, 2005.

sa79 [3317] C. Sadosky. Interpolation of operators and singular integrals. An in-troduction to harmonic analysis. Marcel Dekker, New York, Basel,1979.

sa01 [3318] L. Sadun. Applied linear algebra: the decoupling principle. PrenticeHall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2001.

sa70 [3319] R. Saeks. Causality in Hilbert space. SIAM Rev., 12:357–383, 1970.

sawo97 [3320] A. I. Saichev and W. A. Woyczynski. Distributions in the physicaland engineering sciences. Vol. 1: Distributional and fractal calculus,integral transforms and wavelets. Birkhauser, Boston, 1997.

sa91-1 [3321] X. Saint Raymond. Elementary introduction to the theory of pseudod-ifferential operators. Studies in Advanced Mathematics. CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 1991.

resa06 [3322] N. Saito and J.-F. Remy. The polyharmonic local sine transform: Anew tool for local image analysis and synthesis without edge effect.Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(1):41–73, 2006.

sa79-1 [3323] K. Saka. Besov spaces and Sobolev spaces on a nilpotent Lie group.Tohoku Math. J., II. Ser., 31:383–437, 1979.

sa64 [3324] S. Sakai. Weakly compact operators on operator algebras. Pac. J.Math., 14:659–664, 1964.

sa84 [3325] Y. Sakai. Spectral orders and convolution. Analysis Math., 10:301–310, 1984.

292

masa95 [3326] S. Samaddar and R. J. Mammone. Image Restoration Using a RowAction Projection Method with Adaptive Smoothing. Optical Enge-neering, 34(4):1132–1147, 1995.

sa06 [3327] S. Samarah. Nonlinear approximation with Gabor frame. East Journalon Approximations, 12(1):53–62, 2006.

gusa05 [3328] A. Sandiki and A. T. Gurkanli. On some properties and multipliersof weighted Segal algebras. Int. J. Appl. Math., 17(3):241–256, 2005.

sa06-1 [3329] G. Sapiro. Geometric partial differential equations and image analysis.Cambridge University Press, 2006.

sa91 [3330] D. Sarason. New Hilbert spaces from old. In et al. and J. H. Ewing,editors, Paul Halmos. Celebrating 50 years of mathematics., pages195–204. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1991.

sase06 [3331] R. P. Sarkar and J. Sengupta. Beurling’s Theorem for sl(2, r), 2006.

sc99 [3332] R. Schaback. Native Hilbert spaces for radial basis functions. I. Inet al. and M. Muller, editors, New developments in approximation the-ory. 2nd international Dortmund meeting (IDoMAT) ’98, Germany,February 23-27, 1998, volume 132 of ISNM, Int. Ser. Numer. Math.,pages 255–282, Basel, 1999. Birkhauser.

sc00-2 [3333] R. Schaback. A unified theory of radial basis functions. Native Hilbertspaces for radial basis functions. II. J. Comput. Appl. Math., 121(1-2):165–177, 2000.

sc05 [3334] R. Schaback. Numerical mathematics. (Numerische Mathematik) 5thcompletely new revised ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2005.

scwawe05 [3335] R. Schaback, E. Wagenfuhrer, and H. Wendland. Numerical math-ematics. (Numerische Mathematik) 5th completely new revised ed.Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2005.

scwe92 [3336] R. Schaback and H. Werner. Numerische Mathematik. (Numericalmathematics). 4., vollst. uberarb. Aufl. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

scwu97 [3337] R. Schaback and Z. Wu. Construction techniques for highly accuratequasi-interpolation. J. Approximation Theory, 91(3):320–331, 1997.

293

nesc06 [3338] H. Schade and K. Neemann. Tensoranalysis. de Gruyter Lehrbuch.Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 2nd revised ed. edition, 2006.

sc71 [3339] H. H. Schaefer. Topological vector spaces. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,New York, 1971.

sc59-1 [3340] J. J. Schaffer. Addendum: Function spaces with translations. Math.Ann., 138:141–144, 1959.

sc59 [3341] J. J. Schaffer. Function spaces with translations. Math. Ann.,137:209–262, 1959.

bomasc04 [3342] D. Schafhuber, H. Bolcskei, and G. Matz. System capacity of wide-band OFDM communications over fading channels without channelknowledge. In Information Theory, 2004. ISIT 2004. Proceedings.International Symposium on, pages 389–389, 2004.

sc50 [3343] R. Schatten. A theory of cross-spaces., volume 26 of Annals of Math-ematics Studies. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J., 1950.

sc60 [3344] R. Schatten. Norm ideals of completly continous operators. Springer,1960.

sc70-1 [3345] R. Schatten. Norm ideals of completely continuous operators,volume 27 of Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete.Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 2nd printing edition,1970.

sc01 [3346] M. Schechter. Principles of functional analysis. 2nd ed. AmericanMathematical Society (AMS), RI, 2001.

sc82 [3347] W. Schempp. Radar reception and nilpotent harmonic analysis. I. C.R. Math. Acad. Sci., Soc. R. Can., 4:43–48, 1982.

sc84 [3348] W. Schempp. Radar ambiguity functions, the Heisenberg group, andholomorphic theta series. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 92:103–110, 1984.

sc85 [3349] W. Schempp. Analog radar signal design and digital signal processing-a Heisenberg Nilpotent lie group approach. Math. Forschungsberichte,147:2–28, 1985.

294

sc86 [3350] W. Schempp. Harmonic analysis on the Heisenberg nilpotent Liegroup, with applications to signal theory. Longman Scientific andTechnical, Harlow, Essex, England, 1986.

drsc80 [3351] W. Schempp and B. Dreseler. Einfuhrung in die harmonische Analyse.B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1980.

sc98 [3352] W. J. Schempp. Magnetic resonance imaging. Mathematical founda-tions and applications. Wiley-Liss., New York, NY, 1998.

scst97 [3353] O. Scherzer and T. Strohmer. A Multi-Level Algorithm for the Solu-tion of Moment Problems. Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim., 19(3-4):353–375, 1998.

sc87 [3354] H.-J. Schmeisser. Vector-valued Sobolev and Besov spaces. In Semin.Analysis, Berlin/GDR 1985/86, volume 96 of Teubner-Texte Math.,pages 4–44. Teubner, 1987.

sctr87 [3355] H. J. Schmeisser and H. Triebel. Topics in Fourier Analysis andFunction Spaces. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, Leipzig, 1987.

sc99-1 [3356] A. U. Schmidt. Asymptotic hyperfunctions, tempered hyperfunctionsand asymptotic expansions. (Asymptotische Hyperfunktionen, tem-perierte Hyperfunktionen und asymptotische Entwicklungen.). PhDthesis, Johann Wolfgang Goethe - Universitat, Frankfurt am Main,Berlin, 1999.

sc70 [3357] F. Schmidt. Spektraldarstellung und Extrapolation einer Klasse vonstationaren stochastischen Prozessen. Math. Nachr., 47:101–119,1970.

sctr98 [3358] K. Schmidt and G. Trenkler. Moderne Matrix-Algebra. Mit Anwen-dungen in der Statistik. (Modern matrix algebra. With applications tostatistics). Springer, Berlin, 1998.

sc97 [3359] W. Schmidt. On Reconstruction of Images from Structured Sam-pling Sets: Classification, Morphology, TILS, POCS and Applications.Master’s thesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, Vienna / Austria,1997.

295

sc04-2 [3360] K. Schnass. Gabor Multipliers. A self-contained survey. Master’sthesis, University of Vienna, 2004.

sc46 [3361] I. J. Schoenberg. Contributions to the problem of approximation ofequidistant data by analytic functions. Part A: On the problem ofsmoothing or graduation. A first class of analytic approximation for-mulae. Part B: On the problem of osculatory interpolation. A secondclas. 1946.

scsismva98 [3362] B. Scholkopf, P. Simard, A. Smola, and V. Vapnik. Prior knowledge insupport vector kernels. In M. Jordan, M. Kearns, and S. Solla, editors,Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 10, pages 640–646, Cambridge, MA, 1998. MIT Press.

buginiposcsuva97 [3363] B. Scholkopf, K.-K. Sung, C. J. C. Burges, F. Girosi, P. Niyogi,T. Poggio, and V. Vapnik. Comparing support vector machines withGaussian kernels to radialbasis function classifiers. IEEE Trans. Sig-nal Process., 45(11):2758–2765, 1997.

sc90 [3364] D. Schott. Convergence statements for projection type linear iterativemethods with relaxations. Z. Anal. Anwend., 9(4):327–341, 1990.

sc04 [3365] D. Schott. Engineering mathematics with MATLAB. Algebra andanalysis for engineers. (Ingenieurmathematik mit MATLAB. Algebraund Analysis fur Ingenieure). Fachbuchverlag Leipzig, Leipzig, 2004.

sc04-3 [3366] B. M. Schreiber. Asymptotically stationary processes on amenablegroups. Stochastic Anal. Appl., 22(6):1525–1551, 2004.

sc30 [3367] E. Schrodinger. Zum Heisenbergschen Unschaerfeprinzip. BerlinerBerichte:296–303, 1930.

sc04-4 [3368] J. Schulte. Harmonic analysis on finite Heisenberg groups. EuropeanJ. Combin., 25(3):327–338, 2004.

sc95-1 [3369] H. Schulz Mirbach. Anwendung von Invarianzprinzipien zur Merkmal-gewinnung in der Mustererkennung. VDI-Verlag, Dusseldorf, 1995.

sc98-1 [3370] A. P. Schuster. The homogeneous approximation property in theBergman space. Houston J. Math., 24(4):707–722, 1998.

296

sc00-1 [3371] A. P. Schuster. On Seip’s description of sampling sequences forBergman spaces. Complex Variables, Theory Appl., 42(4):347–367,2000.

scva02 [3372] A. P. Schuster and D. Varolin. Sampling sequences for Bergman spacesfor p < 1. Complex Variables, Theory Appl., 47(3):243–253, 2002.

sc00 [3373] H. Schwab. TEST-book. 0000.

sc95 [3374] H. Schwab. Irregular Sampling and Regularization Methods. Master’sthesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, AUSTRIA, 1995.

sc96 [3375] H. Schwab. Regularisierung schlecht gestellter Probleme und einigeAnwendungen auf das irregular sampling Problem. Master’s thesis,University of Vienna, 1996.

sc03 [3376] H. Schwab. Reconstruction from Averages. PhD thesis, Dept. Math-ematics, Univ. Vienna, 2003.

sc04-1 [3377] H. Schwab. Fast density estimation from histograms in shift invariantspaces. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process, 3(2):157–173, 2004.

scye05 [3378] v. S. Schwabik and G. Ye. Topics in Banach space integration. Seriesin Real Analysis 10. Hackensack, NJ: World Scientific. 312 p., 2005,.

sc51 [3379] L. Schwartz. Analyse et synthese harmoniques dans les espace dedistributions. Can. J. Math., 3:503–512, 1951.

sc57-2 [3380] L. Schwartz. Theorie des distributions a valeurs vectorielles. Ann.Inst. Fourier, 7:1–141, 1957.

sc57 [3381] L. Schwartz. Theorie des distributions. (Distribution theory). Nouveautirage. Vols. 1. Paris: Hermann. xii, 420 p. FF 230.00, 1957.

sc57-1 [3382] L. Schwartz. Theorie des distributions. (Distribution theory). Nouveautirage. Vols. 2. Paris: Hermann. xii, 420 p. FF 230.00, 1957.

sc58 [3383] L. Schwartz. Theorie des distributions a valeurs vectorielles. II. Ann.Inst. Fourier, 8:1–209, 1958.

sc93 [3384] L. Schwartz. Analyse IV: Applications ‘ la thiorie de la mesure. Avecla collab. de K. Zizi. (Analysis IV: Applications of measure theory).Hermann and Cie, Paris, 1993.

297

sc88 [3385] H. R. Schwarz. Numerische Mathematik. (Numerical mathematics).2. durchges. Aufl. B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1988.

sc05-1 [3386] W. Schweizer. MATLAB kompakt. Oldenbourg, 2005.

se87 [3387] I. Sedig. A note on Lipschitz functions and spectral synthesis. Ark.Mat., 25:141–145, 1987.

se00 [3388] A. M. Sedletskii. Fourier transforms and approximations. Gauthier-Villars, Amsterdam, 2000.

se41 [3389] I. Segal. The group ring of a locally compact group I. Proc. Nat.Acad. Sci., 27:348–352, 1941.

se47 [3390] I. Segal. The group algebra of a locally compact group. Trans. Amer.Math. Soc., 61:69–105, 1947.

se59 [3391] I. E. Segal. Foundations of the theory of dynamical systems of in-finitely many degrees of freedom. I. Mat.-Fys. Medd. Danske Vid.Selsk., 31:1–39, 1959.

se61 [3392] I. E. Segal. Foundations of the theory of dynamical systems of in-finitely many degrees of freedom. II. Can. J. Math., 13:1–18, 1961.

kuse78 [3393] I. E. Segal and R. A. Kunze. Integrals and operators. 2nd rev. andenl. ed. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1978.

se92 [3394] K. Seip. Density theorems for sampling and interpolation in theBargmann-Fock space. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., New Ser., 26(2):322–328, 1992.

se92-1 [3395] K. Seip. Density theorems for sampling and interpolation in theBargmann-Fock space. I. J. Reine Angew. Math., 429:91–106, 1992.

se93 [3396] K. Seip. Beurling type density theorems in the unit disk. Invent.Math., 113(1):21–39, 1993.

se04 [3397] K. Seip. Interpolation and sampling in spaces of analytic functions.University Lecture Series 33. Providence, RI: American MathematicalSociety (AMS). xii, 2004.

298

sewa92 [3398] K. Seip and R. Wallsten. Density theorems for sampling and inter-polation in the Bargmann-Fock space. II. J. Reine Angew. Math.,429:107–113, 1992.

ivmapese88 [3399] B. Sendov, P. Petrushev, K. Ivanov, and R. Maleev. Constructivetheory of functions. Proceedings of the international conference heldin Varna, May 24-May 31, 1987. Publishing House of the BulgarianAcademy of Sciences, Sofia, 1988.

se98 [3400] C. Sengupta. Algorithms and Architectures for Channel Estimationin Wireless CDMA Communication Systems. PhD thesis, 1998.

seta69 [3401] F. D. Sentilles and D. C. Taylor. Factorization in Banach algebrasand the general strict topology. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 142:141–152,1969.

se02 [3402] D. Serre. Linear algebra. Springer, 2002.

se05 [3403] T. Severini. Elements of distribution theory. Cambridge: CambridgeUniversity Press. xii, 515 p., 2005.

sest82 [3404] M. Sezan and H. Stark. Image Restoration by the Method of Con-vex Projections: Part 2 - Application and Numerical Results. IEEETrans. Med. Imaging, MI-1(2):95–101, Oct. 1982.

sest84 [3405] M. Sezan and H. Stark. Tomographic Image Reconstruction fromIncomplete View Data by Convex Projections and Direct Fourier In-version. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, MI-3(2):91–98, Jun. 1984.

sete90 [3406] M. Sezan and A. Tekalp. Adaptive Image Restoration with ArtifactSuppression Using the Theory of Convex Projections. IEEE Trans.on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing, 38(1):181–185, Jan. 1990.

shst05 [3407] R. Shakarchi and E. M. Stein. Real Analysis: Measure Theory, Inte-gration, and Hilbert Spaces. Princeton University Press, 2005.

sh62 [3408] D. Shale. Linear symmetries of free Boson fields. Trans. Am. Math.Soc., 103:149–167, 1962.

shzi85 [3409] R. Shambayati and Zielezny Z. Convolution equations in spaces ofdistributions with one–sided bounded support. TAMS, 289:707–713,1985.

299

shsuzh07 [3410] Z. Shang, W. Sun, and X. Zhou. Vector sampling expansions in shiftinvariant subspaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 325(2):898–919, 2007.

sh68-1 [3411] H. S. Shapiro. A Tauberian theorem related to approximation theory.Acta Math., 120:279–292, 1968.

sh68 [3412] H. S. Shapiro. Some Tauberian theorems with applications to approx-imation theory. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc., 74:500–504, 1968. Revisedand expanded edition of mimiographed notes (Matscience.

sh69 [3413] H. S. Shapiro. Smoothing and approximation of functions. Van Nos-trand Reinhold Co., New York, 1969. Revised and expanded editionof mimiographed notes (Matscience.

sh71 [3414] H. S. Shapiro. Topics in Approximation Theory, volume 187 of LectureNotes in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1971. With appen-dices by Jan Boman; Torbj’orn Hedberg, Lecture Notes in Math.,Vol. 187.

sh75 [3415] H. S. Shapiro. Majorant problems for Fourier coefficients. Q. J. Math.,Oxf. II. Ser., 26:9–18, 1975.

sh80 [3416] H. S. Shapiro. On some Fourier and distribution-theoretic methods inapproximation theory. In Approximation theory III, Proc. Conf. Hon.G. G. Lorentz, Austin/Tex. 1980, 87-124. 1980.

sh93 [3417] J. M. Shapiro. Embedded image coding using zerotrees of waveletcoefficients. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 41(12):3445–3462, 1993.reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christo-pher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

shsh06 [3418] L. Shen and Z. Shen. Compression with time-frequency localizationfilters. In G. Chen and M. Lai, editors, Wavelets and Splines, Athens,2005., pages 428–443. Nashboro Press, 2006.

shwa05 [3419] X. Shen and G. G. Walter. A sampling expansion for nonbandlim-ited signals in chromatic derivatives. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,53(4):1291– 1298, 2005.

sh90 [3420] Z. Shen. Birkhoff interpolation by Chebyshevian splines. Approxima-tion Theory Appl., 6(3):59–77, 1990.

300

sh91 [3421] Z. Shen. Dimension of certain kernel spaces of linear operators. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 112(2):381–390, 1991.

sh95 [3422] Z. Shen. Nontensor Product Wavelet Packets inl2(BbbRs). SIAM J.Math. Anal., 26:1061–1074, 1995.

sh97 [3423] Z. Shen. Extension of matrices with laurent polynomial entries. InA. Syclow, editor, Proceedings of the 15th IMACS World Congress onScientific Computation Modeling and Applied Mathematics, Vol 1.,pages 57–61, 1997.

sh98 [3424] Z. Shen. Refinable function vectors. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 29(1):235–250, 1998.

shxu95 [3425] Z. Shen and Y. Xu. Degenerate kernel schemes by wavelets for nonlin-ear integral equations on the real line. Appl. Anal., 59(1-4):163–184,1995.

sh51 [3426] G. E. Shilov. Homogeneous rings of functions. Uspehi Mat. Nauk.,41:91–137, 1951. English translation : Translations of the Amer.Math.Soc. Ser.1 Vol. 8, 1962, pages: 392–455.

shvo96 [3427] H.-T. Shim and H. Volkmer. On the Gibbs phenomenon for waveletexpansions. J. Approximation Theory, 84(1):74–95, 1996.

sh00 [3428] Y. Shimizu. Computed Tomography - Advances in the Direct FourierMethod. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 2000.

sh03 [3429] Y. Shimizu. Advanced Image Reconstruction and Sata Analysis infunctional MRI. PhD thesis, 2003.

shzh03 [3430] D. Shklyarov and G. Zhang. Berezin transform on the quantum unitball. J. Math. Phys., 44(9):4344–4373, 2003.

sh01 [3431] M. A. Shubin. Pseudodifferential Operators and Spectral Theory.Transl. from the Russian by Stig I. Andersson. 2nd ed. Springer,Berlin, 2001.

sh03-1 [3432] K. L. Shuman. Complete signal processing bases and the Jacobi group.J. Math. Anal. Appl., 278(1):203–213, 2003.

301

si91 [3433] W. Sickel. Some remarks on trigonometric interpolation on the n-Tourus. Zeitschr. f. Analysis u. Anw., 10.Apr:551–562, 1991.

si92 [3434] W. Sickel. Characterization of Besov-Triebel-Lizorkin spaces via ap-proximation by Whittaker’s Cardinal series and related unconditionalSchauer bases. Constr. Approx., 8:257–274, 1992.

rusi96 [3435] W. Sickel and T. Runst. Sobolev spaces of fractional order, Nemytskijoperators, and nonlinear partial differential equations. De Gruyterseries in nonlinear analysis and applications - 3. Berlin: de Gruyter,1996.

harosi98 [3436] B. Silbermann, R. Hagen, and S. Roch. c∗-algebra techniques – Apowerful tool in numerical analysis. In et al. and M. Bach, editors,Analysis, numerics and applications of differential and integral equa-tions. Dedication to Wolfgang L. Wendland on the occasion of his60th birthday., volume 379 of Pitman Res. Notes Math. Ser., pages214–218. Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow, 1998.

kasi96 [3437] J. A. Sills and E. W. Kamen. Time–varying matched filters. Circuits,Systems, Signal Processing, 15(5):609–630, 1996.

si72 [3438] G. Silverman. Strong convergence of functions on Kothe spaces.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 165:27–35, 1972.

si90 [3439] S. R. Simanca. Pseudo-differential operators., volume 236 of PitmanResearch Notes in Mathematics. Longman Scientific and Technicaland John Wiley & Sons Ltd., Harlow; New York, 1990.

si71 [3440] B. Simon. Distributions and their Hermite expansions. J. Math. Phys.,12:140–148, 1971.

si79 [3441] B. Simon. Trace ideals and their applications. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1979. IX, 134 p. sterling 5.95.

misi75 [3442] B. Simon and Michael Reed. Fourier Analysis, Self-Adjointness. Aca-demic Press, London, 1975.

si79-1 [3443] A. M. Sinclair. Cohen elements in Banach algebras. Proc. R. Soc.Edinb., Sect. A, 84:55–70, 1979.

302

situ74 [3444] A. M. Sinclair and A. W. Tullo. Noetherian Banach algebras are finitedimensional. Math. Ann., 211:151–153, 1974.

si70 [3445] I. Singer. Bases in Banach spaces. I. Number 154 in GrundlehrenMath. Wiss. Springer, Berlin, 1970.

kasi83 [3446] R. Sinha and V. Kant. Homogeneous Banach spaces of distributions.Ann. Soc. Math. Pol., Ser. I, Commentat. Math., 23:309–314, 1983.

a.b.98 [3447] A. M. Sintes and B. F. Schutz. Coherent Line Removal: FilteringOut Harmonically Related Line Interference from Experimental Data,with Application to Gravitational Wave Detectors. Phys. Rev. D,58:122003, 1998.

a.b.99 [3448] A. M. Sintes and B. F. Schutz. Removing Nonstationary, Nonhar-monic External Interference from Gravitational Wave InterferometerData. Phys. Rev. D, 60:062001, 1999.

sisuth95 [3449] A. Sitaram, M. Sundari, and S. Thangavelu. Uncertainty principles oncertain Lie groups. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Math. Sci., 105(2):135–151, 1995.

sj94 [3450] J. Sjostrand. An algebra of pseudodifferential operators. Math. Res.Lett., 1(2):185–192, 1994.

sj95 [3451] J. Sjostrand. Wiener type algebras of pseudodifferential operators.1995.

sk01 [3452] V. A. Skopin. The equivalence of causal and ordinary invertibility forintegral convolution operators. Differ. Equ., 37(9):1331–1339, 2001.

sl80 [3453] G. L. G. Sleijpen. The support of the Wiener algebra on stips. I.Indag. Math., 42:61–74, 1980.

sl80-1 [3454] G. L. G. Sleijpen. The support of the Wiener algebra on stips. II.Indag. Math., 42:75–82, 1980.

sl76 [3455] D. Slepian. On bandwidth. Proc. IEEE, 64(3):292–300, 1976.

sl78 [3456] D. Slepian. Prolate spheroidal wave functions, fourier analysis, anduncertainty–V:The discrete Case. The Bell System Technical Journal,57(5):1371–1430, May/June 1978.

303

sl83 [3457] D. Slepian. Some comments on Fourier Analysis and Uncertianty andModelling. SIAM Review, 25/Nr.3:379–393, 1983.

posl61 [3458] D. Slepian and H. O. Pollak. Prolate Spheroidal Wave Functions,Fourier Analysis and Uncertainty –I. I. Bell Syst. Tech.J., 40(1):43–63, 1961.

slsuva01 [3459] D. Sloan, E. Suli, and S. Vandewalle. Partial Differential Equations.Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2001.

josl94 [3460] I. H. Sloan and S. Joe. Lattice methods for multiple integration. Atthe Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1994.

slXX [3461] N. J. A. Sloane. On-Line Encyclopedia of Integer Sequences. url-http://www.research.att.com/ njas/sequences.

sl70 [3462] T. A. Slobko. Algebra norms on C(G). Am. J. Math., 92:381–388,1970.

smzh04 [3463] S. Smale and D.-X. Zhou. Shannon sampling and function reconstruc-tion from point values. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., New Ser., 41(3):279–305, 2004.

smzh05 [3464] S. Smale and D.-X. Zhou. Shannon sampling. II: Connections to learn-ing theory. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 19(3):285–302, 2005.

sm98 [3465] H. F. Smith. A Hardy space for Fourier integral operators. J. Geom.Anal., 8(4):629–653, 1998.

sm90 [3466] K. T. Smith. The uncertainty principle on groups, IMA. SIAMJ.Appl.Math., 50(3):875–882, 1990. Preprint Series 403, Inst of Math.and Appl., Univ. of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN.

basm84 [3467] M. J. T. Smith and T. P. Barnwell III. A procedure for defining ex-act reconstruction filter banks for tree-structured subband coders. InICASSP ’84, IEEE Internat. Conf. on Acoustics, Speech, and SignalProcessing,, volume 9, pages 421–424, 1984. reprinted in ’Fundamen-tal Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, DavidF.(2006).

304

smth03 [3468] C. Smitha and S. Thangavelu. On Strichartz’s uncertainty inequalityfor the Heisenberg group. Tohoku Math. J., II. Ser., 55(3):451–466,2003.

sn61 [3469] I. N. Sneddon. Fourier series. Routledge and Kegan Paul., London,1961.

so82 [3470] G. Soares de Souza. The dyadic special atom space. In Harmonicanalysis, Proc. Conf., Minneapolis 1981, volume 908 of Lect. NotesMath., pages 297–299. Springer, 1982.

so84 [3471] G. Soares de Souza. Spaces formed by special atoms. I. Rocky Mt. J.Math., 14:423–431, 1984.

so84-1 [3472] G. Soares de Souza. Spaces formed by special atoms. II. In Functionalanalysis, holomorphy and approximation theory, Proc. Semin., Rio deJaneiro 1981, volume 86 of North-Holland Math. Stud., pages 413–425. North-Holland, 1984.

osaso86 [3473] G. Soares de Souza, R. O’Neil, and G. Sampson. Several charac-terizations for the special atom spaces with applications. Rev. Mat.Iberoam., 2:333–355, 1986.

so93 [3474] C. D. Sogge. Fourier integrals in classical analysis., volume 105 ofCambridge Tracts in Mathematics. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1993.

so05 [3475] P. L. Sondergaard. Gabor frames by sampling and periodization. Adv.Comput. Math., 2005. accepted for publication.

kiliscso06 [3476] J. Song, Q. H. Liu, K. Kim, and W. R. J. Scott. High-Resolution3-D Radar Imaging through Nonuniform Fast Fourier Transform(NUFFT). Comm. Comput. Phys., 1(1):176–191, 2006.

so88 [3477] M. Soumekh. Band-limited Interpolation from Unevenly Spaced Sam-pled Data. IEEE Trans. on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing,36(1):110–122, Jan. 1988.

sp03 [3478] J. C. Spall. Introduction to stochastic search and optimization. Esti-mation, simulation, and control. Wiley-Interscience Series in DiscreteMathematics and Optimization. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. xx, 2003.

305

sp80 [3479] K. Spallek. Kurven und Karten. Bibliographisches Institut,Mannheim, Wien, Zurich, 1980.

sp76 [3480] F. O. Speck. Uber verallgemeinerte Faltungsoperatoren und ihre Sym-bole. In Funct. theor. Meth. part. Differ. Equat., Proc. Int. Symp.,Darmstadt 1976, volume 561 of Lect. Notes Math., pages 459–471.1976.

sp77 [3481] F.-O. Speck. Eine Erweiterung des Satzes von Rakovcik und ihreAnwendung in der Simonenko-Theorie. Math. Ann., 228:93–100, 1977.

sp65 [3482] R. Spector. Espaces de mesures et de fonctions invariants par lesisomorphismes locaux de groupes ab’eliens localement compacts. Ann.Inst. Fourier, 15(2):325–343, 1965.

sp69 [3483] R. Spector. Groupes localement isomorphes et transformation deFourier avec poids. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 19(1):195–217, 1969.

sp70 [3484] R. Spector. Sur la structure locale des groupes abeliens localementcompacts. Bull. Soc. Math. France, Memoire 24, 1970.

sp78 [3485] W. Splettstosser. On Generalized Sampling Sums Based on Convolu-tion Integrals. Arch.Elek. Ubertr., 32, Bd.7:267–275, 1978.

sp79 [3486] W. Splettstosser. Error Estimates for Sampling Approximation ofNon-Bandlimited Functions. Math.meth. in the Appl. Sci., 1:127–137,1979.

sp97 [3487] F. Sprengel. Interpolation und Waveletzerlegung multivariater peri-odischer Funktionen. (Interpolation and wavelet decomposition of mul-tivariate periodic functions). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York,1997.

sp06 [3488] N. Spronk. Operator space structure on Feichtinger’s Segal algebra,2006.

aldist02 [3489] A. Stamoulis, S. N. Diggavi, and N. Al Dhahir. Intercarrier interfer-ence in MIMO OFDM. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 50(10):2451–2464, October 2002.

306

bimust00 [3490] J.-L. Starck, F. D. Murtagh, and A. Bijaoui. Image processing anddata analysis. The multiscale approach. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni-versity Press. 297 p., 2000.

st87 [3491] H. Stark. Image recovery: theory and application. Academic Press,Orlando etc., 1987.

st95-1 [3492] H. Stark. A Remark on Signal Reconstruction from Wavelet Trans-form Extrema., 1995. preprint.

clst95 [3493] H. Stark and P. Clarkson, editors. Signal Processing Methods forAudio, Images and Telecommunications. Signal Processing and itsApplications. Academic Press, 1995.

stya98 [3494] H. Stark and Y. Yang. Vector Space Projections, a Numerical Ap-proach to Signal and Image Processing, Neural Nets and Optics. Wi-ley Series in Telecommunications and Signal Processing. John Wiley& Sons, Inc., 1998.

st00-1 [3495] R. Stasinski. Set theoretic approach to interpolation of irregularlysampled images. In Galkowski, Krzysztof (ed.) et al., NDS-2000.The 2nd workshop on multidimensional (nD) systems, Czocha Cas-tle, Poland, June 27-30, 2000. Zielona Gora: Technical UniversityPress. 149-152. 2000.

st04 [3496] J. M. Steele. The Cauchy-Schwarz Master Class: An Introduction tothe Art of Inequalities. Cambridge University Press, 2004.

lipapisjst02 [3497] S. Steen, Q. Liao, L. Pierre, A. Paskevicius, and T. Sjoberg. Evalua-tion of LUCAS, a new device for automatic mechanical compressionand active decompression resuscitation. Resuscitation, 55(3):285–99,2002.

lipapisjst03 [3498] S. Steen, Q. Liao, L. Pierre, A. Paskevicius, and T. Sjoberg. Thecritical importance of minimal delay between chest compressions andsubsequent defibrillation: a haemodynamic explanation. Resuscita-tion, 58(3):249–58, 2003.

st06-1 [3499] K.-G. Steffens. The History of approximation theory. From Euler toBernstein. Basel: Birkhauser. xx, 219 p. EUR 68.00/net, 2006.

307

st85 [3500] C. Stegall. Applications of Descriptive Topology in Functional Analy-sis. Technical report, Institut fur Mathematik, Johannes Kepler Uni-versitat Linz, 1985.

st76 [3501] J. D. Stegeman. Wiener - Ditkin sets for certain Beurling algebras.Monatsh. Math., 82:337–340, 1976.

st98 [3502] G. Steidl. A Note on Fast Fourier Transforms for NonequispacedGrids. Adv. Comput. Math., 9:337 – 353, 1998.

st70 [3503] E. M. Stein. Singular integrals and differentiability properties of func-tions. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1970.

st93 [3504] E. M. Stein. Harmonic Analysis: Real-Variable Methods, Orthogonal-ity, and Oscillatory Integrals. Princeton University Press, 1993.

rast03 [3505] E. M. Stein and Rami Shakarchi. Complex Analysis. Princeton Uni-versity Press, 2003.

shst03 [3506] E. M. Stein and R. Shakarchi. Fourier Analysis: An Introduction.Princeton University Press, 2003.

stwe71 [3507] E. M. Stein and G. Weiss. Introduction to Fourier analysis on Eu-clidean spaces. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1971.

stzy85 [3508] E. M. Stein and A. Zygmund. Boundedness of translation invariantoperators on Holder spaces and lp spaces. Annals of Math., 67:337–349, 1985.

st99 [3509] M. L. Stein. Interpolation of spatial data. Some theory for kriging.Springer, New York, NY, 1999.

st05 [3510] O. Steinbach. Solution methods for linear systems of equations. Algo-rithms and applications. (Losungsverfahren fur lineare Gleichungssys-teme. Algorithmen und Anwendungen). Mathematik fur Ingenieureund Naturwissenschaftler. Wiesbaden: Teubner. 200 p. EUR 29.90,2005.

st91-1 [3511] K. Stempak. Almost everywhere summability of Laguerre series. Stud.Math., 100(2):129–147, 1991.

308

st92 [3512] K. Stempak. Almost everywhere summability of Laguerre series. II.Stud. Math., 103(3):317–327, 1992.

st94-1 [3513] K. Stempak. Heat-diffusion and Poisson integrals for Laguerre expan-sions. Tohoku Math. J., 46, 1994.

st95-2 [3514] K. Stempak. On connections between Hankel, Laguerre and Heisen-berg multipliers. J. Lond. Math. Soc., II. Ser., 51(2):286–298, 1995.

st96-1 [3515] K. Stempak. Equiconvergence for Laguerre function series. Stud.Math., 118(3):285–300, 1996.

st96 [3516] K. Stempak. Transplanting maximal inequalities between Laguerreand Hankel. Monatsh. Math., 122(2):187–197, 1996.

st01 [3517] K. Stempak. Divergent Laguerre series. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,129(4):1123–1126, 2001.

st02 [3518] K. Stempak. On connections between Hankel, Laguerre and Jacobitransplantations. Tohoku Math. J., II. Ser., 54(4):471–493, 2002.

stto03 [3519] K. Stempak and J. L. Torrea. Poisson integrals and Riesz trans-forms for Hermite function expansions with weights. J. Funct. Anal.,202(2):443–472, 2003.

stto05-1 [3520] K. Stempak and J. L. Torrea. BMO results for operators associatedto Hermite expansions. Ill. J. Math., 49(4):1111–1131, 2005.

stto05 [3521] K. Stempak and J. L. Torrea. On g-functions for Hermite functionexpansions. Acta Math. Hung., 109(1-2):99–125, 2005.

sttr94 [3522] K. Stempak and W. Trebels. On weighted transplantation and mul-tipliers for Laguerre expansions. Math. Ann., 300(2):203–219, 1994.

st99-1 [3523] M. B. Stenzel. The Segal-Bargmann transform on a symmetric spaceof compact type. J. Funct. Anal., 165(1):44–58, 1999.

st06-2 [3524] M. B. Stenzel. An inversion formula for the Segal Bargmann trans-form on a symmetric space of non-compact type. J. Funct. Anal.,240(2):592–608, 2006.

309

st78 [3525] V. D. Stepanov. On Convolution Integral Operators. Sov. Math.,Dokl., 19:1334–1337, 1978. translation from Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR243, 45-48 (1978). [ISSN 0197-6788].

stvo98 [3526] L. K. Stergioulas and A. Vourdas. Robust quantum state engineeringusing coherent states on a truncated von Neumann lattice. J. Mod.Opt., 45(6):1155–1161, 1998.

stvo04-1 [3527] L. K. Stergioulas and A. Vourdas. The Bargmann analytic represen-tation in signal analysis. J. Comput. Appl. Math., 167(1):183–192,2004.

stwa96 [3528] A. Sterian and G. H. Wakefield. Robust automated music transcrip-tion systems. In Proceedings of the Intenational Computer Music Con-ference 1996, Hong Kong, 1996.

st99-2 [3529] A. D. Sterian. Model-based Segmentation of Time-Frequency Imagesfor Musical Transcription. PhD thesis, University of Michigan, 1999.

st83 [3530] F. Stettinger. Banachraume von Funktionen und Oszillation. (Banachspaces of functions and oscillation). PhD thesis, Universitat Wien. 81S., 1983.

st03-1 [3531] R. Stevenson. Adaptive solution of operator equations using waveletframes. SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 41(3):1074–1100, 2003.

st04-1 [3532] E. G. Steward. Fourier Optics. An Introduction. Dover PublicationsInc, Republication of the corrected reprint of the 1987 second editionedition, 2004.

st79 [3533] J. Stewart. Fourier transforms of unbounded measures. Can. J. Math.,31:1281–1292, 1979.

stwa85 [3534] J. Stewart and S. Watson. Which amalgams are convolution algebras?Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 93:621–627, 1985.

stwa86 [3535] J. Stewart and S. Watson. Irregular amalgams. Int. J. Math. Math.Sci., 9:331–340, 1986.

st78-2 [3536] B. Stockert. Multiplikatoren in gewichteten anisotropen L(p,Omega)-Raumen ganzer analytischer Funktionen exponentiellen Typs. Math.Nachr., 86:33–40, 1978.

310

st78-1 [3537] B. Stockert. Ungleichungen vom Plancherel-Polya-Nikol’skij-Typ ingewichteten L(p,Omega)-Raumen mit gemischten Normen. Math.Nachr., 86:19–32, 1978.

stvo04 [3538] W. Strampp and E. V. Vorozhtsov. Mathematische Methoden der Sig-nalverarbeitung. (Mathematical methods of signal processing). Olden-bourg, Munchen, 2004.

st80 [3539] G. Strang. Linear algebra and its applications. Academic Press, NewYork - San Francisco - London, 2nd ed. edition, 1980.

st86 [3540] G. Strang. Introduction to applied mathematics.. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, Massachusetts, 1986.

st03 [3541] G. Strang. Introduction to linear algebra. 3rd ed. Wellesley-CambridgePress, Wellesley, MA, 2003.

st03-8 [3542] G. Strang. Introduction to Linear Algebra. (Lineare Algebra. Ubersetztaus dem Englischen von der djs2 GmbH, unter Mitarbeit von MichaelDellnitz). Springer-Lehrbuch. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

fist73 [3543] G. Strang and G. Fix. A Fourier analysis of the finite element vari-ational method. In C.I.M.E., II Ciclo Erice 1971, constr. Aspectsfunctional Analysis, pages 793–840. 1973.

ngst97 [3544] G. Strang and T. Nguyen. Wavelets and Filter Banks. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1997.

stzs79 [3545] S. Stratila and L. Zsido. Lectures on von Neumann algebras. Trans-lated from Romanian by Silviu Teleman. Revised and updated versionof Lectii de algebre von Neumann, Bucuresti 1975. Abacus Press,Bucuresti, 1979.

st89 [3546] W. A. Strauss. Nonlinear wave equations, volume 73 of CBMS Re-gional Conference Series in Mathematics. Published for the Confer-ence Board of the Mathematical Sciences, Washington, 1989.

st67 [3547] R. S. Strichartz. Multipliers on fractional Sobolev spaces. J. Math.Mech., 16:1031–1060, 1967.

311

st77 [3548] R. S. Strichartz. Restrictions of Fourier transforms to quadratic sur-faces and decay of solutions of wave equations. Duke Math. J., 44:705–714, 1977.

st03-3 [3549] R. S. Strichartz. A guide to distribution theory and Fourier trans-forms. World Scientific, NJ, 2003.

st91 [3550] T. Strohmer. Irregular Sampling, Frames and Pseudoinverse. Master’sthesis, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. Vienna, 1991.

st94 [3551] T. Strohmer. Efficient Methods for Digital Signal and Image Recon-struction from Nonuniform Samples. PhD thesis, Dept. Mathematics,Univ. Vienna, 1994.

st95 [3552] T. Strohmer. On Discrete Band-Limited Signal Extrapolation. AMSContemp. Math., 190:323–337, 1995.

st97-3 [3553] T. Strohmer. A Unified Approach to Numerical Algorithms for Dis-crete Gabor Expansions. In Proc. SampTA - Sampling Theory andApplications, Aveiro/Portugal, pages 297–302, 1997.

st97-1 [3554] T. Strohmer. Computational frameworks for discrete Gabor analysis.In Proc. SPIE’97, San Diego, 1997.

st97 [3555] T. Strohmer. Computationally Attractive Reconstruction of Band-Limited Images from Irregular Samples. IEEE Trans. Image Proc.,6(4):540–548, 1997.

st97-2 [3556] T. Strohmer. Numerical algorithms for discrete Gabor expansions. InH. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor Analysis and Algo-rithms: Theory and Applications, pages 267–294. Birkhauser Boston,Boston, 1997. Chap. 8.

st99-3 [3557] T. Strohmer. Rates of convergence for the approximation of dual shift-invariant systems in ell2(bbfz). J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 5(6):599–615,1999.

st00 [3558] T. Strohmer. A Levinson-Galerkin algorithm for regularized trigono-metric approximation. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 22(4):1160–1183 (elec-tronic), 2000.

312

st00-2 [3559] T. Strohmer. Finite and Infinite-Dimensional Models for Oversam-pled Filter Banks. In J. Benedetto and P. Ferreira, editors, Mod-ern Sampling Theory: Mathematics and Applications, pages 297–320.Birkhauser, Boston, 2000.

st00-3 [3560] T. Strohmer. Numerical analysis of non-uniform sampling problem.J. Comput. Appl. Math., 122(1-2):297–316, 2000.

st01-1 [3561] T. Strohmer. Approximation of dual Gabor frames, window de-cay, and wireless communications. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,11(2):243–262, 2001.

st02-1 [3562] T. Strohmer. Four short stories about Toeplitz matrix calculations.2002.

st06 [3563] T. Strohmer. Pseudodifferential operators and Banach algebras inmobile communications. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(2):237–249, March 2006.

best03 [3564] T. Strohmer and S. Beaver. Optimal OFDM system design for time-frequency dispersive channels. IEEE Trans. Commun., 51(7):1111–1122, 2003.

bistsu96 [3565] T. Strohmer, T. Binder, and M. Sussner. How to recover smooth ob-ject boundaries in noisy medical images. In Proc. ICIP-96, volume 1,pages 331–334, Lausanne, 1996.

fast06 [3566] T. Strohmer and B. Farrell. Wiener’s Lemma for the HeisenbergGroup and a Class of Pseudodifferential Operators. Trans. Amer.Math. Soc., submitted, 2006.

gust06 [3567] T. Strohmer and R. Guan. Krylov Subspace Algorithms and CirculantEmbedding Method for Wideband Single-Carrier Equalization. IEEETrans. Signal Process., submitted, 2006.

hest03 [3568] T. Strohmer and R. W. j. Heath. Grassmannian frames with applica-tions to coding and communication. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,14(3):257–275, 2003.

helost03 [3569] T. Strohmer, D. J. Love, and R. W. J. Heath. Grassmannian Beam-forming for Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Wireless Systems. IEEETrans. Inf. Theory, 49(10):2735–2747, 2003.

313

stta05 [3570] T. Strohmer and J. Tanner. Implementations of Shannon’s samplingtheorem, a time-frequency approach. Sampl. Theory Signal ImageProcess., 4(1):1–17, 2005.

stta06 [3571] T. Strohmer and J. Tanner. Fast Reconstruction Methods for Ban-dlimited Functions from Periodic Nonuniform Sampling. SIAM J.Numer. Anal., 44(3):1073 – 1094, 2006.

stve06 [3572] T. Strohmer and R. Vershynin. A randomized solver for linear sys-tems with exponential convergence. In Approximation, Randomiza-tion, and Combinatorial Optimization. Algorithms and Techniques.,volume 4110 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 499–507,2006.

stve07 [3573] T. Strohmer and R. Vershynin. A randomized Kaczmarz algorithmwith exponential convergence. Math. Comp., (submitted), 2007.

stviwa00 [3574] T. Strohmer, R. Vio, and W. Wamsteker. On the Reconstruction ofIrregularly Sampled Time Series. Publications of the AstronomicalSociety of the Pacific, 112:74–90, January 2000.

stxu06 [3575] T. Strohmer and J. Xu. Efficient calibration of time-interleaved ADCsvia separable nonlinear least squares. IEEE Trans. Circuits and Sys-tems I, submitted, 2006.

stxu06-1 [3576] T. Strohmer and J. Xu. Optimal pulse construction in OFDM systems.IEEE Trans. Commun., accepted, 2006.

stxu07 [3577] T. Strohmer and J. Xu. Adaptive and Robust Channel Estimation forPilot-aided OFDM Systems. IEEE Transactions on Wireless Commu-nications, submitted, 2007.

st83-1 [3578] J.-O. Stromberg. A modified Franklin system and higher-order splinesystems on rn as unconditional bases for Hardy spaces. In et al.and W. Beckner, editors, Conference on Harmonic Analysis in Honorof A. Zygmond, Vol. II, Wadsworth (Belmont, CA), pages 475–494,1983. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet Theory’ Heil,Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

stwh00 [3579] W. Strunk JR. and E. B. White. The Elements of Style. Longman,4th edition, 2000.

314

st92-1 [3580] M. Struwe. Semi-linear wave equations. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc.,26(1):53–85, 1992.

suto06 [3581] M. Sugimoto and N. Tomita. The dilation property of modulationspaces and their inclusion relation, 2006.

suto07 [3582] M. Sugimoto and N. Tomita. A counterexample for boundedness ofpseudo-differential operators on modulation spaces, 2007.

su86 [3583] E. E. Suli. Mollifiers in function spaces. Technical Report 4, OxfordUniversity Computing Laboratory, Numerical Analysis Group, 1986.

lilimasu06 [3584] J. Sun, L. Liu, Y. Maojin, and W. Lingyu. Study of the transmitterantenna gain for intersatellite laser communications. Optical Eng.,45(5):058001 1–5, 2006.

su93 [3585] Q. Sun. Sequence spaces and stability of integer translates. Z. Anal.Anwend., 12(3):567–584, 1993.

su05-3 [3586] Q. Sun. Local dual and poly-scale refinability. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,133(4):1175–1184, 2005.

su05 [3587] Q. Sun. Wiener’s lemma for infinite matrices with polynomial off-diagonal decay. C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris, 340(8):567–570, 2005.

su05-2 [3588] W. Sun. G-frames and G-Riesz Bases. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 2005.

su05-1 [3589] W. Sun. Sampling theorems for multivariate shift invariant subspaces.Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process., 4(1):73–98, 2005.

su06 [3590] W. Sun. G-frames and g-Riesz bases. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 322:437–452, October 2006.

su07-1 [3591] W. Sun. Local sampling theorems for spaces generated by splines witharbitrary knots, 2007.

su07 [3592] W. Sun. Stability of g-frames. J. Math. Anal. Appl., 326(2):858–868,2007.

suXX-2 [3593] W. Sun. Density of Wavelet Frames. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal.,to appear.

315

suXX-3 [3594] W. Sun. Stability of G-frames. J. Math. Anal. Appl., to appear.

suzh98 [3595] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Frames and sampling theorem. Sci. China, Ser.A, 41(6):606–612, 1998.

suzh00 [3596] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Sampling theorem for wavelet subspaces: Er-ror estimate and irregular sampling. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,48(1):223–226, 2000.

suzh01 [3597] W. Sun and X. Zhou. On the stability of Gabor frames. Adv. Appl.Math., 26(3):181–191, 2001.

suzh02 [3598] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Irregular wavelet/Gabor frames. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 13(1):63–76, 2002.

suzh03-2 [3599] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Average sampling in shift invariant sub-spaces with symmetric averaging functions. J. Math. Anal. Appl.,287(1):279–295, 2003.

suzh03-1 [3600] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Density and stability of wavelet frames. Appl.Comput. Harmon. Anal., 15(2):117–133, 2003.

suzh03-4 [3601] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Irregular Gabor frames and their stability. Proc.Amer. Math. Soc., 131(9):2883–2893 (electronic), 2003.

suzh03-3 [3602] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Reconstruction of functions in spline subspacesfrom local averages. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 131(8):2561–2571 (elec-tronic), 2003.

suzh03 [3603] W. Sun and X. Zhou. The aliasing error in recovery of nonbandlimitedsignals by prefiltering and sampling. Appl. Math. Lett., 16(6):949–954,2003.

suzh04 [3604] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Density of irregular wavelet frames. Proc. Am.Math. Soc., 132(8):2377–2387, 2004.

suzh07 [3605] W. Sun and X. Zhou. Characterization of local sampling sequencesfor spline subspaces, 2007.

lisu93 [3606] Y. Sun and Y. Liu. Optimal recovery of the Sobolev-Wiener class ofsmooth functions by double Sampling. Constructive Approximation,9(4):391–405, 1993.

316

su97 [3607] V. S. Sunder. Functional analysis: spectral theory. (English).Birkhauser, Basel, 1997.

su62 [3608] S. M. Sussman. Least square synthesis of radar ambiguity functions.IRE Trans. Inform. Theory, 8:246–254, 1962.

bibugrpostsu95 [3609] M. Sussner, M. Budil, T. Strohmer, M. Greher, G. Porenta, andT. Binder. Contour detection using artificial neuronal network pre-segmention. In Proc. Computers in Cardiology, Vienna, 1995.

suxi96 [3610] B. W. Suter and X. G. Xia. On constructions of Malvar wavelets onhexagons. J. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 3(1):65–71, 1996.

oxsuxi96 [3611] B. W. Suter, X. G. Xia, and M. E. Oxley. Malvar wavelets withasymmetrically overlapped windows. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,44(3):723 – 728, 1996.

su84 [3612] O. G. Sutton. Mathematics in action. Dover Publications Inc, Mine-ola, N.Y., 1984.

fosz70 [3613] B. Sz. Nagy and C. Foias. Harmonic analysis of operators on Hilbertspaces. Budapest: Akademiai Kiado and Amsterdam-London: North-Holland Publishing Company. XIII, 387 p., 1970.

sz59 [3614] G. Szego. Orthogonal polynomials. Revised ed., volume 23 of Ameri-can Mathematical Society Colloquium Publ. American MathematicalSociety (AMS), New York, NY, 1959.

sz68 [3615] P. Szeptycki. On functions and measures whose Fourier transformsare functions. Math. Ann., 179:31–41, 1968.

sz80 [3616] P. Szeptycki. On some problems related to the extended domain ofthe Fourier transform. Rocky Mt. J. Math., 10:99–103, 1980.

sz94 [3617] H. H. Szu. Mathematics of adaptive wavelet transforms : relatingcontinuous with discrete transforms. Opt. Eng., 33/7:2111–2124, July1994.

taXX [3618] K. Tachizawa. On l2 boundedness of pseudodifferential operators withWeyl symbols.

317

ta94 [3619] K. Tachizawa. The boundedness of pseudodifferential operators onmodulation spaces. Math. Nachr., 168:263–277, 1994.

ta96-1 [3620] K. Tachizawa. The pseudodifferential operator and Wilson bases.1996.

ta99 [3621] K. Tachizawa. A generalization of Calderon-Vaillancourt’s theorem.RIMS Kokyuroku, 1102:64–75, 1999.

ta05 [3622] K. Tachizawa. Weighted Sobolev-Lieb-Thirring inequalities. Rev.Mat. Iberoam., 21(1):67–85, 2005.

ta75 [3623] M. H. Taibleson. Fourier analysis on local fields. Princeton UniversityPress, Princeton, NJ, 1975.

tawe80 [3624] M. H. Taibleson and G. Weiss. The molecular characterization ofcertain Hardy spaces. Asterisque, 77:67–149, 1980.

tawe83 [3625] M. H. Taibleson and G. Weiss. Certain function spaces associatedwith a.e. convergence of Fourier series. In Conference in Honor of A.Zygmund, Vol.I, pages 95–113. Wadsworth, 1983.

ta69 [3626] M. Takesaki. A generalized commutation relation for the regular rep-resentation. Bull. Soc. Math. Fr., 97:289–297, 1969.

ta79 [3627] M. Takesaki. Theory of operator algebras I. Springer-Verlag, NewYork, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1979.

ta02 [3628] M. Takesaki. Theory of operator algebras I., volume 124(5) of En-cyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences. Operator Algebras and Non-Commutative Geometry. Springer, Berlin, 2nd printing of the 1979ed. edition, 2002.

ta03 [3629] M. Takesaki. Theory of operator algebras. II., volume 125(VI) ofEncyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

ta03-1 [3630] M. Takesaki. Theory of operator algebras. III., volume 127(VIII) ofEncyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

ta06-1 [3631] E. Talvila. Continuity in the Alexiewicz norm, 2006.

318

ta06-2 [3632] E. Tam’asi. Anisotropic Besov spaces and approximation numbers oftraces on related fractal sets. Rev. Mat. Comp., 19(2):297–321, 2006.

ta71-1 [3633] K. Tanabe. Projection method for solving a singular system of linearequations and its applications. Numer. Math., 17:203–214, 1971.

ta74 [3634] K. Tanabe. Characterization of linear stationary iterative processes forsolving a singular system of linear equations. Numer. Math., 22:349–359, 1974.

ta75-1 [3635] S. Tanaka. On the Fourier transform of second degree characters.In I. Gelfand, editor, Lie groups and their representations: Sum-mer School of the Bolyai Janos Mathematical Society, Budapest 1971,pages 649–652. Wiley, New York, 1975.

tawe06 [3636] W.-S. Tang and E. Weber. Frame vectors for representations ofAbelian groups. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 20(2):283–297, 2006.

ta06 [3637] J. Tanner. Optimal filter and mollifier for piecewise smooth spectraldata. Math. Comput., 75(254):767–790, 2006.

tavaxu07 [3638] Q. Tao, M. I. Vai, and Y. Xu, editors. Wavelet analysis and ap-plications. (Proc. WAA2005, Nov. 29 - Dec. 2, 2005, University ofMacau.). Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis. Birkhauser,Basel - Boston - Berlin, 2007.

ta93 [3639] A. M. Taratorin. Iterative algorithm for image filtering utilizingimage- and noise-related information. Opt. Eng., 32/11:2856–2865,November 1993.

ta98 [3640] D. Tataru. The FBI transform, operators with nonsmooth coefficientsand the nonlinear wave equation. In Journees “quations aux deriveespartielles, Saint-Jean-de-Monts, France, 31 mai au 4 juin 1999. Ex-poses Nos. I-XIX,. 1998.

ta68 [3641] D. C. Taylor. A characterization of Banach algebras with approximateunit. Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 74:761–766, 1968.

ta96 [3642] J. C. Taylor. An introduction to measure and probability. Springer,New York, 1996.

319

ta71 [3643] M. E. Taylor. Gelfand theory of pseudo differential operators andhypoelliptic operators. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 153:495–510, 1971.

ta81 [3644] M. E. Taylor. Pseudodifferential operators. Princeton UniversityPress, Princeton, N.J., 1981.

ta84 [3645] M. E. Taylor. Noncommutative microlocal analysis. Mem. Am. Math.Soc., 313:182 p., 1984.

ta86 [3646] M. E. Taylor. Noncommutative harmonic analysis. American Math-ematical Society, Providence, RI, 1986.

ta06-3 [3647] M. E. Taylor. Measure theory and integration., volume 76 of Gradu-ate Studies in Mathematics. American Mathematical Society (AMS),Providence, RI, 2006.

tc84 [3648] P. Tchamitchian. Generalisation des algebres de Beurling. Ann. Inst.Fourier, 34(4):151–168, 1984.

tc87 [3649] P. Tchamitchian. tude dans un cadre hilbertien des algebres de Beurl-ing munies d’un poids radial a croissance rapide. (Study in a Hilber-tian framework of Beurling algebras equipped with a radial weighthaving rapid growth). Ark. Mat., 25:295–312, 1987.

tevi04 [3650] N. Tecu and V. Vicol. Testing the NuHAG Gabor Formulas. Technicalreport, 2004.

te05-3 [3651] V. N. Temlyakov. Greedy-type approximation in Banach spaces andapplications. Constructive Approximation, 21(2):257–292, 2005.

te00 [3652] N. Teofanov. Ultramodulation Spaces, Wilson Bases and Pseudodif-ferential Operators. PhD thesis, University of Novi Sad, 2000.

te05-1 [3653] N. Teofanov. Some Remarks on Ultra-Modulation Spaces. ESIpreprints, 2005.

te05-2 [3654] N. Teofanov. Ultradistributions and Time-Frequency Analysis. ESIpreprints, 2005.

te06-1 [3655] N. Teofanov. Convergence of multiresolution expansions in theSchwartz class. Math. Balk., New Ser., 20(1):101–111, 2006.

320

te06 [3656] N. Teofanov. Modulation spaces, Gelfand-Shilov spaces and pseudod-ifferential operators. Sampl. Theory Signal Image Process., 5(2):225–242, 2006.

te98 [3657] A. Teolis. Computational signal processing with wavelets. Birkhauser,Boston, 1998.

te89 [3658] A. F. M. ter Elst. Gevrey spaces related to Lie algebras of operators.PhD thesis, Tech. Univ. Eindhoven, 1989.

te91 [3659] A. F. M. ter Elst. On infinitely differentiable and Gevrey vectors forrepresentation. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 112(3):795–802, 1991.

te93 [3660] A. F. M. ter Elst. Gevrey spaces and their intersections. J. Aust.Math. Soc., Ser. A, 54(2):263–286, 1993.

teva89 [3661] A. F. M. ter Elst and S. J. L. van Eijndhoven. A Gevrey space char-acterization of certain Gelfand-Shilov spaces sspbetasbalpha. Indag.Math., 51(2):175–184, 1989.

te82 [3662] M. Terp. Interpolation spaces between a von Neumann algebra andits predual. J. Oper. Theory, 8:327–360, 1982.

te85 [3663] A. Terras. Harmonic analysis on symmetric spaces and applications.I. Springer, New York, 1985.

te88 [3664] A. Terras. Harmonic analysis on symmetric spaces and applications.II. Springer, Berlin, 1988.

te99 [3665] A. Terras. Fourier analysis on finite groups and applications., vol-ume 43 of London Mathematical Society Student Texts. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 1999.

te05 [3666] G. Teschke. Multi-Frames in Thresholding Iterations for NonlinearOperator Equations with Mixed Sparsity Constraints, 2005.

crte04 [3667] G. Teschke and L. Cruz Martin. A new method to reconstruct radarreflectivity and Doppler information. Technical report, 2004.

te72 [3668] U. B. Tewari. Isomorphisms of some convolution algebras and theirmultiplier algebras. Bull.Austr.Math.Soc., 7:321–335, 1972.

321

te76 [3669] U. B. Tewari. Multipliers of Segal algebras. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.,54:157–161, 1976.

mate84 [3670] U. B. Tewari and S. Madan. An harmonic analysis for operators: F.and M. Riesz. Illinois J. Math., 28(2):286–298, 1984.

sote92 [3671] U. B. Tewari and S. Somasundaram. Almost periodicity in operatoralgebras. Rend. Istit. Mat. Univ. Trieste, 24(1-2):39–54 (1994), 1992.

jote91 [3672] A. H. Tewfik and P. E. Jorgensen. On the choice of a wavelet forsignal coding and processing. pages 2025–2028, 1991.

th87 [3673] S. Thangavelu. Multipliers for Hermite expansions. Rev. Mat.Iberoam., 3(1):1–24, 1987.

th89 [3674] S. Thangavelu. Summability of Hermite expansions. I. Trans. Am.Math. Soc., 314(1):119–142, 1989.

th89-1 [3675] S. Thangavelu. Summability of Hermite expansions. II. Trans. Am.Math. Soc., 314(1):143–170, 1989.

th90-3 [3676] S. Thangavelu. Hermite expansions on bbfrsp2n for radial functions.Rev. Mat. Iberoam., 6:61–74, 1990.

th90-1 [3677] S. Thangavelu. Multipliers for the Weyl transform and Laguerre ex-pansions. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Math. Sci., 100(1):9–20, 1990.

th90-4 [3678] S. Thangavelu. On almost everywhere and mean convergence of Her-mite and Laguerre expansions. Colloq. Math., 60:21–34, 1990.

th90-2 [3679] S. Thangavelu. Some uncertainty inequalities. Proc. Indian Acad.Sci., Math. Sci., 100(2):137–145, 1990.

th90 [3680] S. Thangavelu. Summability of Laguerre expansions. Anal. Math.,16(4):303–315, 1990.

th91-2 [3681] S. Thangavelu. Restriction theorems for the Heisenberg group. J.Reine Angew. Math., 414:51–65, 1991.

th91-1 [3682] S. Thangavelu. Some restriction theorems for the Heisenberg group.Stud. Math., 99(1):11–21, 1991.

322

th91-3 [3683] S. Thangavelu. Spherical means on the Heisenberg group and a re-striction theorem for the symplectic Fourier transform. Rev. Mat.Iberoam., 7(2):135–155, 1991.

th91 [3684] S. Thangavelu. Weyl multipliers, Bochner-Riesz means and specialHermite expansions. Ark. Mat., 29(2):307–321, 1991.

th92 [3685] S. Thangavelu. Transplantation, summability and multipliers for mul-tiple Laguerre expansions. Tohoku Math. J., 44:279–298, 1992.

th93-4 [3686] S. Thangavelu. A note on a transplantation theorem of Kanjin andmultiple Laguerre expansions. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 119(4):1135–1143, 1993.

th93-3 [3687] S. Thangavelu. Hermite expansions on bbfrspn for radial functions.Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 118(4):1097–1102, 1993.

th93 [3688] S. Thangavelu. Lectures on Hermite and Laguerre expansions., vol-ume 42 of Mathematical Notes. Princeton University Press, Princeton,NJ, 1993.

th93-1 [3689] S. Thangavelu. On conjugate Poisson integrals and Riesz transformsfor the Hermite expansions. Colloq. Math., 64(1):103–113, 1993.

th93-2 [3690] S. Thangavelu. On regularity of twisted spherical means and specialHermite expansions. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Math. Sci., 103(3):303–320, 1993.

th98 [3691] S. Thangavelu. Harmonic analysis on the Heisenberg group., volume159 of Progress in Mathematics. Birkhauser, Boston, MA, 1998.

th98-1 [3692] S. Thangavelu. Hermite and special Hermite expansions revisited.Duke Math. J., 94(2):257–278, 1998.

th04-1 [3693] S. Thangavelu. An introduction to the uncertainty principle. Hardystheorem on Lie groups. With a foreword by Gerald B. Folland., volume217 of Progress in Mathematics. Birkhauser, Boston, MA, 2004.

th06-1 [3694] S. Thangavelu. Holomorphic Sobolev spaces associated to compactsymmetric spaces, 2006.

323

th04 [3695] N. T. Thao. Quasi-equivalent feedforward system in asymptotic /splSigma//spl Delta/ modulation. Circuits and Systems II: ExpressBriefs, IEEE Transactions on [see also Circuits and Systems II: Ana-log and Digital Signal Processing, IEEE Transactions on], 51(9):482–487, 2004.

th95 [3696] C. Thiele. Time-frequency analysis in the discrete phase plane. PhDthesis, 1995.

th06 [3697] C. Thiele. Wave packet analysis, volume 105 of CBMS RegionalConference Series in Mathematics. American Mathematical Society(AMS), Providence, RI, 2006.

fefeheloteth97 [3698] S. Thurner, S. Lowen, M. Feurstein, C. Heneghan, H. G. Feichtinger,and M. C. Teich. Analysis, Synthesis, and Estimation of Fractal-RateStochastic Point Processes. Phys. Rev. E, 5(4):565–595, 1997.

tiwa79 [3699] M.-L. Ting and H.-C. Wang. Homogeneous Banach spaces of locallyintegrable functions. Nanta Math., 12:62–70, 1979.

ti48 [3700] E. C. Titchmarsh. Indroduction to the theory of Fourier integrals.2nd. Edition. Clarendon Press., Oxford, 1948.

tj72 [3701] T. Tjur. On the mathematical foundations of probability. Instituteof Mathematical Statistics, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen,1972.

tj74 [3702] T. Tjur. Conditional probability distributions. Institute of Mathemat-ical Statistics, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, 1974.

to01 [3703] J. Toft. Subalgebras to a Wiener type algebra of pseudo-differentialoperators. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 51(5):1347–1383, 2001.

to04-3 [3704] J. Toft. Continuity properties for modulation spaces, with applica-tions to pseudo-differential calculus. I. J. Funct. Anal., 207(2):399–429, 2004.

to04-2 [3705] J. Toft. Continuity properties for modulation spaces, with applica-tions to pseudo-differential calculus. II. Ann. Global Anal. Geom.,26(1):73–106, 2004.

324

to04-1 [3706] J. Toft. Convolutions and embeddings for weighted modulationspaces. In Advances in pseudo-differential operators, volume 155 ofOper. Theory Adv. Appl., pages 165–186. Birkhauser, Basel, 2004.

chto97 [3707] J. Tolar and G. Chadzitaskos. Quantization on zm and coherent statesover zmtimeszm. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 30(7):2509–2517, 1997.

anto98 [3708] R. Tolimieri and M. An. Time-frequency representations. Birkhauser,Boston, 1998.

anluto97 [3709] R. Tolimieri, M. An, and C. Lu. Mathematics of MultidimensionalFourier Transform Algorithms. Springer, 1997.

orto95 [3710] R. Tolimieri and R. Orr. Poisson summation, the ambiguity func-tion, and the theory of Weyl–Heisenberg frames. J.Four. Anal. Appl.,1:233–247, 1995.

orto92 [3711] R. Tolimieri and R. S. Orr. Characterization of Weyl-Heisenbergframes via Poisson summation relationships. IEEE Trans. Inform.Theory, 4:277–280, 1992.

to76 [3712] G. P. Tolstov. Fourier series. Translated from the Russian by RichardA. Silverman. 2nd ed. Dover Publications Inc, New York, 1976.

gohalito05 [3713] S. Tomasin, A. Gorokhov, Haibing Yang, and J. P. Linnartz. It-erative interference cancellation and channel estimation for mobileOFDM. IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications, 4(1):238–245, January 2005.

to06 [3714] N. Tomita. Fractional integrals on modulation spaces. Math. Nachr.,279(5-6):672–680, 2006.

to79 [3715] B. J. Tomiuk. On someproperties of Segal algebras and their multi-pliers. Manuscripta Math., 27:1–18, 1979.

to83 [3716] B. J. Tomiuk. Arens regularity of conjugate Banach algebras withdense socle. The Rocky Mountain Journal of Mathematics, 13(1):117–124, 1983.

to73 [3717] A. Torchinsky. Singular integrals in the spaces lambda(B,X). Stud.Math., 47:165–190, 1973.

325

to86 [3718] A. Torchinsky. Real-variable methods in harmonic analysis. AcademicPress, Orlando etc., 1986.

to04 [3719] A. Torchinsky. Real-Variable Methods in Harmonic Analysis. DoverPublications Inc, 2004.

to91-2 [3720] J. L. Torrea. The work of Jos’e Luis Rubio de Francia. I. Publ. Mat.,Barc., 35(1):9–25, 1991.

to84 [3721] M. Torres. Amalgams of Lp and ellq. PhD thesis, McMaster Univer-sity, USA, 1984.

to91 [3722] R. H. Torres. Boundedness results for operators with singular kernelson distribution space. Marcel Dekker, New York, Basel, 1991.

to91-1 [3723] R. H. Torres. Spaces of sequences, sampling theorem, and functionsof exponential type. Stud. Math., 100(1):51–74, 1991.

to98 [3724] R. H. Torres. Mean oscillation of functions and the Paley-Wienerspace. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 4(3):283–297, 1998.

toXX [3725] M. Torres de Squire. Multipliers and Fourier multipliers for spaces instandard situation.

to87-1 [3726] M. Torres de Squire. Multipliers for amalgams and the algebra so(g).Canad. J. Math., 39:123–148, 1987.

to87 [3727] M. Torres de Squire. Resonance classes of measures. Int. J. Math.Math. Sci., 10:461–472, 1987.

to93 [3728] M. Torres de Squire. Multipliers from spaces of test functions toamalgams. J.Aust. Math. Soc., Ser.A, 54(1):97–110, 1993.

mito05 [3729] M. Torres Torriti and H. Michalska. A software package for Lie alge-braic computations. SIAM Rev., 47(4):722–745, 2005.

to00 [3730] B. Torresani. Time-frequency analysis, from geometry to signal pro-cessing. In Govaerts, Jan (ed.) et al., Contemporary problems inmathematical physics. Proceedings of the 1st international workshop,Cotonou, Republic of Benin, October 31-November 5, 1999. Singa-pore: World Scientific. 74-96. 2000.

326

towi05 [3731] A. Toselli and O. Widlund. Domain decomposition methods – algo-rithms and theory. Springer Series in Computational Mathematics34. Berlin: Springer. xv, 450 p. EUR 69.95/net and sFr 123.50 andsterling 54.00 and $ 89.95, 2005.

sttr00 [3732] B. Trebels and G. Steidl. Riesz bounds of Wilson bases generated byb-splines. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 6(2):171–184, 2000.

batr97 [3733] L. N. Trefethen and D. I. Bau. Numerical linear algebra. SIAM,Philadelphia, PA, 1997.

emtr05 [3734] L. N. Trefethen and M. Embree. Spectra and pseudospectra. The be-havior of nonnormal matrices and operators. Princeton UniversityPress, Princeton, NJ, 2005.

trvo97 [3735] S. Treil and A. Volberg. Continuous frame decomposition and a vec-tor Hunt-Muckenhoupt-Wheeden theorem. Ark. Mat., 35(2):363–386,1997.

trvo97-1 [3736] S. Treil and A. Volberg. Wavelets and the angle between past andfuture. J. Funct. Anal., 143(2):269–308, 1997.

tr97 [3737] K. Trenkwalder. Gabor Filter fur multiscale Texturanalyse. Master’sthesis, Technische Universtat Graz, March 1997.

tr67 [3738] F. Treves. Topological Vector Spaces, Distributions and Kernels.Number 25 in Pure Appl. Math. Academic Press, New York, 1967.

tr70 [3739] F. Treves. Local solvability in l2 of first order linear PDEs. Am. J.Math., 92:369–380, 1970.

tr75 [3740] F. Treves. Basic linear partial differential equations., volume 62. ofPure and Applied Mathematics. Academic Press, New York-San Fran-cisco London, 1975.

trXX [3741] H. Triebel. Monographs in Mathematics 100. Basel: Birkhauser. xii,426 p.

tr72 [3742] H. Triebel. Hohere Analysis. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wis-senschaften, Berlin, 1972.

327

tr77 [3743] H. Triebel. Fourier Analysis and Function Spaces. Selected topics. B.G. Teubner, Leipzig, 1977.

tr77-1 [3744] H. Triebel. General function spaces. I: decomposition methods. Math.Nachr., 79:167–179, 1977.

tr77-2 [3745] H. Triebel. General function spaces. II: Inequalities of Plancherel-Polya-Nikol’skij- type, lp-spaces of analytic functions, 0 < pleqinfty.J. Approximation Theory, 19:154–175, 1977.

tr77-3 [3746] H. Triebel. General function spaces. III: (Spaces bg(x)p, q andf g(x)p, q, 1 < p < infty: basic properties). Anal. Math., 3:221–249,1977.

tr77-4 [3747] H. Triebel. General function spaces. IV: (Spaces bg(x)p, q andf g(x)p, q, 1 < p < infty: special properties). Anal. Math., 3:299–315, 1977.

tr77-5 [3748] H. Triebel. Spaces of distributions with weights. Multipliers in lp-spaces with weights. Math. Nachr., 78:339–355, 1977.

tr78 [3749] H. Triebel. Spaces of Besov-Hardy-Sobolev type. B. G. Teubner,Leipzig, 1978.

tr79 [3750] H. Triebel. General function spaces. V: The spaces bg(x)p, q andf g(x)p, q: The case 0 < pleqinfty. Math. Nachr., 87:129–152, 1979.

tr81-1 [3751] H. Triebel. A remark on integral operators from the standpoint ofFourier analysis. In Approximation and function spaces, Proc. int.Conf., Gdansk 1979, 821-829. 1981.

tr81 [3752] H. Triebel. Analysis and mathematische Physik. B. G. Teubner,Leipzig, 1981.

tr81-2 [3753] H. Triebel. Mapping properties of abstract integral operators. Appli-cations. Beitr. Anal., 17:7–18, 1981.

tr83-1 [3754] H. Triebel. Modulation spaces on the Euclidean n-space. Zeitschr. f.Analysis u. Anw., 2(5):443–457, 1983.

tr83 [3755] H. Triebel. Theory of Function Spaces., volume 78 of Monographs inMathematics. Birkhauser, Basel, 1983.

328

tr88 [3756] H. Triebel. Characterizations of Besov-Hardy-Sobolev spaces: A uni-fied approach. J. Approximation Theory, 52(2):162–203, 1988.

tr89 [3757] H. Triebel. Local approximation spaces. Zeitschr. f. Analysis u. Anw.,8/Nr.8:261–288, 1989.

tr92 [3758] H. Triebel. Theory of Function Spaces II. Birkhauser, Basel, 1992.

tr95 [3759] H. Triebel. Interpolation theory, function spaces, differential opera-tors.2nd rev. a. enl. ed. Barth, Leipzig, 1995.

tr01 [3760] H. Triebel. The structure of functions. Birkhauser, Basel, 2001.

tr06 [3761] H. Triebel. Theory of Function Spaces III, volume 100 of Monographsin Mathematics. Birkhauser, 2006.

tr06-1 [3762] H. Triebel. Wavelets on domains, the extension problem. Technicalreport, 2006.

notr06 [3763] H. Triebel and E. Novak. Function Spaces in Lipschitz Domains andOptimal Rates of Convergence for Sampling. Constr. Approx., 23:325–350, 2006.

betr04 [3764] R. M. Trigub and E. S. Bellinsky. Fourier Analysis and Approxima-tion of Functions. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.

tr04 [3765] J. A. Tropp. Greed is good: Algorithmic results for sparse approxi-mation. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, 50(10):2231–2242, 2004.

tr04-1 [3766] J. A. Tropp. Topics in sparse approximation. PhD thesis, 2004.

tr06-2 [3767] J. A. Tropp. Random subdictionairies of general dictionairies.preprint, 2006.

gisttr06 [3768] J. A. Tropp, A. C. Gilbert, and M. J. Strauss. Algorithms for si-multaneous sparse approximation: part I: Greedy pursuit. SignalProcessing, 86(3):572 – 588, 2006.

gisttr06-1 [3769] J. A. Tropp, A. C. Gilbert, and M. J. Strauss. Algorithms for si-multaneous sparse approximation: part II: Convex relaxation. SignalProcessing, 86(3):589 – 602, 2006.

329

tr05 [3770] M. TROTT. The Mathematica GuideBook for Numerics. Springer,2005.

tr81-3 [3771] M. R. Trummer. Reconstructing pictures from projections: On theconvergence of the ART algorithm with relaxation. Computing,26:189–196, 1981.

tr84 [3772] M. R. Trummer. A note on the ART of relaxation. Computing,33:349–352, 1984.

ts00 [3773] T. Tschurtschenthaler. The Gabor Frame Operator (its Structure andnumerical Consequences). Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 2000.

hatu01 [3774] M. Tuchler and J. Hagenauer. Linear time and frequency domainturbo equalization. In Vehicular Technology Conference, 2001. VTC2001 Fall. IEEE VTS 54th, volume 4, pages 2773–2777, Atlantic City,NJ, 2001.

tu95 [3775] A. Turk. Constructing Wavelets from a Multiresolution Analysis.Master’s thesis, 1995.

tu74 [3776] P. R. Turner. Convolution in the duals of function spaces with oper-ators. J. Lond. Math. Soc., II. Ser., 8:587–592, 1974.

ty03-1 [3777] J. Tyson. Operator-Schmidt decomposition of the quantum Fouriertransform on bbfcn

1otimesbbfcn2 . J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 36(24):6813–

6819, 2003.

ty03 [3778] A. Tyurin. Quantization, classical and quantum field theory and thetafunctions. CRM Monograph Series 21. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society (AMS). xii, 2003.

ub95 [3779] C. Uberhuber. Computer-Numerik. Bd. 1. (Computer numerics. I.).Springer, Berlin, 1995.

ub95-1 [3780] C. Uberhuber. Computer-Numerik. Bd. 2. (Computer numerics. II.).Springer, Berlin, 1995.

uc01 [3781] A. Uchiyama. Hardy spaces on the Euclidean space. Springer, Berlin,2001.

330

ucwi83 [3782] A. Uchiyama and J. M. Wilson. Approximate identities and h1(r).Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 88:53–58, 1983.

ud05-1 [3783] Z. Udovicic. Determination of the Threshold of Compression inWavelet Transform with Haars Coefficients. In Proceedings of ICAT2005, 2005.

ud05 [3784] Z. Udovicic. Numerical Stability of a Class (of systems) of NonlinearEquations. Matematicki Vesnik, 1(57):27–33, 2005.

ud06-1 [3785] Z. Udovicic. Some Modifications of the Trapezoidal Rule. SarajevoJournal of Mathematics, 2(15), 2006.

ud06 [3786] Z. Udovicic. The Threshold of Compression in Wavelet Transformwith Haars Coefficients Numerical Examples. Springer, 2006.

kaprue05 [3787] C. Ueberhuber, S. Katzenbeisser, and D. Praetorius. MATLAB 7(eine einfuehrung). Springer-Verlag, Wien, Austria, 2005.

un74 [3788] K. R. Unni. A note on multipliers on a Segal algebra. Stud. Math.,49:125–127, 1974.

unze98 [3789] M. Unser and J. Zerubia. A generalized sampling theory withoutband-limiting constraints. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst., II, AnalogDigit. Signal Process., 45(8):959–969, 1998.

allaun03 [3790] M. A. Unser, A. Aldroubi, and A. F. Laine. Wavelets: Applications inSignal and Image Processing. Proceedings of SPIE, San Diego, 2003.

un79 [3791] A. Unterberger. Oscillateur harmonique et op’erateurs pseudo-diff’erentiels. Ann. Inst. Fourier, 29(3):201–221, 1979.

un06 [3792] A. Unterberger. The fourfold way in real analysis. An alternative tothe metaplectic representation., volume 250 of Progress in Mathemat-ics. Birkhauser, Basel, 2006.

up77 [3793] C. J. Upton. On classes of continous almost periodic functions. Proc.London Math. Soc., 3(35):159–179, 1977.

up56 [3794] C. J. F. Upton. Riesz almost periodicity. J. London Math. Soc.,31:407–426, 1956.

331

up72 [3795] C. J. F. Upton. On extensions of inequalities of Kolmogoroff andothers and some. Glasg. Math. J., 13:1–16, 1972.

ur95 [3796] K. Urban. On divergence-free wavelets. Adv. Comput. Math., 4(1-2):51–81, 1995.

va87 [3797] P. P. Vaidyanathan. Theory and design of M-channel maximally deci-mated quadrature mirror filters with arbitrary M, having the perfect-reconstruction property. IEEE Trans. Acoust. Speech Signal Process.,35:476–492, 1987. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in Wavelet The-ory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

va86 [3798] J. van de Lune. An introduction to Tauberian theory: from Tauber toWiener. CWI Syllabus 12. Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica.Amsterdam: Mathematisch Centrum. III, 102 p. Dfl. 16.50, 1986.

va02 [3799] D. Van De Ville. Linear, non-linear, and fuzzy logic based image-resampling techniques. Ghent University Architectual and Engineer-ing Press, Belgium, 2002.

brdijava05 [3800] C. van der Avoort, J. J. M. Braat, P. Dirksen, and A. J. E. M. Janssen.Aberration retrieval from the intensity point-spread function in thefocal region using the extended Nijboer — Zernike approach. J. Mod.Opt., 52(12):1695–1728, 2005.

vawe96 [3801] A. W. Van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner. Weak convergence andempirical processes. Springer-Verlag, 1996.

va66 [3802] B. L. van der Waerden. Algebra. Springer, 1966.

havava00 [3803] P. M. Van Dooren, A. Hadjidimos, and H. A. Van der Vorst. Nu-merical analysis 2000. (In 7 vols.) Vol. 3: Linear algebra - linear sys-tems and eigenvalues. Repr. from the Journal of Computational andApplied Mathematics 123, No. 1-2 (2000). North-Holland/ Elsevier,Amsterdam, 2000.

depava83 [3804] S. J. L. van Eijndhoven, J. de Graaf, and R. S. Pathak. A character-ization of the spaces sspk/k + 1sb1, k + 1 by means of holomorphicsemigroups. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 14:1180–1186, 1983.

332

va34 [3805] E. R. van Kampen. Locally compact Abelian groups. Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA, 20:434–436, 1934.

va36 [3806] E. R. van Kampen. Almost periodic functions and compact groups.1936.

bava00 [3807] A. J. van Leest and M. J. Bastiaans. Gabor’s signal expansion andthe Gabor transform on a non-separable time-frequency lattice. J.Franklin Inst., 337(4):291–301, 2000.

va92 [3808] C. F. Van Loan. Computational frameworks for the fast Fourier trans-form. SIAM, Phiadelphia, PA, 1992.

bogava05 [3809] P. Vandergheynst, I. Bogdanova, and J.-P. Gazeau. Continuouswavelet transforms on the hyperboloid, 2005.

gosmva97 [3810] V. Vapnik, S. Golowich, and A. Smola. Support vector method forfunction approximation, regression estimation, and signal processing.In M. Mozer, M. Jordan, and T. Petsche, editors, Advances in NeuralInformation Processing Systems 9, pages 281–287, Cambridge, MA,1997. MIT Press.

va95 [3811] V. N. Vapnik. The nature of statistical learning theory. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995.

va98 [3812] V. N. Vapnik. Statistical learning theory. Adaptive and LearningSystems for Signal Processing, Communications, and Control. Wiley,Chichester, 1998.

va00 [3813] V. N. Vapnik. The nature of statistical learning theory. Statistics forEngineering and Information Science. Springer, New York, NY, 2nded. edition, 2000.

jave87 [3814] R. N. J. Veldhuis and A. J. E. M. Janssen. Adaptive restoration of un-known samples in certain discrete-time signals; mathematical aspects.In Proceedings of the first international conference on industrial andapplied mathematics (ICIAM 87) (Paris, 1987), volume 36 of CWITract, pages 235–255, Amsterdam, 1987. Math. Centrum CentrumWisk. Inform.

333

ve86 [3815] M. Vetterli. Filter banks allowing perfect reconstruction. Signal Pro-cess., 10:219–244, 1986. reprinted in ’Fundamental Papers in WaveletTheory’ Heil, Christopher and Walnut, David F.(2006).

kove95 [3816] M. Vetterli and J. Kovacevic. Wavelets and subband coding. PrenticeHall, Hemel Hempstead, 1995.

flprteve86 [3817] W. T. Vetterling, S. A. Teukolsky, W. H. Press, and B. P. Flan-nery. Numerical recipes. Example book (Pascal). Cambridge Univer-sity Press, Cambridge, 1986.

flprteve92-1 [3818] W. T. Vetterling, S. A. Teukolsky, W. H. Press, and B. P. Flan-nery. Numerical recipes example book (C).2. ed. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1992.

scvi05 [3819] Viet Ha Hoang and C. Schwab. High-dimensional finite elementsfor elliptic problems with multiple scales. Multiscale Model. Simul.,3(1):168–194, 2005.

shvi06 [3820] K. B. Vinay and B. S. Shreyas. Face recognition using Gabor wavelets,2006.

anviwa04 [3821] R. Vio, P. Andreani, and W. Wamsteker. Some good reasons touse matched filters for the detection of point sources in CMB maps.Astron. Astrophys., 414:17–21, 2004.

viwa02 [3822] R. Vio and W. Wamsteker. Joint Time-Frequency Analysis: A toolfor exploratory analysis and filtering of non-stationary time series.Astron. Astrophys., 388:1124–1138, 2002.

nateviwa04 [3823] R. Vio, W. Wamsteker, J. Nagy, and L. Tenorio. A simple but efficientalgorithm for multiple-image deblurring. Astron. Astrophys., 416:403–410, 2004.

vl79 [3824] V. S. Vladimirov. Generalized functions in mathematical physics.Transl. from the 2nd Russian edition by G. Yankovskij. Moscow:Mir Publishers. 362 p. R. 2.35, 1979.

drvlza88 [3825] V. S. Vladimirov, Y. N. Drozzinov, and B. I. Zavialov. Tauberiantheorems for generalized functions, volume 10 of Mathematics andits Applications (Soviet Series). Kluwer Academic Publishers Group,1988. available in FB Astronomie Wien.

334

drvo00 [3826] R. H. Vollmerhausen and R. G. Driggers. Analysis of sampled imagingsystems. SPIE Optical Engineering Press, Bellingham, WA, 2000.

vo50 [3827] J. von Neumann. Functional operators. Vol. I.: Measures and inte-grals., volume 21 of Annals of Mathematics Studies. Princeton Uni-versity Press, Princeton, 1950.

vo50-1 [3828] J. von Neumann. Functional operators. Vol. II. The geometry of or-thogonal spaces., volume 22 of Annals of Mathematics Studies. Prince-ton University Press, Princeton, 1950.

vo55 [3829] J. von Neumann. Mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics.,volume 2 of Investigations in Physics. Princeton University Press,Princeton, Translated from the German edition by Robert T. Beyer.edition, 1955.

vo96 [3830] J. von Neumann. Mathematische Grundlagen der Quantenmechanik.(Mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics). Springer, Berlin,2. Aufl. edition, 1996.

vo99 [3831] J. von Neumann. Invariant measures. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society (AMS). xiv, 1999.

vo79 [3832] B. von Querenburg. Mengentheoretische Topologie. 2., neubearb. u.erw. Aufl. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1979.

vo01 [3833] B. von Querenburg. Mengentheoretische Topologie. 3., neu bearbeiteteund erweiterte Aufl. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

vo92 [3834] A. Vourdas. Analytic representations in the unit disk and applicationsto phase states and squeezing. Phys. Rev. A, 45(3):1943–1950, 1992.

vo97 [3835] A. Vourdas. Phase space methods for finite quantum systems. Rep.Math. Phys., 40(2):367–371, 1997.

vo01-1 [3836] A. Vourdas. Quantum systems with finite Hilbert space and Cheby-shev polynomials. In Proceedings of the Fifth International Sympo-sium on Orthogonal, volume 133, pages 657–664, 2001.

vo03 [3837] A. Vourdas. Factorization in finite quantum systems. J. Phys. A,36(20):5645–5653, 2003.

335

vo04 [3838] A. Vourdas. Symplectically entangled states and their applications tocoding. J. Phys. A, 37(9):3305–3319, 2004.

vo05 [3839] A. Vourdas. Galois quantum systems. J. Phys. A, 38(39):8453–8471,2005.

vo06 [3840] A. Vourdas. Analytic representations in quantum mechanics. J. Phys.A, Math. Gen., 39:R65–R141, 2006.

vr95 [3841] F. Vrabec. Eigenwerte und Eigenraume allgemeiner diskreter Fouri-ertransformationen. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, August1995.

vr03 [3842] A. Vretblad. Fourier Analysis and Its Applications. Springer-Verlag,NY, 2003.

vu03 [3843] J. M. Vuletich. Orthonormal bases and tilings of the time-frequencyplane for music processing. In M. A. Unser, A. Aldroubi, and A. F.Laine, editors, Wavelets: Applications in Signal and Image ProcessingX, volume 5207 of Proceedings of SPIE, pages 784–793, 2003.

wa05 [3844] P. Wahlberg. The random Wigner distribution of Gaussian stochasticprocesses with covariance in s0(mathbbr2d). J. Funct. Spaces Appl.,3(2):163–181, 2005.

wa04 [3845] P. Wahlberg. Regularization of kernels for estimation of theWigner spectrum of Gaussian stochastic processes with covariancein s0(mathbbr2d). 2006.

wa06 [3846] P. Wahlberg. The Wigner distribution of Gaussian weakly harmoniz-able stochastic processes. In P. Boggiatto and et al., editors, Pseudo-differential operators and related topics. Papers based on lectures givenat the international conference, Vaxjo University, Sweden, June 22 toJune 25, 2005., volume 164 of Operator Theory: Advances and Appli-cations, pages 211–226, Basel, 2006. Birkhauser.

wa06-1 [3847] P. Wahlberg. Vector-valued modulation spaces and localization op-erators with operator-valued symbols, 2006.

hawa04 [3848] P. Wahlberg and M. Hansson. Kernels and multiple windows for es-timation of the Wigner-Ville spectrum of Gaussian locally stationaryprocesses. 2006.

336

wa03 [3849] S. Waldron. Generalized Welch bound equality sequences are tightframes. IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 49(9):2307–2309, 2003.

wa91 [3850] J. S. Walker. Fast Fourier transforms. With floppy disc. CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 1991.

wa99 [3851] J. S. Walker. A primer on wavelets and their scientific applications.Studies in Advanced Mathematics. Boca Raton, FL: Chapman &Hall/CRC. 155 p. $ 39.95 and sterling 30.00 and DM 78.00 and oS570.00 and sFr. 71.00, 1999.

wa61 [3852] G. E. Wall. Some applications of the Eulerian functions of a finitegroup. J. Aust. Math. Soc., 2:35–59, 1961.

wa77-1 [3853] N. Wallach. Symplectic Geometry and Fourier analysis, volume 5 ofLie Groups: History, Frontiers, and Applications. Math Sci Press,Brookline, MA, 1977.

wa00 [3854] P. J. Walmsley. Signal Separation of Musical Instruments. Simulation-based methods for musical signal decomposition and transcription.PhD thesis, 2000.

wa89 [3855] D. Walnut. Weyl-Heisenberg wavelet expansions: Existence and sta-bility in weighted spaces. PhD thesis, University of Maryland, CollegePark, College Park, MD, 1989.

wa05-1 [3856] D. Walnut. Sampling and local deconvolution. In Harmonic anal-ysis, signal processing, and complexity. Festschrift in honor of the60th birthday of Carlos A. Berenstein. Papers from the conferencein Berenstein’s honor held at George Mason University, Fairfax, VA,USA, May 17–20, 2004.

sastwa05[3316], pages 97–110.

wa92 [3857] D. F. Walnut. Continuity properties of the Gabor frame operator. J.Math. Anal. Appl., 165(2):479–504, 1992.

wa93 [3858] D. F. Walnut. Lattice size estimates for Gabor decompositions.Monatsh. Math., 115(3):245–256, 1993.

wa02 [3859] D. F. Walnut. An introduction to wavelet analysis. Birkhauser, 2002.

wa92-1 [3860] G. G. Walter. A sampling theorem for wavelet subspaces. IEEETrans. Inform. Theory, 38:881–884, 1992.

337

wa94 [3861] G. G. Walter. Wavelets and other orthogonal systems with applica-tions. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1994.

shwa04 [3862] G. G. Walter and X. Shen. Wavelets based on prolate spheroidal wavefunctions. J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 10(1):1–26, 2004.

wa85 [3863] R. Walter. Lineare Algebra und analytische Geometrie. Vieweg,Braunschweig, Wiesbaden, 1985.

wa77 [3864] H.-c. Wang. Homogeneous Banach algebras. Marcel Dekker, NewYork, Basel, 1977.

wa78 [3865] H.-C. Wang. A note on Segal algebras on Euclidean spaces. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 72:513–518, 1978.

wa01 [3866] H. P. Wang. Average widths for Sobolev-Wiener classes with mixedsmoothness in lq(bbfrd). Acta Math. Sin., Engl. Ser., 17(2):305–312,2001.

wa65 [3867] J. K. Wang. Lectures on Banach Algebras. 1965.

howa00 [3868] X. Wang and A. Host Madsen. Advanced signal processing for wire-less multimedia communications. In Proceedings. International Con-ference on Information Technology: Coding and Computing, 2000.,pages 109–114. IEEE, 2000.

wa95-2 [3869] Y. Wang. Two-scale dilation equations and the cascade algorithm.Random Comput. Dyn., 3(4):289–307, 1995.

wa04-1 [3870] Y. Wang. Sparse complete Gabor systems on a lattice. Appl. Comput.Harmon. Anal., 16(1):60–67, 2004.

waXX [3871] J. Ward. Characterizion of homogeneous spaces and their norms.Pacific J. Math.

wa82-1 [3872] J. Ward. Ideal structure of operator and measure algebras. Monatsh.Math., 95:159–172, 1982.

wa80 [3873] J. A. Ward. Banach spaces of pseudomeasures on compact groups withemphasis on homogeneous spaces. Bull. Austr. Math. Soc., 22:155–157, 1980.

338

wa82 [3874] J. A. Ward. Weighted algebras of integrable functions. Res. Math.,5:199–207, 1982.

wa87 [3875] J. A. Ward. Homogeneous Banach spaces of type C. In Harmonicanalysis and operator algebras, Miniconf. Canberra/Aust. 1987, vol-ume 15 of Proc. Cent. Math. Anal. Aust. Natl. Univ., pages 279–291.1987.

an98-1 [3876] A. F. Ware. Fast Approximate Fourier Transforms for IrregularlySpaced Data. SIAM Rev., 40:838 – 856, 1998.

wa98 [3877] A. F. Ware. Fast approximate Fourier transforms for irregularlyspaced data. SIAM Rev., 40(4):838–856, 1998.

wa66 [3878] C. R. Warner. Closed ideals in the group algebra l1(g)capl2(g). Trans.Amer. Math. Soc., 121:408–423, 1966.

wa72 [3879] G. Warner. Harmonic analysis on semi-simple Lie groups I. DieGrundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften. Band 188. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. XVI, 529 p. Cloth DM 98.00and $ 31.10, 1972.

wa72-1 [3880] G. Warner. Harmonic analysis on semi-simple Lie groups II. DieGrundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften. Band 189. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. VIII, 491 p. Cloth DM 98.00and $ 31.10, 1972.

wa95-1 [3881] F. Watbled. Interpolation complexe d’un espace de Banach et de sonantidual. (Complex interpolation of a Banach space with its antidual).C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Serie I, 321:1437–1440, 1995.

wa95 [3882] G. N. Watson. A treatise on the theory of Bessel functions. CambridgeMathematical Library. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1995.Reprint of the second (1944) edition.

bafowa01 [3883] L. T. Watson, M. Bartholomew Biggs, and J. A. Ford. Numericalanalysis 2000. (In 7 vols.) Vol. 4: Optimization and nonlinear equa-tions. Repr. from the Journal of Computational and Applied Math-ematics 124, No. 1-2 (2000). North-Holland/ Elsevier, Amsterdam,2001.

339

we01 [3884] N. Weaver. Mathematical quantization. Chapman & Hall/ CRC, FL,2001.

we04 [3885] E. Weber. Orthogonal frames of translates. Appl. Comput. Harmon.Anal., 17(1):69–90, 2004.

we40 [3886] A. Weil. L’integration dans les groupes topologiques et ses applica-tions. Hermann and Cie, Paris, 1940.

we64 [3887] A. Weil. Sur certains groupes d’operateurs unitaires. Acta Math.,111:143–211, 1964.

we93 [3888] A. Weil. Lehr- und Wanderjahre eines Mathematikers. Aus demFranzosischen ubersetzt von Theresia Ubelhor. (Years of apprentice-ship and of travel of a mathematician. Transl. from the French byTheresia Ubelhor). Birkhauser, Basel, 1993.

cowe76 [3889] O. Weingartner and F. Constantinescu. Der Satz von Bochner-Schwartz fur Ultradistributionen. Math. Z., 147:175–180, 1976.

we77 [3890] A. Weinstein. Lectures on symplectic manifolds. Conference Board ofthe Mathematical Sciences Regional Conference Series in Mathemat-ics. No.29. Providence, R. I.: American Mathematical Society (AMS).V, 1977.

we94-1 [3891] L. G. Weiss. Wavelets and wideband correlation processing. IEEESignal Processing Magazine, 11(1):13–32, January 1994.

we94 [3892] F. Weisz. Martingale Hardy spaces and their applications in Fourieranalysis. Springer, Berlin, 1994.

we01-1 [3893] F. Weisz. Several dimensional theta-summability and Hardy spaces.Math. Nachr., 230:159–180, 2001.

we02 [3894] F. Weisz. Summability of Multi-Dimensional Fourier Series andHardy Spaces. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, The Nether-lands, 2002.

we51 [3895] J. G. Wendel. On isometric isomorphisms of group algebras. PacificJ. Math., 1:305–311, 1951.

340

we52 [3896] J. G. Wendel. Left centralizers and isomorphisms of group algebras.Pacific J. Math., 2:251–261, 1952.

we05-1 [3897] H. Wendland. Scattered data approximation. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 2005.

we98 [3898] A. Wenth. Bearbeitung und Visualisierung ausgewahlter Kapitel derlinearen, analytischen Geometrie mit dem Softwarepaket MATLAB.Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, 1998.

hewe90 [3899] H. Wenzel and G. Heinrich. ubungsaufgaben zur Analysis 2. (Exercisesin analysis 2). 4. Aufl. B. G. Teubner, Leipzig, 1990.

we54 [3900] J. Wermer. On a class of normed rings. Ark. f. Mat., 2:537–551, 1954.

we74 [3901] J. Wermer. Potential theory. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. 408.Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. VIII, 166 p. DM 21.50and $ 12.70, 1974.

we02-2 [3902] D. Werner. Functional analysis. (Funktionalanalysis) 5., erweiterteAufl. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2002.

t.99 [3903] T. Werther. Reconstruction from Irregular Samples with ImprovedLocality. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna, December 1999.

we03 [3904] T. Werther. Characterization of semi-Hilbert Spaces with Applica-tion in Scattered Data Interpolation. In Cohen A, J.-L. Merrien,and L. Schumaker, editors, Curve and Surface Fitting, pages 374–383.Brenwood Nashboro Press, 2003.

we03-1 [3905] T. Werther. Optimal Interpolation in Semi-Hilbert Spaces. PhD thesis,October 2003.

we05 [3906] T. Werther. Optimal Multivariate Interpolation. In A. Iske andT. Randen, editors, Mathematical Methods and Modeling in Hydr-carbon Exploration and Production, Mathematics and Industry, pages385–404. Springer-Verlag, 2005.

elsuwe05 [3907] T. Werther, Y. C. Eldar, and N. K. Subbana. Dual Gabor Frames:Theory and Computational Aspects. IEEE Trans. Signal Processing,53(11), 2005.

341

elmasuweXX [3908] T. Werther, E. Matusiak, Y. C. Eldar, and N. K. Subbana. A UnifiedApproach to Dual Gabor Windows. IEEE Signal Processing Maga-zine. preprint.

rawe90 [3909] J. Wexler and S. Raz. Discrete Gabor expansions. Signal Proc.,21:207–220, 1990.

we28 [3910] H. Weyl. Gruppentheorie und Quantenmechanik. S. Hirzel, Leipzig,1928.

whzy77 [3911] R. L. Wheeden and A. Zygmund. Measure and integral. An introduc-tion to real analysis. Marcel Dekker, New York, Basel, 1977.

wh00 [3912] P. Whittle. Probability via expectation. 4th ed. Springer Texts inStatistics. New York, NY: Springer. xxi and oS 942.00 and sFr 117.50and sterling 44.50 and $ 69.95, 2000.

mavaviwi06 [3913] Y. Wiaux, P. Vielva, E. Martinez Gonzalez, and P. Vandergheynst.Global Universe Anisotropy Probed by the Alignment of Structuresin the Cosmic Microwave Background. Phys. Rev. Lett., 96:1513031–4, 2006.

wi94 [3914] M. V. Wickerhauser. Adapted wavelet analysis from theory to software.Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, MA, 1994.

wi96 [3915] M. V. Wickerhauser. Adaptive Wavelet-Analysis: Theorie und Soft-ware. Aus dem Amerik. ubers. von Kurt Jetter. (Adapted wavelet anal-ysis from theory to software). Vieweg, Wiesbaden, 1996.

wi04 [3916] M. V. Wickerhauser. Mathematics for Multimedia. Academic Press,2004.

peswszwi04 [3917] M. V. Wickerhauser, H. Szu, B. A. Pearlmutter, and W. Sweldens. In-dependent Component Analyses, Wavelets, Unsupervised Smart Sen-sors, and Neural Networks II, 5439 Proceedings of SPIE. SPIE OpticalEngineering Press, 2004.

bowi02 [3918] S. Wickramasekara and A. Bohm. Symmetry representations in therigged Hilbert space formulation of quantum mechanics. J. Phys. A,Math. Gen., 35(3):807–829, 2002.

342

bowi03 [3919] S. Wickramasekara and A. Bohm. Representation of semigroups inrigged Hilbert spaces: subsemigroups of the Weyl-Heisenberg group.J. Math. Phys., 44(2):930–942, 2003.

wi71 [3920] D. V. Widder. An introduction to transform theory. Academic Press,York-London, 1971.

wi69 [3921] H. Widom. Lectures on Integral Equations. 1969.

wi78-1 [3922] H. Widom. Families of pseudodifferential operators. In Topics in func-tional analysis. Essays dedic. M. G. Krein, volume 3 of Adv. Math.,Suppl. Stud., pages 345–395. 1978.

jowi05 [3923] R. Wienands and W. Joppich. Practical Fourier analysis for multigridmethods. With CD-ROM. Numerical Insights 4. Boca Raton, FL:Chapmaqn and Hall/CRC. xvi, 2005.

wi24 [3924] N. Wiener. The quadratic variation of a function and its Fouriercoefficients. J. Math. Phys., 3:72–94, 1924.

wi26 [3925] N. Wiener. On the representation of functions by trigonometric inte-grals. Math. Z., 24:575–616, 1926. according to Stewart: linfty(L2).

wi32 [3926] N. Wiener. Tauberian theorems. Ann. of Math., 33:1–100, 1932.l1(Linfty), linfty(L1) on the real line.

wi33 [3927] N. Wiener. The Fourier Integral and certain of its Applications. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1933.

wi58 [3928] N. Wiener. The Fourier integral and certain of its applications. DoverPublications Inc, New York, 1958.

wi64-1 [3929] N. Wiener. Selected papers of Norbert Wiener including generalizedharmonic analysis and Tauberian theorems. Cambridge, Mass.: Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology. IX, 1964.

wi64 [3930] N. Wiener. Tauberian theorems. MIT Press, pages 143–242, 1964.Reprinting of Wieners 1932 Acta Paper.

wi66 [3931] N. Wiener. Generalized Harmonic Analysis and Tauberian Theorems.The MIT Press, 1966. Reprint of Acta Math. 55 (1930), 117-258, andAnn. of Math. 33 (1932), 1-100.

343

wi76-1 [3932] N. Wiener. Collected works with commentaries. Vol. I: Mathematicalphilosophy and foundations; Potential theory; Brownian movement,Wiener integrals, ergodic and chaos theories, turbulence and statisticalmechanics. Edited by P. Masani. Mathematicians of Our Time. Vol.10. Cambridge, Mass. - London: The MIT Press. X, 1976.

wi79 [3933] N. Wiener. Collected works with commentaries. Volume II: General-ized harmonic analysis and Tauberian theory; classical harmonic andcomplex analysis. Ed. by Pesi Rustom Masani. Mathematicians ofOur Time, Vol. 15. Cambridge, 1979.

wi81 [3934] N. Wiener. Collected works with commentaries. Vol. III: The Hopf-Wiener integral equation; prediction and filtering; quantum mechanicsand relativity; miscellaneous mathematical papers. Mathematicians ofOur Time, 20. Cambridge and London: The MIT Press. XIII, 753 p.sterling 35.00, 1981.

wi85-1 [3935] N. Wiener. Collected works with commentaries. Vol. IV: Cybernetics,science, and society; ethics, aesthetics, and literary criticism; bookreviews and obituaries. Ed. and with an introduction by P. Masani.Mathematicians of Our Time, 23. Cambridge and $ 70.00, 1985.

wi02 [3936] H. Wiese. Entscheidungs- und Spieltheorie. (Decision and game the-ory). Springer, Berlin, 2002.

wi06 [3937] M. Wild. Characterizing Discrete-Time Function Spaces. PhD thesis,2006.

wi05 [3938] N. J. Wildberger. Weyl quantization and a symbol calculus for abeliangroups. J. Aust. Math. Soc., 78(3):323–338, 2005.

wi74 [3939] D. Wildfogel. Double algebras, Segal algebras and spectral synthesis.Bull. Inst. Math., Acad. Sin., 2:241–254, 1974.

wi78 [3940] R. G. Wiley. Recovery of bandlimited signals from unequally spacedsamples. IEEE Trans. Commun., 26:135–137, 1978.

wi02-1 [3941] M. Wilhelm. Fourier-transform rheology. Macromol. Mater. Eng.,287(2):83–105, 2002.

344

wi76 [3942] F. Wille. Analysis. Eine anwendungsbezogene Einfuhrung. B. G. Teub-ner, Stuttgart, 1976.

wi93 [3943] B. Willems. Phases de FBI de seconde espece adaptees au conormal341; l’origine. (FBI phase functions of the second kind adapted to theconormal bundle to the origin). Bull. Soc. Roy. Sci. Li‘ege, 62(4):165–178, 1993.

wi99 [3944] E. G. Williams. Fourier Acoustics: Sound Radiation and NearfieldAcoustical Holography. Academic Press, 1999.

wi95 [3945] J. M. Williams. Style, Toward Clarity and Grace. The University ofChicago Press, 1995.

wi36 [3946] J. Williamson. On the algebraic problem concerning the normal formsof linear dynamical systems. Amer. J. Math., 58:141–163, 1936.

wi63 [3947] J. Williamson. On the Algebraic Problem Concerning the NormalForms. Amer. J. Math., 58(1):141–163, 1963.

wi92-1 [3948] G. Willis. Examples of factorization without bounded approximateunits. Proc. Lond. Math. Soc., III. Ser., 64(3):602–624, 1992.

wi87 [3949] K. G. Wilson. Generalized Wannier functions, 1987.

wi92 [3950] D. J. Wingham. The reconstruction of a band-limited function andits Fourier transform from a finite number of samples at arbitrarylocations by singular value decomposition. IEEE Trans. Signal Pro-cessing, 40(3):559–570, 1992.

wi03 [3951] G. Winkler. Image analysis, random fields and Markov chain MonteCarlo methods. A mathematical introdution. Springer-Verlag, Berlin,2003.

wi98 [3952] P. Winkler. Endliche Korper. Master’s thesis, University of Vienna,1998.

nawiXX [3953] J. M. Winograd and H. Nawab. Incremental refinement of DFT andSTFT approximations. IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 2(2):25–27.

345

nawi95 [3954] J. M. Winograd and H. Nawab. Incremental refinement of DFT andSTFT approximations. IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 2(2):25–27,1995.

wi85 [3955] N. Wirth. Programmieren in Modula-2. ubers. aus dem Engl. vonGuido Pfeiffer. (Programming in Modula-2). Springer, 1985.

wo01 [3956] P. Wojdyllo. Gabor and wavelet frames. Geometry and Applications.PhD thesis, 2001.

wo01-1 [3957] P. Wojdyllo. Uncoditional basis in Bargmann space – new proof ofGrochenig-Walnut theorem. Math. Nachr., 221:169–181, 2001.

wo02-1 [3958] P. Wojdyllo. Modified Wilson orthonormal bases. Sampl. TheorySignal Image Process., 1(1):0–50, 2002.

wo05 [3959] P. Wojdyllo. Abstract Wilson Systems. Part I: Theory. ESI preprints,2005.

wo06 [3960] P. Wojdyllo. Generalizations of Wilson systems: tight frames, 2006.

wo97 [3961] P. Wojtaszczyk. A Mathematical Introduction to Wavelets. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 1997.

wo03 [3962] T. Wolff. Lectures on Harmonic Analysis. American MathematicalSociety, 2003.

dawo00 [3963] H. Wolter and B. I. Dahn. Analysis individuell. Kompakt zumPrufungserfolg. Mit CD-ROM und Online Konponente. (Analysis in-dividual. Compact to a successfully examen). Springer, Berlin, 2000.

kywoyo99 [3964] G. J. Won, H. C. Kyung, and S. C. Yong. An equalization tech-nique for orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing systems in time-variant multipath channels. IEEE Transactions on Communications,47(1):27–32, 1999.

hawo84 [3965] E. Wong and B. Hajek. Stochastic Processes in Engineering Systems.Springer Texts in Electrical Engineering. Springer, New York, 1984.

wo81 [3966] M. W. Wong. lspp−spectra of strongly Carleman pseudo-differentialoperators. J. Funct. Anal., 44:163–173, 1981.

346

wo91 [3967] M. W. Wong. An introduction to pseudo-differential operators. WorldScientific, Singapore, 1991.

wo98 [3968] M. W. Wong. Weyl Transforms. Universitext. Springer, New York,1998.

wo99 [3969] M. W. Wong. Localization operators. Seoul National University, Seol,1999.

wo02 [3970] M.-W. Wong. Wavelet transforms and localization operators. Opera-tor Theory: Advances and Applications. 136. Basel: Birkhauser. viii,156 p. EUR 91.60 and sFr. 144.00, 2002.

si01 [3971] S. Working Group on CSE Education. Graduate education in com-putational science and engineering. SIAM Rev., 43(1):163–177, 2001.

wuXX [3972] B. S. Wulich. Einfuhrung in die Funktionalanalysis. Teil 1.(Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Bibliothek. 32.) Leipzig: B. G.Teubner Verlagsgesellschaft. VII, 202 S.

wu62 [3973] B. S. Wulich. Einfuhrung in die Funktionalanalysis. Teil 2.Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Bibliothek. 33 and Leipzig:B.G. Teubner Verlagsgesellschaft171 S., 1962.

wuzw01 [3974] J. Wunsch and M. Zworski. The FBI transform on compact cinftymanifolds. Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 353(3):1151–1167, 2001.

wu05 [3975] A. Wunsche. Generalized Zernike or disc polynomials. J. Comput.Appl. Math., 174(1):135–163, 2005.

fawu00 [3976] A. Wunsche and H.-y. Fan. Design of sqeezing. J. Opt. B: QuantumSemiclass. Opt., 2:464–469, 2000.

fawu01 [3977] A. Wunsche and H. y. Fan. Eigenstates of boson creation operator.Eur. Phys. J. D, 15:405–412, 2001.

tewu04 [3978] B. Wunsche and E. Tempero. A comparison and evaluation of interpo-lation methods for visualising discrete 2D survey data. In Proceedingsof the 2004 Australasian symposium on Information Visualisation -Volume 35, volume 99 of ACM International Conference ProceedingSeries, pages 1–7, 2004.

347

wiwu00 [3979] L. Wuytack and J. Wimp. Numerical analysis 2000. (In 7 vols.) Vol.1: Approximation theory. Repr. from the Journal of Computationaland Applied Mathematics 121, No. 1-2 (2000). North-Holland/ Else-vier, Amsterdam, 2000.

xi94 [3980] X.-G. Xia. On orthogonal wavelets with the oversampling property.J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 1(2):193–199, 1994.

xi96 [3981] X. G. Xia. On characterization of the optimal biorthogonal win-dow functions for Gabor transform. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,44(1):133 – 136, 1996.

xi97 [3982] X. G. Xia. System identification using chirp signals and time-variantfilters in the joint time–frequency domain. ISP, 45(8):2072–2084,1997.

xina94 [3983] X. G. Xia and M. Z. Nashed. The Backus-Gilbert method for signalsin reproduccing Kernel Hilbert spaces and wavelets subspaces. pages1–23, January 1994.

qixi99 [3984] X. G. Xia and S. Qian. Convergence of an Iterative Time-VariantFiltering Based on Discrete Gabor Transform. IEEE Trans. SignalProcessing, 47(10):2894–2899, October 1999.

suxi95 [3985] X. G. Xia and B. W. Suter. A family of two-dimensional nonseparableMalvar wavelets. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 2(3):243–256, 1995.

qixi03 [3986] J. Xian and X.-F. Qiang. Non-uniform sampling and reconstructionin weighted multiply generated. Far East J. Math. Sci. (FJMS),8(3):281–293, 2003.

xu05 [3987] J. Xu. Equivalent norms of Herz-type Besov and Triebel-Lizorkinspaces. J. Funct. Spaces Appl., 3(1):17–31, 2005.

xu00 [3988] Y. Xu. A note on summability of multiple Laguerre expansions. Proc.Am. Math. Soc., 128(12):3571–3578, 2000.

lilirixu06 [3989] Y. Xu, B. Liu, J. Liu, and S. Riemenschneider. Two dimensionalempirical mode decomposition by finite elements, 2006.

xuya06 [3990] Y. Xu and D. Yan. The Bedrosian identity for the Hilbert transformof product functions. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 134(9):2719–2728, 2006.

348

ya02 [3991] D. Yang. Frame characterizations of Besov and Triebel-Lizorkinspaces on spaces of homogeneous type and their applications. Geor-gian Math. J., 9(3):567–590, 2002.

ya05 [3992] D. Yang. New frames of Besov and Triebel-Lizorkin spaces. J. Funct.Spaces Appl., 3(1):1–16, 2005.

thya66 [3993] K. Yao and J. Thomas. On Truncation Error Bounds for Sam-pling Representations of Band-Limited Signals. IEEE Transactionson Aerospace and Electronic Systems, AES–2/No.6:640–647, 1966.

yazh02-1 [3994] X. Yao and J. Zhang. Equivalence relations between generalizedframes. J. Shaanxi Norm. Univ., Nat. Sci. Ed., 30(2):7–10, 2002.

yazh02 [3995] X. Yao and J. Zhang. Generalized frames and pseudo-inverses ofoperators. Acta Anal. Funct. Appl., 4(4):357–360, 2002.

ya70 [3996] L. Yap. Ideals in subalgebras of the group algebras. Stud. Math.,35:165–175, 1970.

ya71 [3997] L. Yap. Every Segal algebra satisfies Ditkins condition. Stud. Math.,40:235–237, 1971.

ya69 [3998] L. Y. H. Yap. Some remarks on convolution operators and L(p,q)spaces. Duke Math. J., 36:647–658, 1969.

ya71-1 [3999] L. Y. H. Yap. Convolution of functions in Lorentz spaces. StudiaMath., 40:49–53, 1971.

edya96 [4000] L. P. Yaroslavsky and M. Eden. Fundamentals of digital optics. Digitalsignal processing in optics and holography. Birkhauser, Boston, 1996.

ya82 [4001] S. Yasui. Wiener-like Fourier kernels for nonlinear system identifica-tion and synthesis (nonanalytic cascade, bilinear, and feedback cases).IEEE Trans. Autom. Control, 27:677–685, 1982.

goya05 [4002] R. D. Yates and D. J. Goodman. Probability and stochastic processes:a friendly introduction for electrical and computer engineers. 2nd ed.John Wiley and Sons, NJ, 2005.

349

stye90 [4003] S. Yeh and H. Stark. Iterative and One-Step Reconstruction fromNonuniform Samples by Convex Projections. J. Opt. Soc. Amer. A,7(3):491–499, Mar. 1990.

kuozye02 [4004] I. S. Yetik, M. A. Kutay, and H. M. Ozaktas. Optimization of or-ders in multichannel fractional Fourier-domain filtering circuits andits application to the synthesis of mutual-intensity distributions. Appl.Opt., 41(20):4078–4084, 2002.

yi03 [4005] O. Yilmaz. Coarse quantization of highly redundant time-frequencyrepresentations of square-integrable functions. Appl. Comput. Har-mon. Anal., 14(2):107–132, 2003.

yl84 [4006] K. Ylinen. Dilations of V-bounded stochastic processes indexed by alocally compact group. Proc. Am. Math. Soc., 90:378–380, 1984.

yl90 [4007] K. Ylinen. Representing completely bounded multilinear operators.Acta Math. Hungarica, 56(3-4):295–297, 1990.

yo94 [4008] K. Yosida. Functional analysis. Classics in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Repr. of the 6th ed. edition, 1994.

yo78 [4009] D. C. Youla. Generalized image restoration by the method of alternat-ing orthogonal projections. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst., 25:694–702,1978.

veyo86 [4010] D. C. Youla and V. Velasco. Extensions of a result on the synthesisof signals in the presence of inconsistent constraints. IEEE Trans.Circuits Syst., 33:465–468, 1986.

weyo82 [4011] D. C. Youla and H. Webb. Image Restoration by the Method ofConvex Projections: Part1 - Theory. IEEE Transactions on MedicalImaging, MI-1(2):81–94, 1982.

yo01 [4012] R. M. Young. An introduction to nonharmonic Fourier series. Aca-demic Press, Orlando, FL, Revised 1st edition edition, 2001.

vayu95 [4013] Yuan-Pei Lin and P. P. Vaidyanathan. Linear phase cosine modulatedmaximally decimated filter banks with perfect reconstruction. IEEETrans. Signal Process., 43(11):2525–2539, 1995.

350

za53 [4014] A. C. Zaanen. Linear analysis. Measure and integral, Banach andHilbert space, linear integral equations., volume 2 of Bibliotheca math-ematica; a series of monographs on pure and applied mathematics.North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1953.

za56 [4015] A. C. Zaanen. Linear Analysis. Measure and Integral, Banach andHilbert Space, Linear Integral Equations., volume II of BibliothecaMathematica. A Series of Monographs on Pure and Applied Math-ematics. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, Second Printingedition, 1956.

za67 [4016] A. C. Zaanen. Integration. North–Holland, Amsterdam, Completelyrevises edition of: An introduction to the theory of integration. edi-tion, 1967.

za89 [4017] A. C. Zaanen. Continuity, integration and Fourier theory. Universi-text. Springer-Verlag, 1989.

za76 [4018] M. Zafran. The functions operating on certain algebras of multipliers.Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 82:939–940, 1976.

za77 [4019] M. Zafran. The functions operating on homogeneous Banach algebras.Bull. Am. Math. Soc., 83:1319–1320, 1977.

za78 [4020] M. Zafran. The dichotomy problem for homogeneous Banach algebras.Ann. of Math. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.), 108:97–105, 1978.

za79 [4021] M. Zafran. On the Symbolic Calculus in Homogeneous Banach alge-bras. Isr. J. Math., 32:183–192, 1979.

za91 [4022] S. Zaidman. Distributions and pseudo-differential operators., volume248 of Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics Series. John Wiley &Sons, Inc. and Longman Scientific and Technical, Harlow etc., NewYork, 1991.

za96-2 [4023] S. Zaidman. Topics in pseudo-differential operators., volume 359 ofPitman Research Notes in Mathematics Series. Addison Wesley Long-man, Harlow, 1996.

za67-1 [4024] J. Zak. Finite translations in solid state physics. Phys. Rev. Lett.,19:1385–1397, 1967.

351

za72 [4025] J. Zak. The kq-representation in the Dynamics of Electrons in Solids.Solid State Physics, 27(1):1–62,, 1972.

za96 [4026] J. Zak. Discrete Weyl-Heisenberg transforms. J. Math. Phys.,37(8):3815–3823, 1996.

za78-1 [4027] R. A. Zalik. On approximation by shifts and a theorem of Wiener.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 243:299–308, 1978.

za80 [4028] R. A. Zalik. On fundamental sequences of translates. Proc. Am. Math.Soc., 79:255–259, 1980.

za93 [4029] A. I. Zayed. Advances in Shannon‘s sampling theory. CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 1993.

za96-1 [4030] A. I. Zayed. On the relationship between the Fourier and fractionalFourier transforms. IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 3(12):310–311,1996.

za02 [4031] A. I. Zayed. A class of fractional integral transforms: a generalizationof the fractional Fourier transform. IEEE Trans. Signal Process.,50(3):619–627, 2002.

coze98 [4032] Y. e. . Zeevi and R. e. . Coifman. Signal and Image Representationin Combined Spaces. Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1998.

ze01 [4033] Y. Y. Zeevi. Multiwindow Gabor-type representations and signal rep-resentation by partial information. In J. S. Byrnes, editor, Twentiethcentury harmonic analysis–a celebration. Proceedings of the NATOAdvanced Study Institute, Il Ciocco, Italy, July 2-15, 2000., volume 33of NATO Sci. Ser. II, Math. Phys. Chem., pages 173–199, Dordrecht:,2001. Kluwer Academic Publishers.

zezi93 [4034] Y. Y. Zeevi and M. Zibulski. Oversampling in the Gabor scheme.IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 41(8):2679–2687, 1993.

pozezi98 [4035] Y. Y. Zeevi, M. Zibulski, and M. Porat. Multi-window Gaborschemes in signal and image representations. In H. Feichtinger andT. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysis and algorithms: Theory and Ap-plications, Appl. Numer. Harmon. Anal., pages 381–407. BirkhauserBoston, Boston, MA, 1998. chap. 12.

352

ze93 [4036] E. Zeidler. Nonlinear functional analysis and its applications. Vol-ume I: Fixed-point theorems. Translated from the German by PeterR. Wadsack.2. corr. printing. Springer, New York, 1993.

ze95 [4037] E. Zeidler. Applied functional analysis. Applications to mathematicalphysics. Vol. 1. Springer, Berlin, 1995.

frze98 [4038] A. Zeira and B. Friedlander. Gabor representation and signal detec-tion. In H. Feichtinger and T. Strohmer, editors, Gabor analysis andalgorithms: Theory and applications, *42C15 Series and expansionsin general function systems, pages 353–380, 453–488. 1998. chap. 11.

ze72-1 [4039] A. H. Zemanian. Realizability conditions for time-varying and time-invariant Hilbert ports. SIAM J. Appl. Math., 22:612–628, 1972.

ze72 [4040] A. H. Zemanian. Realizability theory for continuous linear systems.,volume 97 of Mathematics in Science and Engineering. AcademicPress, New York, London, 1972.

ze87-1 [4041] A. H. Zemanian. Distribution theory and transform analysis. An in-troduction to generalized functions, with applications. Reprint, slightlycorrected. New York: Dover Publications, Inc. XII and $ 8.95, 1987.

ze87 [4042] A. H. Zemanian. Generalized integral transformations. (Unabridgedrepubl. of the 1968 orig. publ. by Interscience, New York). DoverPublications Inc, New York, 1987.

zh02-3 [4043] G. Zhang. Branching coefficients of holomorphic representations andSegal-Bargmann transform. J. Funct. Anal., 195(2):306–349, 2002.

zh99 [4044] J. Zhang. On the stability of wavelet and Gabor frames (Riesz bases).J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 5(1):105–125, 1999.

vozh03 [4045] S. Zhang and A. Vourdas. Phase space methods for particles on acircle. J. Math. Phys., 44(11):5084–5094, 2003.

vozh04 [4046] S. Zhang and A. Vourdas. Analytic representation of finite quantumsystems. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 37:8349–8363, 2004.

vozh05 [4047] S. Zhang and A. Vourdas. Analytic representation of finite quantumsystems. J. Phys. A, Math. Gen., 37(34):8349–8363, 2005.

353

cawezh06 [4048] X. Zhang, J. Cai, and Y. Wei. Interval iterative methods for com-puting Moore Penrose inverse. Appl. Math. Comput., 183(1):522–532,2006.

zh02 [4049] Y. Zhang. Approximate identities for ideals of Segal algebras on acompact group. J. Funct. Anal., 191(1):123–131, 2002.

zh02-1 [4050] Y. Zhang. Weak amenability of module extensions of Banach algebras.Trans. Am. Math. Soc., 354(10):4131–4151, 2002.

zhzh05 [4051] Y. Zhang and H. Zhang. Doppler ultrasound spectral enhancementusing the Gabor transform-based spectral subtraction. IEEE Trans.Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control, 52(10):1861– 1868,2005.

zh05-1 [4052] Z. Zhang. Periodic wavelet frames. Adv. Comput. Math., 22(2):165–180, 2005.

sczh95 [4053] G. Zhao and B. M. Schreiber. Algebras of multilinear forms on groups.In Marcantognini, S. A. M. (ed.) et al., Harmonic analysis and op-erator theory. A conference in honor of Mischa Cotlar, January 3-8, 1994, Caracas, Venezuela. Proceedings. Providence, RI: AmericanMathematical Society. Contemp. Math. 189, 497-511. 1995.

zh01 [4054] D.-X. Zhou. Spectra of subdivision operators. Proc. Am. Math. Soc.,129(1):191–202, 2001.

zh02-2 [4055] D.-X. Zhou. Two-scale homogeneous functions in wavelet analysis. J.Fourier Anal. Appl., 8(6):565–580, 2002.

suzh99 [4056] X. Zhou and W. Sun. On the sampling theorem for wavelet subspaces.J. Fourier Anal. Appl., 5(4):347–354, 1999.

suzh05 [4057] X. Zhou and W. Sun. An Aspect of the Sampling Theorem. Internat.J. of Wavelets, Multiresolution and Information Processing, 3(2):247–255, 2005.

brgolalamamamizh03 [4058] H. Zhu, B. G. Goodyear, M. L. Lauzon, R. A. Brown, G. S. Mayer,A. G. Law, L. Mansinha, and J. R. Mitchell. A new local multiscaleFourier analysis for medical imaging. Medical Physics, 30(6):1134–1141, 2003.

354

zh90 [4059] K. Zhu. Operator theory in function spaces. Marcel Dekker, NewYork, 1990.

zh05 [4060] K. Zhu. Spaces of Holomorphic Functions in the Unit Ball. Springer-Verlag, 2005.

zezi97 [4061] M. Zibulski and Y. Y. Zeevi. Analysis of multiwindow Gabor-typeschemes by frame methods. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal., 4(2):188–221, 1997.

zezi97-1 [4062] M. Zibulski and Y. Y. Zeevi. Discrete multiwindow Gabor-type trans-forms. IEEE Trans. Signal Process., 45(6):1428–1442, 1997.

zi94 [4063] G. Zimmermann. Projective Multiresolution Analysis and GeneralizedSampling. PhD thesis, University of Maryland, College Park, Decem-ber 1994.

zi97 [4064] G. Zimmermann. Double projective approximation and projectivedecomposition in the construction of wavelet bases. (submitted), 1997.

zi97-1 [4065] G. Zimmermann. Spectral synthesis with wavelet methods. In Mul-tivariate approximation (Witten-Bommerholz, 1996), volume 101 ofMath. Res., pages 303–320. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1997.

zi98 [4066] G. Zimmermann. A minimax-condition for the characteristic centerof a tree. Linear Multilinear Algebra, 45(2-3):161–187, 1998.

zi98-1 [4067] G. Zimmermann. Eigenfunctions of the Fourier Transform. Technicalreport, 1998.

zi05 [4068] G. Zimmermann. Habilitationsschrift: Coherent states from nonuni-tary representations. Habilitationsschrift, April 2005.

zi06 [4069] G. Zimmermann. Coherent states from nonunitary representations.In K. Jetter, M. Buhmann, W. Haussmann, R. Schaback, andJ. Stockler, editors, Topics in Multivariate Approximation and In-terpolation, number 12 in Stud. Comput. Math., pages 291–339. Aca-demic Press, Amsterdam, 2006.

dagistzo05 [4070] J. Zou, A. C. Gilbert, M. Strauss, and I. Daubechies. Theoretical andexperimental analysis of a randomized algorithm for sparse Fouriertransform analysis. J. Comp. Phys., 211:572–595, 2005.

355

zs80 [4071] L. Zsido. On spectral subspaces associated to locally compact Abeliangroups of operators. Adv. Math., 36:213–276, 1980.

zs84 [4072] L. Zsido. Spectral properties of the analytic generator and singularintegrals. Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei, Mem., Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat.,VIII. Ser., 17:105–134, 1984.

zw93 [4073] M. Zwaan. Moment problems in Hilbert space with applications tomagnetic resonance imaging. CWI, Amsterdam, 1993.

zy27 [4074] A. Zygmund. A remarque sur les sommes positives des seriesTrigonometriques. Bull. Int. Polon. Sci. Lett. Ser. A Math Cracowie,6A:333–341, 1927.

zy27-1 [4075] A. Zygmund. Sur un theoreme de M. Fekete. Acad. Polon. Sci. Lett.Ser. A Math., 6A:334–347, 1927.

zy30-1 [4076] A. Zygmund. On the convergence of lacnary trigonometric series.Fundamenta Math., 16:138–155, 1930.

zy30 [4077] A. Zygmund. Sur les series trigonometriques lacunaires. J. LondonMath. Soc., 5:138–155, 1930.

zy55 [4078] A. Zygmund. Trigonometrical series. Dover Publications Inc, NewYork, 2nd ed. edition, 1955.

zy03 [4079] A. Zygmund. Trigonometric Series. Cambridge University Press,2003.

roshs83 [4080] M. R. ssen, J. F. Rossi, and D. F. Shea. A convolution inequality withapplications in function theory. Contemp. Math., 25:141–147, 1983.

356